b31.3 code cases

39
NOTICE REGARDING CODE CASES OF THE ASME B31 CODE FOR PRESSURE PIPING All B31 Code Cases in effect as of September 21, 2007 will remain available for use unless annulled by the B31 Standards Committee.

Upload: others

Post on 18-Dec-2021

14 views

Category:

Documents


0 download

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: B31.3 Code Cases

NOTICE REGARDING CODE CASES OF THE ASME B31 CODE FOR PRESSURE PIPING

All B31 Code Cases in effect as of September 21 2007 will remain available for use unless annulled by the B31 Standards Committee

B31 CASE 180

CASES OF THE CODE FOR PRESSURE PIPING ndash B31

B31 CASE 180 Leak Testing of Subassemblies of Jacketed Piping for use in ASME B313 Piping

Systems

Approval Date January 5 2007 Inquiry Does ASME B313 permit an alternate leak test for jacketed piping in which it is impracticable to visually examine the welded joints and connections for leaks in accordance with para 34522(a) Reply Visually observing the joints and connections during the leak test in accordance with para 34522(a) and 34531 is not required provided all of the following conditions are satisfied

1 The welded joints and connections are on the inner pipe of jacketed piping 2 A leak test is performed that otherwise meets the requirements of para 3451

except visual examination of joints and connection in accordance with para 34522(a) and 34531 is not required

3 A sensitive leak test is performed in accordance with para 3458 to demonstrate leak tightness of welded joints and connections that are not visually examined during the leak testing requirements in 2 above

B31 CASE 181

Use of Alternative Ultrasonic Examination Acceptance Criteria

ANNULLED

Annulment Date June 25 2018

Reason Code Case 181 has been incorporated into Appendix R in B313-2016 Edition

ASME B313 CASES

B31 CASE 184 Use of Ultrasonic Examination of Welds as an Alternative to Radiographic Examination in ASME

B313 Chapter IX

ANNULLED

Annulment Date 03312011 (Date of Issuance of B313-2010 Edition)

Reason Code Case 184 shall expire upon the publication of ASME B313ndash2010 Edition

B31 CASE 185

CASES OF THE CODE FOR PRESSURE PIPING ndash B31

Page 1 of 2

ASME B313 CODE CASE 185

Title Use of Standard Helium Leak Test for a Vacuum-only Piping System (Paragraph 345)

Approval Date December 22 2009

Inquiry

Under what circumstances does ASME B313 permit the use of helium mass spectrometer leaktests performed under a vacuum as a substitute for the leak test requirements specified in ASMEB313 para 345

Reply

In the opinion of the Committee the qualified helium leak tests under vacuum conditions in theASME BPV Code Section V Article 10 Appendix V and Appendix IX are acceptablesubstitutes for the testing requirements identified in para 345 of ASME B313 provided thefollowing conditions are met

1 The piping system is expected to operate only under vacuum (ie sub-atmospheric pressure)conditions

2 Any leakage into the piping system that could result in an internal reaction (eg combustionor explosion) that increases the pressure above atmospheric shall be prevented

3 All system joints and connections shall be leak tested Piping welds and joints to be testedshall be uninsulated and exposed and shall not be primed painted or otherwise coated

4 Helium leak testing is performed at vacuum conditions sufficient for the mass spectrometerhelium leak tests of ASME BPV Code Section V Article 10 Appendices V and IX or atpressures below 10 millibars absolute (lt1 of atmospheric pressure) whichever is lower

5 ASME B313 para 3452 applies except for the minimum ldquo10 minrdquo leak test period theleak test pressure requirements and the limitation of the need for access for jacketed piping toldquovisual accessrdquo Para 3453 also applies except for the leak test pressure requirements Allother inspection examination and records requirements of ASME B313 Chapter VI muststill be satisfied (ie paras 340 341 342 343 344 and 346)

6 Written procedures shall be qualified in accordance with BPV Code Section V Article 10

7 Test personnel shall have training and certification consistent with ASME B313 para 342

B31 CASE 185

CASES OF THE CODE FOR PRESSURE PIPING ndash B31

Page 2 of 2

8 Test reports including records of personnel qualifications shall meet the requirements ofASME BPV Code Section V Article 10 Item T-1091 and shall be retained for at least fiveyears

9 Options of the ASME BPV Code Section V Article 10 test methods which allow theengineering design to modify specified requirements of the Appendix V and Appendix IXtest methods (such as acceptability limits for system leak tightness) may only be exercisedso as to make these requirements more sensitive or more conservative

10 The use of the vacuum leak test instead of the pressurized leak test of ASME B313para 345 shall be specified in the engineering design and shall be accepted by the Owner

____________________________________________________________________

B31 CASE 188

Minimum Hydrostatic Test Pressure for ASME B313 Chapter IX (Para K34542)

ANNULLED

Annulment Date February 27 2015

Reason Requirements incorporated in ASME B313 Code

B31 Code Case 191 Cu-13Zn-11Ni-Si-Al Alloy Seamless Pipe and Tube ASME B313 Approval Date January 21 2015

Inquiry May precipitation-hardened (Temper Designation TF00) Cu-13Zn-11Ni-Si-Al alloy (UNS No C69100) seamless pipe and tube conforming to the requirements of ASTM B706-00 (R2011) be used under the rules of ASME B313

Reply Yes provided

(a) The maximum allowable stress values for the material shall be those given in

Table 1

(b) Welded and brazed construction is not permitted (c) The maximum use temperature shall be 204ordmC (400ordmF)

(d) Certification to the ASTM B706-00 (R2011) specification requirements shall be

mandatory

Table 1

Maximum Allowable Stress Values

For Metal Temperature Not Exceeding degF

Stress ksi

For Metal Temperature Not Exceeding degC

Stress MPa

100

150

200

250

300

350

400

200 200 200 200 200 199 195

40

65

100

125

150

175

200

225

138 138

138

138

138

137

135

132

Note The maximum use temperature for this alloy is 204ordmC (400ordmF) The value listed at 225ordmC is provided for interpolation purposes only

Case 193 Approval Date October 9 2014 Cu-55Zn-4Si Casting Alloy UNS No C87600 ASME B313 Inquiry May Cu-55Zn-4Si Casting Alloy UNS No C87600 conforming to the requirements of ASTM B584 be used for construction under the rules of ASME B313 Reply Yes provided

(a) The basic allowable stress values for the material shall be those given in Table 1 A Casting Quality Factor Ec needs to be applied

(b) The maximum use temperature shall be 177ordmC (350ordmF) (c) Separate weld procedure and performance qualifications shall apply to this

material The welding procedure qualifications shall be in accordance with ASME Section IX

Table 1 Basic Allowable Stress Values

For Metal Temperature Not Exceeding degF

Stress ksi

For Metal Temperature Not Exceeding degC

Stress MPa

100 200 40 138 150 200 65 138200 200 100 138250 200 125 138300 200 150 138350 200 175 138

200 137

Note The maximum use temperature for this alloy is 177ordmC (350ordmF) The value listed at 200ordmC is provided for interpolation purposes only

Case 196 Approval Date May 15 2015 Ductile Iron Casting UNS No F33100 ASME B313 Inquiry May Ductile Iron Castings UNS No F33100 conforming to the requirements of ASTM A536 Grade 65-45-12 be used for construction under the rules of ASME B313 Reply Yes provided

(a) The maximum allowable stress values for the material shall be those given in Table 1

(b) A casting quality factor Ec of 080 shall also be applied except as permitted in (c)

(c) The casting quality factor may be increased by performing supplementary examination(s) listed in Table 30233(c) The casting shall have first been visually examined as required by MSS SP-55 Quality Standard for Steel Castings for Valves Flanges and Fittings and other Piping Components ndash Visual Method

(d) The maximum use temperature shall be 260ordmC (500degF) (e) The minimum use temperature shall be -30degC (-20degF) (f) All other requirements of ASME B313 shall be followed

Table 1 ndash Maximum Allowable Stress Values

For Metal Temperature Not Exceeding degC

Stress MPa

For Metal Temperature Not Exceeding degF Stress ksi

40 149 100 217 65 149 150 217

100 149 200 217 125 149 250 217 150 149 300 217 175 149 350 217 200 148 400 217 225 148 450 217 250 148 500 216 275 147

Note The maximum use temperature for this alloy is 260ordmC (500ordmF) The value listed at 275ordmC is provided for interpolation purposes only

B31 Case 202 Approval Date November 14 2017 Heavy Walled FittingsASME B313 Process Piping

Inquiry What alternate calculation method for pressure design may be used to determine therequired reinforcement for a heavy wall branch connection fitting (lateral wye or tee) in accordancewith ASME B313 Para 30433

Reply It is the opinion of the Committee that the ldquopressure areardquo method1 as described hereinis an acceptable alternate calculation method to determine the required metal reinforcement for aheavy wall branch connection fitting (lateral wye or tee) in accordance with ASME B313 Para30433

Nomenclature

A = Metal areas (see Figures 1 2 and 3) mm2 (in2)

B = Metal areas (see Figures 1 and 2) mm2 (in2)

D1 = Run pipe inside diameter less corrosion allowance mm (in)

D2 = Branch pipe inside diameter less corrosion allowance mm (in)

E = Pressure areas (see Figures 1 2 and 3) mm2 (in2)

F = Pressure areas (see Figures 1 and 2) mm2 (in2)

G = The width of the lateral branch opening at the inside surface of the run pipe (see Figure 1) mm (in)

P = Design (gage) pressure kPa (psi)

S = Material allowable stress from B313 Table A-1 for the design temperature kPa (psi) (If a casting is to be qualified for pressure the material allowable stress shall be multiplied by the appropriate B313 casting quality factor)

t1 = Thickness in the fitting heel (see Figures 1 and 2) or run radial thickness in the fitting crotch (see Figure 3) mm (in)

t2 = Thickness in the fitting crotch (see Figures 1 and 2) or branch radial thickness in the fitting crotch (see Figure 3) mm (in)

trsquo1 = Nominal thickness of the matching run pipe connected to the fitting (see Figures) mm (in)

trsquo2 = Nominal thickness of the matching branch pipe connected to the fitting (see Figures) mm (in)

α = The angle between the branch pipe centerline and the fitting crotch centerline deg (see Figures 1 and 2)

β = The angle between the fitting crotch centerline and the run pipe centerline deg (see Figure 1)

1 The ldquopressure areardquo method was originally published in the 1956 revised 2nd edition of the MW KelloggDesign of Piping Systems

General Requirements

1 The fitting shall be manufactured from a single metal casting or forging

2 The fitting ends shall not be within the envelope of the metal and pressure areas used to qualifythe fitting and there shall be sufficient material beyond the envelope to make an acceptable weldend (see ASME B1625)

3 The trsquo1 and trsquo2 dimensions of the fitting shall be equal to or greater in thickness than the nominaldimensions of the matching piping If the fitting is a weaker material than the matching pipingtransition pieces may be necessary for the connected piping to match trsquo1 and trsquo2 dimensions ofthe fitting determined in accordance with the straight pipe requirements of B313 as appropriate

4 All inside and outside corners of the fittings larger than NPS 2 shall be radiused It isrecommended that inside radii be a minimum t4 and outside radii be a minimum t2 where t isthe lesser of trsquo1 and trsquo2 except that these radii shall not be less than 3 mm (18 in) and need notbe greater than 25 mm (1 in)

5 For internally and externally contoured fittings the metal and pressure areas may be representedby quadrilaterals andor triangles assembled such that they approximate the respective areas

(A) for the metal areas the areas of the largest non-overlapping quadrilaterals andor trianglesmay be summed provided all the areas lie within the areas defined by the fitting inside andoutside surfaces and side lengths defined in the appropriate figures and

(B) for the pressure areas the areas of the non-overlapping quadrilaterals andor triangles shallbe summed that totally circumscribe and cover the areas defined by the fitting crotch andpipe centerlines the fitting inside surfaces and the side lengths defined in the appropriatefigures

6 For laterals (Figure 1) with an (α + β) angle greater than or equal to 85 degs the requirementsfor the tee (Figure 3) may be used Otherwise the requirements for the lateral shall be used

7 Consideration shall be made for required examination of the pipe to fitting joint A short tangentmay improve the reading of a radiograph or facilitate the performance of ultrasonic examinationespecially if there is a significant transition from the pipe to the fitting

8 The fittingrsquos manufacturing tolerance shall be considered

Calculated Dimensions

The side length dimensions for calculating metal and pressure areas for the various fittings are asfollows

For the lateral (see Figure 1) where (α + β) $ 45 deg

Run crotch side length = G

t Cos2 22

Run heel side length = G

t Cos2 21

Branch crotch side length = D

t Cos222 2

Branch heel side length = D

t Cos212 2

For the wye (see Figure 2) where α $ 45 deg

Run heel side length = D

t Cos112 2

Branch crotch side length = D

t Cos222

Branch heel side length = D

t Cos212 2

For the tee (see Figure 3)

Run side length = D t2

22

Branch side length = D

t212

Acceptance Criteria

The following equations shall be met for both the crotch and heel sides of the fitting For the tee onlyEquation (1) need be met because of symmetry

SP E

A

A

2

1

SP F

B

B

2

2

1

B31 Code Case 208 Approval Date November 6 2018

ASME B313 Process Piping 18Cr-11Ni-Cb-N 347LN UNS S34751 Austenitic Stainless Steel Seamless Tubes Seamless and Welded Pipe Pipe Flanges Forged Fittings Valves and Parts Wrought Piping Fittings Forgings and Plate and Sheet ASME B313 Inquiry May UNS S34751 solution annealed austenitic stainless steel seamless tubes seamless and welded pipe pipe flanges valves and parts wrought piping fittings forgings plate and sheet meeting the requirements of ASTM A213A213M-17 A312A312M-17 A376A376M-17 A358A358M-15 A182A182M-17 A403A403M-16 A965A965M-14 and A240A240M-17 be used in welded construction under the rules of ASME B313 Reply Yes provided that the following additional requirements are met (a) The maximum allowable stress values shall be as given in Table 1 (b) The maximum use temperature is 677degC (1250degF) (c) The material shall be considered as P-No 8 Group 1 (d) For temperatures above 538degC (1000degF) the stress values in Table 1 may be used only if the

material has been heat treated at a temperature of 1093degC (2000degF) minimum (e) The minimum design temperature for this material shall be -200degC (-325degF) however when a

specification permits this material to be furnished without solution heat treatment or with other than a solution heat treatment the minimum design temperature shall be -29degC (-20degF) unless the material is impact tested in accordance with para 3233

(f) For post fabrication strain limits in the lower temperature range exceeding design temperature 540degC (1000degF) and forming strain of 15 and in the high temperature range exceeding 675degC (1250degF) and forming strains of 10 the minimum heat treatment temperature shall be 1040degC (1900degF)

2

Table 1 Maximum Allowable Stress Values

For Metal Temperature Not Exceeding

degC Allowable Stress [Note (1)] MPa

For Metal Temperature

Not Exceeding degF

Allowable Stress [Note (2)] ksi

40 138 100 200

65 138 200 200

100 138 300 200

125 138 400 197

150 138 500 183

175 138 600 174

200 137 650 172

225 132 700 170

250 128 750 169

275 124 800 168

300 122 850 168

325 120 900 168

350 118 950 168

375 117 1000 167

400 116 1050 166

425 116 1100 132

450 116 1150 970

475 116 1200 720

500 116 1250 545 Note (2) The fonts used are in accordance with B313 Table A‐1 Note 4a

525 115

550 115

575 111

600 845

625 641

650 489

675 383

700 289[Note (3)]

Note (1) The fonts used are in accordance with B313 Table A‐1 Note 4b

Note (3) The maximum use temperature for this alloy is 677degC (1250degF) The value listed at 700degC is provided for interpolation purposes only

B31 Code Case 209 Approval Date November 6 2018

ASME B313 Process Piping

PIPING SYSTEM STRESS ANALYSIS EXAMPLES QUESTION The results for the examples found in ASME B313-2016 Appendix S were developed using the 2006 editionrsquos code rules and material data tables How would the appendix results and affected text change when the ASME B313-2016 code rules and material data tables are applied REPLY It is the opinion of the Committee that the following pages show what Appendix S looks like with the revised new rules and data

S300 INTRODUCTION

The examples in this Appendix are intended to illustrate the application of the rules and definitions in Chapter II Part 5 flexibility and Support and the stress limits of para 30235 The loadings and conditions necessary to comply with the intent of the Code are presented

S3001 Definitions and Nomenclature

global axes these are Cartesian X Y and Z axes In this Appendix vertically upward is taken to be the +Y direction with gravity acting in the minusY direction Pj piping internal pressure see para 3012 when more than one condition exists for the piping system each is subscripted (eg P1 P2 ) Tj pipe maximum or minimum metal temperature see paras 3013 and 31931(a) when more than one condition exists for the piping system each is subscripted (eg T1 T2 ) Y+ a ldquosingle acting supportrdquo that provides support in only the vertically upward direction and is considered to be ldquoactiverdquo when the pipe exerts a downward force on the support The pipe is free to move upward ie the pipe ldquolifts offrdquo the support the support in the ldquolift-offrdquo situation is considered to be ldquoremovedrdquo from providing support ie inactive during the load condition considered

S301 EXAMPLE 1 CODE COMPLIANT PIPING SYSTEM

S3011 Example Description

This example is intended to illustrate the design of an adequately supported and sufficiently flexible piping system The piping system in Fig S3011 is fabricated from ASTM A106 Grade B seamless pipe (ie E = 100) the pipe is DN 400 (NPS 16) with a nominal wall thickness of 953 mm (0375 in) 127 mm (5 in) thickness of calcium silicate insulation and 159 mm (0063 in) corrosion allowance the fluid has a specific gravity of 10 The equivalent number of full displacement cycles expected for the piping system is fewer than 7 000 [ie f =100 in accordance with para 30235(d)] The piping system is in normal fluid service The reference modulus of elasticity used for the piping analysis is 2034 GPa (295 Msi) from Appendix C Table C-6 in accordance with paras 31932 and 31944 and Poissonrsquos ratio is 03 in accordance with para 31933 The piping internal pressures and temperatures expected during normal operation and the design conditions are listed in Table S3011 see paras 31923(b) and 31931(a) The design conditions are set sufficiently in excess of the operating conditions so as to provide additional margin on the allowable stress for pressure design as required by the owner

S3012 Design Conditions

The design conditions establish the pressure rating flange ratings component ratings and minimum required pipe wall thickness in accordance with para 30121 For example ASME B165 requires a minimum of Class 300 for ASTM A105 flanges Also the minimum required pipe wall thickness tm is determined from the design conditions by inserting eq (3a) into eq (2) terms are defined in para 30411 and Appendix J E = 10 P = design pressure = 3 800 kPa (550 psi) S = allowable stress from Appendix A Tables A-1 and A-1M = 1274 MPa (184 ksi) at design temperature 288oC (550oF) W = 10 for carbon steel at any temperature in accordance with Table 30235 Note (9) Y = 04 from Table 30411 Insert eq (3a) into eq (2)

tm = t + c =

=

159

= 599 mm + 159 mm = 758 mm (0299 in) In accordance with para 30412(a) t must be less than D6 for eq (3a) to be appropriate without considering additional factors to compute the pressure design thickness t ie t D6 or 758 mm 4064 mm6 Since 758 mm (0299 in) 677 mm (267 in) and 0030 0385 eq (3a) is applicable without special consideration of factors listed in para 30412(b) Now select a pipe schedule of adequate thickness Determine the specified minimum pipe wall thickness T from nominal pipe wall thickness ₸ considering a mill tolerance of 125 Select DN 400 (NPS 16) Schedule 30STD nominal wall thickness from ASME B3610M ₸ = 953 mm (0375 in) T = (953 mm)(100 minus 0125) = 834 mm (0328 in) Since T tm (ie 834 mm (0328 in) 758 mm (0299 in)) the selection of the nominal pipe wall thickness ₸ for Schedule 30STD pipe is acceptable The long radius elbows specified for this piping system are in accordance with ASME B169 and are specified to be for use with Schedule 30STD wall thickness pipe

S3013 Computer Model Input

Tables S30131 and S30132 list the ldquonode numbersrdquo lengths etc for each piping element displayed in Fig S3011 A bend radius of 15 times the nominal pipe diameter [ie 6096 mm (24 in)] and nominal wall thickness of 953 mm (0375 in) are used for the elbows in the computer model Generic computer program options are as follows (a) include pressure stiffening on elbows (b) exclude pressure thrust and Bourdon effects (c) use nominal section properties for the stiffnesses forces moments and deflections calculation (d) use ldquonominal less allowancesrdquo section properties for the stress due to sustained loads SL calculation (e) use nominal section properties for displacement stress range SE calculation

minimum metal temp -1oC (30oF) ambient (as-installed) temp -1oC (30oF)

S3014 Pressure Effects

For the operating sustained and displacement stress range load cases the effect of pressure stiffening on the elbows is included to determine the end reactions in accordance with Appendix D Note (6) (and ASME B31J Table 1-1 Note(4) ) The effects of pressure-induced elongation and Bourdon effects are not included as both are deemed negligible for this particular example

S3015 The Operating Load Case

The operating load case is used to determine the operating position of the piping and reaction loads for any attached equipment anchors supports guides or stops The operating load case is based on the temperature range from the ambient (as-installed) temperature of -1degC (30degF) to the maximum operating metal temperature of 260degC (500degF) in accordance with paras 31923(b) and 31931(b) Tables C-1 and C-2 values used for Row A and Row B expansion coefficients are listed below Row A = 131x10-6 mmmmoC (730x10-6 ininoF) Row B = 343 mmm (400 in100 ft) The operating load case in this example also includes the effects of internal pressure pipe weight insulation weight and fluid weight on the piping system Both pipe stiffness and displacement stress range are based on the nominal thickness of the pipe Pipe deflections and internal reaction loads for the operating load case are listed in Table S30151 Piping loads acting on the anchors and support structure are listed in Table S30152

S3016 The Sustained Load Case

Stresses due to the sustained loads such as axial forces internal pressure and intensified bending moments in this example are combined in accordance with para320 to determine SL The sustained load case excludes thermal effects and includes the effects of internal pressure [P1=3450 kPa (500 psi)] pipe weight insulation weight and fluid weight on the piping system Nominal section properties are used to generate the stiffness matrix and sustained loads for the computer model in accordance with para 31935 The nominal thickness less allowances is used to calculate the section properties for SL in accordance with para 320 A summary of the sustained load case internal reaction forces moments and stress due to sustained loads SL is provided in Table S3016 Since this example model lies in only one plane only the stress due to sustained bending moments due to the in-plane bending moment is not zero The in-plane bending moment is intensified at each elbow by the sustained in-plane moment index for an unflanged elbow Ii Note that SL for the nodes listed in Table S3016 do not exceed the 1308 MPa (190 ksi) sustained allowable stress Sh for A106 Grade B piping at the operating maximum metal temperature T1 = 260degC (500degF) from Appendix A Tables A-1 and A-1M By limiting SL to Sh in accordance with para 30235(c) the piping system is deemed adequately protected against collapse

S3017 The Displacement Stress Range Load Case

The displacement stress range SE in this example is based on the temperature range from the minimum metal (as-installed) temperature minus1degC (30degF) to maximum metal temperature for the thermal cycles under analysis [T1 = 260degC (500degF)] in accordance with paras 31923(b) and 31931(a) The displacement stress range SE for each element is calculated in accordance with eq (17) and is listed in Table S3017 along with the internal reaction loads Nominal section properties are used to generate the stiffness matrix and displacement stress ranges in the piping in accordance with para 31935 Since this example model lies in only one plane only the in-plane bending moment range is not zero The in-plane moment range is intensified at each elbow in accordance with Appendix D (and ASME B31J Table 1-1) stress intensification factor ii for an unflanged elbow For simplicity the allowable displacement stress range SA is calculated in accordance with eq (1a) Though eq (1a) is used in this example it is also acceptable to calculate SA in accordance with eq (1b) which permits SA to exceed the eq (1a) value for each piping element based on the magnitude of each elementrsquos SL The following terms are as defined in para 30235(d) and Appendix J f = 100 for 7 000 equivalent full displacement cycles from Fig 30235 or eq (1c) SA = f (125 Sc + 025 Sh) = (100)[(125)(138 MPa) + (025)(1308 MPa)] = 2052 MPa (2975 ksi) Sc = allowable stress from Appendix A Tables A-1 and A-1M = 138 MPa (200 ksi) at ambient (as-installed) temperature Sh = allowable stress from Appendix A Tables A-1 and A-1M = 1308 MPa (190 ksi) at T1 T1 = maximum metal temperature = 260degC (500degF) Note that each piping elementrsquos displacement stress range based on minimum to maximum metal temperature for the thermal cycles under analysis SE does not exceed the eq (1a) allowable SA By limiting SE to SA the piping system is deemed adequate to accommodate up to 7 000 equivalent full displacement cycles Considering both the stress due to sustained loads and displacement stress range load cases the piping system is compliant with the requirements of the Code redesign of the piping system is not required unless the sustained or operating reaction loads at either anchor data point 10 or 50 exceed the allowable loads for the attached equipment nozzle or the support structure at node 20 is overloaded The nozzle load and support structure analyses are beyond the scope of this Appendix and are not addressed

S302 EXAMPLE 2 ANTICIPATED SUSTAINED CONDITIONS CONSIDERING PIPE LIFT-OFF

S3021 Example Description

This example is intended to illustrate the analysis of a piping system in which a portion of the piping lifts off at least one Y+ support in at least one operating condition The emphasis of this example is to describe the effect this removal of support has on the determination of anticipated sustained conditions The same principles utilized for this example would also apply for guides and stops (that are single directional or gap-type) that are not engaged during any anticipated operating condition The examples in this Appendix are intended for illustration purposes only and are not intended to portray the same as either adequate or even acceptable piping geometries andor support scenarios The piping system in Fig S3021 is the same in material properties as in Example 1 see paraS3011 Note the distance from node 20 to the elbow node 30 and from nodes 120 to 130 in Example 2rsquos model is 152 m (5 ft) Note that both the design and operating conditions are well below the creep regime therefore the piping system will not develop any permanent creep-related displacements relaxation or sag

S3022 Design Conditions

The design conditions are similar to those in the Example 1 model see para S3012 and Table S3022 Note that the nominal thickness remains unchanged from Example 1 even though the design temperature and corrosion allowance have increased the corrosion allowance in this example model is 318 mm (0125 in)

S3023 Computer Model Input

Table S3023 lists the node numbers lengths etc for each piping component that is displayed in Fig S3021 The computer-based options are the same as those for the Example 1 model see para S3013

S3024 Pressure Effects

The pressure effect considerations are the same as those for Example 1 see para 3014

S3025 The Operating Load Case

The Operating Case evaluated and discussed in this example includes the effects of pipe weight insulation weight fluid weight internal pressure [P1= 3 040 kPa (440 psi)] and temperature [(T1=288oC (550oF)] Table C-1 and C-2 values used for Row A and Row B expansion coefficients are listed below Row A = 132x10-6 mmmmoC (735x10-6 ininoF) Row B = 380 mmm (45 in100 ft) An operating load case is evaluated to determine the operating position of the piping and determine the reaction loads for any attached equipment anchors supports guides or stops In particular each operating load casersquos support scenario is evaluated or assessed by the designer in order to determine whether any anticipated sustained conditions need to be evaluated with one or more Y+ supports removed Further operating load case discussion can be found in para S3015 Piping loads acting on the anchors and support structure for the operating load case are listed in Table S3025 Note that only nodes 10 through 50 are listed in the following tables this is for convenience since the model is symmetric the reactions deflections and stresses for nodes 10 through 40 are the same as for nodes 110 through 140 except that some signs may be reversed

S3026 Sustained Conditions

S30261 The Stress Due to Sustained Loads SL Calculations The stress due to (long-term) sustained loads SL is computed in accordance with para 3202 for each sustained condition that is evaluated see para S30262

S30262 Anticipated Sustained Conditions All anticipated sustained conditions utilizing all possible support scenarios should be considered The designer has identified three anticipated sustained conditions for the piping system each is listed in Table S30262 along with the support status of the node 50 Y+ support as either assessed by analysis or determined by the designer The designer has deemed the Sustained Condition 3 as both controlling the sustained design and requiring evaluation

S30263 Results for the Evaluated Sustained Condition Table S30262rsquos Sustained Conditions 1 and 2 reflect the ambient temperature support scenario Sustained Condition 3 reflects the support scenario of the Operating Case All three Sustained Conditions exclude thermal effects Sustained Conditions 2 and 3 include the effects of internal pressure [P1= 3 040 kPa (440 psi)] pipe weight insulation weight and fluid weight on the piping system A summary of the Sustained Condition 3 reactions and stresses due to sustained loads SL appear in Table S30263 In the determination of SL the sustained longitudinal force index Ia is defaulted to 10 in the absence of more applicable data in accordance with para 320 The in-plane bending moment is indexed at each elbow by the appropriate Ii calculated for this example by multiplying 075 times ii determined from Appendix D (and ASME B31J Table 1-1) See para S3016 for additional information concerning the stress due to sustained loads determination

S3027 Displacement Stress Range Load Cases

The displacement stress range load cases are not listed since they are not the subject of this example

S3028 Code Compliance mdash Satisfying the Intent of the Code

The Sustained Condition 3 results indicate that the piping system is not protected against collapse for the cycles under analysis when considering the Operating Case support scenario Note the greatest Stresses due to Sustained Loads SL are at elbow nodes 40 and 140 and ldquoLift-Offrdquo support location node 50 Therefore redesign of the piping system is required If the piping system is redesigned such that it is compliant with the intent of the Code then the piping system would require no further attention unless the sustained hydrostatic leak test or operating reaction loads at either anchor data point 10 or 110 exceed the allowable loads for the attached equipment nozzle or the support structure at either node 20 or 120 is overloaded The nozzle loads and support structure analyses are beyond the scope of this Appendix and are not addressed Although the occasional load cases are important to the design and analysis of a piping system they are not discussed in this example

S303 EXAMPLE 3 MOMENT REVERSAL

S3031 Example Description

This example is intended to illustrate the flexibility analysis required for a piping system that is designed for more than one operating condition and also experiences a ldquoreversal of momentsrdquo between any two of the anticipated operating conditions The examples in this Appendix are intended for illustration purposes only and are not intended to portray the same as either adequate or even acceptable piping geometries andor support scenarios also Both the design and operating conditions are well below the creep regime The piping system in Fig S3031 consists of two headers and two branches which are referred to as gas ldquometer runsrdquo Only one of the branches is in service (operating) at a given time the out-of-service branch is purged and at ambient (as-installed) condition The design specification calls for each of the meter run branches to alternate in and out of service five times every two weeks for the piping systemrsquos planned 30-year service life (N=3900 equivalent full displacement cycles) ie f = 115 in accordance with para 30235(d) The piping system is fabricated from ASTM A53 Grade B pipe (E=100) both piping headers are DN 600 (NPS 24) and the branches are DN 500 (NPS 20) and both branch and header are 953 mm (0375 in) thick For simplicity each piping segment or component is 1524 m (5 ft) in length The piping system is in normal fluid service The fluid is gaseous is considered to add no weight and to be neither a corrosive nor an erosive hazard ie there is no corrosion allowance The line is not insulated The ambient (as-installed) temperature is 4degC (40degF) The reference modulus of elasticity used is 2034 GPa (295 Msi) and Poissonrsquos ratio is 03 Consideration is given to the close proximity of the three tees in each header in accordance with the guidance in para 31936 and the stress intensification factors from Appendix D are considered to adequately represent the header tees for this piping system The piping internal pressure and minimum to maximum metal temperature range expected during normal operation for each meter run and the design conditions are listed in Table S3031 The design conditions are set sufficiently in excess of the operating conditions so as to provide additional margin on the allowable as required by the owner

S3032 Design Conditions

The design conditions establish the pressure rating flange ratings components ratings and minimum required pipe wall thickness ASME B165 requires a minimum of Class 300 for ASTM A105 flanges The minimum required wall thickness for both the branch and header is 44 mm (0171 in) considering a 125 mill tolerance therefore selection of the standard wall thickness of 95 mm (0375 in) is acceptable S3033 Computer Model Input

Table S3033 lists the node numbers lengths etc for each piping component that is displayed in Fig S3031 Note that flanges and valve components are not explicitly included in the model listing in Table S3033 For simplicity an entire branch (from tee centerline to tee centerline) is considered to be at the operating conditions listed in Table S3031 eg the East meter run branch from nodes 40 through 340 operates at 1 724 kPa (250 psi) and 121degC (250degF) for Operating Case 2 The computer-based options are the same as those for the Example 1 model except that pressure stiffening is not included in the analyses for this example see para S3013

S3034 Pressure Effects

Neither pressure stiffening nor Bourdon effects are included in the analyses

S3035 Operating Load Case(s)

The operating load case is used to determine the operating position of the piping and reaction loads for any attached equipment anchors supports guides or stops The owner has mandated in the design specification that the meter runs and piping be more than adequately supported Therefore the operating load case while necessary to set the limits of the strain ranges does not contribute to the emphasis of this example and its output is not included Table C-1 and C-2 values used for Row A and Row B expansion coefficients are listed below Row A = 123x10-6mmmmoC (680x10-6 ininoF) Row B = 134 mmm (168 in100 ft)

S3036 Sustained Load Case

Stresses due to the sustained loads such as axial forces internal pressure and intensified bending moments in this example are combined in accordance with para320 to determine SL For reasons similar to those expressed for the operating load case the sustained load case output is not included

S3037 Displacement Stress Range Load Cases

The displacement stress range SE is computed in accordance with para 31923(b) and 31931(a) in which the strains evaluated for the ambient temperature (which is also the as-installed and minimum metal temperature condition for this particular example) are algebraically subtracted from the strains evaluated for Operating Case 1 as listed in Table S3031 Similarly the displacement stress range SE is computed from the algebraic strain difference evaluated from the ambient (as-installed) condition to Operating Case 2 as listed in Table S3031 The individual displacement stress range SE along with the internal reaction loads is evaluated for each piping component in accordance with eq (17) is listed in Tables S30371 (Operating Case 1) and has the same results as listed in Table S30372 (Operating Case 2) with the exception that some signs differ (indicating the moment reversal range between the two conditions) The algebraic strain difference between the two resultant case evaluations discussed above produces the greatest displacement stress range for the piping system in accordance with paras 31921(d) 31923(b) and 31931(a) ie SE the ldquostress range corresponding to the total displacement strainsrdquo The resulting reactionsrsquo combination and SE for each piping component are listed in Table S30373

S3038 Code Compliance mdash Satisfying the Intent of the Code

The piping system is compliant with the sustained load requirements of the Code The displacement stress range from the ambient (as-installed) condition to each of the operating cases indicates the piping system is in compliance with the intent of the Code even when limited to the eq (1a) allowable SA But the ldquostress range corresponding to the total displacement strainsrdquo which considers the algebraic strain difference between the two operating cases indicates that the piping system is not protected against fatigue failure for the cycles under analysis even when considering the eq (1b) allowable SA Therefore redesign of the piping system is required If the piping system is redesigned such that it is compliant with the intent of the code then the piping system would require no further attention unless the sustained hydrostatic leak test or operating reaction loads at either anchor data point 10 or 310 or meter runs 130 or 230 exceeded the allowable loads for the attached equipment nozzles or support structure The meter loads nozzle loads and support structure analyses are beyond the scope of this example Although the occasional load cases are important to the design and analysis of a piping system they are not discussed in this example

B31 Code Case 214 Approval Date May 30 2019 ASME B313 Process Piping

Alternative Heat Treatments for Fabrication Processes

Proposal Code Case to allow the use of ASME B31P Standard Heat treatments for Fabrication Processes as an alternative to the preheat PWHT and PFHT required by B313

Explanation ASME B31P Standard Heat treatments for Fabrication Processes was published in May 2018 In order to allow the use of this Standard by the ASME Codes prior to changes being adopted in the next edition of the respective Codes this Code Case is being proposed to allow B31P to be used as an alternative to the rules currently in the published ASME B31 Codes A similar Code Case is currently being balloted in ASME B311 (18-2339)

Summary of Changes To allow the use of ASME B31P Standard Heat Treatments for Fabrication Processes as an alternative to the heat treatment rules specified in ASME B31 3

Referenced Code ASME B313 ndash 2016 amp 2018

Inquiry May the heat treatment requirements specified in ASME B31P be used as an alternative to the required heat treatments specified in paras 330 331 and 332 of ASME B313

Reply It is the opinion of the Committee that the heat treatments specified in ASME B31P may be used as an alternative to the respective heat treatments specified in ASME B313 for the materials referenced in ASME B31P

B31 Code Case 216 Approval Date March 29 2021 ASME B313 Process Piping

Use of Enhanced Pressure Ratings for Brazed Copper Tubes and Fittings by Cold

Stretch Process

Inquiry Under what condition may higher pressure ratings be used for ASTM B88 Type L tubes and

ASME B1622 fittings in ASME B313 construction

Reply It is the opinion of the Committee that enhanced pressure ratings may be used for ASTM B88

Type L tubes and ASME B1622 fittings in ASME B313 construction provided the following conditions are

met

(a) The tubes shall conform to ASTM B88 Type L in the H58 temper

(b) The fittings shall conform to ASME B1622

(c) The maximum design temperature is 38degC (100degF)

(d) The piping shall be limited to Category D and Normal Fluid Services

(e) External pressure is not permitted

(f) The maximum tube and fitting nominal or standard size is 3 in

(g) The joints shall be brazed The qualification of brazing procedures brazers and brazing operators shall be in accordance with para 3282 Silver brazing filler metals (BAg‐XX) with

appropriate flux shall be used in the brazing process

(h) In brazing qualification the specimen in the tension test shall break in the base metal outside of

the joint with tensile strength equal to or greater than (207 MPa) 30 ksi

(i) The piping system shall receive a cold stretch operation by hydrostatic or pneumatic pressure

test in accordance with para 345 except the minimum test pressure shall be 17 times the design pressure and the maximum test pressure shall be 18 times the design pressure The test pressure shall be

maintained for at least 20 min

(j) The internal design gage pressure P shall not exceed the pressure calculated as follows

208

Where S = 689 MPa (100 ksi)

t = minimum wall thickness for ASTM B88 Type L D = maximum outside diameter for annealed temper ASTM B88 Type L

(k) Piping flexibility analysis shall be performed in accordance with para 319 using the basic

allowable stresses (Sc and Sh) equal to 414 MPa (60 ksi)

(l) Analysis of sustained loads shall be performed in accordance with para 320 using the basic

allowable stresses (Sh) equal to 414 MPa (60 ksi)

(m) Before cold stretch operation the brazed joints shall be 100 visually examined The following

conditions are not permitted

1) The presence of flux residue and unmelted filler metal

2) Excessive oxidation of the joint

3) Cracks in braze metal or base material

(n) Additional brazing is not permitted after the cold stretch operation If a braze repair is required

the following conditions shall be satisfied

1) The braze joint to be repaired shall be removed and replaced along with 150 mm (6 in)

of tube on each side of the joint

2) The piping shall receive the cold stretch operation as required in (i)

(o) The design cold stretch and repair records shall be retained by the owner for the life of the piping

B31 Code Case 217 Approval Date September 3 2021

ASME B313 Process Piping

Alternative NDE Personnel Qualification and Certification Requirements

Referenced Code ASME B313 ndash 2018 amp 2020

Inquiry May alternative personnel qualification and certification requirements be used as options to those specified in ASME B313 para 3421

Reply It is the opinion of the Committee that the personnel qualification and certification requirements below may be used as alternatives to those specified in ASME B313 para 3421 Personnel performing nondestructive examination to the requirements of this Code shall be qualified and certified for the method to be utilized in accordance with their employerrsquos written practice The written practice shall be based on the training examination and experience requirements of one of the following

(a) ASME BPVC Section V Article 1

(b) ASNT CP-189

(c) ASNT SNT-TC-1A

(d) Other national or international central certification program or standard

Page 2: B31.3 Code Cases

B31 CASE 180

CASES OF THE CODE FOR PRESSURE PIPING ndash B31

B31 CASE 180 Leak Testing of Subassemblies of Jacketed Piping for use in ASME B313 Piping

Systems

Approval Date January 5 2007 Inquiry Does ASME B313 permit an alternate leak test for jacketed piping in which it is impracticable to visually examine the welded joints and connections for leaks in accordance with para 34522(a) Reply Visually observing the joints and connections during the leak test in accordance with para 34522(a) and 34531 is not required provided all of the following conditions are satisfied

1 The welded joints and connections are on the inner pipe of jacketed piping 2 A leak test is performed that otherwise meets the requirements of para 3451

except visual examination of joints and connection in accordance with para 34522(a) and 34531 is not required

3 A sensitive leak test is performed in accordance with para 3458 to demonstrate leak tightness of welded joints and connections that are not visually examined during the leak testing requirements in 2 above

B31 CASE 181

Use of Alternative Ultrasonic Examination Acceptance Criteria

ANNULLED

Annulment Date June 25 2018

Reason Code Case 181 has been incorporated into Appendix R in B313-2016 Edition

ASME B313 CASES

B31 CASE 184 Use of Ultrasonic Examination of Welds as an Alternative to Radiographic Examination in ASME

B313 Chapter IX

ANNULLED

Annulment Date 03312011 (Date of Issuance of B313-2010 Edition)

Reason Code Case 184 shall expire upon the publication of ASME B313ndash2010 Edition

B31 CASE 185

CASES OF THE CODE FOR PRESSURE PIPING ndash B31

Page 1 of 2

ASME B313 CODE CASE 185

Title Use of Standard Helium Leak Test for a Vacuum-only Piping System (Paragraph 345)

Approval Date December 22 2009

Inquiry

Under what circumstances does ASME B313 permit the use of helium mass spectrometer leaktests performed under a vacuum as a substitute for the leak test requirements specified in ASMEB313 para 345

Reply

In the opinion of the Committee the qualified helium leak tests under vacuum conditions in theASME BPV Code Section V Article 10 Appendix V and Appendix IX are acceptablesubstitutes for the testing requirements identified in para 345 of ASME B313 provided thefollowing conditions are met

1 The piping system is expected to operate only under vacuum (ie sub-atmospheric pressure)conditions

2 Any leakage into the piping system that could result in an internal reaction (eg combustionor explosion) that increases the pressure above atmospheric shall be prevented

3 All system joints and connections shall be leak tested Piping welds and joints to be testedshall be uninsulated and exposed and shall not be primed painted or otherwise coated

4 Helium leak testing is performed at vacuum conditions sufficient for the mass spectrometerhelium leak tests of ASME BPV Code Section V Article 10 Appendices V and IX or atpressures below 10 millibars absolute (lt1 of atmospheric pressure) whichever is lower

5 ASME B313 para 3452 applies except for the minimum ldquo10 minrdquo leak test period theleak test pressure requirements and the limitation of the need for access for jacketed piping toldquovisual accessrdquo Para 3453 also applies except for the leak test pressure requirements Allother inspection examination and records requirements of ASME B313 Chapter VI muststill be satisfied (ie paras 340 341 342 343 344 and 346)

6 Written procedures shall be qualified in accordance with BPV Code Section V Article 10

7 Test personnel shall have training and certification consistent with ASME B313 para 342

B31 CASE 185

CASES OF THE CODE FOR PRESSURE PIPING ndash B31

Page 2 of 2

8 Test reports including records of personnel qualifications shall meet the requirements ofASME BPV Code Section V Article 10 Item T-1091 and shall be retained for at least fiveyears

9 Options of the ASME BPV Code Section V Article 10 test methods which allow theengineering design to modify specified requirements of the Appendix V and Appendix IXtest methods (such as acceptability limits for system leak tightness) may only be exercisedso as to make these requirements more sensitive or more conservative

10 The use of the vacuum leak test instead of the pressurized leak test of ASME B313para 345 shall be specified in the engineering design and shall be accepted by the Owner

____________________________________________________________________

B31 CASE 188

Minimum Hydrostatic Test Pressure for ASME B313 Chapter IX (Para K34542)

ANNULLED

Annulment Date February 27 2015

Reason Requirements incorporated in ASME B313 Code

B31 Code Case 191 Cu-13Zn-11Ni-Si-Al Alloy Seamless Pipe and Tube ASME B313 Approval Date January 21 2015

Inquiry May precipitation-hardened (Temper Designation TF00) Cu-13Zn-11Ni-Si-Al alloy (UNS No C69100) seamless pipe and tube conforming to the requirements of ASTM B706-00 (R2011) be used under the rules of ASME B313

Reply Yes provided

(a) The maximum allowable stress values for the material shall be those given in

Table 1

(b) Welded and brazed construction is not permitted (c) The maximum use temperature shall be 204ordmC (400ordmF)

(d) Certification to the ASTM B706-00 (R2011) specification requirements shall be

mandatory

Table 1

Maximum Allowable Stress Values

For Metal Temperature Not Exceeding degF

Stress ksi

For Metal Temperature Not Exceeding degC

Stress MPa

100

150

200

250

300

350

400

200 200 200 200 200 199 195

40

65

100

125

150

175

200

225

138 138

138

138

138

137

135

132

Note The maximum use temperature for this alloy is 204ordmC (400ordmF) The value listed at 225ordmC is provided for interpolation purposes only

Case 193 Approval Date October 9 2014 Cu-55Zn-4Si Casting Alloy UNS No C87600 ASME B313 Inquiry May Cu-55Zn-4Si Casting Alloy UNS No C87600 conforming to the requirements of ASTM B584 be used for construction under the rules of ASME B313 Reply Yes provided

(a) The basic allowable stress values for the material shall be those given in Table 1 A Casting Quality Factor Ec needs to be applied

(b) The maximum use temperature shall be 177ordmC (350ordmF) (c) Separate weld procedure and performance qualifications shall apply to this

material The welding procedure qualifications shall be in accordance with ASME Section IX

Table 1 Basic Allowable Stress Values

For Metal Temperature Not Exceeding degF

Stress ksi

For Metal Temperature Not Exceeding degC

Stress MPa

100 200 40 138 150 200 65 138200 200 100 138250 200 125 138300 200 150 138350 200 175 138

200 137

Note The maximum use temperature for this alloy is 177ordmC (350ordmF) The value listed at 200ordmC is provided for interpolation purposes only

Case 196 Approval Date May 15 2015 Ductile Iron Casting UNS No F33100 ASME B313 Inquiry May Ductile Iron Castings UNS No F33100 conforming to the requirements of ASTM A536 Grade 65-45-12 be used for construction under the rules of ASME B313 Reply Yes provided

(a) The maximum allowable stress values for the material shall be those given in Table 1

(b) A casting quality factor Ec of 080 shall also be applied except as permitted in (c)

(c) The casting quality factor may be increased by performing supplementary examination(s) listed in Table 30233(c) The casting shall have first been visually examined as required by MSS SP-55 Quality Standard for Steel Castings for Valves Flanges and Fittings and other Piping Components ndash Visual Method

(d) The maximum use temperature shall be 260ordmC (500degF) (e) The minimum use temperature shall be -30degC (-20degF) (f) All other requirements of ASME B313 shall be followed

Table 1 ndash Maximum Allowable Stress Values

For Metal Temperature Not Exceeding degC

Stress MPa

For Metal Temperature Not Exceeding degF Stress ksi

40 149 100 217 65 149 150 217

100 149 200 217 125 149 250 217 150 149 300 217 175 149 350 217 200 148 400 217 225 148 450 217 250 148 500 216 275 147

Note The maximum use temperature for this alloy is 260ordmC (500ordmF) The value listed at 275ordmC is provided for interpolation purposes only

B31 Case 202 Approval Date November 14 2017 Heavy Walled FittingsASME B313 Process Piping

Inquiry What alternate calculation method for pressure design may be used to determine therequired reinforcement for a heavy wall branch connection fitting (lateral wye or tee) in accordancewith ASME B313 Para 30433

Reply It is the opinion of the Committee that the ldquopressure areardquo method1 as described hereinis an acceptable alternate calculation method to determine the required metal reinforcement for aheavy wall branch connection fitting (lateral wye or tee) in accordance with ASME B313 Para30433

Nomenclature

A = Metal areas (see Figures 1 2 and 3) mm2 (in2)

B = Metal areas (see Figures 1 and 2) mm2 (in2)

D1 = Run pipe inside diameter less corrosion allowance mm (in)

D2 = Branch pipe inside diameter less corrosion allowance mm (in)

E = Pressure areas (see Figures 1 2 and 3) mm2 (in2)

F = Pressure areas (see Figures 1 and 2) mm2 (in2)

G = The width of the lateral branch opening at the inside surface of the run pipe (see Figure 1) mm (in)

P = Design (gage) pressure kPa (psi)

S = Material allowable stress from B313 Table A-1 for the design temperature kPa (psi) (If a casting is to be qualified for pressure the material allowable stress shall be multiplied by the appropriate B313 casting quality factor)

t1 = Thickness in the fitting heel (see Figures 1 and 2) or run radial thickness in the fitting crotch (see Figure 3) mm (in)

t2 = Thickness in the fitting crotch (see Figures 1 and 2) or branch radial thickness in the fitting crotch (see Figure 3) mm (in)

trsquo1 = Nominal thickness of the matching run pipe connected to the fitting (see Figures) mm (in)

trsquo2 = Nominal thickness of the matching branch pipe connected to the fitting (see Figures) mm (in)

α = The angle between the branch pipe centerline and the fitting crotch centerline deg (see Figures 1 and 2)

β = The angle between the fitting crotch centerline and the run pipe centerline deg (see Figure 1)

1 The ldquopressure areardquo method was originally published in the 1956 revised 2nd edition of the MW KelloggDesign of Piping Systems

General Requirements

1 The fitting shall be manufactured from a single metal casting or forging

2 The fitting ends shall not be within the envelope of the metal and pressure areas used to qualifythe fitting and there shall be sufficient material beyond the envelope to make an acceptable weldend (see ASME B1625)

3 The trsquo1 and trsquo2 dimensions of the fitting shall be equal to or greater in thickness than the nominaldimensions of the matching piping If the fitting is a weaker material than the matching pipingtransition pieces may be necessary for the connected piping to match trsquo1 and trsquo2 dimensions ofthe fitting determined in accordance with the straight pipe requirements of B313 as appropriate

4 All inside and outside corners of the fittings larger than NPS 2 shall be radiused It isrecommended that inside radii be a minimum t4 and outside radii be a minimum t2 where t isthe lesser of trsquo1 and trsquo2 except that these radii shall not be less than 3 mm (18 in) and need notbe greater than 25 mm (1 in)

5 For internally and externally contoured fittings the metal and pressure areas may be representedby quadrilaterals andor triangles assembled such that they approximate the respective areas

(A) for the metal areas the areas of the largest non-overlapping quadrilaterals andor trianglesmay be summed provided all the areas lie within the areas defined by the fitting inside andoutside surfaces and side lengths defined in the appropriate figures and

(B) for the pressure areas the areas of the non-overlapping quadrilaterals andor triangles shallbe summed that totally circumscribe and cover the areas defined by the fitting crotch andpipe centerlines the fitting inside surfaces and the side lengths defined in the appropriatefigures

6 For laterals (Figure 1) with an (α + β) angle greater than or equal to 85 degs the requirementsfor the tee (Figure 3) may be used Otherwise the requirements for the lateral shall be used

7 Consideration shall be made for required examination of the pipe to fitting joint A short tangentmay improve the reading of a radiograph or facilitate the performance of ultrasonic examinationespecially if there is a significant transition from the pipe to the fitting

8 The fittingrsquos manufacturing tolerance shall be considered

Calculated Dimensions

The side length dimensions for calculating metal and pressure areas for the various fittings are asfollows

For the lateral (see Figure 1) where (α + β) $ 45 deg

Run crotch side length = G

t Cos2 22

Run heel side length = G

t Cos2 21

Branch crotch side length = D

t Cos222 2

Branch heel side length = D

t Cos212 2

For the wye (see Figure 2) where α $ 45 deg

Run heel side length = D

t Cos112 2

Branch crotch side length = D

t Cos222

Branch heel side length = D

t Cos212 2

For the tee (see Figure 3)

Run side length = D t2

22

Branch side length = D

t212

Acceptance Criteria

The following equations shall be met for both the crotch and heel sides of the fitting For the tee onlyEquation (1) need be met because of symmetry

SP E

A

A

2

1

SP F

B

B

2

2

1

B31 Code Case 208 Approval Date November 6 2018

ASME B313 Process Piping 18Cr-11Ni-Cb-N 347LN UNS S34751 Austenitic Stainless Steel Seamless Tubes Seamless and Welded Pipe Pipe Flanges Forged Fittings Valves and Parts Wrought Piping Fittings Forgings and Plate and Sheet ASME B313 Inquiry May UNS S34751 solution annealed austenitic stainless steel seamless tubes seamless and welded pipe pipe flanges valves and parts wrought piping fittings forgings plate and sheet meeting the requirements of ASTM A213A213M-17 A312A312M-17 A376A376M-17 A358A358M-15 A182A182M-17 A403A403M-16 A965A965M-14 and A240A240M-17 be used in welded construction under the rules of ASME B313 Reply Yes provided that the following additional requirements are met (a) The maximum allowable stress values shall be as given in Table 1 (b) The maximum use temperature is 677degC (1250degF) (c) The material shall be considered as P-No 8 Group 1 (d) For temperatures above 538degC (1000degF) the stress values in Table 1 may be used only if the

material has been heat treated at a temperature of 1093degC (2000degF) minimum (e) The minimum design temperature for this material shall be -200degC (-325degF) however when a

specification permits this material to be furnished without solution heat treatment or with other than a solution heat treatment the minimum design temperature shall be -29degC (-20degF) unless the material is impact tested in accordance with para 3233

(f) For post fabrication strain limits in the lower temperature range exceeding design temperature 540degC (1000degF) and forming strain of 15 and in the high temperature range exceeding 675degC (1250degF) and forming strains of 10 the minimum heat treatment temperature shall be 1040degC (1900degF)

2

Table 1 Maximum Allowable Stress Values

For Metal Temperature Not Exceeding

degC Allowable Stress [Note (1)] MPa

For Metal Temperature

Not Exceeding degF

Allowable Stress [Note (2)] ksi

40 138 100 200

65 138 200 200

100 138 300 200

125 138 400 197

150 138 500 183

175 138 600 174

200 137 650 172

225 132 700 170

250 128 750 169

275 124 800 168

300 122 850 168

325 120 900 168

350 118 950 168

375 117 1000 167

400 116 1050 166

425 116 1100 132

450 116 1150 970

475 116 1200 720

500 116 1250 545 Note (2) The fonts used are in accordance with B313 Table A‐1 Note 4a

525 115

550 115

575 111

600 845

625 641

650 489

675 383

700 289[Note (3)]

Note (1) The fonts used are in accordance with B313 Table A‐1 Note 4b

Note (3) The maximum use temperature for this alloy is 677degC (1250degF) The value listed at 700degC is provided for interpolation purposes only

B31 Code Case 209 Approval Date November 6 2018

ASME B313 Process Piping

PIPING SYSTEM STRESS ANALYSIS EXAMPLES QUESTION The results for the examples found in ASME B313-2016 Appendix S were developed using the 2006 editionrsquos code rules and material data tables How would the appendix results and affected text change when the ASME B313-2016 code rules and material data tables are applied REPLY It is the opinion of the Committee that the following pages show what Appendix S looks like with the revised new rules and data

S300 INTRODUCTION

The examples in this Appendix are intended to illustrate the application of the rules and definitions in Chapter II Part 5 flexibility and Support and the stress limits of para 30235 The loadings and conditions necessary to comply with the intent of the Code are presented

S3001 Definitions and Nomenclature

global axes these are Cartesian X Y and Z axes In this Appendix vertically upward is taken to be the +Y direction with gravity acting in the minusY direction Pj piping internal pressure see para 3012 when more than one condition exists for the piping system each is subscripted (eg P1 P2 ) Tj pipe maximum or minimum metal temperature see paras 3013 and 31931(a) when more than one condition exists for the piping system each is subscripted (eg T1 T2 ) Y+ a ldquosingle acting supportrdquo that provides support in only the vertically upward direction and is considered to be ldquoactiverdquo when the pipe exerts a downward force on the support The pipe is free to move upward ie the pipe ldquolifts offrdquo the support the support in the ldquolift-offrdquo situation is considered to be ldquoremovedrdquo from providing support ie inactive during the load condition considered

S301 EXAMPLE 1 CODE COMPLIANT PIPING SYSTEM

S3011 Example Description

This example is intended to illustrate the design of an adequately supported and sufficiently flexible piping system The piping system in Fig S3011 is fabricated from ASTM A106 Grade B seamless pipe (ie E = 100) the pipe is DN 400 (NPS 16) with a nominal wall thickness of 953 mm (0375 in) 127 mm (5 in) thickness of calcium silicate insulation and 159 mm (0063 in) corrosion allowance the fluid has a specific gravity of 10 The equivalent number of full displacement cycles expected for the piping system is fewer than 7 000 [ie f =100 in accordance with para 30235(d)] The piping system is in normal fluid service The reference modulus of elasticity used for the piping analysis is 2034 GPa (295 Msi) from Appendix C Table C-6 in accordance with paras 31932 and 31944 and Poissonrsquos ratio is 03 in accordance with para 31933 The piping internal pressures and temperatures expected during normal operation and the design conditions are listed in Table S3011 see paras 31923(b) and 31931(a) The design conditions are set sufficiently in excess of the operating conditions so as to provide additional margin on the allowable stress for pressure design as required by the owner

S3012 Design Conditions

The design conditions establish the pressure rating flange ratings component ratings and minimum required pipe wall thickness in accordance with para 30121 For example ASME B165 requires a minimum of Class 300 for ASTM A105 flanges Also the minimum required pipe wall thickness tm is determined from the design conditions by inserting eq (3a) into eq (2) terms are defined in para 30411 and Appendix J E = 10 P = design pressure = 3 800 kPa (550 psi) S = allowable stress from Appendix A Tables A-1 and A-1M = 1274 MPa (184 ksi) at design temperature 288oC (550oF) W = 10 for carbon steel at any temperature in accordance with Table 30235 Note (9) Y = 04 from Table 30411 Insert eq (3a) into eq (2)

tm = t + c =

=

159

= 599 mm + 159 mm = 758 mm (0299 in) In accordance with para 30412(a) t must be less than D6 for eq (3a) to be appropriate without considering additional factors to compute the pressure design thickness t ie t D6 or 758 mm 4064 mm6 Since 758 mm (0299 in) 677 mm (267 in) and 0030 0385 eq (3a) is applicable without special consideration of factors listed in para 30412(b) Now select a pipe schedule of adequate thickness Determine the specified minimum pipe wall thickness T from nominal pipe wall thickness ₸ considering a mill tolerance of 125 Select DN 400 (NPS 16) Schedule 30STD nominal wall thickness from ASME B3610M ₸ = 953 mm (0375 in) T = (953 mm)(100 minus 0125) = 834 mm (0328 in) Since T tm (ie 834 mm (0328 in) 758 mm (0299 in)) the selection of the nominal pipe wall thickness ₸ for Schedule 30STD pipe is acceptable The long radius elbows specified for this piping system are in accordance with ASME B169 and are specified to be for use with Schedule 30STD wall thickness pipe

S3013 Computer Model Input

Tables S30131 and S30132 list the ldquonode numbersrdquo lengths etc for each piping element displayed in Fig S3011 A bend radius of 15 times the nominal pipe diameter [ie 6096 mm (24 in)] and nominal wall thickness of 953 mm (0375 in) are used for the elbows in the computer model Generic computer program options are as follows (a) include pressure stiffening on elbows (b) exclude pressure thrust and Bourdon effects (c) use nominal section properties for the stiffnesses forces moments and deflections calculation (d) use ldquonominal less allowancesrdquo section properties for the stress due to sustained loads SL calculation (e) use nominal section properties for displacement stress range SE calculation

minimum metal temp -1oC (30oF) ambient (as-installed) temp -1oC (30oF)

S3014 Pressure Effects

For the operating sustained and displacement stress range load cases the effect of pressure stiffening on the elbows is included to determine the end reactions in accordance with Appendix D Note (6) (and ASME B31J Table 1-1 Note(4) ) The effects of pressure-induced elongation and Bourdon effects are not included as both are deemed negligible for this particular example

S3015 The Operating Load Case

The operating load case is used to determine the operating position of the piping and reaction loads for any attached equipment anchors supports guides or stops The operating load case is based on the temperature range from the ambient (as-installed) temperature of -1degC (30degF) to the maximum operating metal temperature of 260degC (500degF) in accordance with paras 31923(b) and 31931(b) Tables C-1 and C-2 values used for Row A and Row B expansion coefficients are listed below Row A = 131x10-6 mmmmoC (730x10-6 ininoF) Row B = 343 mmm (400 in100 ft) The operating load case in this example also includes the effects of internal pressure pipe weight insulation weight and fluid weight on the piping system Both pipe stiffness and displacement stress range are based on the nominal thickness of the pipe Pipe deflections and internal reaction loads for the operating load case are listed in Table S30151 Piping loads acting on the anchors and support structure are listed in Table S30152

S3016 The Sustained Load Case

Stresses due to the sustained loads such as axial forces internal pressure and intensified bending moments in this example are combined in accordance with para320 to determine SL The sustained load case excludes thermal effects and includes the effects of internal pressure [P1=3450 kPa (500 psi)] pipe weight insulation weight and fluid weight on the piping system Nominal section properties are used to generate the stiffness matrix and sustained loads for the computer model in accordance with para 31935 The nominal thickness less allowances is used to calculate the section properties for SL in accordance with para 320 A summary of the sustained load case internal reaction forces moments and stress due to sustained loads SL is provided in Table S3016 Since this example model lies in only one plane only the stress due to sustained bending moments due to the in-plane bending moment is not zero The in-plane bending moment is intensified at each elbow by the sustained in-plane moment index for an unflanged elbow Ii Note that SL for the nodes listed in Table S3016 do not exceed the 1308 MPa (190 ksi) sustained allowable stress Sh for A106 Grade B piping at the operating maximum metal temperature T1 = 260degC (500degF) from Appendix A Tables A-1 and A-1M By limiting SL to Sh in accordance with para 30235(c) the piping system is deemed adequately protected against collapse

S3017 The Displacement Stress Range Load Case

The displacement stress range SE in this example is based on the temperature range from the minimum metal (as-installed) temperature minus1degC (30degF) to maximum metal temperature for the thermal cycles under analysis [T1 = 260degC (500degF)] in accordance with paras 31923(b) and 31931(a) The displacement stress range SE for each element is calculated in accordance with eq (17) and is listed in Table S3017 along with the internal reaction loads Nominal section properties are used to generate the stiffness matrix and displacement stress ranges in the piping in accordance with para 31935 Since this example model lies in only one plane only the in-plane bending moment range is not zero The in-plane moment range is intensified at each elbow in accordance with Appendix D (and ASME B31J Table 1-1) stress intensification factor ii for an unflanged elbow For simplicity the allowable displacement stress range SA is calculated in accordance with eq (1a) Though eq (1a) is used in this example it is also acceptable to calculate SA in accordance with eq (1b) which permits SA to exceed the eq (1a) value for each piping element based on the magnitude of each elementrsquos SL The following terms are as defined in para 30235(d) and Appendix J f = 100 for 7 000 equivalent full displacement cycles from Fig 30235 or eq (1c) SA = f (125 Sc + 025 Sh) = (100)[(125)(138 MPa) + (025)(1308 MPa)] = 2052 MPa (2975 ksi) Sc = allowable stress from Appendix A Tables A-1 and A-1M = 138 MPa (200 ksi) at ambient (as-installed) temperature Sh = allowable stress from Appendix A Tables A-1 and A-1M = 1308 MPa (190 ksi) at T1 T1 = maximum metal temperature = 260degC (500degF) Note that each piping elementrsquos displacement stress range based on minimum to maximum metal temperature for the thermal cycles under analysis SE does not exceed the eq (1a) allowable SA By limiting SE to SA the piping system is deemed adequate to accommodate up to 7 000 equivalent full displacement cycles Considering both the stress due to sustained loads and displacement stress range load cases the piping system is compliant with the requirements of the Code redesign of the piping system is not required unless the sustained or operating reaction loads at either anchor data point 10 or 50 exceed the allowable loads for the attached equipment nozzle or the support structure at node 20 is overloaded The nozzle load and support structure analyses are beyond the scope of this Appendix and are not addressed

S302 EXAMPLE 2 ANTICIPATED SUSTAINED CONDITIONS CONSIDERING PIPE LIFT-OFF

S3021 Example Description

This example is intended to illustrate the analysis of a piping system in which a portion of the piping lifts off at least one Y+ support in at least one operating condition The emphasis of this example is to describe the effect this removal of support has on the determination of anticipated sustained conditions The same principles utilized for this example would also apply for guides and stops (that are single directional or gap-type) that are not engaged during any anticipated operating condition The examples in this Appendix are intended for illustration purposes only and are not intended to portray the same as either adequate or even acceptable piping geometries andor support scenarios The piping system in Fig S3021 is the same in material properties as in Example 1 see paraS3011 Note the distance from node 20 to the elbow node 30 and from nodes 120 to 130 in Example 2rsquos model is 152 m (5 ft) Note that both the design and operating conditions are well below the creep regime therefore the piping system will not develop any permanent creep-related displacements relaxation or sag

S3022 Design Conditions

The design conditions are similar to those in the Example 1 model see para S3012 and Table S3022 Note that the nominal thickness remains unchanged from Example 1 even though the design temperature and corrosion allowance have increased the corrosion allowance in this example model is 318 mm (0125 in)

S3023 Computer Model Input

Table S3023 lists the node numbers lengths etc for each piping component that is displayed in Fig S3021 The computer-based options are the same as those for the Example 1 model see para S3013

S3024 Pressure Effects

The pressure effect considerations are the same as those for Example 1 see para 3014

S3025 The Operating Load Case

The Operating Case evaluated and discussed in this example includes the effects of pipe weight insulation weight fluid weight internal pressure [P1= 3 040 kPa (440 psi)] and temperature [(T1=288oC (550oF)] Table C-1 and C-2 values used for Row A and Row B expansion coefficients are listed below Row A = 132x10-6 mmmmoC (735x10-6 ininoF) Row B = 380 mmm (45 in100 ft) An operating load case is evaluated to determine the operating position of the piping and determine the reaction loads for any attached equipment anchors supports guides or stops In particular each operating load casersquos support scenario is evaluated or assessed by the designer in order to determine whether any anticipated sustained conditions need to be evaluated with one or more Y+ supports removed Further operating load case discussion can be found in para S3015 Piping loads acting on the anchors and support structure for the operating load case are listed in Table S3025 Note that only nodes 10 through 50 are listed in the following tables this is for convenience since the model is symmetric the reactions deflections and stresses for nodes 10 through 40 are the same as for nodes 110 through 140 except that some signs may be reversed

S3026 Sustained Conditions

S30261 The Stress Due to Sustained Loads SL Calculations The stress due to (long-term) sustained loads SL is computed in accordance with para 3202 for each sustained condition that is evaluated see para S30262

S30262 Anticipated Sustained Conditions All anticipated sustained conditions utilizing all possible support scenarios should be considered The designer has identified three anticipated sustained conditions for the piping system each is listed in Table S30262 along with the support status of the node 50 Y+ support as either assessed by analysis or determined by the designer The designer has deemed the Sustained Condition 3 as both controlling the sustained design and requiring evaluation

S30263 Results for the Evaluated Sustained Condition Table S30262rsquos Sustained Conditions 1 and 2 reflect the ambient temperature support scenario Sustained Condition 3 reflects the support scenario of the Operating Case All three Sustained Conditions exclude thermal effects Sustained Conditions 2 and 3 include the effects of internal pressure [P1= 3 040 kPa (440 psi)] pipe weight insulation weight and fluid weight on the piping system A summary of the Sustained Condition 3 reactions and stresses due to sustained loads SL appear in Table S30263 In the determination of SL the sustained longitudinal force index Ia is defaulted to 10 in the absence of more applicable data in accordance with para 320 The in-plane bending moment is indexed at each elbow by the appropriate Ii calculated for this example by multiplying 075 times ii determined from Appendix D (and ASME B31J Table 1-1) See para S3016 for additional information concerning the stress due to sustained loads determination

S3027 Displacement Stress Range Load Cases

The displacement stress range load cases are not listed since they are not the subject of this example

S3028 Code Compliance mdash Satisfying the Intent of the Code

The Sustained Condition 3 results indicate that the piping system is not protected against collapse for the cycles under analysis when considering the Operating Case support scenario Note the greatest Stresses due to Sustained Loads SL are at elbow nodes 40 and 140 and ldquoLift-Offrdquo support location node 50 Therefore redesign of the piping system is required If the piping system is redesigned such that it is compliant with the intent of the Code then the piping system would require no further attention unless the sustained hydrostatic leak test or operating reaction loads at either anchor data point 10 or 110 exceed the allowable loads for the attached equipment nozzle or the support structure at either node 20 or 120 is overloaded The nozzle loads and support structure analyses are beyond the scope of this Appendix and are not addressed Although the occasional load cases are important to the design and analysis of a piping system they are not discussed in this example

S303 EXAMPLE 3 MOMENT REVERSAL

S3031 Example Description

This example is intended to illustrate the flexibility analysis required for a piping system that is designed for more than one operating condition and also experiences a ldquoreversal of momentsrdquo between any two of the anticipated operating conditions The examples in this Appendix are intended for illustration purposes only and are not intended to portray the same as either adequate or even acceptable piping geometries andor support scenarios also Both the design and operating conditions are well below the creep regime The piping system in Fig S3031 consists of two headers and two branches which are referred to as gas ldquometer runsrdquo Only one of the branches is in service (operating) at a given time the out-of-service branch is purged and at ambient (as-installed) condition The design specification calls for each of the meter run branches to alternate in and out of service five times every two weeks for the piping systemrsquos planned 30-year service life (N=3900 equivalent full displacement cycles) ie f = 115 in accordance with para 30235(d) The piping system is fabricated from ASTM A53 Grade B pipe (E=100) both piping headers are DN 600 (NPS 24) and the branches are DN 500 (NPS 20) and both branch and header are 953 mm (0375 in) thick For simplicity each piping segment or component is 1524 m (5 ft) in length The piping system is in normal fluid service The fluid is gaseous is considered to add no weight and to be neither a corrosive nor an erosive hazard ie there is no corrosion allowance The line is not insulated The ambient (as-installed) temperature is 4degC (40degF) The reference modulus of elasticity used is 2034 GPa (295 Msi) and Poissonrsquos ratio is 03 Consideration is given to the close proximity of the three tees in each header in accordance with the guidance in para 31936 and the stress intensification factors from Appendix D are considered to adequately represent the header tees for this piping system The piping internal pressure and minimum to maximum metal temperature range expected during normal operation for each meter run and the design conditions are listed in Table S3031 The design conditions are set sufficiently in excess of the operating conditions so as to provide additional margin on the allowable as required by the owner

S3032 Design Conditions

The design conditions establish the pressure rating flange ratings components ratings and minimum required pipe wall thickness ASME B165 requires a minimum of Class 300 for ASTM A105 flanges The minimum required wall thickness for both the branch and header is 44 mm (0171 in) considering a 125 mill tolerance therefore selection of the standard wall thickness of 95 mm (0375 in) is acceptable S3033 Computer Model Input

Table S3033 lists the node numbers lengths etc for each piping component that is displayed in Fig S3031 Note that flanges and valve components are not explicitly included in the model listing in Table S3033 For simplicity an entire branch (from tee centerline to tee centerline) is considered to be at the operating conditions listed in Table S3031 eg the East meter run branch from nodes 40 through 340 operates at 1 724 kPa (250 psi) and 121degC (250degF) for Operating Case 2 The computer-based options are the same as those for the Example 1 model except that pressure stiffening is not included in the analyses for this example see para S3013

S3034 Pressure Effects

Neither pressure stiffening nor Bourdon effects are included in the analyses

S3035 Operating Load Case(s)

The operating load case is used to determine the operating position of the piping and reaction loads for any attached equipment anchors supports guides or stops The owner has mandated in the design specification that the meter runs and piping be more than adequately supported Therefore the operating load case while necessary to set the limits of the strain ranges does not contribute to the emphasis of this example and its output is not included Table C-1 and C-2 values used for Row A and Row B expansion coefficients are listed below Row A = 123x10-6mmmmoC (680x10-6 ininoF) Row B = 134 mmm (168 in100 ft)

S3036 Sustained Load Case

Stresses due to the sustained loads such as axial forces internal pressure and intensified bending moments in this example are combined in accordance with para320 to determine SL For reasons similar to those expressed for the operating load case the sustained load case output is not included

S3037 Displacement Stress Range Load Cases

The displacement stress range SE is computed in accordance with para 31923(b) and 31931(a) in which the strains evaluated for the ambient temperature (which is also the as-installed and minimum metal temperature condition for this particular example) are algebraically subtracted from the strains evaluated for Operating Case 1 as listed in Table S3031 Similarly the displacement stress range SE is computed from the algebraic strain difference evaluated from the ambient (as-installed) condition to Operating Case 2 as listed in Table S3031 The individual displacement stress range SE along with the internal reaction loads is evaluated for each piping component in accordance with eq (17) is listed in Tables S30371 (Operating Case 1) and has the same results as listed in Table S30372 (Operating Case 2) with the exception that some signs differ (indicating the moment reversal range between the two conditions) The algebraic strain difference between the two resultant case evaluations discussed above produces the greatest displacement stress range for the piping system in accordance with paras 31921(d) 31923(b) and 31931(a) ie SE the ldquostress range corresponding to the total displacement strainsrdquo The resulting reactionsrsquo combination and SE for each piping component are listed in Table S30373

S3038 Code Compliance mdash Satisfying the Intent of the Code

The piping system is compliant with the sustained load requirements of the Code The displacement stress range from the ambient (as-installed) condition to each of the operating cases indicates the piping system is in compliance with the intent of the Code even when limited to the eq (1a) allowable SA But the ldquostress range corresponding to the total displacement strainsrdquo which considers the algebraic strain difference between the two operating cases indicates that the piping system is not protected against fatigue failure for the cycles under analysis even when considering the eq (1b) allowable SA Therefore redesign of the piping system is required If the piping system is redesigned such that it is compliant with the intent of the code then the piping system would require no further attention unless the sustained hydrostatic leak test or operating reaction loads at either anchor data point 10 or 310 or meter runs 130 or 230 exceeded the allowable loads for the attached equipment nozzles or support structure The meter loads nozzle loads and support structure analyses are beyond the scope of this example Although the occasional load cases are important to the design and analysis of a piping system they are not discussed in this example

B31 Code Case 214 Approval Date May 30 2019 ASME B313 Process Piping

Alternative Heat Treatments for Fabrication Processes

Proposal Code Case to allow the use of ASME B31P Standard Heat treatments for Fabrication Processes as an alternative to the preheat PWHT and PFHT required by B313

Explanation ASME B31P Standard Heat treatments for Fabrication Processes was published in May 2018 In order to allow the use of this Standard by the ASME Codes prior to changes being adopted in the next edition of the respective Codes this Code Case is being proposed to allow B31P to be used as an alternative to the rules currently in the published ASME B31 Codes A similar Code Case is currently being balloted in ASME B311 (18-2339)

Summary of Changes To allow the use of ASME B31P Standard Heat Treatments for Fabrication Processes as an alternative to the heat treatment rules specified in ASME B31 3

Referenced Code ASME B313 ndash 2016 amp 2018

Inquiry May the heat treatment requirements specified in ASME B31P be used as an alternative to the required heat treatments specified in paras 330 331 and 332 of ASME B313

Reply It is the opinion of the Committee that the heat treatments specified in ASME B31P may be used as an alternative to the respective heat treatments specified in ASME B313 for the materials referenced in ASME B31P

B31 Code Case 216 Approval Date March 29 2021 ASME B313 Process Piping

Use of Enhanced Pressure Ratings for Brazed Copper Tubes and Fittings by Cold

Stretch Process

Inquiry Under what condition may higher pressure ratings be used for ASTM B88 Type L tubes and

ASME B1622 fittings in ASME B313 construction

Reply It is the opinion of the Committee that enhanced pressure ratings may be used for ASTM B88

Type L tubes and ASME B1622 fittings in ASME B313 construction provided the following conditions are

met

(a) The tubes shall conform to ASTM B88 Type L in the H58 temper

(b) The fittings shall conform to ASME B1622

(c) The maximum design temperature is 38degC (100degF)

(d) The piping shall be limited to Category D and Normal Fluid Services

(e) External pressure is not permitted

(f) The maximum tube and fitting nominal or standard size is 3 in

(g) The joints shall be brazed The qualification of brazing procedures brazers and brazing operators shall be in accordance with para 3282 Silver brazing filler metals (BAg‐XX) with

appropriate flux shall be used in the brazing process

(h) In brazing qualification the specimen in the tension test shall break in the base metal outside of

the joint with tensile strength equal to or greater than (207 MPa) 30 ksi

(i) The piping system shall receive a cold stretch operation by hydrostatic or pneumatic pressure

test in accordance with para 345 except the minimum test pressure shall be 17 times the design pressure and the maximum test pressure shall be 18 times the design pressure The test pressure shall be

maintained for at least 20 min

(j) The internal design gage pressure P shall not exceed the pressure calculated as follows

208

Where S = 689 MPa (100 ksi)

t = minimum wall thickness for ASTM B88 Type L D = maximum outside diameter for annealed temper ASTM B88 Type L

(k) Piping flexibility analysis shall be performed in accordance with para 319 using the basic

allowable stresses (Sc and Sh) equal to 414 MPa (60 ksi)

(l) Analysis of sustained loads shall be performed in accordance with para 320 using the basic

allowable stresses (Sh) equal to 414 MPa (60 ksi)

(m) Before cold stretch operation the brazed joints shall be 100 visually examined The following

conditions are not permitted

1) The presence of flux residue and unmelted filler metal

2) Excessive oxidation of the joint

3) Cracks in braze metal or base material

(n) Additional brazing is not permitted after the cold stretch operation If a braze repair is required

the following conditions shall be satisfied

1) The braze joint to be repaired shall be removed and replaced along with 150 mm (6 in)

of tube on each side of the joint

2) The piping shall receive the cold stretch operation as required in (i)

(o) The design cold stretch and repair records shall be retained by the owner for the life of the piping

B31 Code Case 217 Approval Date September 3 2021

ASME B313 Process Piping

Alternative NDE Personnel Qualification and Certification Requirements

Referenced Code ASME B313 ndash 2018 amp 2020

Inquiry May alternative personnel qualification and certification requirements be used as options to those specified in ASME B313 para 3421

Reply It is the opinion of the Committee that the personnel qualification and certification requirements below may be used as alternatives to those specified in ASME B313 para 3421 Personnel performing nondestructive examination to the requirements of this Code shall be qualified and certified for the method to be utilized in accordance with their employerrsquos written practice The written practice shall be based on the training examination and experience requirements of one of the following

(a) ASME BPVC Section V Article 1

(b) ASNT CP-189

(c) ASNT SNT-TC-1A

(d) Other national or international central certification program or standard

Page 3: B31.3 Code Cases

B31 CASE 181

Use of Alternative Ultrasonic Examination Acceptance Criteria

ANNULLED

Annulment Date June 25 2018

Reason Code Case 181 has been incorporated into Appendix R in B313-2016 Edition

ASME B313 CASES

B31 CASE 184 Use of Ultrasonic Examination of Welds as an Alternative to Radiographic Examination in ASME

B313 Chapter IX

ANNULLED

Annulment Date 03312011 (Date of Issuance of B313-2010 Edition)

Reason Code Case 184 shall expire upon the publication of ASME B313ndash2010 Edition

B31 CASE 185

CASES OF THE CODE FOR PRESSURE PIPING ndash B31

Page 1 of 2

ASME B313 CODE CASE 185

Title Use of Standard Helium Leak Test for a Vacuum-only Piping System (Paragraph 345)

Approval Date December 22 2009

Inquiry

Under what circumstances does ASME B313 permit the use of helium mass spectrometer leaktests performed under a vacuum as a substitute for the leak test requirements specified in ASMEB313 para 345

Reply

In the opinion of the Committee the qualified helium leak tests under vacuum conditions in theASME BPV Code Section V Article 10 Appendix V and Appendix IX are acceptablesubstitutes for the testing requirements identified in para 345 of ASME B313 provided thefollowing conditions are met

1 The piping system is expected to operate only under vacuum (ie sub-atmospheric pressure)conditions

2 Any leakage into the piping system that could result in an internal reaction (eg combustionor explosion) that increases the pressure above atmospheric shall be prevented

3 All system joints and connections shall be leak tested Piping welds and joints to be testedshall be uninsulated and exposed and shall not be primed painted or otherwise coated

4 Helium leak testing is performed at vacuum conditions sufficient for the mass spectrometerhelium leak tests of ASME BPV Code Section V Article 10 Appendices V and IX or atpressures below 10 millibars absolute (lt1 of atmospheric pressure) whichever is lower

5 ASME B313 para 3452 applies except for the minimum ldquo10 minrdquo leak test period theleak test pressure requirements and the limitation of the need for access for jacketed piping toldquovisual accessrdquo Para 3453 also applies except for the leak test pressure requirements Allother inspection examination and records requirements of ASME B313 Chapter VI muststill be satisfied (ie paras 340 341 342 343 344 and 346)

6 Written procedures shall be qualified in accordance with BPV Code Section V Article 10

7 Test personnel shall have training and certification consistent with ASME B313 para 342

B31 CASE 185

CASES OF THE CODE FOR PRESSURE PIPING ndash B31

Page 2 of 2

8 Test reports including records of personnel qualifications shall meet the requirements ofASME BPV Code Section V Article 10 Item T-1091 and shall be retained for at least fiveyears

9 Options of the ASME BPV Code Section V Article 10 test methods which allow theengineering design to modify specified requirements of the Appendix V and Appendix IXtest methods (such as acceptability limits for system leak tightness) may only be exercisedso as to make these requirements more sensitive or more conservative

10 The use of the vacuum leak test instead of the pressurized leak test of ASME B313para 345 shall be specified in the engineering design and shall be accepted by the Owner

____________________________________________________________________

B31 CASE 188

Minimum Hydrostatic Test Pressure for ASME B313 Chapter IX (Para K34542)

ANNULLED

Annulment Date February 27 2015

Reason Requirements incorporated in ASME B313 Code

B31 Code Case 191 Cu-13Zn-11Ni-Si-Al Alloy Seamless Pipe and Tube ASME B313 Approval Date January 21 2015

Inquiry May precipitation-hardened (Temper Designation TF00) Cu-13Zn-11Ni-Si-Al alloy (UNS No C69100) seamless pipe and tube conforming to the requirements of ASTM B706-00 (R2011) be used under the rules of ASME B313

Reply Yes provided

(a) The maximum allowable stress values for the material shall be those given in

Table 1

(b) Welded and brazed construction is not permitted (c) The maximum use temperature shall be 204ordmC (400ordmF)

(d) Certification to the ASTM B706-00 (R2011) specification requirements shall be

mandatory

Table 1

Maximum Allowable Stress Values

For Metal Temperature Not Exceeding degF

Stress ksi

For Metal Temperature Not Exceeding degC

Stress MPa

100

150

200

250

300

350

400

200 200 200 200 200 199 195

40

65

100

125

150

175

200

225

138 138

138

138

138

137

135

132

Note The maximum use temperature for this alloy is 204ordmC (400ordmF) The value listed at 225ordmC is provided for interpolation purposes only

Case 193 Approval Date October 9 2014 Cu-55Zn-4Si Casting Alloy UNS No C87600 ASME B313 Inquiry May Cu-55Zn-4Si Casting Alloy UNS No C87600 conforming to the requirements of ASTM B584 be used for construction under the rules of ASME B313 Reply Yes provided

(a) The basic allowable stress values for the material shall be those given in Table 1 A Casting Quality Factor Ec needs to be applied

(b) The maximum use temperature shall be 177ordmC (350ordmF) (c) Separate weld procedure and performance qualifications shall apply to this

material The welding procedure qualifications shall be in accordance with ASME Section IX

Table 1 Basic Allowable Stress Values

For Metal Temperature Not Exceeding degF

Stress ksi

For Metal Temperature Not Exceeding degC

Stress MPa

100 200 40 138 150 200 65 138200 200 100 138250 200 125 138300 200 150 138350 200 175 138

200 137

Note The maximum use temperature for this alloy is 177ordmC (350ordmF) The value listed at 200ordmC is provided for interpolation purposes only

Case 196 Approval Date May 15 2015 Ductile Iron Casting UNS No F33100 ASME B313 Inquiry May Ductile Iron Castings UNS No F33100 conforming to the requirements of ASTM A536 Grade 65-45-12 be used for construction under the rules of ASME B313 Reply Yes provided

(a) The maximum allowable stress values for the material shall be those given in Table 1

(b) A casting quality factor Ec of 080 shall also be applied except as permitted in (c)

(c) The casting quality factor may be increased by performing supplementary examination(s) listed in Table 30233(c) The casting shall have first been visually examined as required by MSS SP-55 Quality Standard for Steel Castings for Valves Flanges and Fittings and other Piping Components ndash Visual Method

(d) The maximum use temperature shall be 260ordmC (500degF) (e) The minimum use temperature shall be -30degC (-20degF) (f) All other requirements of ASME B313 shall be followed

Table 1 ndash Maximum Allowable Stress Values

For Metal Temperature Not Exceeding degC

Stress MPa

For Metal Temperature Not Exceeding degF Stress ksi

40 149 100 217 65 149 150 217

100 149 200 217 125 149 250 217 150 149 300 217 175 149 350 217 200 148 400 217 225 148 450 217 250 148 500 216 275 147

Note The maximum use temperature for this alloy is 260ordmC (500ordmF) The value listed at 275ordmC is provided for interpolation purposes only

B31 Case 202 Approval Date November 14 2017 Heavy Walled FittingsASME B313 Process Piping

Inquiry What alternate calculation method for pressure design may be used to determine therequired reinforcement for a heavy wall branch connection fitting (lateral wye or tee) in accordancewith ASME B313 Para 30433

Reply It is the opinion of the Committee that the ldquopressure areardquo method1 as described hereinis an acceptable alternate calculation method to determine the required metal reinforcement for aheavy wall branch connection fitting (lateral wye or tee) in accordance with ASME B313 Para30433

Nomenclature

A = Metal areas (see Figures 1 2 and 3) mm2 (in2)

B = Metal areas (see Figures 1 and 2) mm2 (in2)

D1 = Run pipe inside diameter less corrosion allowance mm (in)

D2 = Branch pipe inside diameter less corrosion allowance mm (in)

E = Pressure areas (see Figures 1 2 and 3) mm2 (in2)

F = Pressure areas (see Figures 1 and 2) mm2 (in2)

G = The width of the lateral branch opening at the inside surface of the run pipe (see Figure 1) mm (in)

P = Design (gage) pressure kPa (psi)

S = Material allowable stress from B313 Table A-1 for the design temperature kPa (psi) (If a casting is to be qualified for pressure the material allowable stress shall be multiplied by the appropriate B313 casting quality factor)

t1 = Thickness in the fitting heel (see Figures 1 and 2) or run radial thickness in the fitting crotch (see Figure 3) mm (in)

t2 = Thickness in the fitting crotch (see Figures 1 and 2) or branch radial thickness in the fitting crotch (see Figure 3) mm (in)

trsquo1 = Nominal thickness of the matching run pipe connected to the fitting (see Figures) mm (in)

trsquo2 = Nominal thickness of the matching branch pipe connected to the fitting (see Figures) mm (in)

α = The angle between the branch pipe centerline and the fitting crotch centerline deg (see Figures 1 and 2)

β = The angle between the fitting crotch centerline and the run pipe centerline deg (see Figure 1)

1 The ldquopressure areardquo method was originally published in the 1956 revised 2nd edition of the MW KelloggDesign of Piping Systems

General Requirements

1 The fitting shall be manufactured from a single metal casting or forging

2 The fitting ends shall not be within the envelope of the metal and pressure areas used to qualifythe fitting and there shall be sufficient material beyond the envelope to make an acceptable weldend (see ASME B1625)

3 The trsquo1 and trsquo2 dimensions of the fitting shall be equal to or greater in thickness than the nominaldimensions of the matching piping If the fitting is a weaker material than the matching pipingtransition pieces may be necessary for the connected piping to match trsquo1 and trsquo2 dimensions ofthe fitting determined in accordance with the straight pipe requirements of B313 as appropriate

4 All inside and outside corners of the fittings larger than NPS 2 shall be radiused It isrecommended that inside radii be a minimum t4 and outside radii be a minimum t2 where t isthe lesser of trsquo1 and trsquo2 except that these radii shall not be less than 3 mm (18 in) and need notbe greater than 25 mm (1 in)

5 For internally and externally contoured fittings the metal and pressure areas may be representedby quadrilaterals andor triangles assembled such that they approximate the respective areas

(A) for the metal areas the areas of the largest non-overlapping quadrilaterals andor trianglesmay be summed provided all the areas lie within the areas defined by the fitting inside andoutside surfaces and side lengths defined in the appropriate figures and

(B) for the pressure areas the areas of the non-overlapping quadrilaterals andor triangles shallbe summed that totally circumscribe and cover the areas defined by the fitting crotch andpipe centerlines the fitting inside surfaces and the side lengths defined in the appropriatefigures

6 For laterals (Figure 1) with an (α + β) angle greater than or equal to 85 degs the requirementsfor the tee (Figure 3) may be used Otherwise the requirements for the lateral shall be used

7 Consideration shall be made for required examination of the pipe to fitting joint A short tangentmay improve the reading of a radiograph or facilitate the performance of ultrasonic examinationespecially if there is a significant transition from the pipe to the fitting

8 The fittingrsquos manufacturing tolerance shall be considered

Calculated Dimensions

The side length dimensions for calculating metal and pressure areas for the various fittings are asfollows

For the lateral (see Figure 1) where (α + β) $ 45 deg

Run crotch side length = G

t Cos2 22

Run heel side length = G

t Cos2 21

Branch crotch side length = D

t Cos222 2

Branch heel side length = D

t Cos212 2

For the wye (see Figure 2) where α $ 45 deg

Run heel side length = D

t Cos112 2

Branch crotch side length = D

t Cos222

Branch heel side length = D

t Cos212 2

For the tee (see Figure 3)

Run side length = D t2

22

Branch side length = D

t212

Acceptance Criteria

The following equations shall be met for both the crotch and heel sides of the fitting For the tee onlyEquation (1) need be met because of symmetry

SP E

A

A

2

1

SP F

B

B

2

2

1

B31 Code Case 208 Approval Date November 6 2018

ASME B313 Process Piping 18Cr-11Ni-Cb-N 347LN UNS S34751 Austenitic Stainless Steel Seamless Tubes Seamless and Welded Pipe Pipe Flanges Forged Fittings Valves and Parts Wrought Piping Fittings Forgings and Plate and Sheet ASME B313 Inquiry May UNS S34751 solution annealed austenitic stainless steel seamless tubes seamless and welded pipe pipe flanges valves and parts wrought piping fittings forgings plate and sheet meeting the requirements of ASTM A213A213M-17 A312A312M-17 A376A376M-17 A358A358M-15 A182A182M-17 A403A403M-16 A965A965M-14 and A240A240M-17 be used in welded construction under the rules of ASME B313 Reply Yes provided that the following additional requirements are met (a) The maximum allowable stress values shall be as given in Table 1 (b) The maximum use temperature is 677degC (1250degF) (c) The material shall be considered as P-No 8 Group 1 (d) For temperatures above 538degC (1000degF) the stress values in Table 1 may be used only if the

material has been heat treated at a temperature of 1093degC (2000degF) minimum (e) The minimum design temperature for this material shall be -200degC (-325degF) however when a

specification permits this material to be furnished without solution heat treatment or with other than a solution heat treatment the minimum design temperature shall be -29degC (-20degF) unless the material is impact tested in accordance with para 3233

(f) For post fabrication strain limits in the lower temperature range exceeding design temperature 540degC (1000degF) and forming strain of 15 and in the high temperature range exceeding 675degC (1250degF) and forming strains of 10 the minimum heat treatment temperature shall be 1040degC (1900degF)

2

Table 1 Maximum Allowable Stress Values

For Metal Temperature Not Exceeding

degC Allowable Stress [Note (1)] MPa

For Metal Temperature

Not Exceeding degF

Allowable Stress [Note (2)] ksi

40 138 100 200

65 138 200 200

100 138 300 200

125 138 400 197

150 138 500 183

175 138 600 174

200 137 650 172

225 132 700 170

250 128 750 169

275 124 800 168

300 122 850 168

325 120 900 168

350 118 950 168

375 117 1000 167

400 116 1050 166

425 116 1100 132

450 116 1150 970

475 116 1200 720

500 116 1250 545 Note (2) The fonts used are in accordance with B313 Table A‐1 Note 4a

525 115

550 115

575 111

600 845

625 641

650 489

675 383

700 289[Note (3)]

Note (1) The fonts used are in accordance with B313 Table A‐1 Note 4b

Note (3) The maximum use temperature for this alloy is 677degC (1250degF) The value listed at 700degC is provided for interpolation purposes only

B31 Code Case 209 Approval Date November 6 2018

ASME B313 Process Piping

PIPING SYSTEM STRESS ANALYSIS EXAMPLES QUESTION The results for the examples found in ASME B313-2016 Appendix S were developed using the 2006 editionrsquos code rules and material data tables How would the appendix results and affected text change when the ASME B313-2016 code rules and material data tables are applied REPLY It is the opinion of the Committee that the following pages show what Appendix S looks like with the revised new rules and data

S300 INTRODUCTION

The examples in this Appendix are intended to illustrate the application of the rules and definitions in Chapter II Part 5 flexibility and Support and the stress limits of para 30235 The loadings and conditions necessary to comply with the intent of the Code are presented

S3001 Definitions and Nomenclature

global axes these are Cartesian X Y and Z axes In this Appendix vertically upward is taken to be the +Y direction with gravity acting in the minusY direction Pj piping internal pressure see para 3012 when more than one condition exists for the piping system each is subscripted (eg P1 P2 ) Tj pipe maximum or minimum metal temperature see paras 3013 and 31931(a) when more than one condition exists for the piping system each is subscripted (eg T1 T2 ) Y+ a ldquosingle acting supportrdquo that provides support in only the vertically upward direction and is considered to be ldquoactiverdquo when the pipe exerts a downward force on the support The pipe is free to move upward ie the pipe ldquolifts offrdquo the support the support in the ldquolift-offrdquo situation is considered to be ldquoremovedrdquo from providing support ie inactive during the load condition considered

S301 EXAMPLE 1 CODE COMPLIANT PIPING SYSTEM

S3011 Example Description

This example is intended to illustrate the design of an adequately supported and sufficiently flexible piping system The piping system in Fig S3011 is fabricated from ASTM A106 Grade B seamless pipe (ie E = 100) the pipe is DN 400 (NPS 16) with a nominal wall thickness of 953 mm (0375 in) 127 mm (5 in) thickness of calcium silicate insulation and 159 mm (0063 in) corrosion allowance the fluid has a specific gravity of 10 The equivalent number of full displacement cycles expected for the piping system is fewer than 7 000 [ie f =100 in accordance with para 30235(d)] The piping system is in normal fluid service The reference modulus of elasticity used for the piping analysis is 2034 GPa (295 Msi) from Appendix C Table C-6 in accordance with paras 31932 and 31944 and Poissonrsquos ratio is 03 in accordance with para 31933 The piping internal pressures and temperatures expected during normal operation and the design conditions are listed in Table S3011 see paras 31923(b) and 31931(a) The design conditions are set sufficiently in excess of the operating conditions so as to provide additional margin on the allowable stress for pressure design as required by the owner

S3012 Design Conditions

The design conditions establish the pressure rating flange ratings component ratings and minimum required pipe wall thickness in accordance with para 30121 For example ASME B165 requires a minimum of Class 300 for ASTM A105 flanges Also the minimum required pipe wall thickness tm is determined from the design conditions by inserting eq (3a) into eq (2) terms are defined in para 30411 and Appendix J E = 10 P = design pressure = 3 800 kPa (550 psi) S = allowable stress from Appendix A Tables A-1 and A-1M = 1274 MPa (184 ksi) at design temperature 288oC (550oF) W = 10 for carbon steel at any temperature in accordance with Table 30235 Note (9) Y = 04 from Table 30411 Insert eq (3a) into eq (2)

tm = t + c =

=

159

= 599 mm + 159 mm = 758 mm (0299 in) In accordance with para 30412(a) t must be less than D6 for eq (3a) to be appropriate without considering additional factors to compute the pressure design thickness t ie t D6 or 758 mm 4064 mm6 Since 758 mm (0299 in) 677 mm (267 in) and 0030 0385 eq (3a) is applicable without special consideration of factors listed in para 30412(b) Now select a pipe schedule of adequate thickness Determine the specified minimum pipe wall thickness T from nominal pipe wall thickness ₸ considering a mill tolerance of 125 Select DN 400 (NPS 16) Schedule 30STD nominal wall thickness from ASME B3610M ₸ = 953 mm (0375 in) T = (953 mm)(100 minus 0125) = 834 mm (0328 in) Since T tm (ie 834 mm (0328 in) 758 mm (0299 in)) the selection of the nominal pipe wall thickness ₸ for Schedule 30STD pipe is acceptable The long radius elbows specified for this piping system are in accordance with ASME B169 and are specified to be for use with Schedule 30STD wall thickness pipe

S3013 Computer Model Input

Tables S30131 and S30132 list the ldquonode numbersrdquo lengths etc for each piping element displayed in Fig S3011 A bend radius of 15 times the nominal pipe diameter [ie 6096 mm (24 in)] and nominal wall thickness of 953 mm (0375 in) are used for the elbows in the computer model Generic computer program options are as follows (a) include pressure stiffening on elbows (b) exclude pressure thrust and Bourdon effects (c) use nominal section properties for the stiffnesses forces moments and deflections calculation (d) use ldquonominal less allowancesrdquo section properties for the stress due to sustained loads SL calculation (e) use nominal section properties for displacement stress range SE calculation

minimum metal temp -1oC (30oF) ambient (as-installed) temp -1oC (30oF)

S3014 Pressure Effects

For the operating sustained and displacement stress range load cases the effect of pressure stiffening on the elbows is included to determine the end reactions in accordance with Appendix D Note (6) (and ASME B31J Table 1-1 Note(4) ) The effects of pressure-induced elongation and Bourdon effects are not included as both are deemed negligible for this particular example

S3015 The Operating Load Case

The operating load case is used to determine the operating position of the piping and reaction loads for any attached equipment anchors supports guides or stops The operating load case is based on the temperature range from the ambient (as-installed) temperature of -1degC (30degF) to the maximum operating metal temperature of 260degC (500degF) in accordance with paras 31923(b) and 31931(b) Tables C-1 and C-2 values used for Row A and Row B expansion coefficients are listed below Row A = 131x10-6 mmmmoC (730x10-6 ininoF) Row B = 343 mmm (400 in100 ft) The operating load case in this example also includes the effects of internal pressure pipe weight insulation weight and fluid weight on the piping system Both pipe stiffness and displacement stress range are based on the nominal thickness of the pipe Pipe deflections and internal reaction loads for the operating load case are listed in Table S30151 Piping loads acting on the anchors and support structure are listed in Table S30152

S3016 The Sustained Load Case

Stresses due to the sustained loads such as axial forces internal pressure and intensified bending moments in this example are combined in accordance with para320 to determine SL The sustained load case excludes thermal effects and includes the effects of internal pressure [P1=3450 kPa (500 psi)] pipe weight insulation weight and fluid weight on the piping system Nominal section properties are used to generate the stiffness matrix and sustained loads for the computer model in accordance with para 31935 The nominal thickness less allowances is used to calculate the section properties for SL in accordance with para 320 A summary of the sustained load case internal reaction forces moments and stress due to sustained loads SL is provided in Table S3016 Since this example model lies in only one plane only the stress due to sustained bending moments due to the in-plane bending moment is not zero The in-plane bending moment is intensified at each elbow by the sustained in-plane moment index for an unflanged elbow Ii Note that SL for the nodes listed in Table S3016 do not exceed the 1308 MPa (190 ksi) sustained allowable stress Sh for A106 Grade B piping at the operating maximum metal temperature T1 = 260degC (500degF) from Appendix A Tables A-1 and A-1M By limiting SL to Sh in accordance with para 30235(c) the piping system is deemed adequately protected against collapse

S3017 The Displacement Stress Range Load Case

The displacement stress range SE in this example is based on the temperature range from the minimum metal (as-installed) temperature minus1degC (30degF) to maximum metal temperature for the thermal cycles under analysis [T1 = 260degC (500degF)] in accordance with paras 31923(b) and 31931(a) The displacement stress range SE for each element is calculated in accordance with eq (17) and is listed in Table S3017 along with the internal reaction loads Nominal section properties are used to generate the stiffness matrix and displacement stress ranges in the piping in accordance with para 31935 Since this example model lies in only one plane only the in-plane bending moment range is not zero The in-plane moment range is intensified at each elbow in accordance with Appendix D (and ASME B31J Table 1-1) stress intensification factor ii for an unflanged elbow For simplicity the allowable displacement stress range SA is calculated in accordance with eq (1a) Though eq (1a) is used in this example it is also acceptable to calculate SA in accordance with eq (1b) which permits SA to exceed the eq (1a) value for each piping element based on the magnitude of each elementrsquos SL The following terms are as defined in para 30235(d) and Appendix J f = 100 for 7 000 equivalent full displacement cycles from Fig 30235 or eq (1c) SA = f (125 Sc + 025 Sh) = (100)[(125)(138 MPa) + (025)(1308 MPa)] = 2052 MPa (2975 ksi) Sc = allowable stress from Appendix A Tables A-1 and A-1M = 138 MPa (200 ksi) at ambient (as-installed) temperature Sh = allowable stress from Appendix A Tables A-1 and A-1M = 1308 MPa (190 ksi) at T1 T1 = maximum metal temperature = 260degC (500degF) Note that each piping elementrsquos displacement stress range based on minimum to maximum metal temperature for the thermal cycles under analysis SE does not exceed the eq (1a) allowable SA By limiting SE to SA the piping system is deemed adequate to accommodate up to 7 000 equivalent full displacement cycles Considering both the stress due to sustained loads and displacement stress range load cases the piping system is compliant with the requirements of the Code redesign of the piping system is not required unless the sustained or operating reaction loads at either anchor data point 10 or 50 exceed the allowable loads for the attached equipment nozzle or the support structure at node 20 is overloaded The nozzle load and support structure analyses are beyond the scope of this Appendix and are not addressed

S302 EXAMPLE 2 ANTICIPATED SUSTAINED CONDITIONS CONSIDERING PIPE LIFT-OFF

S3021 Example Description

This example is intended to illustrate the analysis of a piping system in which a portion of the piping lifts off at least one Y+ support in at least one operating condition The emphasis of this example is to describe the effect this removal of support has on the determination of anticipated sustained conditions The same principles utilized for this example would also apply for guides and stops (that are single directional or gap-type) that are not engaged during any anticipated operating condition The examples in this Appendix are intended for illustration purposes only and are not intended to portray the same as either adequate or even acceptable piping geometries andor support scenarios The piping system in Fig S3021 is the same in material properties as in Example 1 see paraS3011 Note the distance from node 20 to the elbow node 30 and from nodes 120 to 130 in Example 2rsquos model is 152 m (5 ft) Note that both the design and operating conditions are well below the creep regime therefore the piping system will not develop any permanent creep-related displacements relaxation or sag

S3022 Design Conditions

The design conditions are similar to those in the Example 1 model see para S3012 and Table S3022 Note that the nominal thickness remains unchanged from Example 1 even though the design temperature and corrosion allowance have increased the corrosion allowance in this example model is 318 mm (0125 in)

S3023 Computer Model Input

Table S3023 lists the node numbers lengths etc for each piping component that is displayed in Fig S3021 The computer-based options are the same as those for the Example 1 model see para S3013

S3024 Pressure Effects

The pressure effect considerations are the same as those for Example 1 see para 3014

S3025 The Operating Load Case

The Operating Case evaluated and discussed in this example includes the effects of pipe weight insulation weight fluid weight internal pressure [P1= 3 040 kPa (440 psi)] and temperature [(T1=288oC (550oF)] Table C-1 and C-2 values used for Row A and Row B expansion coefficients are listed below Row A = 132x10-6 mmmmoC (735x10-6 ininoF) Row B = 380 mmm (45 in100 ft) An operating load case is evaluated to determine the operating position of the piping and determine the reaction loads for any attached equipment anchors supports guides or stops In particular each operating load casersquos support scenario is evaluated or assessed by the designer in order to determine whether any anticipated sustained conditions need to be evaluated with one or more Y+ supports removed Further operating load case discussion can be found in para S3015 Piping loads acting on the anchors and support structure for the operating load case are listed in Table S3025 Note that only nodes 10 through 50 are listed in the following tables this is for convenience since the model is symmetric the reactions deflections and stresses for nodes 10 through 40 are the same as for nodes 110 through 140 except that some signs may be reversed

S3026 Sustained Conditions

S30261 The Stress Due to Sustained Loads SL Calculations The stress due to (long-term) sustained loads SL is computed in accordance with para 3202 for each sustained condition that is evaluated see para S30262

S30262 Anticipated Sustained Conditions All anticipated sustained conditions utilizing all possible support scenarios should be considered The designer has identified three anticipated sustained conditions for the piping system each is listed in Table S30262 along with the support status of the node 50 Y+ support as either assessed by analysis or determined by the designer The designer has deemed the Sustained Condition 3 as both controlling the sustained design and requiring evaluation

S30263 Results for the Evaluated Sustained Condition Table S30262rsquos Sustained Conditions 1 and 2 reflect the ambient temperature support scenario Sustained Condition 3 reflects the support scenario of the Operating Case All three Sustained Conditions exclude thermal effects Sustained Conditions 2 and 3 include the effects of internal pressure [P1= 3 040 kPa (440 psi)] pipe weight insulation weight and fluid weight on the piping system A summary of the Sustained Condition 3 reactions and stresses due to sustained loads SL appear in Table S30263 In the determination of SL the sustained longitudinal force index Ia is defaulted to 10 in the absence of more applicable data in accordance with para 320 The in-plane bending moment is indexed at each elbow by the appropriate Ii calculated for this example by multiplying 075 times ii determined from Appendix D (and ASME B31J Table 1-1) See para S3016 for additional information concerning the stress due to sustained loads determination

S3027 Displacement Stress Range Load Cases

The displacement stress range load cases are not listed since they are not the subject of this example

S3028 Code Compliance mdash Satisfying the Intent of the Code

The Sustained Condition 3 results indicate that the piping system is not protected against collapse for the cycles under analysis when considering the Operating Case support scenario Note the greatest Stresses due to Sustained Loads SL are at elbow nodes 40 and 140 and ldquoLift-Offrdquo support location node 50 Therefore redesign of the piping system is required If the piping system is redesigned such that it is compliant with the intent of the Code then the piping system would require no further attention unless the sustained hydrostatic leak test or operating reaction loads at either anchor data point 10 or 110 exceed the allowable loads for the attached equipment nozzle or the support structure at either node 20 or 120 is overloaded The nozzle loads and support structure analyses are beyond the scope of this Appendix and are not addressed Although the occasional load cases are important to the design and analysis of a piping system they are not discussed in this example

S303 EXAMPLE 3 MOMENT REVERSAL

S3031 Example Description

This example is intended to illustrate the flexibility analysis required for a piping system that is designed for more than one operating condition and also experiences a ldquoreversal of momentsrdquo between any two of the anticipated operating conditions The examples in this Appendix are intended for illustration purposes only and are not intended to portray the same as either adequate or even acceptable piping geometries andor support scenarios also Both the design and operating conditions are well below the creep regime The piping system in Fig S3031 consists of two headers and two branches which are referred to as gas ldquometer runsrdquo Only one of the branches is in service (operating) at a given time the out-of-service branch is purged and at ambient (as-installed) condition The design specification calls for each of the meter run branches to alternate in and out of service five times every two weeks for the piping systemrsquos planned 30-year service life (N=3900 equivalent full displacement cycles) ie f = 115 in accordance with para 30235(d) The piping system is fabricated from ASTM A53 Grade B pipe (E=100) both piping headers are DN 600 (NPS 24) and the branches are DN 500 (NPS 20) and both branch and header are 953 mm (0375 in) thick For simplicity each piping segment or component is 1524 m (5 ft) in length The piping system is in normal fluid service The fluid is gaseous is considered to add no weight and to be neither a corrosive nor an erosive hazard ie there is no corrosion allowance The line is not insulated The ambient (as-installed) temperature is 4degC (40degF) The reference modulus of elasticity used is 2034 GPa (295 Msi) and Poissonrsquos ratio is 03 Consideration is given to the close proximity of the three tees in each header in accordance with the guidance in para 31936 and the stress intensification factors from Appendix D are considered to adequately represent the header tees for this piping system The piping internal pressure and minimum to maximum metal temperature range expected during normal operation for each meter run and the design conditions are listed in Table S3031 The design conditions are set sufficiently in excess of the operating conditions so as to provide additional margin on the allowable as required by the owner

S3032 Design Conditions

The design conditions establish the pressure rating flange ratings components ratings and minimum required pipe wall thickness ASME B165 requires a minimum of Class 300 for ASTM A105 flanges The minimum required wall thickness for both the branch and header is 44 mm (0171 in) considering a 125 mill tolerance therefore selection of the standard wall thickness of 95 mm (0375 in) is acceptable S3033 Computer Model Input

Table S3033 lists the node numbers lengths etc for each piping component that is displayed in Fig S3031 Note that flanges and valve components are not explicitly included in the model listing in Table S3033 For simplicity an entire branch (from tee centerline to tee centerline) is considered to be at the operating conditions listed in Table S3031 eg the East meter run branch from nodes 40 through 340 operates at 1 724 kPa (250 psi) and 121degC (250degF) for Operating Case 2 The computer-based options are the same as those for the Example 1 model except that pressure stiffening is not included in the analyses for this example see para S3013

S3034 Pressure Effects

Neither pressure stiffening nor Bourdon effects are included in the analyses

S3035 Operating Load Case(s)

The operating load case is used to determine the operating position of the piping and reaction loads for any attached equipment anchors supports guides or stops The owner has mandated in the design specification that the meter runs and piping be more than adequately supported Therefore the operating load case while necessary to set the limits of the strain ranges does not contribute to the emphasis of this example and its output is not included Table C-1 and C-2 values used for Row A and Row B expansion coefficients are listed below Row A = 123x10-6mmmmoC (680x10-6 ininoF) Row B = 134 mmm (168 in100 ft)

S3036 Sustained Load Case

Stresses due to the sustained loads such as axial forces internal pressure and intensified bending moments in this example are combined in accordance with para320 to determine SL For reasons similar to those expressed for the operating load case the sustained load case output is not included

S3037 Displacement Stress Range Load Cases

The displacement stress range SE is computed in accordance with para 31923(b) and 31931(a) in which the strains evaluated for the ambient temperature (which is also the as-installed and minimum metal temperature condition for this particular example) are algebraically subtracted from the strains evaluated for Operating Case 1 as listed in Table S3031 Similarly the displacement stress range SE is computed from the algebraic strain difference evaluated from the ambient (as-installed) condition to Operating Case 2 as listed in Table S3031 The individual displacement stress range SE along with the internal reaction loads is evaluated for each piping component in accordance with eq (17) is listed in Tables S30371 (Operating Case 1) and has the same results as listed in Table S30372 (Operating Case 2) with the exception that some signs differ (indicating the moment reversal range between the two conditions) The algebraic strain difference between the two resultant case evaluations discussed above produces the greatest displacement stress range for the piping system in accordance with paras 31921(d) 31923(b) and 31931(a) ie SE the ldquostress range corresponding to the total displacement strainsrdquo The resulting reactionsrsquo combination and SE for each piping component are listed in Table S30373

S3038 Code Compliance mdash Satisfying the Intent of the Code

The piping system is compliant with the sustained load requirements of the Code The displacement stress range from the ambient (as-installed) condition to each of the operating cases indicates the piping system is in compliance with the intent of the Code even when limited to the eq (1a) allowable SA But the ldquostress range corresponding to the total displacement strainsrdquo which considers the algebraic strain difference between the two operating cases indicates that the piping system is not protected against fatigue failure for the cycles under analysis even when considering the eq (1b) allowable SA Therefore redesign of the piping system is required If the piping system is redesigned such that it is compliant with the intent of the code then the piping system would require no further attention unless the sustained hydrostatic leak test or operating reaction loads at either anchor data point 10 or 310 or meter runs 130 or 230 exceeded the allowable loads for the attached equipment nozzles or support structure The meter loads nozzle loads and support structure analyses are beyond the scope of this example Although the occasional load cases are important to the design and analysis of a piping system they are not discussed in this example

B31 Code Case 214 Approval Date May 30 2019 ASME B313 Process Piping

Alternative Heat Treatments for Fabrication Processes

Proposal Code Case to allow the use of ASME B31P Standard Heat treatments for Fabrication Processes as an alternative to the preheat PWHT and PFHT required by B313

Explanation ASME B31P Standard Heat treatments for Fabrication Processes was published in May 2018 In order to allow the use of this Standard by the ASME Codes prior to changes being adopted in the next edition of the respective Codes this Code Case is being proposed to allow B31P to be used as an alternative to the rules currently in the published ASME B31 Codes A similar Code Case is currently being balloted in ASME B311 (18-2339)

Summary of Changes To allow the use of ASME B31P Standard Heat Treatments for Fabrication Processes as an alternative to the heat treatment rules specified in ASME B31 3

Referenced Code ASME B313 ndash 2016 amp 2018

Inquiry May the heat treatment requirements specified in ASME B31P be used as an alternative to the required heat treatments specified in paras 330 331 and 332 of ASME B313

Reply It is the opinion of the Committee that the heat treatments specified in ASME B31P may be used as an alternative to the respective heat treatments specified in ASME B313 for the materials referenced in ASME B31P

B31 Code Case 216 Approval Date March 29 2021 ASME B313 Process Piping

Use of Enhanced Pressure Ratings for Brazed Copper Tubes and Fittings by Cold

Stretch Process

Inquiry Under what condition may higher pressure ratings be used for ASTM B88 Type L tubes and

ASME B1622 fittings in ASME B313 construction

Reply It is the opinion of the Committee that enhanced pressure ratings may be used for ASTM B88

Type L tubes and ASME B1622 fittings in ASME B313 construction provided the following conditions are

met

(a) The tubes shall conform to ASTM B88 Type L in the H58 temper

(b) The fittings shall conform to ASME B1622

(c) The maximum design temperature is 38degC (100degF)

(d) The piping shall be limited to Category D and Normal Fluid Services

(e) External pressure is not permitted

(f) The maximum tube and fitting nominal or standard size is 3 in

(g) The joints shall be brazed The qualification of brazing procedures brazers and brazing operators shall be in accordance with para 3282 Silver brazing filler metals (BAg‐XX) with

appropriate flux shall be used in the brazing process

(h) In brazing qualification the specimen in the tension test shall break in the base metal outside of

the joint with tensile strength equal to or greater than (207 MPa) 30 ksi

(i) The piping system shall receive a cold stretch operation by hydrostatic or pneumatic pressure

test in accordance with para 345 except the minimum test pressure shall be 17 times the design pressure and the maximum test pressure shall be 18 times the design pressure The test pressure shall be

maintained for at least 20 min

(j) The internal design gage pressure P shall not exceed the pressure calculated as follows

208

Where S = 689 MPa (100 ksi)

t = minimum wall thickness for ASTM B88 Type L D = maximum outside diameter for annealed temper ASTM B88 Type L

(k) Piping flexibility analysis shall be performed in accordance with para 319 using the basic

allowable stresses (Sc and Sh) equal to 414 MPa (60 ksi)

(l) Analysis of sustained loads shall be performed in accordance with para 320 using the basic

allowable stresses (Sh) equal to 414 MPa (60 ksi)

(m) Before cold stretch operation the brazed joints shall be 100 visually examined The following

conditions are not permitted

1) The presence of flux residue and unmelted filler metal

2) Excessive oxidation of the joint

3) Cracks in braze metal or base material

(n) Additional brazing is not permitted after the cold stretch operation If a braze repair is required

the following conditions shall be satisfied

1) The braze joint to be repaired shall be removed and replaced along with 150 mm (6 in)

of tube on each side of the joint

2) The piping shall receive the cold stretch operation as required in (i)

(o) The design cold stretch and repair records shall be retained by the owner for the life of the piping

B31 Code Case 217 Approval Date September 3 2021

ASME B313 Process Piping

Alternative NDE Personnel Qualification and Certification Requirements

Referenced Code ASME B313 ndash 2018 amp 2020

Inquiry May alternative personnel qualification and certification requirements be used as options to those specified in ASME B313 para 3421

Reply It is the opinion of the Committee that the personnel qualification and certification requirements below may be used as alternatives to those specified in ASME B313 para 3421 Personnel performing nondestructive examination to the requirements of this Code shall be qualified and certified for the method to be utilized in accordance with their employerrsquos written practice The written practice shall be based on the training examination and experience requirements of one of the following

(a) ASME BPVC Section V Article 1

(b) ASNT CP-189

(c) ASNT SNT-TC-1A

(d) Other national or international central certification program or standard

Page 4: B31.3 Code Cases

ASME B313 CASES

B31 CASE 184 Use of Ultrasonic Examination of Welds as an Alternative to Radiographic Examination in ASME

B313 Chapter IX

ANNULLED

Annulment Date 03312011 (Date of Issuance of B313-2010 Edition)

Reason Code Case 184 shall expire upon the publication of ASME B313ndash2010 Edition

B31 CASE 185

CASES OF THE CODE FOR PRESSURE PIPING ndash B31

Page 1 of 2

ASME B313 CODE CASE 185

Title Use of Standard Helium Leak Test for a Vacuum-only Piping System (Paragraph 345)

Approval Date December 22 2009

Inquiry

Under what circumstances does ASME B313 permit the use of helium mass spectrometer leaktests performed under a vacuum as a substitute for the leak test requirements specified in ASMEB313 para 345

Reply

In the opinion of the Committee the qualified helium leak tests under vacuum conditions in theASME BPV Code Section V Article 10 Appendix V and Appendix IX are acceptablesubstitutes for the testing requirements identified in para 345 of ASME B313 provided thefollowing conditions are met

1 The piping system is expected to operate only under vacuum (ie sub-atmospheric pressure)conditions

2 Any leakage into the piping system that could result in an internal reaction (eg combustionor explosion) that increases the pressure above atmospheric shall be prevented

3 All system joints and connections shall be leak tested Piping welds and joints to be testedshall be uninsulated and exposed and shall not be primed painted or otherwise coated

4 Helium leak testing is performed at vacuum conditions sufficient for the mass spectrometerhelium leak tests of ASME BPV Code Section V Article 10 Appendices V and IX or atpressures below 10 millibars absolute (lt1 of atmospheric pressure) whichever is lower

5 ASME B313 para 3452 applies except for the minimum ldquo10 minrdquo leak test period theleak test pressure requirements and the limitation of the need for access for jacketed piping toldquovisual accessrdquo Para 3453 also applies except for the leak test pressure requirements Allother inspection examination and records requirements of ASME B313 Chapter VI muststill be satisfied (ie paras 340 341 342 343 344 and 346)

6 Written procedures shall be qualified in accordance with BPV Code Section V Article 10

7 Test personnel shall have training and certification consistent with ASME B313 para 342

B31 CASE 185

CASES OF THE CODE FOR PRESSURE PIPING ndash B31

Page 2 of 2

8 Test reports including records of personnel qualifications shall meet the requirements ofASME BPV Code Section V Article 10 Item T-1091 and shall be retained for at least fiveyears

9 Options of the ASME BPV Code Section V Article 10 test methods which allow theengineering design to modify specified requirements of the Appendix V and Appendix IXtest methods (such as acceptability limits for system leak tightness) may only be exercisedso as to make these requirements more sensitive or more conservative

10 The use of the vacuum leak test instead of the pressurized leak test of ASME B313para 345 shall be specified in the engineering design and shall be accepted by the Owner

____________________________________________________________________

B31 CASE 188

Minimum Hydrostatic Test Pressure for ASME B313 Chapter IX (Para K34542)

ANNULLED

Annulment Date February 27 2015

Reason Requirements incorporated in ASME B313 Code

B31 Code Case 191 Cu-13Zn-11Ni-Si-Al Alloy Seamless Pipe and Tube ASME B313 Approval Date January 21 2015

Inquiry May precipitation-hardened (Temper Designation TF00) Cu-13Zn-11Ni-Si-Al alloy (UNS No C69100) seamless pipe and tube conforming to the requirements of ASTM B706-00 (R2011) be used under the rules of ASME B313

Reply Yes provided

(a) The maximum allowable stress values for the material shall be those given in

Table 1

(b) Welded and brazed construction is not permitted (c) The maximum use temperature shall be 204ordmC (400ordmF)

(d) Certification to the ASTM B706-00 (R2011) specification requirements shall be

mandatory

Table 1

Maximum Allowable Stress Values

For Metal Temperature Not Exceeding degF

Stress ksi

For Metal Temperature Not Exceeding degC

Stress MPa

100

150

200

250

300

350

400

200 200 200 200 200 199 195

40

65

100

125

150

175

200

225

138 138

138

138

138

137

135

132

Note The maximum use temperature for this alloy is 204ordmC (400ordmF) The value listed at 225ordmC is provided for interpolation purposes only

Case 193 Approval Date October 9 2014 Cu-55Zn-4Si Casting Alloy UNS No C87600 ASME B313 Inquiry May Cu-55Zn-4Si Casting Alloy UNS No C87600 conforming to the requirements of ASTM B584 be used for construction under the rules of ASME B313 Reply Yes provided

(a) The basic allowable stress values for the material shall be those given in Table 1 A Casting Quality Factor Ec needs to be applied

(b) The maximum use temperature shall be 177ordmC (350ordmF) (c) Separate weld procedure and performance qualifications shall apply to this

material The welding procedure qualifications shall be in accordance with ASME Section IX

Table 1 Basic Allowable Stress Values

For Metal Temperature Not Exceeding degF

Stress ksi

For Metal Temperature Not Exceeding degC

Stress MPa

100 200 40 138 150 200 65 138200 200 100 138250 200 125 138300 200 150 138350 200 175 138

200 137

Note The maximum use temperature for this alloy is 177ordmC (350ordmF) The value listed at 200ordmC is provided for interpolation purposes only

Case 196 Approval Date May 15 2015 Ductile Iron Casting UNS No F33100 ASME B313 Inquiry May Ductile Iron Castings UNS No F33100 conforming to the requirements of ASTM A536 Grade 65-45-12 be used for construction under the rules of ASME B313 Reply Yes provided

(a) The maximum allowable stress values for the material shall be those given in Table 1

(b) A casting quality factor Ec of 080 shall also be applied except as permitted in (c)

(c) The casting quality factor may be increased by performing supplementary examination(s) listed in Table 30233(c) The casting shall have first been visually examined as required by MSS SP-55 Quality Standard for Steel Castings for Valves Flanges and Fittings and other Piping Components ndash Visual Method

(d) The maximum use temperature shall be 260ordmC (500degF) (e) The minimum use temperature shall be -30degC (-20degF) (f) All other requirements of ASME B313 shall be followed

Table 1 ndash Maximum Allowable Stress Values

For Metal Temperature Not Exceeding degC

Stress MPa

For Metal Temperature Not Exceeding degF Stress ksi

40 149 100 217 65 149 150 217

100 149 200 217 125 149 250 217 150 149 300 217 175 149 350 217 200 148 400 217 225 148 450 217 250 148 500 216 275 147

Note The maximum use temperature for this alloy is 260ordmC (500ordmF) The value listed at 275ordmC is provided for interpolation purposes only

B31 Case 202 Approval Date November 14 2017 Heavy Walled FittingsASME B313 Process Piping

Inquiry What alternate calculation method for pressure design may be used to determine therequired reinforcement for a heavy wall branch connection fitting (lateral wye or tee) in accordancewith ASME B313 Para 30433

Reply It is the opinion of the Committee that the ldquopressure areardquo method1 as described hereinis an acceptable alternate calculation method to determine the required metal reinforcement for aheavy wall branch connection fitting (lateral wye or tee) in accordance with ASME B313 Para30433

Nomenclature

A = Metal areas (see Figures 1 2 and 3) mm2 (in2)

B = Metal areas (see Figures 1 and 2) mm2 (in2)

D1 = Run pipe inside diameter less corrosion allowance mm (in)

D2 = Branch pipe inside diameter less corrosion allowance mm (in)

E = Pressure areas (see Figures 1 2 and 3) mm2 (in2)

F = Pressure areas (see Figures 1 and 2) mm2 (in2)

G = The width of the lateral branch opening at the inside surface of the run pipe (see Figure 1) mm (in)

P = Design (gage) pressure kPa (psi)

S = Material allowable stress from B313 Table A-1 for the design temperature kPa (psi) (If a casting is to be qualified for pressure the material allowable stress shall be multiplied by the appropriate B313 casting quality factor)

t1 = Thickness in the fitting heel (see Figures 1 and 2) or run radial thickness in the fitting crotch (see Figure 3) mm (in)

t2 = Thickness in the fitting crotch (see Figures 1 and 2) or branch radial thickness in the fitting crotch (see Figure 3) mm (in)

trsquo1 = Nominal thickness of the matching run pipe connected to the fitting (see Figures) mm (in)

trsquo2 = Nominal thickness of the matching branch pipe connected to the fitting (see Figures) mm (in)

α = The angle between the branch pipe centerline and the fitting crotch centerline deg (see Figures 1 and 2)

β = The angle between the fitting crotch centerline and the run pipe centerline deg (see Figure 1)

1 The ldquopressure areardquo method was originally published in the 1956 revised 2nd edition of the MW KelloggDesign of Piping Systems

General Requirements

1 The fitting shall be manufactured from a single metal casting or forging

2 The fitting ends shall not be within the envelope of the metal and pressure areas used to qualifythe fitting and there shall be sufficient material beyond the envelope to make an acceptable weldend (see ASME B1625)

3 The trsquo1 and trsquo2 dimensions of the fitting shall be equal to or greater in thickness than the nominaldimensions of the matching piping If the fitting is a weaker material than the matching pipingtransition pieces may be necessary for the connected piping to match trsquo1 and trsquo2 dimensions ofthe fitting determined in accordance with the straight pipe requirements of B313 as appropriate

4 All inside and outside corners of the fittings larger than NPS 2 shall be radiused It isrecommended that inside radii be a minimum t4 and outside radii be a minimum t2 where t isthe lesser of trsquo1 and trsquo2 except that these radii shall not be less than 3 mm (18 in) and need notbe greater than 25 mm (1 in)

5 For internally and externally contoured fittings the metal and pressure areas may be representedby quadrilaterals andor triangles assembled such that they approximate the respective areas

(A) for the metal areas the areas of the largest non-overlapping quadrilaterals andor trianglesmay be summed provided all the areas lie within the areas defined by the fitting inside andoutside surfaces and side lengths defined in the appropriate figures and

(B) for the pressure areas the areas of the non-overlapping quadrilaterals andor triangles shallbe summed that totally circumscribe and cover the areas defined by the fitting crotch andpipe centerlines the fitting inside surfaces and the side lengths defined in the appropriatefigures

6 For laterals (Figure 1) with an (α + β) angle greater than or equal to 85 degs the requirementsfor the tee (Figure 3) may be used Otherwise the requirements for the lateral shall be used

7 Consideration shall be made for required examination of the pipe to fitting joint A short tangentmay improve the reading of a radiograph or facilitate the performance of ultrasonic examinationespecially if there is a significant transition from the pipe to the fitting

8 The fittingrsquos manufacturing tolerance shall be considered

Calculated Dimensions

The side length dimensions for calculating metal and pressure areas for the various fittings are asfollows

For the lateral (see Figure 1) where (α + β) $ 45 deg

Run crotch side length = G

t Cos2 22

Run heel side length = G

t Cos2 21

Branch crotch side length = D

t Cos222 2

Branch heel side length = D

t Cos212 2

For the wye (see Figure 2) where α $ 45 deg

Run heel side length = D

t Cos112 2

Branch crotch side length = D

t Cos222

Branch heel side length = D

t Cos212 2

For the tee (see Figure 3)

Run side length = D t2

22

Branch side length = D

t212

Acceptance Criteria

The following equations shall be met for both the crotch and heel sides of the fitting For the tee onlyEquation (1) need be met because of symmetry

SP E

A

A

2

1

SP F

B

B

2

2

1

B31 Code Case 208 Approval Date November 6 2018

ASME B313 Process Piping 18Cr-11Ni-Cb-N 347LN UNS S34751 Austenitic Stainless Steel Seamless Tubes Seamless and Welded Pipe Pipe Flanges Forged Fittings Valves and Parts Wrought Piping Fittings Forgings and Plate and Sheet ASME B313 Inquiry May UNS S34751 solution annealed austenitic stainless steel seamless tubes seamless and welded pipe pipe flanges valves and parts wrought piping fittings forgings plate and sheet meeting the requirements of ASTM A213A213M-17 A312A312M-17 A376A376M-17 A358A358M-15 A182A182M-17 A403A403M-16 A965A965M-14 and A240A240M-17 be used in welded construction under the rules of ASME B313 Reply Yes provided that the following additional requirements are met (a) The maximum allowable stress values shall be as given in Table 1 (b) The maximum use temperature is 677degC (1250degF) (c) The material shall be considered as P-No 8 Group 1 (d) For temperatures above 538degC (1000degF) the stress values in Table 1 may be used only if the

material has been heat treated at a temperature of 1093degC (2000degF) minimum (e) The minimum design temperature for this material shall be -200degC (-325degF) however when a

specification permits this material to be furnished without solution heat treatment or with other than a solution heat treatment the minimum design temperature shall be -29degC (-20degF) unless the material is impact tested in accordance with para 3233

(f) For post fabrication strain limits in the lower temperature range exceeding design temperature 540degC (1000degF) and forming strain of 15 and in the high temperature range exceeding 675degC (1250degF) and forming strains of 10 the minimum heat treatment temperature shall be 1040degC (1900degF)

2

Table 1 Maximum Allowable Stress Values

For Metal Temperature Not Exceeding

degC Allowable Stress [Note (1)] MPa

For Metal Temperature

Not Exceeding degF

Allowable Stress [Note (2)] ksi

40 138 100 200

65 138 200 200

100 138 300 200

125 138 400 197

150 138 500 183

175 138 600 174

200 137 650 172

225 132 700 170

250 128 750 169

275 124 800 168

300 122 850 168

325 120 900 168

350 118 950 168

375 117 1000 167

400 116 1050 166

425 116 1100 132

450 116 1150 970

475 116 1200 720

500 116 1250 545 Note (2) The fonts used are in accordance with B313 Table A‐1 Note 4a

525 115

550 115

575 111

600 845

625 641

650 489

675 383

700 289[Note (3)]

Note (1) The fonts used are in accordance with B313 Table A‐1 Note 4b

Note (3) The maximum use temperature for this alloy is 677degC (1250degF) The value listed at 700degC is provided for interpolation purposes only

B31 Code Case 209 Approval Date November 6 2018

ASME B313 Process Piping

PIPING SYSTEM STRESS ANALYSIS EXAMPLES QUESTION The results for the examples found in ASME B313-2016 Appendix S were developed using the 2006 editionrsquos code rules and material data tables How would the appendix results and affected text change when the ASME B313-2016 code rules and material data tables are applied REPLY It is the opinion of the Committee that the following pages show what Appendix S looks like with the revised new rules and data

S300 INTRODUCTION

The examples in this Appendix are intended to illustrate the application of the rules and definitions in Chapter II Part 5 flexibility and Support and the stress limits of para 30235 The loadings and conditions necessary to comply with the intent of the Code are presented

S3001 Definitions and Nomenclature

global axes these are Cartesian X Y and Z axes In this Appendix vertically upward is taken to be the +Y direction with gravity acting in the minusY direction Pj piping internal pressure see para 3012 when more than one condition exists for the piping system each is subscripted (eg P1 P2 ) Tj pipe maximum or minimum metal temperature see paras 3013 and 31931(a) when more than one condition exists for the piping system each is subscripted (eg T1 T2 ) Y+ a ldquosingle acting supportrdquo that provides support in only the vertically upward direction and is considered to be ldquoactiverdquo when the pipe exerts a downward force on the support The pipe is free to move upward ie the pipe ldquolifts offrdquo the support the support in the ldquolift-offrdquo situation is considered to be ldquoremovedrdquo from providing support ie inactive during the load condition considered

S301 EXAMPLE 1 CODE COMPLIANT PIPING SYSTEM

S3011 Example Description

This example is intended to illustrate the design of an adequately supported and sufficiently flexible piping system The piping system in Fig S3011 is fabricated from ASTM A106 Grade B seamless pipe (ie E = 100) the pipe is DN 400 (NPS 16) with a nominal wall thickness of 953 mm (0375 in) 127 mm (5 in) thickness of calcium silicate insulation and 159 mm (0063 in) corrosion allowance the fluid has a specific gravity of 10 The equivalent number of full displacement cycles expected for the piping system is fewer than 7 000 [ie f =100 in accordance with para 30235(d)] The piping system is in normal fluid service The reference modulus of elasticity used for the piping analysis is 2034 GPa (295 Msi) from Appendix C Table C-6 in accordance with paras 31932 and 31944 and Poissonrsquos ratio is 03 in accordance with para 31933 The piping internal pressures and temperatures expected during normal operation and the design conditions are listed in Table S3011 see paras 31923(b) and 31931(a) The design conditions are set sufficiently in excess of the operating conditions so as to provide additional margin on the allowable stress for pressure design as required by the owner

S3012 Design Conditions

The design conditions establish the pressure rating flange ratings component ratings and minimum required pipe wall thickness in accordance with para 30121 For example ASME B165 requires a minimum of Class 300 for ASTM A105 flanges Also the minimum required pipe wall thickness tm is determined from the design conditions by inserting eq (3a) into eq (2) terms are defined in para 30411 and Appendix J E = 10 P = design pressure = 3 800 kPa (550 psi) S = allowable stress from Appendix A Tables A-1 and A-1M = 1274 MPa (184 ksi) at design temperature 288oC (550oF) W = 10 for carbon steel at any temperature in accordance with Table 30235 Note (9) Y = 04 from Table 30411 Insert eq (3a) into eq (2)

tm = t + c =

=

159

= 599 mm + 159 mm = 758 mm (0299 in) In accordance with para 30412(a) t must be less than D6 for eq (3a) to be appropriate without considering additional factors to compute the pressure design thickness t ie t D6 or 758 mm 4064 mm6 Since 758 mm (0299 in) 677 mm (267 in) and 0030 0385 eq (3a) is applicable without special consideration of factors listed in para 30412(b) Now select a pipe schedule of adequate thickness Determine the specified minimum pipe wall thickness T from nominal pipe wall thickness ₸ considering a mill tolerance of 125 Select DN 400 (NPS 16) Schedule 30STD nominal wall thickness from ASME B3610M ₸ = 953 mm (0375 in) T = (953 mm)(100 minus 0125) = 834 mm (0328 in) Since T tm (ie 834 mm (0328 in) 758 mm (0299 in)) the selection of the nominal pipe wall thickness ₸ for Schedule 30STD pipe is acceptable The long radius elbows specified for this piping system are in accordance with ASME B169 and are specified to be for use with Schedule 30STD wall thickness pipe

S3013 Computer Model Input

Tables S30131 and S30132 list the ldquonode numbersrdquo lengths etc for each piping element displayed in Fig S3011 A bend radius of 15 times the nominal pipe diameter [ie 6096 mm (24 in)] and nominal wall thickness of 953 mm (0375 in) are used for the elbows in the computer model Generic computer program options are as follows (a) include pressure stiffening on elbows (b) exclude pressure thrust and Bourdon effects (c) use nominal section properties for the stiffnesses forces moments and deflections calculation (d) use ldquonominal less allowancesrdquo section properties for the stress due to sustained loads SL calculation (e) use nominal section properties for displacement stress range SE calculation

minimum metal temp -1oC (30oF) ambient (as-installed) temp -1oC (30oF)

S3014 Pressure Effects

For the operating sustained and displacement stress range load cases the effect of pressure stiffening on the elbows is included to determine the end reactions in accordance with Appendix D Note (6) (and ASME B31J Table 1-1 Note(4) ) The effects of pressure-induced elongation and Bourdon effects are not included as both are deemed negligible for this particular example

S3015 The Operating Load Case

The operating load case is used to determine the operating position of the piping and reaction loads for any attached equipment anchors supports guides or stops The operating load case is based on the temperature range from the ambient (as-installed) temperature of -1degC (30degF) to the maximum operating metal temperature of 260degC (500degF) in accordance with paras 31923(b) and 31931(b) Tables C-1 and C-2 values used for Row A and Row B expansion coefficients are listed below Row A = 131x10-6 mmmmoC (730x10-6 ininoF) Row B = 343 mmm (400 in100 ft) The operating load case in this example also includes the effects of internal pressure pipe weight insulation weight and fluid weight on the piping system Both pipe stiffness and displacement stress range are based on the nominal thickness of the pipe Pipe deflections and internal reaction loads for the operating load case are listed in Table S30151 Piping loads acting on the anchors and support structure are listed in Table S30152

S3016 The Sustained Load Case

Stresses due to the sustained loads such as axial forces internal pressure and intensified bending moments in this example are combined in accordance with para320 to determine SL The sustained load case excludes thermal effects and includes the effects of internal pressure [P1=3450 kPa (500 psi)] pipe weight insulation weight and fluid weight on the piping system Nominal section properties are used to generate the stiffness matrix and sustained loads for the computer model in accordance with para 31935 The nominal thickness less allowances is used to calculate the section properties for SL in accordance with para 320 A summary of the sustained load case internal reaction forces moments and stress due to sustained loads SL is provided in Table S3016 Since this example model lies in only one plane only the stress due to sustained bending moments due to the in-plane bending moment is not zero The in-plane bending moment is intensified at each elbow by the sustained in-plane moment index for an unflanged elbow Ii Note that SL for the nodes listed in Table S3016 do not exceed the 1308 MPa (190 ksi) sustained allowable stress Sh for A106 Grade B piping at the operating maximum metal temperature T1 = 260degC (500degF) from Appendix A Tables A-1 and A-1M By limiting SL to Sh in accordance with para 30235(c) the piping system is deemed adequately protected against collapse

S3017 The Displacement Stress Range Load Case

The displacement stress range SE in this example is based on the temperature range from the minimum metal (as-installed) temperature minus1degC (30degF) to maximum metal temperature for the thermal cycles under analysis [T1 = 260degC (500degF)] in accordance with paras 31923(b) and 31931(a) The displacement stress range SE for each element is calculated in accordance with eq (17) and is listed in Table S3017 along with the internal reaction loads Nominal section properties are used to generate the stiffness matrix and displacement stress ranges in the piping in accordance with para 31935 Since this example model lies in only one plane only the in-plane bending moment range is not zero The in-plane moment range is intensified at each elbow in accordance with Appendix D (and ASME B31J Table 1-1) stress intensification factor ii for an unflanged elbow For simplicity the allowable displacement stress range SA is calculated in accordance with eq (1a) Though eq (1a) is used in this example it is also acceptable to calculate SA in accordance with eq (1b) which permits SA to exceed the eq (1a) value for each piping element based on the magnitude of each elementrsquos SL The following terms are as defined in para 30235(d) and Appendix J f = 100 for 7 000 equivalent full displacement cycles from Fig 30235 or eq (1c) SA = f (125 Sc + 025 Sh) = (100)[(125)(138 MPa) + (025)(1308 MPa)] = 2052 MPa (2975 ksi) Sc = allowable stress from Appendix A Tables A-1 and A-1M = 138 MPa (200 ksi) at ambient (as-installed) temperature Sh = allowable stress from Appendix A Tables A-1 and A-1M = 1308 MPa (190 ksi) at T1 T1 = maximum metal temperature = 260degC (500degF) Note that each piping elementrsquos displacement stress range based on minimum to maximum metal temperature for the thermal cycles under analysis SE does not exceed the eq (1a) allowable SA By limiting SE to SA the piping system is deemed adequate to accommodate up to 7 000 equivalent full displacement cycles Considering both the stress due to sustained loads and displacement stress range load cases the piping system is compliant with the requirements of the Code redesign of the piping system is not required unless the sustained or operating reaction loads at either anchor data point 10 or 50 exceed the allowable loads for the attached equipment nozzle or the support structure at node 20 is overloaded The nozzle load and support structure analyses are beyond the scope of this Appendix and are not addressed

S302 EXAMPLE 2 ANTICIPATED SUSTAINED CONDITIONS CONSIDERING PIPE LIFT-OFF

S3021 Example Description

This example is intended to illustrate the analysis of a piping system in which a portion of the piping lifts off at least one Y+ support in at least one operating condition The emphasis of this example is to describe the effect this removal of support has on the determination of anticipated sustained conditions The same principles utilized for this example would also apply for guides and stops (that are single directional or gap-type) that are not engaged during any anticipated operating condition The examples in this Appendix are intended for illustration purposes only and are not intended to portray the same as either adequate or even acceptable piping geometries andor support scenarios The piping system in Fig S3021 is the same in material properties as in Example 1 see paraS3011 Note the distance from node 20 to the elbow node 30 and from nodes 120 to 130 in Example 2rsquos model is 152 m (5 ft) Note that both the design and operating conditions are well below the creep regime therefore the piping system will not develop any permanent creep-related displacements relaxation or sag

S3022 Design Conditions

The design conditions are similar to those in the Example 1 model see para S3012 and Table S3022 Note that the nominal thickness remains unchanged from Example 1 even though the design temperature and corrosion allowance have increased the corrosion allowance in this example model is 318 mm (0125 in)

S3023 Computer Model Input

Table S3023 lists the node numbers lengths etc for each piping component that is displayed in Fig S3021 The computer-based options are the same as those for the Example 1 model see para S3013

S3024 Pressure Effects

The pressure effect considerations are the same as those for Example 1 see para 3014

S3025 The Operating Load Case

The Operating Case evaluated and discussed in this example includes the effects of pipe weight insulation weight fluid weight internal pressure [P1= 3 040 kPa (440 psi)] and temperature [(T1=288oC (550oF)] Table C-1 and C-2 values used for Row A and Row B expansion coefficients are listed below Row A = 132x10-6 mmmmoC (735x10-6 ininoF) Row B = 380 mmm (45 in100 ft) An operating load case is evaluated to determine the operating position of the piping and determine the reaction loads for any attached equipment anchors supports guides or stops In particular each operating load casersquos support scenario is evaluated or assessed by the designer in order to determine whether any anticipated sustained conditions need to be evaluated with one or more Y+ supports removed Further operating load case discussion can be found in para S3015 Piping loads acting on the anchors and support structure for the operating load case are listed in Table S3025 Note that only nodes 10 through 50 are listed in the following tables this is for convenience since the model is symmetric the reactions deflections and stresses for nodes 10 through 40 are the same as for nodes 110 through 140 except that some signs may be reversed

S3026 Sustained Conditions

S30261 The Stress Due to Sustained Loads SL Calculations The stress due to (long-term) sustained loads SL is computed in accordance with para 3202 for each sustained condition that is evaluated see para S30262

S30262 Anticipated Sustained Conditions All anticipated sustained conditions utilizing all possible support scenarios should be considered The designer has identified three anticipated sustained conditions for the piping system each is listed in Table S30262 along with the support status of the node 50 Y+ support as either assessed by analysis or determined by the designer The designer has deemed the Sustained Condition 3 as both controlling the sustained design and requiring evaluation

S30263 Results for the Evaluated Sustained Condition Table S30262rsquos Sustained Conditions 1 and 2 reflect the ambient temperature support scenario Sustained Condition 3 reflects the support scenario of the Operating Case All three Sustained Conditions exclude thermal effects Sustained Conditions 2 and 3 include the effects of internal pressure [P1= 3 040 kPa (440 psi)] pipe weight insulation weight and fluid weight on the piping system A summary of the Sustained Condition 3 reactions and stresses due to sustained loads SL appear in Table S30263 In the determination of SL the sustained longitudinal force index Ia is defaulted to 10 in the absence of more applicable data in accordance with para 320 The in-plane bending moment is indexed at each elbow by the appropriate Ii calculated for this example by multiplying 075 times ii determined from Appendix D (and ASME B31J Table 1-1) See para S3016 for additional information concerning the stress due to sustained loads determination

S3027 Displacement Stress Range Load Cases

The displacement stress range load cases are not listed since they are not the subject of this example

S3028 Code Compliance mdash Satisfying the Intent of the Code

The Sustained Condition 3 results indicate that the piping system is not protected against collapse for the cycles under analysis when considering the Operating Case support scenario Note the greatest Stresses due to Sustained Loads SL are at elbow nodes 40 and 140 and ldquoLift-Offrdquo support location node 50 Therefore redesign of the piping system is required If the piping system is redesigned such that it is compliant with the intent of the Code then the piping system would require no further attention unless the sustained hydrostatic leak test or operating reaction loads at either anchor data point 10 or 110 exceed the allowable loads for the attached equipment nozzle or the support structure at either node 20 or 120 is overloaded The nozzle loads and support structure analyses are beyond the scope of this Appendix and are not addressed Although the occasional load cases are important to the design and analysis of a piping system they are not discussed in this example

S303 EXAMPLE 3 MOMENT REVERSAL

S3031 Example Description

This example is intended to illustrate the flexibility analysis required for a piping system that is designed for more than one operating condition and also experiences a ldquoreversal of momentsrdquo between any two of the anticipated operating conditions The examples in this Appendix are intended for illustration purposes only and are not intended to portray the same as either adequate or even acceptable piping geometries andor support scenarios also Both the design and operating conditions are well below the creep regime The piping system in Fig S3031 consists of two headers and two branches which are referred to as gas ldquometer runsrdquo Only one of the branches is in service (operating) at a given time the out-of-service branch is purged and at ambient (as-installed) condition The design specification calls for each of the meter run branches to alternate in and out of service five times every two weeks for the piping systemrsquos planned 30-year service life (N=3900 equivalent full displacement cycles) ie f = 115 in accordance with para 30235(d) The piping system is fabricated from ASTM A53 Grade B pipe (E=100) both piping headers are DN 600 (NPS 24) and the branches are DN 500 (NPS 20) and both branch and header are 953 mm (0375 in) thick For simplicity each piping segment or component is 1524 m (5 ft) in length The piping system is in normal fluid service The fluid is gaseous is considered to add no weight and to be neither a corrosive nor an erosive hazard ie there is no corrosion allowance The line is not insulated The ambient (as-installed) temperature is 4degC (40degF) The reference modulus of elasticity used is 2034 GPa (295 Msi) and Poissonrsquos ratio is 03 Consideration is given to the close proximity of the three tees in each header in accordance with the guidance in para 31936 and the stress intensification factors from Appendix D are considered to adequately represent the header tees for this piping system The piping internal pressure and minimum to maximum metal temperature range expected during normal operation for each meter run and the design conditions are listed in Table S3031 The design conditions are set sufficiently in excess of the operating conditions so as to provide additional margin on the allowable as required by the owner

S3032 Design Conditions

The design conditions establish the pressure rating flange ratings components ratings and minimum required pipe wall thickness ASME B165 requires a minimum of Class 300 for ASTM A105 flanges The minimum required wall thickness for both the branch and header is 44 mm (0171 in) considering a 125 mill tolerance therefore selection of the standard wall thickness of 95 mm (0375 in) is acceptable S3033 Computer Model Input

Table S3033 lists the node numbers lengths etc for each piping component that is displayed in Fig S3031 Note that flanges and valve components are not explicitly included in the model listing in Table S3033 For simplicity an entire branch (from tee centerline to tee centerline) is considered to be at the operating conditions listed in Table S3031 eg the East meter run branch from nodes 40 through 340 operates at 1 724 kPa (250 psi) and 121degC (250degF) for Operating Case 2 The computer-based options are the same as those for the Example 1 model except that pressure stiffening is not included in the analyses for this example see para S3013

S3034 Pressure Effects

Neither pressure stiffening nor Bourdon effects are included in the analyses

S3035 Operating Load Case(s)

The operating load case is used to determine the operating position of the piping and reaction loads for any attached equipment anchors supports guides or stops The owner has mandated in the design specification that the meter runs and piping be more than adequately supported Therefore the operating load case while necessary to set the limits of the strain ranges does not contribute to the emphasis of this example and its output is not included Table C-1 and C-2 values used for Row A and Row B expansion coefficients are listed below Row A = 123x10-6mmmmoC (680x10-6 ininoF) Row B = 134 mmm (168 in100 ft)

S3036 Sustained Load Case

Stresses due to the sustained loads such as axial forces internal pressure and intensified bending moments in this example are combined in accordance with para320 to determine SL For reasons similar to those expressed for the operating load case the sustained load case output is not included

S3037 Displacement Stress Range Load Cases

The displacement stress range SE is computed in accordance with para 31923(b) and 31931(a) in which the strains evaluated for the ambient temperature (which is also the as-installed and minimum metal temperature condition for this particular example) are algebraically subtracted from the strains evaluated for Operating Case 1 as listed in Table S3031 Similarly the displacement stress range SE is computed from the algebraic strain difference evaluated from the ambient (as-installed) condition to Operating Case 2 as listed in Table S3031 The individual displacement stress range SE along with the internal reaction loads is evaluated for each piping component in accordance with eq (17) is listed in Tables S30371 (Operating Case 1) and has the same results as listed in Table S30372 (Operating Case 2) with the exception that some signs differ (indicating the moment reversal range between the two conditions) The algebraic strain difference between the two resultant case evaluations discussed above produces the greatest displacement stress range for the piping system in accordance with paras 31921(d) 31923(b) and 31931(a) ie SE the ldquostress range corresponding to the total displacement strainsrdquo The resulting reactionsrsquo combination and SE for each piping component are listed in Table S30373

S3038 Code Compliance mdash Satisfying the Intent of the Code

The piping system is compliant with the sustained load requirements of the Code The displacement stress range from the ambient (as-installed) condition to each of the operating cases indicates the piping system is in compliance with the intent of the Code even when limited to the eq (1a) allowable SA But the ldquostress range corresponding to the total displacement strainsrdquo which considers the algebraic strain difference between the two operating cases indicates that the piping system is not protected against fatigue failure for the cycles under analysis even when considering the eq (1b) allowable SA Therefore redesign of the piping system is required If the piping system is redesigned such that it is compliant with the intent of the code then the piping system would require no further attention unless the sustained hydrostatic leak test or operating reaction loads at either anchor data point 10 or 310 or meter runs 130 or 230 exceeded the allowable loads for the attached equipment nozzles or support structure The meter loads nozzle loads and support structure analyses are beyond the scope of this example Although the occasional load cases are important to the design and analysis of a piping system they are not discussed in this example

B31 Code Case 214 Approval Date May 30 2019 ASME B313 Process Piping

Alternative Heat Treatments for Fabrication Processes

Proposal Code Case to allow the use of ASME B31P Standard Heat treatments for Fabrication Processes as an alternative to the preheat PWHT and PFHT required by B313

Explanation ASME B31P Standard Heat treatments for Fabrication Processes was published in May 2018 In order to allow the use of this Standard by the ASME Codes prior to changes being adopted in the next edition of the respective Codes this Code Case is being proposed to allow B31P to be used as an alternative to the rules currently in the published ASME B31 Codes A similar Code Case is currently being balloted in ASME B311 (18-2339)

Summary of Changes To allow the use of ASME B31P Standard Heat Treatments for Fabrication Processes as an alternative to the heat treatment rules specified in ASME B31 3

Referenced Code ASME B313 ndash 2016 amp 2018

Inquiry May the heat treatment requirements specified in ASME B31P be used as an alternative to the required heat treatments specified in paras 330 331 and 332 of ASME B313

Reply It is the opinion of the Committee that the heat treatments specified in ASME B31P may be used as an alternative to the respective heat treatments specified in ASME B313 for the materials referenced in ASME B31P

B31 Code Case 216 Approval Date March 29 2021 ASME B313 Process Piping

Use of Enhanced Pressure Ratings for Brazed Copper Tubes and Fittings by Cold

Stretch Process

Inquiry Under what condition may higher pressure ratings be used for ASTM B88 Type L tubes and

ASME B1622 fittings in ASME B313 construction

Reply It is the opinion of the Committee that enhanced pressure ratings may be used for ASTM B88

Type L tubes and ASME B1622 fittings in ASME B313 construction provided the following conditions are

met

(a) The tubes shall conform to ASTM B88 Type L in the H58 temper

(b) The fittings shall conform to ASME B1622

(c) The maximum design temperature is 38degC (100degF)

(d) The piping shall be limited to Category D and Normal Fluid Services

(e) External pressure is not permitted

(f) The maximum tube and fitting nominal or standard size is 3 in

(g) The joints shall be brazed The qualification of brazing procedures brazers and brazing operators shall be in accordance with para 3282 Silver brazing filler metals (BAg‐XX) with

appropriate flux shall be used in the brazing process

(h) In brazing qualification the specimen in the tension test shall break in the base metal outside of

the joint with tensile strength equal to or greater than (207 MPa) 30 ksi

(i) The piping system shall receive a cold stretch operation by hydrostatic or pneumatic pressure

test in accordance with para 345 except the minimum test pressure shall be 17 times the design pressure and the maximum test pressure shall be 18 times the design pressure The test pressure shall be

maintained for at least 20 min

(j) The internal design gage pressure P shall not exceed the pressure calculated as follows

208

Where S = 689 MPa (100 ksi)

t = minimum wall thickness for ASTM B88 Type L D = maximum outside diameter for annealed temper ASTM B88 Type L

(k) Piping flexibility analysis shall be performed in accordance with para 319 using the basic

allowable stresses (Sc and Sh) equal to 414 MPa (60 ksi)

(l) Analysis of sustained loads shall be performed in accordance with para 320 using the basic

allowable stresses (Sh) equal to 414 MPa (60 ksi)

(m) Before cold stretch operation the brazed joints shall be 100 visually examined The following

conditions are not permitted

1) The presence of flux residue and unmelted filler metal

2) Excessive oxidation of the joint

3) Cracks in braze metal or base material

(n) Additional brazing is not permitted after the cold stretch operation If a braze repair is required

the following conditions shall be satisfied

1) The braze joint to be repaired shall be removed and replaced along with 150 mm (6 in)

of tube on each side of the joint

2) The piping shall receive the cold stretch operation as required in (i)

(o) The design cold stretch and repair records shall be retained by the owner for the life of the piping

B31 Code Case 217 Approval Date September 3 2021

ASME B313 Process Piping

Alternative NDE Personnel Qualification and Certification Requirements

Referenced Code ASME B313 ndash 2018 amp 2020

Inquiry May alternative personnel qualification and certification requirements be used as options to those specified in ASME B313 para 3421

Reply It is the opinion of the Committee that the personnel qualification and certification requirements below may be used as alternatives to those specified in ASME B313 para 3421 Personnel performing nondestructive examination to the requirements of this Code shall be qualified and certified for the method to be utilized in accordance with their employerrsquos written practice The written practice shall be based on the training examination and experience requirements of one of the following

(a) ASME BPVC Section V Article 1

(b) ASNT CP-189

(c) ASNT SNT-TC-1A

(d) Other national or international central certification program or standard

Page 5: B31.3 Code Cases

B31 CASE 185

CASES OF THE CODE FOR PRESSURE PIPING ndash B31

Page 1 of 2

ASME B313 CODE CASE 185

Title Use of Standard Helium Leak Test for a Vacuum-only Piping System (Paragraph 345)

Approval Date December 22 2009

Inquiry

Under what circumstances does ASME B313 permit the use of helium mass spectrometer leaktests performed under a vacuum as a substitute for the leak test requirements specified in ASMEB313 para 345

Reply

In the opinion of the Committee the qualified helium leak tests under vacuum conditions in theASME BPV Code Section V Article 10 Appendix V and Appendix IX are acceptablesubstitutes for the testing requirements identified in para 345 of ASME B313 provided thefollowing conditions are met

1 The piping system is expected to operate only under vacuum (ie sub-atmospheric pressure)conditions

2 Any leakage into the piping system that could result in an internal reaction (eg combustionor explosion) that increases the pressure above atmospheric shall be prevented

3 All system joints and connections shall be leak tested Piping welds and joints to be testedshall be uninsulated and exposed and shall not be primed painted or otherwise coated

4 Helium leak testing is performed at vacuum conditions sufficient for the mass spectrometerhelium leak tests of ASME BPV Code Section V Article 10 Appendices V and IX or atpressures below 10 millibars absolute (lt1 of atmospheric pressure) whichever is lower

5 ASME B313 para 3452 applies except for the minimum ldquo10 minrdquo leak test period theleak test pressure requirements and the limitation of the need for access for jacketed piping toldquovisual accessrdquo Para 3453 also applies except for the leak test pressure requirements Allother inspection examination and records requirements of ASME B313 Chapter VI muststill be satisfied (ie paras 340 341 342 343 344 and 346)

6 Written procedures shall be qualified in accordance with BPV Code Section V Article 10

7 Test personnel shall have training and certification consistent with ASME B313 para 342

B31 CASE 185

CASES OF THE CODE FOR PRESSURE PIPING ndash B31

Page 2 of 2

8 Test reports including records of personnel qualifications shall meet the requirements ofASME BPV Code Section V Article 10 Item T-1091 and shall be retained for at least fiveyears

9 Options of the ASME BPV Code Section V Article 10 test methods which allow theengineering design to modify specified requirements of the Appendix V and Appendix IXtest methods (such as acceptability limits for system leak tightness) may only be exercisedso as to make these requirements more sensitive or more conservative

10 The use of the vacuum leak test instead of the pressurized leak test of ASME B313para 345 shall be specified in the engineering design and shall be accepted by the Owner

____________________________________________________________________

B31 CASE 188

Minimum Hydrostatic Test Pressure for ASME B313 Chapter IX (Para K34542)

ANNULLED

Annulment Date February 27 2015

Reason Requirements incorporated in ASME B313 Code

B31 Code Case 191 Cu-13Zn-11Ni-Si-Al Alloy Seamless Pipe and Tube ASME B313 Approval Date January 21 2015

Inquiry May precipitation-hardened (Temper Designation TF00) Cu-13Zn-11Ni-Si-Al alloy (UNS No C69100) seamless pipe and tube conforming to the requirements of ASTM B706-00 (R2011) be used under the rules of ASME B313

Reply Yes provided

(a) The maximum allowable stress values for the material shall be those given in

Table 1

(b) Welded and brazed construction is not permitted (c) The maximum use temperature shall be 204ordmC (400ordmF)

(d) Certification to the ASTM B706-00 (R2011) specification requirements shall be

mandatory

Table 1

Maximum Allowable Stress Values

For Metal Temperature Not Exceeding degF

Stress ksi

For Metal Temperature Not Exceeding degC

Stress MPa

100

150

200

250

300

350

400

200 200 200 200 200 199 195

40

65

100

125

150

175

200

225

138 138

138

138

138

137

135

132

Note The maximum use temperature for this alloy is 204ordmC (400ordmF) The value listed at 225ordmC is provided for interpolation purposes only

Case 193 Approval Date October 9 2014 Cu-55Zn-4Si Casting Alloy UNS No C87600 ASME B313 Inquiry May Cu-55Zn-4Si Casting Alloy UNS No C87600 conforming to the requirements of ASTM B584 be used for construction under the rules of ASME B313 Reply Yes provided

(a) The basic allowable stress values for the material shall be those given in Table 1 A Casting Quality Factor Ec needs to be applied

(b) The maximum use temperature shall be 177ordmC (350ordmF) (c) Separate weld procedure and performance qualifications shall apply to this

material The welding procedure qualifications shall be in accordance with ASME Section IX

Table 1 Basic Allowable Stress Values

For Metal Temperature Not Exceeding degF

Stress ksi

For Metal Temperature Not Exceeding degC

Stress MPa

100 200 40 138 150 200 65 138200 200 100 138250 200 125 138300 200 150 138350 200 175 138

200 137

Note The maximum use temperature for this alloy is 177ordmC (350ordmF) The value listed at 200ordmC is provided for interpolation purposes only

Case 196 Approval Date May 15 2015 Ductile Iron Casting UNS No F33100 ASME B313 Inquiry May Ductile Iron Castings UNS No F33100 conforming to the requirements of ASTM A536 Grade 65-45-12 be used for construction under the rules of ASME B313 Reply Yes provided

(a) The maximum allowable stress values for the material shall be those given in Table 1

(b) A casting quality factor Ec of 080 shall also be applied except as permitted in (c)

(c) The casting quality factor may be increased by performing supplementary examination(s) listed in Table 30233(c) The casting shall have first been visually examined as required by MSS SP-55 Quality Standard for Steel Castings for Valves Flanges and Fittings and other Piping Components ndash Visual Method

(d) The maximum use temperature shall be 260ordmC (500degF) (e) The minimum use temperature shall be -30degC (-20degF) (f) All other requirements of ASME B313 shall be followed

Table 1 ndash Maximum Allowable Stress Values

For Metal Temperature Not Exceeding degC

Stress MPa

For Metal Temperature Not Exceeding degF Stress ksi

40 149 100 217 65 149 150 217

100 149 200 217 125 149 250 217 150 149 300 217 175 149 350 217 200 148 400 217 225 148 450 217 250 148 500 216 275 147

Note The maximum use temperature for this alloy is 260ordmC (500ordmF) The value listed at 275ordmC is provided for interpolation purposes only

B31 Case 202 Approval Date November 14 2017 Heavy Walled FittingsASME B313 Process Piping

Inquiry What alternate calculation method for pressure design may be used to determine therequired reinforcement for a heavy wall branch connection fitting (lateral wye or tee) in accordancewith ASME B313 Para 30433

Reply It is the opinion of the Committee that the ldquopressure areardquo method1 as described hereinis an acceptable alternate calculation method to determine the required metal reinforcement for aheavy wall branch connection fitting (lateral wye or tee) in accordance with ASME B313 Para30433

Nomenclature

A = Metal areas (see Figures 1 2 and 3) mm2 (in2)

B = Metal areas (see Figures 1 and 2) mm2 (in2)

D1 = Run pipe inside diameter less corrosion allowance mm (in)

D2 = Branch pipe inside diameter less corrosion allowance mm (in)

E = Pressure areas (see Figures 1 2 and 3) mm2 (in2)

F = Pressure areas (see Figures 1 and 2) mm2 (in2)

G = The width of the lateral branch opening at the inside surface of the run pipe (see Figure 1) mm (in)

P = Design (gage) pressure kPa (psi)

S = Material allowable stress from B313 Table A-1 for the design temperature kPa (psi) (If a casting is to be qualified for pressure the material allowable stress shall be multiplied by the appropriate B313 casting quality factor)

t1 = Thickness in the fitting heel (see Figures 1 and 2) or run radial thickness in the fitting crotch (see Figure 3) mm (in)

t2 = Thickness in the fitting crotch (see Figures 1 and 2) or branch radial thickness in the fitting crotch (see Figure 3) mm (in)

trsquo1 = Nominal thickness of the matching run pipe connected to the fitting (see Figures) mm (in)

trsquo2 = Nominal thickness of the matching branch pipe connected to the fitting (see Figures) mm (in)

α = The angle between the branch pipe centerline and the fitting crotch centerline deg (see Figures 1 and 2)

β = The angle between the fitting crotch centerline and the run pipe centerline deg (see Figure 1)

1 The ldquopressure areardquo method was originally published in the 1956 revised 2nd edition of the MW KelloggDesign of Piping Systems

General Requirements

1 The fitting shall be manufactured from a single metal casting or forging

2 The fitting ends shall not be within the envelope of the metal and pressure areas used to qualifythe fitting and there shall be sufficient material beyond the envelope to make an acceptable weldend (see ASME B1625)

3 The trsquo1 and trsquo2 dimensions of the fitting shall be equal to or greater in thickness than the nominaldimensions of the matching piping If the fitting is a weaker material than the matching pipingtransition pieces may be necessary for the connected piping to match trsquo1 and trsquo2 dimensions ofthe fitting determined in accordance with the straight pipe requirements of B313 as appropriate

4 All inside and outside corners of the fittings larger than NPS 2 shall be radiused It isrecommended that inside radii be a minimum t4 and outside radii be a minimum t2 where t isthe lesser of trsquo1 and trsquo2 except that these radii shall not be less than 3 mm (18 in) and need notbe greater than 25 mm (1 in)

5 For internally and externally contoured fittings the metal and pressure areas may be representedby quadrilaterals andor triangles assembled such that they approximate the respective areas

(A) for the metal areas the areas of the largest non-overlapping quadrilaterals andor trianglesmay be summed provided all the areas lie within the areas defined by the fitting inside andoutside surfaces and side lengths defined in the appropriate figures and

(B) for the pressure areas the areas of the non-overlapping quadrilaterals andor triangles shallbe summed that totally circumscribe and cover the areas defined by the fitting crotch andpipe centerlines the fitting inside surfaces and the side lengths defined in the appropriatefigures

6 For laterals (Figure 1) with an (α + β) angle greater than or equal to 85 degs the requirementsfor the tee (Figure 3) may be used Otherwise the requirements for the lateral shall be used

7 Consideration shall be made for required examination of the pipe to fitting joint A short tangentmay improve the reading of a radiograph or facilitate the performance of ultrasonic examinationespecially if there is a significant transition from the pipe to the fitting

8 The fittingrsquos manufacturing tolerance shall be considered

Calculated Dimensions

The side length dimensions for calculating metal and pressure areas for the various fittings are asfollows

For the lateral (see Figure 1) where (α + β) $ 45 deg

Run crotch side length = G

t Cos2 22

Run heel side length = G

t Cos2 21

Branch crotch side length = D

t Cos222 2

Branch heel side length = D

t Cos212 2

For the wye (see Figure 2) where α $ 45 deg

Run heel side length = D

t Cos112 2

Branch crotch side length = D

t Cos222

Branch heel side length = D

t Cos212 2

For the tee (see Figure 3)

Run side length = D t2

22

Branch side length = D

t212

Acceptance Criteria

The following equations shall be met for both the crotch and heel sides of the fitting For the tee onlyEquation (1) need be met because of symmetry

SP E

A

A

2

1

SP F

B

B

2

2

1

B31 Code Case 208 Approval Date November 6 2018

ASME B313 Process Piping 18Cr-11Ni-Cb-N 347LN UNS S34751 Austenitic Stainless Steel Seamless Tubes Seamless and Welded Pipe Pipe Flanges Forged Fittings Valves and Parts Wrought Piping Fittings Forgings and Plate and Sheet ASME B313 Inquiry May UNS S34751 solution annealed austenitic stainless steel seamless tubes seamless and welded pipe pipe flanges valves and parts wrought piping fittings forgings plate and sheet meeting the requirements of ASTM A213A213M-17 A312A312M-17 A376A376M-17 A358A358M-15 A182A182M-17 A403A403M-16 A965A965M-14 and A240A240M-17 be used in welded construction under the rules of ASME B313 Reply Yes provided that the following additional requirements are met (a) The maximum allowable stress values shall be as given in Table 1 (b) The maximum use temperature is 677degC (1250degF) (c) The material shall be considered as P-No 8 Group 1 (d) For temperatures above 538degC (1000degF) the stress values in Table 1 may be used only if the

material has been heat treated at a temperature of 1093degC (2000degF) minimum (e) The minimum design temperature for this material shall be -200degC (-325degF) however when a

specification permits this material to be furnished without solution heat treatment or with other than a solution heat treatment the minimum design temperature shall be -29degC (-20degF) unless the material is impact tested in accordance with para 3233

(f) For post fabrication strain limits in the lower temperature range exceeding design temperature 540degC (1000degF) and forming strain of 15 and in the high temperature range exceeding 675degC (1250degF) and forming strains of 10 the minimum heat treatment temperature shall be 1040degC (1900degF)

2

Table 1 Maximum Allowable Stress Values

For Metal Temperature Not Exceeding

degC Allowable Stress [Note (1)] MPa

For Metal Temperature

Not Exceeding degF

Allowable Stress [Note (2)] ksi

40 138 100 200

65 138 200 200

100 138 300 200

125 138 400 197

150 138 500 183

175 138 600 174

200 137 650 172

225 132 700 170

250 128 750 169

275 124 800 168

300 122 850 168

325 120 900 168

350 118 950 168

375 117 1000 167

400 116 1050 166

425 116 1100 132

450 116 1150 970

475 116 1200 720

500 116 1250 545 Note (2) The fonts used are in accordance with B313 Table A‐1 Note 4a

525 115

550 115

575 111

600 845

625 641

650 489

675 383

700 289[Note (3)]

Note (1) The fonts used are in accordance with B313 Table A‐1 Note 4b

Note (3) The maximum use temperature for this alloy is 677degC (1250degF) The value listed at 700degC is provided for interpolation purposes only

B31 Code Case 209 Approval Date November 6 2018

ASME B313 Process Piping

PIPING SYSTEM STRESS ANALYSIS EXAMPLES QUESTION The results for the examples found in ASME B313-2016 Appendix S were developed using the 2006 editionrsquos code rules and material data tables How would the appendix results and affected text change when the ASME B313-2016 code rules and material data tables are applied REPLY It is the opinion of the Committee that the following pages show what Appendix S looks like with the revised new rules and data

S300 INTRODUCTION

The examples in this Appendix are intended to illustrate the application of the rules and definitions in Chapter II Part 5 flexibility and Support and the stress limits of para 30235 The loadings and conditions necessary to comply with the intent of the Code are presented

S3001 Definitions and Nomenclature

global axes these are Cartesian X Y and Z axes In this Appendix vertically upward is taken to be the +Y direction with gravity acting in the minusY direction Pj piping internal pressure see para 3012 when more than one condition exists for the piping system each is subscripted (eg P1 P2 ) Tj pipe maximum or minimum metal temperature see paras 3013 and 31931(a) when more than one condition exists for the piping system each is subscripted (eg T1 T2 ) Y+ a ldquosingle acting supportrdquo that provides support in only the vertically upward direction and is considered to be ldquoactiverdquo when the pipe exerts a downward force on the support The pipe is free to move upward ie the pipe ldquolifts offrdquo the support the support in the ldquolift-offrdquo situation is considered to be ldquoremovedrdquo from providing support ie inactive during the load condition considered

S301 EXAMPLE 1 CODE COMPLIANT PIPING SYSTEM

S3011 Example Description

This example is intended to illustrate the design of an adequately supported and sufficiently flexible piping system The piping system in Fig S3011 is fabricated from ASTM A106 Grade B seamless pipe (ie E = 100) the pipe is DN 400 (NPS 16) with a nominal wall thickness of 953 mm (0375 in) 127 mm (5 in) thickness of calcium silicate insulation and 159 mm (0063 in) corrosion allowance the fluid has a specific gravity of 10 The equivalent number of full displacement cycles expected for the piping system is fewer than 7 000 [ie f =100 in accordance with para 30235(d)] The piping system is in normal fluid service The reference modulus of elasticity used for the piping analysis is 2034 GPa (295 Msi) from Appendix C Table C-6 in accordance with paras 31932 and 31944 and Poissonrsquos ratio is 03 in accordance with para 31933 The piping internal pressures and temperatures expected during normal operation and the design conditions are listed in Table S3011 see paras 31923(b) and 31931(a) The design conditions are set sufficiently in excess of the operating conditions so as to provide additional margin on the allowable stress for pressure design as required by the owner

S3012 Design Conditions

The design conditions establish the pressure rating flange ratings component ratings and minimum required pipe wall thickness in accordance with para 30121 For example ASME B165 requires a minimum of Class 300 for ASTM A105 flanges Also the minimum required pipe wall thickness tm is determined from the design conditions by inserting eq (3a) into eq (2) terms are defined in para 30411 and Appendix J E = 10 P = design pressure = 3 800 kPa (550 psi) S = allowable stress from Appendix A Tables A-1 and A-1M = 1274 MPa (184 ksi) at design temperature 288oC (550oF) W = 10 for carbon steel at any temperature in accordance with Table 30235 Note (9) Y = 04 from Table 30411 Insert eq (3a) into eq (2)

tm = t + c =

=

159

= 599 mm + 159 mm = 758 mm (0299 in) In accordance with para 30412(a) t must be less than D6 for eq (3a) to be appropriate without considering additional factors to compute the pressure design thickness t ie t D6 or 758 mm 4064 mm6 Since 758 mm (0299 in) 677 mm (267 in) and 0030 0385 eq (3a) is applicable without special consideration of factors listed in para 30412(b) Now select a pipe schedule of adequate thickness Determine the specified minimum pipe wall thickness T from nominal pipe wall thickness ₸ considering a mill tolerance of 125 Select DN 400 (NPS 16) Schedule 30STD nominal wall thickness from ASME B3610M ₸ = 953 mm (0375 in) T = (953 mm)(100 minus 0125) = 834 mm (0328 in) Since T tm (ie 834 mm (0328 in) 758 mm (0299 in)) the selection of the nominal pipe wall thickness ₸ for Schedule 30STD pipe is acceptable The long radius elbows specified for this piping system are in accordance with ASME B169 and are specified to be for use with Schedule 30STD wall thickness pipe

S3013 Computer Model Input

Tables S30131 and S30132 list the ldquonode numbersrdquo lengths etc for each piping element displayed in Fig S3011 A bend radius of 15 times the nominal pipe diameter [ie 6096 mm (24 in)] and nominal wall thickness of 953 mm (0375 in) are used for the elbows in the computer model Generic computer program options are as follows (a) include pressure stiffening on elbows (b) exclude pressure thrust and Bourdon effects (c) use nominal section properties for the stiffnesses forces moments and deflections calculation (d) use ldquonominal less allowancesrdquo section properties for the stress due to sustained loads SL calculation (e) use nominal section properties for displacement stress range SE calculation

minimum metal temp -1oC (30oF) ambient (as-installed) temp -1oC (30oF)

S3014 Pressure Effects

For the operating sustained and displacement stress range load cases the effect of pressure stiffening on the elbows is included to determine the end reactions in accordance with Appendix D Note (6) (and ASME B31J Table 1-1 Note(4) ) The effects of pressure-induced elongation and Bourdon effects are not included as both are deemed negligible for this particular example

S3015 The Operating Load Case

The operating load case is used to determine the operating position of the piping and reaction loads for any attached equipment anchors supports guides or stops The operating load case is based on the temperature range from the ambient (as-installed) temperature of -1degC (30degF) to the maximum operating metal temperature of 260degC (500degF) in accordance with paras 31923(b) and 31931(b) Tables C-1 and C-2 values used for Row A and Row B expansion coefficients are listed below Row A = 131x10-6 mmmmoC (730x10-6 ininoF) Row B = 343 mmm (400 in100 ft) The operating load case in this example also includes the effects of internal pressure pipe weight insulation weight and fluid weight on the piping system Both pipe stiffness and displacement stress range are based on the nominal thickness of the pipe Pipe deflections and internal reaction loads for the operating load case are listed in Table S30151 Piping loads acting on the anchors and support structure are listed in Table S30152

S3016 The Sustained Load Case

Stresses due to the sustained loads such as axial forces internal pressure and intensified bending moments in this example are combined in accordance with para320 to determine SL The sustained load case excludes thermal effects and includes the effects of internal pressure [P1=3450 kPa (500 psi)] pipe weight insulation weight and fluid weight on the piping system Nominal section properties are used to generate the stiffness matrix and sustained loads for the computer model in accordance with para 31935 The nominal thickness less allowances is used to calculate the section properties for SL in accordance with para 320 A summary of the sustained load case internal reaction forces moments and stress due to sustained loads SL is provided in Table S3016 Since this example model lies in only one plane only the stress due to sustained bending moments due to the in-plane bending moment is not zero The in-plane bending moment is intensified at each elbow by the sustained in-plane moment index for an unflanged elbow Ii Note that SL for the nodes listed in Table S3016 do not exceed the 1308 MPa (190 ksi) sustained allowable stress Sh for A106 Grade B piping at the operating maximum metal temperature T1 = 260degC (500degF) from Appendix A Tables A-1 and A-1M By limiting SL to Sh in accordance with para 30235(c) the piping system is deemed adequately protected against collapse

S3017 The Displacement Stress Range Load Case

The displacement stress range SE in this example is based on the temperature range from the minimum metal (as-installed) temperature minus1degC (30degF) to maximum metal temperature for the thermal cycles under analysis [T1 = 260degC (500degF)] in accordance with paras 31923(b) and 31931(a) The displacement stress range SE for each element is calculated in accordance with eq (17) and is listed in Table S3017 along with the internal reaction loads Nominal section properties are used to generate the stiffness matrix and displacement stress ranges in the piping in accordance with para 31935 Since this example model lies in only one plane only the in-plane bending moment range is not zero The in-plane moment range is intensified at each elbow in accordance with Appendix D (and ASME B31J Table 1-1) stress intensification factor ii for an unflanged elbow For simplicity the allowable displacement stress range SA is calculated in accordance with eq (1a) Though eq (1a) is used in this example it is also acceptable to calculate SA in accordance with eq (1b) which permits SA to exceed the eq (1a) value for each piping element based on the magnitude of each elementrsquos SL The following terms are as defined in para 30235(d) and Appendix J f = 100 for 7 000 equivalent full displacement cycles from Fig 30235 or eq (1c) SA = f (125 Sc + 025 Sh) = (100)[(125)(138 MPa) + (025)(1308 MPa)] = 2052 MPa (2975 ksi) Sc = allowable stress from Appendix A Tables A-1 and A-1M = 138 MPa (200 ksi) at ambient (as-installed) temperature Sh = allowable stress from Appendix A Tables A-1 and A-1M = 1308 MPa (190 ksi) at T1 T1 = maximum metal temperature = 260degC (500degF) Note that each piping elementrsquos displacement stress range based on minimum to maximum metal temperature for the thermal cycles under analysis SE does not exceed the eq (1a) allowable SA By limiting SE to SA the piping system is deemed adequate to accommodate up to 7 000 equivalent full displacement cycles Considering both the stress due to sustained loads and displacement stress range load cases the piping system is compliant with the requirements of the Code redesign of the piping system is not required unless the sustained or operating reaction loads at either anchor data point 10 or 50 exceed the allowable loads for the attached equipment nozzle or the support structure at node 20 is overloaded The nozzle load and support structure analyses are beyond the scope of this Appendix and are not addressed

S302 EXAMPLE 2 ANTICIPATED SUSTAINED CONDITIONS CONSIDERING PIPE LIFT-OFF

S3021 Example Description

This example is intended to illustrate the analysis of a piping system in which a portion of the piping lifts off at least one Y+ support in at least one operating condition The emphasis of this example is to describe the effect this removal of support has on the determination of anticipated sustained conditions The same principles utilized for this example would also apply for guides and stops (that are single directional or gap-type) that are not engaged during any anticipated operating condition The examples in this Appendix are intended for illustration purposes only and are not intended to portray the same as either adequate or even acceptable piping geometries andor support scenarios The piping system in Fig S3021 is the same in material properties as in Example 1 see paraS3011 Note the distance from node 20 to the elbow node 30 and from nodes 120 to 130 in Example 2rsquos model is 152 m (5 ft) Note that both the design and operating conditions are well below the creep regime therefore the piping system will not develop any permanent creep-related displacements relaxation or sag

S3022 Design Conditions

The design conditions are similar to those in the Example 1 model see para S3012 and Table S3022 Note that the nominal thickness remains unchanged from Example 1 even though the design temperature and corrosion allowance have increased the corrosion allowance in this example model is 318 mm (0125 in)

S3023 Computer Model Input

Table S3023 lists the node numbers lengths etc for each piping component that is displayed in Fig S3021 The computer-based options are the same as those for the Example 1 model see para S3013

S3024 Pressure Effects

The pressure effect considerations are the same as those for Example 1 see para 3014

S3025 The Operating Load Case

The Operating Case evaluated and discussed in this example includes the effects of pipe weight insulation weight fluid weight internal pressure [P1= 3 040 kPa (440 psi)] and temperature [(T1=288oC (550oF)] Table C-1 and C-2 values used for Row A and Row B expansion coefficients are listed below Row A = 132x10-6 mmmmoC (735x10-6 ininoF) Row B = 380 mmm (45 in100 ft) An operating load case is evaluated to determine the operating position of the piping and determine the reaction loads for any attached equipment anchors supports guides or stops In particular each operating load casersquos support scenario is evaluated or assessed by the designer in order to determine whether any anticipated sustained conditions need to be evaluated with one or more Y+ supports removed Further operating load case discussion can be found in para S3015 Piping loads acting on the anchors and support structure for the operating load case are listed in Table S3025 Note that only nodes 10 through 50 are listed in the following tables this is for convenience since the model is symmetric the reactions deflections and stresses for nodes 10 through 40 are the same as for nodes 110 through 140 except that some signs may be reversed

S3026 Sustained Conditions

S30261 The Stress Due to Sustained Loads SL Calculations The stress due to (long-term) sustained loads SL is computed in accordance with para 3202 for each sustained condition that is evaluated see para S30262

S30262 Anticipated Sustained Conditions All anticipated sustained conditions utilizing all possible support scenarios should be considered The designer has identified three anticipated sustained conditions for the piping system each is listed in Table S30262 along with the support status of the node 50 Y+ support as either assessed by analysis or determined by the designer The designer has deemed the Sustained Condition 3 as both controlling the sustained design and requiring evaluation

S30263 Results for the Evaluated Sustained Condition Table S30262rsquos Sustained Conditions 1 and 2 reflect the ambient temperature support scenario Sustained Condition 3 reflects the support scenario of the Operating Case All three Sustained Conditions exclude thermal effects Sustained Conditions 2 and 3 include the effects of internal pressure [P1= 3 040 kPa (440 psi)] pipe weight insulation weight and fluid weight on the piping system A summary of the Sustained Condition 3 reactions and stresses due to sustained loads SL appear in Table S30263 In the determination of SL the sustained longitudinal force index Ia is defaulted to 10 in the absence of more applicable data in accordance with para 320 The in-plane bending moment is indexed at each elbow by the appropriate Ii calculated for this example by multiplying 075 times ii determined from Appendix D (and ASME B31J Table 1-1) See para S3016 for additional information concerning the stress due to sustained loads determination

S3027 Displacement Stress Range Load Cases

The displacement stress range load cases are not listed since they are not the subject of this example

S3028 Code Compliance mdash Satisfying the Intent of the Code

The Sustained Condition 3 results indicate that the piping system is not protected against collapse for the cycles under analysis when considering the Operating Case support scenario Note the greatest Stresses due to Sustained Loads SL are at elbow nodes 40 and 140 and ldquoLift-Offrdquo support location node 50 Therefore redesign of the piping system is required If the piping system is redesigned such that it is compliant with the intent of the Code then the piping system would require no further attention unless the sustained hydrostatic leak test or operating reaction loads at either anchor data point 10 or 110 exceed the allowable loads for the attached equipment nozzle or the support structure at either node 20 or 120 is overloaded The nozzle loads and support structure analyses are beyond the scope of this Appendix and are not addressed Although the occasional load cases are important to the design and analysis of a piping system they are not discussed in this example

S303 EXAMPLE 3 MOMENT REVERSAL

S3031 Example Description

This example is intended to illustrate the flexibility analysis required for a piping system that is designed for more than one operating condition and also experiences a ldquoreversal of momentsrdquo between any two of the anticipated operating conditions The examples in this Appendix are intended for illustration purposes only and are not intended to portray the same as either adequate or even acceptable piping geometries andor support scenarios also Both the design and operating conditions are well below the creep regime The piping system in Fig S3031 consists of two headers and two branches which are referred to as gas ldquometer runsrdquo Only one of the branches is in service (operating) at a given time the out-of-service branch is purged and at ambient (as-installed) condition The design specification calls for each of the meter run branches to alternate in and out of service five times every two weeks for the piping systemrsquos planned 30-year service life (N=3900 equivalent full displacement cycles) ie f = 115 in accordance with para 30235(d) The piping system is fabricated from ASTM A53 Grade B pipe (E=100) both piping headers are DN 600 (NPS 24) and the branches are DN 500 (NPS 20) and both branch and header are 953 mm (0375 in) thick For simplicity each piping segment or component is 1524 m (5 ft) in length The piping system is in normal fluid service The fluid is gaseous is considered to add no weight and to be neither a corrosive nor an erosive hazard ie there is no corrosion allowance The line is not insulated The ambient (as-installed) temperature is 4degC (40degF) The reference modulus of elasticity used is 2034 GPa (295 Msi) and Poissonrsquos ratio is 03 Consideration is given to the close proximity of the three tees in each header in accordance with the guidance in para 31936 and the stress intensification factors from Appendix D are considered to adequately represent the header tees for this piping system The piping internal pressure and minimum to maximum metal temperature range expected during normal operation for each meter run and the design conditions are listed in Table S3031 The design conditions are set sufficiently in excess of the operating conditions so as to provide additional margin on the allowable as required by the owner

S3032 Design Conditions

The design conditions establish the pressure rating flange ratings components ratings and minimum required pipe wall thickness ASME B165 requires a minimum of Class 300 for ASTM A105 flanges The minimum required wall thickness for both the branch and header is 44 mm (0171 in) considering a 125 mill tolerance therefore selection of the standard wall thickness of 95 mm (0375 in) is acceptable S3033 Computer Model Input

Table S3033 lists the node numbers lengths etc for each piping component that is displayed in Fig S3031 Note that flanges and valve components are not explicitly included in the model listing in Table S3033 For simplicity an entire branch (from tee centerline to tee centerline) is considered to be at the operating conditions listed in Table S3031 eg the East meter run branch from nodes 40 through 340 operates at 1 724 kPa (250 psi) and 121degC (250degF) for Operating Case 2 The computer-based options are the same as those for the Example 1 model except that pressure stiffening is not included in the analyses for this example see para S3013

S3034 Pressure Effects

Neither pressure stiffening nor Bourdon effects are included in the analyses

S3035 Operating Load Case(s)

The operating load case is used to determine the operating position of the piping and reaction loads for any attached equipment anchors supports guides or stops The owner has mandated in the design specification that the meter runs and piping be more than adequately supported Therefore the operating load case while necessary to set the limits of the strain ranges does not contribute to the emphasis of this example and its output is not included Table C-1 and C-2 values used for Row A and Row B expansion coefficients are listed below Row A = 123x10-6mmmmoC (680x10-6 ininoF) Row B = 134 mmm (168 in100 ft)

S3036 Sustained Load Case

Stresses due to the sustained loads such as axial forces internal pressure and intensified bending moments in this example are combined in accordance with para320 to determine SL For reasons similar to those expressed for the operating load case the sustained load case output is not included

S3037 Displacement Stress Range Load Cases

The displacement stress range SE is computed in accordance with para 31923(b) and 31931(a) in which the strains evaluated for the ambient temperature (which is also the as-installed and minimum metal temperature condition for this particular example) are algebraically subtracted from the strains evaluated for Operating Case 1 as listed in Table S3031 Similarly the displacement stress range SE is computed from the algebraic strain difference evaluated from the ambient (as-installed) condition to Operating Case 2 as listed in Table S3031 The individual displacement stress range SE along with the internal reaction loads is evaluated for each piping component in accordance with eq (17) is listed in Tables S30371 (Operating Case 1) and has the same results as listed in Table S30372 (Operating Case 2) with the exception that some signs differ (indicating the moment reversal range between the two conditions) The algebraic strain difference between the two resultant case evaluations discussed above produces the greatest displacement stress range for the piping system in accordance with paras 31921(d) 31923(b) and 31931(a) ie SE the ldquostress range corresponding to the total displacement strainsrdquo The resulting reactionsrsquo combination and SE for each piping component are listed in Table S30373

S3038 Code Compliance mdash Satisfying the Intent of the Code

The piping system is compliant with the sustained load requirements of the Code The displacement stress range from the ambient (as-installed) condition to each of the operating cases indicates the piping system is in compliance with the intent of the Code even when limited to the eq (1a) allowable SA But the ldquostress range corresponding to the total displacement strainsrdquo which considers the algebraic strain difference between the two operating cases indicates that the piping system is not protected against fatigue failure for the cycles under analysis even when considering the eq (1b) allowable SA Therefore redesign of the piping system is required If the piping system is redesigned such that it is compliant with the intent of the code then the piping system would require no further attention unless the sustained hydrostatic leak test or operating reaction loads at either anchor data point 10 or 310 or meter runs 130 or 230 exceeded the allowable loads for the attached equipment nozzles or support structure The meter loads nozzle loads and support structure analyses are beyond the scope of this example Although the occasional load cases are important to the design and analysis of a piping system they are not discussed in this example

B31 Code Case 214 Approval Date May 30 2019 ASME B313 Process Piping

Alternative Heat Treatments for Fabrication Processes

Proposal Code Case to allow the use of ASME B31P Standard Heat treatments for Fabrication Processes as an alternative to the preheat PWHT and PFHT required by B313

Explanation ASME B31P Standard Heat treatments for Fabrication Processes was published in May 2018 In order to allow the use of this Standard by the ASME Codes prior to changes being adopted in the next edition of the respective Codes this Code Case is being proposed to allow B31P to be used as an alternative to the rules currently in the published ASME B31 Codes A similar Code Case is currently being balloted in ASME B311 (18-2339)

Summary of Changes To allow the use of ASME B31P Standard Heat Treatments for Fabrication Processes as an alternative to the heat treatment rules specified in ASME B31 3

Referenced Code ASME B313 ndash 2016 amp 2018

Inquiry May the heat treatment requirements specified in ASME B31P be used as an alternative to the required heat treatments specified in paras 330 331 and 332 of ASME B313

Reply It is the opinion of the Committee that the heat treatments specified in ASME B31P may be used as an alternative to the respective heat treatments specified in ASME B313 for the materials referenced in ASME B31P

B31 Code Case 216 Approval Date March 29 2021 ASME B313 Process Piping

Use of Enhanced Pressure Ratings for Brazed Copper Tubes and Fittings by Cold

Stretch Process

Inquiry Under what condition may higher pressure ratings be used for ASTM B88 Type L tubes and

ASME B1622 fittings in ASME B313 construction

Reply It is the opinion of the Committee that enhanced pressure ratings may be used for ASTM B88

Type L tubes and ASME B1622 fittings in ASME B313 construction provided the following conditions are

met

(a) The tubes shall conform to ASTM B88 Type L in the H58 temper

(b) The fittings shall conform to ASME B1622

(c) The maximum design temperature is 38degC (100degF)

(d) The piping shall be limited to Category D and Normal Fluid Services

(e) External pressure is not permitted

(f) The maximum tube and fitting nominal or standard size is 3 in

(g) The joints shall be brazed The qualification of brazing procedures brazers and brazing operators shall be in accordance with para 3282 Silver brazing filler metals (BAg‐XX) with

appropriate flux shall be used in the brazing process

(h) In brazing qualification the specimen in the tension test shall break in the base metal outside of

the joint with tensile strength equal to or greater than (207 MPa) 30 ksi

(i) The piping system shall receive a cold stretch operation by hydrostatic or pneumatic pressure

test in accordance with para 345 except the minimum test pressure shall be 17 times the design pressure and the maximum test pressure shall be 18 times the design pressure The test pressure shall be

maintained for at least 20 min

(j) The internal design gage pressure P shall not exceed the pressure calculated as follows

208

Where S = 689 MPa (100 ksi)

t = minimum wall thickness for ASTM B88 Type L D = maximum outside diameter for annealed temper ASTM B88 Type L

(k) Piping flexibility analysis shall be performed in accordance with para 319 using the basic

allowable stresses (Sc and Sh) equal to 414 MPa (60 ksi)

(l) Analysis of sustained loads shall be performed in accordance with para 320 using the basic

allowable stresses (Sh) equal to 414 MPa (60 ksi)

(m) Before cold stretch operation the brazed joints shall be 100 visually examined The following

conditions are not permitted

1) The presence of flux residue and unmelted filler metal

2) Excessive oxidation of the joint

3) Cracks in braze metal or base material

(n) Additional brazing is not permitted after the cold stretch operation If a braze repair is required

the following conditions shall be satisfied

1) The braze joint to be repaired shall be removed and replaced along with 150 mm (6 in)

of tube on each side of the joint

2) The piping shall receive the cold stretch operation as required in (i)

(o) The design cold stretch and repair records shall be retained by the owner for the life of the piping

B31 Code Case 217 Approval Date September 3 2021

ASME B313 Process Piping

Alternative NDE Personnel Qualification and Certification Requirements

Referenced Code ASME B313 ndash 2018 amp 2020

Inquiry May alternative personnel qualification and certification requirements be used as options to those specified in ASME B313 para 3421

Reply It is the opinion of the Committee that the personnel qualification and certification requirements below may be used as alternatives to those specified in ASME B313 para 3421 Personnel performing nondestructive examination to the requirements of this Code shall be qualified and certified for the method to be utilized in accordance with their employerrsquos written practice The written practice shall be based on the training examination and experience requirements of one of the following

(a) ASME BPVC Section V Article 1

(b) ASNT CP-189

(c) ASNT SNT-TC-1A

(d) Other national or international central certification program or standard

Page 6: B31.3 Code Cases

B31 CASE 185

CASES OF THE CODE FOR PRESSURE PIPING ndash B31

Page 2 of 2

8 Test reports including records of personnel qualifications shall meet the requirements ofASME BPV Code Section V Article 10 Item T-1091 and shall be retained for at least fiveyears

9 Options of the ASME BPV Code Section V Article 10 test methods which allow theengineering design to modify specified requirements of the Appendix V and Appendix IXtest methods (such as acceptability limits for system leak tightness) may only be exercisedso as to make these requirements more sensitive or more conservative

10 The use of the vacuum leak test instead of the pressurized leak test of ASME B313para 345 shall be specified in the engineering design and shall be accepted by the Owner

____________________________________________________________________

B31 CASE 188

Minimum Hydrostatic Test Pressure for ASME B313 Chapter IX (Para K34542)

ANNULLED

Annulment Date February 27 2015

Reason Requirements incorporated in ASME B313 Code

B31 Code Case 191 Cu-13Zn-11Ni-Si-Al Alloy Seamless Pipe and Tube ASME B313 Approval Date January 21 2015

Inquiry May precipitation-hardened (Temper Designation TF00) Cu-13Zn-11Ni-Si-Al alloy (UNS No C69100) seamless pipe and tube conforming to the requirements of ASTM B706-00 (R2011) be used under the rules of ASME B313

Reply Yes provided

(a) The maximum allowable stress values for the material shall be those given in

Table 1

(b) Welded and brazed construction is not permitted (c) The maximum use temperature shall be 204ordmC (400ordmF)

(d) Certification to the ASTM B706-00 (R2011) specification requirements shall be

mandatory

Table 1

Maximum Allowable Stress Values

For Metal Temperature Not Exceeding degF

Stress ksi

For Metal Temperature Not Exceeding degC

Stress MPa

100

150

200

250

300

350

400

200 200 200 200 200 199 195

40

65

100

125

150

175

200

225

138 138

138

138

138

137

135

132

Note The maximum use temperature for this alloy is 204ordmC (400ordmF) The value listed at 225ordmC is provided for interpolation purposes only

Case 193 Approval Date October 9 2014 Cu-55Zn-4Si Casting Alloy UNS No C87600 ASME B313 Inquiry May Cu-55Zn-4Si Casting Alloy UNS No C87600 conforming to the requirements of ASTM B584 be used for construction under the rules of ASME B313 Reply Yes provided

(a) The basic allowable stress values for the material shall be those given in Table 1 A Casting Quality Factor Ec needs to be applied

(b) The maximum use temperature shall be 177ordmC (350ordmF) (c) Separate weld procedure and performance qualifications shall apply to this

material The welding procedure qualifications shall be in accordance with ASME Section IX

Table 1 Basic Allowable Stress Values

For Metal Temperature Not Exceeding degF

Stress ksi

For Metal Temperature Not Exceeding degC

Stress MPa

100 200 40 138 150 200 65 138200 200 100 138250 200 125 138300 200 150 138350 200 175 138

200 137

Note The maximum use temperature for this alloy is 177ordmC (350ordmF) The value listed at 200ordmC is provided for interpolation purposes only

Case 196 Approval Date May 15 2015 Ductile Iron Casting UNS No F33100 ASME B313 Inquiry May Ductile Iron Castings UNS No F33100 conforming to the requirements of ASTM A536 Grade 65-45-12 be used for construction under the rules of ASME B313 Reply Yes provided

(a) The maximum allowable stress values for the material shall be those given in Table 1

(b) A casting quality factor Ec of 080 shall also be applied except as permitted in (c)

(c) The casting quality factor may be increased by performing supplementary examination(s) listed in Table 30233(c) The casting shall have first been visually examined as required by MSS SP-55 Quality Standard for Steel Castings for Valves Flanges and Fittings and other Piping Components ndash Visual Method

(d) The maximum use temperature shall be 260ordmC (500degF) (e) The minimum use temperature shall be -30degC (-20degF) (f) All other requirements of ASME B313 shall be followed

Table 1 ndash Maximum Allowable Stress Values

For Metal Temperature Not Exceeding degC

Stress MPa

For Metal Temperature Not Exceeding degF Stress ksi

40 149 100 217 65 149 150 217

100 149 200 217 125 149 250 217 150 149 300 217 175 149 350 217 200 148 400 217 225 148 450 217 250 148 500 216 275 147

Note The maximum use temperature for this alloy is 260ordmC (500ordmF) The value listed at 275ordmC is provided for interpolation purposes only

B31 Case 202 Approval Date November 14 2017 Heavy Walled FittingsASME B313 Process Piping

Inquiry What alternate calculation method for pressure design may be used to determine therequired reinforcement for a heavy wall branch connection fitting (lateral wye or tee) in accordancewith ASME B313 Para 30433

Reply It is the opinion of the Committee that the ldquopressure areardquo method1 as described hereinis an acceptable alternate calculation method to determine the required metal reinforcement for aheavy wall branch connection fitting (lateral wye or tee) in accordance with ASME B313 Para30433

Nomenclature

A = Metal areas (see Figures 1 2 and 3) mm2 (in2)

B = Metal areas (see Figures 1 and 2) mm2 (in2)

D1 = Run pipe inside diameter less corrosion allowance mm (in)

D2 = Branch pipe inside diameter less corrosion allowance mm (in)

E = Pressure areas (see Figures 1 2 and 3) mm2 (in2)

F = Pressure areas (see Figures 1 and 2) mm2 (in2)

G = The width of the lateral branch opening at the inside surface of the run pipe (see Figure 1) mm (in)

P = Design (gage) pressure kPa (psi)

S = Material allowable stress from B313 Table A-1 for the design temperature kPa (psi) (If a casting is to be qualified for pressure the material allowable stress shall be multiplied by the appropriate B313 casting quality factor)

t1 = Thickness in the fitting heel (see Figures 1 and 2) or run radial thickness in the fitting crotch (see Figure 3) mm (in)

t2 = Thickness in the fitting crotch (see Figures 1 and 2) or branch radial thickness in the fitting crotch (see Figure 3) mm (in)

trsquo1 = Nominal thickness of the matching run pipe connected to the fitting (see Figures) mm (in)

trsquo2 = Nominal thickness of the matching branch pipe connected to the fitting (see Figures) mm (in)

α = The angle between the branch pipe centerline and the fitting crotch centerline deg (see Figures 1 and 2)

β = The angle between the fitting crotch centerline and the run pipe centerline deg (see Figure 1)

1 The ldquopressure areardquo method was originally published in the 1956 revised 2nd edition of the MW KelloggDesign of Piping Systems

General Requirements

1 The fitting shall be manufactured from a single metal casting or forging

2 The fitting ends shall not be within the envelope of the metal and pressure areas used to qualifythe fitting and there shall be sufficient material beyond the envelope to make an acceptable weldend (see ASME B1625)

3 The trsquo1 and trsquo2 dimensions of the fitting shall be equal to or greater in thickness than the nominaldimensions of the matching piping If the fitting is a weaker material than the matching pipingtransition pieces may be necessary for the connected piping to match trsquo1 and trsquo2 dimensions ofthe fitting determined in accordance with the straight pipe requirements of B313 as appropriate

4 All inside and outside corners of the fittings larger than NPS 2 shall be radiused It isrecommended that inside radii be a minimum t4 and outside radii be a minimum t2 where t isthe lesser of trsquo1 and trsquo2 except that these radii shall not be less than 3 mm (18 in) and need notbe greater than 25 mm (1 in)

5 For internally and externally contoured fittings the metal and pressure areas may be representedby quadrilaterals andor triangles assembled such that they approximate the respective areas

(A) for the metal areas the areas of the largest non-overlapping quadrilaterals andor trianglesmay be summed provided all the areas lie within the areas defined by the fitting inside andoutside surfaces and side lengths defined in the appropriate figures and

(B) for the pressure areas the areas of the non-overlapping quadrilaterals andor triangles shallbe summed that totally circumscribe and cover the areas defined by the fitting crotch andpipe centerlines the fitting inside surfaces and the side lengths defined in the appropriatefigures

6 For laterals (Figure 1) with an (α + β) angle greater than or equal to 85 degs the requirementsfor the tee (Figure 3) may be used Otherwise the requirements for the lateral shall be used

7 Consideration shall be made for required examination of the pipe to fitting joint A short tangentmay improve the reading of a radiograph or facilitate the performance of ultrasonic examinationespecially if there is a significant transition from the pipe to the fitting

8 The fittingrsquos manufacturing tolerance shall be considered

Calculated Dimensions

The side length dimensions for calculating metal and pressure areas for the various fittings are asfollows

For the lateral (see Figure 1) where (α + β) $ 45 deg

Run crotch side length = G

t Cos2 22

Run heel side length = G

t Cos2 21

Branch crotch side length = D

t Cos222 2

Branch heel side length = D

t Cos212 2

For the wye (see Figure 2) where α $ 45 deg

Run heel side length = D

t Cos112 2

Branch crotch side length = D

t Cos222

Branch heel side length = D

t Cos212 2

For the tee (see Figure 3)

Run side length = D t2

22

Branch side length = D

t212

Acceptance Criteria

The following equations shall be met for both the crotch and heel sides of the fitting For the tee onlyEquation (1) need be met because of symmetry

SP E

A

A

2

1

SP F

B

B

2

2

1

B31 Code Case 208 Approval Date November 6 2018

ASME B313 Process Piping 18Cr-11Ni-Cb-N 347LN UNS S34751 Austenitic Stainless Steel Seamless Tubes Seamless and Welded Pipe Pipe Flanges Forged Fittings Valves and Parts Wrought Piping Fittings Forgings and Plate and Sheet ASME B313 Inquiry May UNS S34751 solution annealed austenitic stainless steel seamless tubes seamless and welded pipe pipe flanges valves and parts wrought piping fittings forgings plate and sheet meeting the requirements of ASTM A213A213M-17 A312A312M-17 A376A376M-17 A358A358M-15 A182A182M-17 A403A403M-16 A965A965M-14 and A240A240M-17 be used in welded construction under the rules of ASME B313 Reply Yes provided that the following additional requirements are met (a) The maximum allowable stress values shall be as given in Table 1 (b) The maximum use temperature is 677degC (1250degF) (c) The material shall be considered as P-No 8 Group 1 (d) For temperatures above 538degC (1000degF) the stress values in Table 1 may be used only if the

material has been heat treated at a temperature of 1093degC (2000degF) minimum (e) The minimum design temperature for this material shall be -200degC (-325degF) however when a

specification permits this material to be furnished without solution heat treatment or with other than a solution heat treatment the minimum design temperature shall be -29degC (-20degF) unless the material is impact tested in accordance with para 3233

(f) For post fabrication strain limits in the lower temperature range exceeding design temperature 540degC (1000degF) and forming strain of 15 and in the high temperature range exceeding 675degC (1250degF) and forming strains of 10 the minimum heat treatment temperature shall be 1040degC (1900degF)

2

Table 1 Maximum Allowable Stress Values

For Metal Temperature Not Exceeding

degC Allowable Stress [Note (1)] MPa

For Metal Temperature

Not Exceeding degF

Allowable Stress [Note (2)] ksi

40 138 100 200

65 138 200 200

100 138 300 200

125 138 400 197

150 138 500 183

175 138 600 174

200 137 650 172

225 132 700 170

250 128 750 169

275 124 800 168

300 122 850 168

325 120 900 168

350 118 950 168

375 117 1000 167

400 116 1050 166

425 116 1100 132

450 116 1150 970

475 116 1200 720

500 116 1250 545 Note (2) The fonts used are in accordance with B313 Table A‐1 Note 4a

525 115

550 115

575 111

600 845

625 641

650 489

675 383

700 289[Note (3)]

Note (1) The fonts used are in accordance with B313 Table A‐1 Note 4b

Note (3) The maximum use temperature for this alloy is 677degC (1250degF) The value listed at 700degC is provided for interpolation purposes only

B31 Code Case 209 Approval Date November 6 2018

ASME B313 Process Piping

PIPING SYSTEM STRESS ANALYSIS EXAMPLES QUESTION The results for the examples found in ASME B313-2016 Appendix S were developed using the 2006 editionrsquos code rules and material data tables How would the appendix results and affected text change when the ASME B313-2016 code rules and material data tables are applied REPLY It is the opinion of the Committee that the following pages show what Appendix S looks like with the revised new rules and data

S300 INTRODUCTION

The examples in this Appendix are intended to illustrate the application of the rules and definitions in Chapter II Part 5 flexibility and Support and the stress limits of para 30235 The loadings and conditions necessary to comply with the intent of the Code are presented

S3001 Definitions and Nomenclature

global axes these are Cartesian X Y and Z axes In this Appendix vertically upward is taken to be the +Y direction with gravity acting in the minusY direction Pj piping internal pressure see para 3012 when more than one condition exists for the piping system each is subscripted (eg P1 P2 ) Tj pipe maximum or minimum metal temperature see paras 3013 and 31931(a) when more than one condition exists for the piping system each is subscripted (eg T1 T2 ) Y+ a ldquosingle acting supportrdquo that provides support in only the vertically upward direction and is considered to be ldquoactiverdquo when the pipe exerts a downward force on the support The pipe is free to move upward ie the pipe ldquolifts offrdquo the support the support in the ldquolift-offrdquo situation is considered to be ldquoremovedrdquo from providing support ie inactive during the load condition considered

S301 EXAMPLE 1 CODE COMPLIANT PIPING SYSTEM

S3011 Example Description

This example is intended to illustrate the design of an adequately supported and sufficiently flexible piping system The piping system in Fig S3011 is fabricated from ASTM A106 Grade B seamless pipe (ie E = 100) the pipe is DN 400 (NPS 16) with a nominal wall thickness of 953 mm (0375 in) 127 mm (5 in) thickness of calcium silicate insulation and 159 mm (0063 in) corrosion allowance the fluid has a specific gravity of 10 The equivalent number of full displacement cycles expected for the piping system is fewer than 7 000 [ie f =100 in accordance with para 30235(d)] The piping system is in normal fluid service The reference modulus of elasticity used for the piping analysis is 2034 GPa (295 Msi) from Appendix C Table C-6 in accordance with paras 31932 and 31944 and Poissonrsquos ratio is 03 in accordance with para 31933 The piping internal pressures and temperatures expected during normal operation and the design conditions are listed in Table S3011 see paras 31923(b) and 31931(a) The design conditions are set sufficiently in excess of the operating conditions so as to provide additional margin on the allowable stress for pressure design as required by the owner

S3012 Design Conditions

The design conditions establish the pressure rating flange ratings component ratings and minimum required pipe wall thickness in accordance with para 30121 For example ASME B165 requires a minimum of Class 300 for ASTM A105 flanges Also the minimum required pipe wall thickness tm is determined from the design conditions by inserting eq (3a) into eq (2) terms are defined in para 30411 and Appendix J E = 10 P = design pressure = 3 800 kPa (550 psi) S = allowable stress from Appendix A Tables A-1 and A-1M = 1274 MPa (184 ksi) at design temperature 288oC (550oF) W = 10 for carbon steel at any temperature in accordance with Table 30235 Note (9) Y = 04 from Table 30411 Insert eq (3a) into eq (2)

tm = t + c =

=

159

= 599 mm + 159 mm = 758 mm (0299 in) In accordance with para 30412(a) t must be less than D6 for eq (3a) to be appropriate without considering additional factors to compute the pressure design thickness t ie t D6 or 758 mm 4064 mm6 Since 758 mm (0299 in) 677 mm (267 in) and 0030 0385 eq (3a) is applicable without special consideration of factors listed in para 30412(b) Now select a pipe schedule of adequate thickness Determine the specified minimum pipe wall thickness T from nominal pipe wall thickness ₸ considering a mill tolerance of 125 Select DN 400 (NPS 16) Schedule 30STD nominal wall thickness from ASME B3610M ₸ = 953 mm (0375 in) T = (953 mm)(100 minus 0125) = 834 mm (0328 in) Since T tm (ie 834 mm (0328 in) 758 mm (0299 in)) the selection of the nominal pipe wall thickness ₸ for Schedule 30STD pipe is acceptable The long radius elbows specified for this piping system are in accordance with ASME B169 and are specified to be for use with Schedule 30STD wall thickness pipe

S3013 Computer Model Input

Tables S30131 and S30132 list the ldquonode numbersrdquo lengths etc for each piping element displayed in Fig S3011 A bend radius of 15 times the nominal pipe diameter [ie 6096 mm (24 in)] and nominal wall thickness of 953 mm (0375 in) are used for the elbows in the computer model Generic computer program options are as follows (a) include pressure stiffening on elbows (b) exclude pressure thrust and Bourdon effects (c) use nominal section properties for the stiffnesses forces moments and deflections calculation (d) use ldquonominal less allowancesrdquo section properties for the stress due to sustained loads SL calculation (e) use nominal section properties for displacement stress range SE calculation

minimum metal temp -1oC (30oF) ambient (as-installed) temp -1oC (30oF)

S3014 Pressure Effects

For the operating sustained and displacement stress range load cases the effect of pressure stiffening on the elbows is included to determine the end reactions in accordance with Appendix D Note (6) (and ASME B31J Table 1-1 Note(4) ) The effects of pressure-induced elongation and Bourdon effects are not included as both are deemed negligible for this particular example

S3015 The Operating Load Case

The operating load case is used to determine the operating position of the piping and reaction loads for any attached equipment anchors supports guides or stops The operating load case is based on the temperature range from the ambient (as-installed) temperature of -1degC (30degF) to the maximum operating metal temperature of 260degC (500degF) in accordance with paras 31923(b) and 31931(b) Tables C-1 and C-2 values used for Row A and Row B expansion coefficients are listed below Row A = 131x10-6 mmmmoC (730x10-6 ininoF) Row B = 343 mmm (400 in100 ft) The operating load case in this example also includes the effects of internal pressure pipe weight insulation weight and fluid weight on the piping system Both pipe stiffness and displacement stress range are based on the nominal thickness of the pipe Pipe deflections and internal reaction loads for the operating load case are listed in Table S30151 Piping loads acting on the anchors and support structure are listed in Table S30152

S3016 The Sustained Load Case

Stresses due to the sustained loads such as axial forces internal pressure and intensified bending moments in this example are combined in accordance with para320 to determine SL The sustained load case excludes thermal effects and includes the effects of internal pressure [P1=3450 kPa (500 psi)] pipe weight insulation weight and fluid weight on the piping system Nominal section properties are used to generate the stiffness matrix and sustained loads for the computer model in accordance with para 31935 The nominal thickness less allowances is used to calculate the section properties for SL in accordance with para 320 A summary of the sustained load case internal reaction forces moments and stress due to sustained loads SL is provided in Table S3016 Since this example model lies in only one plane only the stress due to sustained bending moments due to the in-plane bending moment is not zero The in-plane bending moment is intensified at each elbow by the sustained in-plane moment index for an unflanged elbow Ii Note that SL for the nodes listed in Table S3016 do not exceed the 1308 MPa (190 ksi) sustained allowable stress Sh for A106 Grade B piping at the operating maximum metal temperature T1 = 260degC (500degF) from Appendix A Tables A-1 and A-1M By limiting SL to Sh in accordance with para 30235(c) the piping system is deemed adequately protected against collapse

S3017 The Displacement Stress Range Load Case

The displacement stress range SE in this example is based on the temperature range from the minimum metal (as-installed) temperature minus1degC (30degF) to maximum metal temperature for the thermal cycles under analysis [T1 = 260degC (500degF)] in accordance with paras 31923(b) and 31931(a) The displacement stress range SE for each element is calculated in accordance with eq (17) and is listed in Table S3017 along with the internal reaction loads Nominal section properties are used to generate the stiffness matrix and displacement stress ranges in the piping in accordance with para 31935 Since this example model lies in only one plane only the in-plane bending moment range is not zero The in-plane moment range is intensified at each elbow in accordance with Appendix D (and ASME B31J Table 1-1) stress intensification factor ii for an unflanged elbow For simplicity the allowable displacement stress range SA is calculated in accordance with eq (1a) Though eq (1a) is used in this example it is also acceptable to calculate SA in accordance with eq (1b) which permits SA to exceed the eq (1a) value for each piping element based on the magnitude of each elementrsquos SL The following terms are as defined in para 30235(d) and Appendix J f = 100 for 7 000 equivalent full displacement cycles from Fig 30235 or eq (1c) SA = f (125 Sc + 025 Sh) = (100)[(125)(138 MPa) + (025)(1308 MPa)] = 2052 MPa (2975 ksi) Sc = allowable stress from Appendix A Tables A-1 and A-1M = 138 MPa (200 ksi) at ambient (as-installed) temperature Sh = allowable stress from Appendix A Tables A-1 and A-1M = 1308 MPa (190 ksi) at T1 T1 = maximum metal temperature = 260degC (500degF) Note that each piping elementrsquos displacement stress range based on minimum to maximum metal temperature for the thermal cycles under analysis SE does not exceed the eq (1a) allowable SA By limiting SE to SA the piping system is deemed adequate to accommodate up to 7 000 equivalent full displacement cycles Considering both the stress due to sustained loads and displacement stress range load cases the piping system is compliant with the requirements of the Code redesign of the piping system is not required unless the sustained or operating reaction loads at either anchor data point 10 or 50 exceed the allowable loads for the attached equipment nozzle or the support structure at node 20 is overloaded The nozzle load and support structure analyses are beyond the scope of this Appendix and are not addressed

S302 EXAMPLE 2 ANTICIPATED SUSTAINED CONDITIONS CONSIDERING PIPE LIFT-OFF

S3021 Example Description

This example is intended to illustrate the analysis of a piping system in which a portion of the piping lifts off at least one Y+ support in at least one operating condition The emphasis of this example is to describe the effect this removal of support has on the determination of anticipated sustained conditions The same principles utilized for this example would also apply for guides and stops (that are single directional or gap-type) that are not engaged during any anticipated operating condition The examples in this Appendix are intended for illustration purposes only and are not intended to portray the same as either adequate or even acceptable piping geometries andor support scenarios The piping system in Fig S3021 is the same in material properties as in Example 1 see paraS3011 Note the distance from node 20 to the elbow node 30 and from nodes 120 to 130 in Example 2rsquos model is 152 m (5 ft) Note that both the design and operating conditions are well below the creep regime therefore the piping system will not develop any permanent creep-related displacements relaxation or sag

S3022 Design Conditions

The design conditions are similar to those in the Example 1 model see para S3012 and Table S3022 Note that the nominal thickness remains unchanged from Example 1 even though the design temperature and corrosion allowance have increased the corrosion allowance in this example model is 318 mm (0125 in)

S3023 Computer Model Input

Table S3023 lists the node numbers lengths etc for each piping component that is displayed in Fig S3021 The computer-based options are the same as those for the Example 1 model see para S3013

S3024 Pressure Effects

The pressure effect considerations are the same as those for Example 1 see para 3014

S3025 The Operating Load Case

The Operating Case evaluated and discussed in this example includes the effects of pipe weight insulation weight fluid weight internal pressure [P1= 3 040 kPa (440 psi)] and temperature [(T1=288oC (550oF)] Table C-1 and C-2 values used for Row A and Row B expansion coefficients are listed below Row A = 132x10-6 mmmmoC (735x10-6 ininoF) Row B = 380 mmm (45 in100 ft) An operating load case is evaluated to determine the operating position of the piping and determine the reaction loads for any attached equipment anchors supports guides or stops In particular each operating load casersquos support scenario is evaluated or assessed by the designer in order to determine whether any anticipated sustained conditions need to be evaluated with one or more Y+ supports removed Further operating load case discussion can be found in para S3015 Piping loads acting on the anchors and support structure for the operating load case are listed in Table S3025 Note that only nodes 10 through 50 are listed in the following tables this is for convenience since the model is symmetric the reactions deflections and stresses for nodes 10 through 40 are the same as for nodes 110 through 140 except that some signs may be reversed

S3026 Sustained Conditions

S30261 The Stress Due to Sustained Loads SL Calculations The stress due to (long-term) sustained loads SL is computed in accordance with para 3202 for each sustained condition that is evaluated see para S30262

S30262 Anticipated Sustained Conditions All anticipated sustained conditions utilizing all possible support scenarios should be considered The designer has identified three anticipated sustained conditions for the piping system each is listed in Table S30262 along with the support status of the node 50 Y+ support as either assessed by analysis or determined by the designer The designer has deemed the Sustained Condition 3 as both controlling the sustained design and requiring evaluation

S30263 Results for the Evaluated Sustained Condition Table S30262rsquos Sustained Conditions 1 and 2 reflect the ambient temperature support scenario Sustained Condition 3 reflects the support scenario of the Operating Case All three Sustained Conditions exclude thermal effects Sustained Conditions 2 and 3 include the effects of internal pressure [P1= 3 040 kPa (440 psi)] pipe weight insulation weight and fluid weight on the piping system A summary of the Sustained Condition 3 reactions and stresses due to sustained loads SL appear in Table S30263 In the determination of SL the sustained longitudinal force index Ia is defaulted to 10 in the absence of more applicable data in accordance with para 320 The in-plane bending moment is indexed at each elbow by the appropriate Ii calculated for this example by multiplying 075 times ii determined from Appendix D (and ASME B31J Table 1-1) See para S3016 for additional information concerning the stress due to sustained loads determination

S3027 Displacement Stress Range Load Cases

The displacement stress range load cases are not listed since they are not the subject of this example

S3028 Code Compliance mdash Satisfying the Intent of the Code

The Sustained Condition 3 results indicate that the piping system is not protected against collapse for the cycles under analysis when considering the Operating Case support scenario Note the greatest Stresses due to Sustained Loads SL are at elbow nodes 40 and 140 and ldquoLift-Offrdquo support location node 50 Therefore redesign of the piping system is required If the piping system is redesigned such that it is compliant with the intent of the Code then the piping system would require no further attention unless the sustained hydrostatic leak test or operating reaction loads at either anchor data point 10 or 110 exceed the allowable loads for the attached equipment nozzle or the support structure at either node 20 or 120 is overloaded The nozzle loads and support structure analyses are beyond the scope of this Appendix and are not addressed Although the occasional load cases are important to the design and analysis of a piping system they are not discussed in this example

S303 EXAMPLE 3 MOMENT REVERSAL

S3031 Example Description

This example is intended to illustrate the flexibility analysis required for a piping system that is designed for more than one operating condition and also experiences a ldquoreversal of momentsrdquo between any two of the anticipated operating conditions The examples in this Appendix are intended for illustration purposes only and are not intended to portray the same as either adequate or even acceptable piping geometries andor support scenarios also Both the design and operating conditions are well below the creep regime The piping system in Fig S3031 consists of two headers and two branches which are referred to as gas ldquometer runsrdquo Only one of the branches is in service (operating) at a given time the out-of-service branch is purged and at ambient (as-installed) condition The design specification calls for each of the meter run branches to alternate in and out of service five times every two weeks for the piping systemrsquos planned 30-year service life (N=3900 equivalent full displacement cycles) ie f = 115 in accordance with para 30235(d) The piping system is fabricated from ASTM A53 Grade B pipe (E=100) both piping headers are DN 600 (NPS 24) and the branches are DN 500 (NPS 20) and both branch and header are 953 mm (0375 in) thick For simplicity each piping segment or component is 1524 m (5 ft) in length The piping system is in normal fluid service The fluid is gaseous is considered to add no weight and to be neither a corrosive nor an erosive hazard ie there is no corrosion allowance The line is not insulated The ambient (as-installed) temperature is 4degC (40degF) The reference modulus of elasticity used is 2034 GPa (295 Msi) and Poissonrsquos ratio is 03 Consideration is given to the close proximity of the three tees in each header in accordance with the guidance in para 31936 and the stress intensification factors from Appendix D are considered to adequately represent the header tees for this piping system The piping internal pressure and minimum to maximum metal temperature range expected during normal operation for each meter run and the design conditions are listed in Table S3031 The design conditions are set sufficiently in excess of the operating conditions so as to provide additional margin on the allowable as required by the owner

S3032 Design Conditions

The design conditions establish the pressure rating flange ratings components ratings and minimum required pipe wall thickness ASME B165 requires a minimum of Class 300 for ASTM A105 flanges The minimum required wall thickness for both the branch and header is 44 mm (0171 in) considering a 125 mill tolerance therefore selection of the standard wall thickness of 95 mm (0375 in) is acceptable S3033 Computer Model Input

Table S3033 lists the node numbers lengths etc for each piping component that is displayed in Fig S3031 Note that flanges and valve components are not explicitly included in the model listing in Table S3033 For simplicity an entire branch (from tee centerline to tee centerline) is considered to be at the operating conditions listed in Table S3031 eg the East meter run branch from nodes 40 through 340 operates at 1 724 kPa (250 psi) and 121degC (250degF) for Operating Case 2 The computer-based options are the same as those for the Example 1 model except that pressure stiffening is not included in the analyses for this example see para S3013

S3034 Pressure Effects

Neither pressure stiffening nor Bourdon effects are included in the analyses

S3035 Operating Load Case(s)

The operating load case is used to determine the operating position of the piping and reaction loads for any attached equipment anchors supports guides or stops The owner has mandated in the design specification that the meter runs and piping be more than adequately supported Therefore the operating load case while necessary to set the limits of the strain ranges does not contribute to the emphasis of this example and its output is not included Table C-1 and C-2 values used for Row A and Row B expansion coefficients are listed below Row A = 123x10-6mmmmoC (680x10-6 ininoF) Row B = 134 mmm (168 in100 ft)

S3036 Sustained Load Case

Stresses due to the sustained loads such as axial forces internal pressure and intensified bending moments in this example are combined in accordance with para320 to determine SL For reasons similar to those expressed for the operating load case the sustained load case output is not included

S3037 Displacement Stress Range Load Cases

The displacement stress range SE is computed in accordance with para 31923(b) and 31931(a) in which the strains evaluated for the ambient temperature (which is also the as-installed and minimum metal temperature condition for this particular example) are algebraically subtracted from the strains evaluated for Operating Case 1 as listed in Table S3031 Similarly the displacement stress range SE is computed from the algebraic strain difference evaluated from the ambient (as-installed) condition to Operating Case 2 as listed in Table S3031 The individual displacement stress range SE along with the internal reaction loads is evaluated for each piping component in accordance with eq (17) is listed in Tables S30371 (Operating Case 1) and has the same results as listed in Table S30372 (Operating Case 2) with the exception that some signs differ (indicating the moment reversal range between the two conditions) The algebraic strain difference between the two resultant case evaluations discussed above produces the greatest displacement stress range for the piping system in accordance with paras 31921(d) 31923(b) and 31931(a) ie SE the ldquostress range corresponding to the total displacement strainsrdquo The resulting reactionsrsquo combination and SE for each piping component are listed in Table S30373

S3038 Code Compliance mdash Satisfying the Intent of the Code

The piping system is compliant with the sustained load requirements of the Code The displacement stress range from the ambient (as-installed) condition to each of the operating cases indicates the piping system is in compliance with the intent of the Code even when limited to the eq (1a) allowable SA But the ldquostress range corresponding to the total displacement strainsrdquo which considers the algebraic strain difference between the two operating cases indicates that the piping system is not protected against fatigue failure for the cycles under analysis even when considering the eq (1b) allowable SA Therefore redesign of the piping system is required If the piping system is redesigned such that it is compliant with the intent of the code then the piping system would require no further attention unless the sustained hydrostatic leak test or operating reaction loads at either anchor data point 10 or 310 or meter runs 130 or 230 exceeded the allowable loads for the attached equipment nozzles or support structure The meter loads nozzle loads and support structure analyses are beyond the scope of this example Although the occasional load cases are important to the design and analysis of a piping system they are not discussed in this example

B31 Code Case 214 Approval Date May 30 2019 ASME B313 Process Piping

Alternative Heat Treatments for Fabrication Processes

Proposal Code Case to allow the use of ASME B31P Standard Heat treatments for Fabrication Processes as an alternative to the preheat PWHT and PFHT required by B313

Explanation ASME B31P Standard Heat treatments for Fabrication Processes was published in May 2018 In order to allow the use of this Standard by the ASME Codes prior to changes being adopted in the next edition of the respective Codes this Code Case is being proposed to allow B31P to be used as an alternative to the rules currently in the published ASME B31 Codes A similar Code Case is currently being balloted in ASME B311 (18-2339)

Summary of Changes To allow the use of ASME B31P Standard Heat Treatments for Fabrication Processes as an alternative to the heat treatment rules specified in ASME B31 3

Referenced Code ASME B313 ndash 2016 amp 2018

Inquiry May the heat treatment requirements specified in ASME B31P be used as an alternative to the required heat treatments specified in paras 330 331 and 332 of ASME B313

Reply It is the opinion of the Committee that the heat treatments specified in ASME B31P may be used as an alternative to the respective heat treatments specified in ASME B313 for the materials referenced in ASME B31P

B31 Code Case 216 Approval Date March 29 2021 ASME B313 Process Piping

Use of Enhanced Pressure Ratings for Brazed Copper Tubes and Fittings by Cold

Stretch Process

Inquiry Under what condition may higher pressure ratings be used for ASTM B88 Type L tubes and

ASME B1622 fittings in ASME B313 construction

Reply It is the opinion of the Committee that enhanced pressure ratings may be used for ASTM B88

Type L tubes and ASME B1622 fittings in ASME B313 construction provided the following conditions are

met

(a) The tubes shall conform to ASTM B88 Type L in the H58 temper

(b) The fittings shall conform to ASME B1622

(c) The maximum design temperature is 38degC (100degF)

(d) The piping shall be limited to Category D and Normal Fluid Services

(e) External pressure is not permitted

(f) The maximum tube and fitting nominal or standard size is 3 in

(g) The joints shall be brazed The qualification of brazing procedures brazers and brazing operators shall be in accordance with para 3282 Silver brazing filler metals (BAg‐XX) with

appropriate flux shall be used in the brazing process

(h) In brazing qualification the specimen in the tension test shall break in the base metal outside of

the joint with tensile strength equal to or greater than (207 MPa) 30 ksi

(i) The piping system shall receive a cold stretch operation by hydrostatic or pneumatic pressure

test in accordance with para 345 except the minimum test pressure shall be 17 times the design pressure and the maximum test pressure shall be 18 times the design pressure The test pressure shall be

maintained for at least 20 min

(j) The internal design gage pressure P shall not exceed the pressure calculated as follows

208

Where S = 689 MPa (100 ksi)

t = minimum wall thickness for ASTM B88 Type L D = maximum outside diameter for annealed temper ASTM B88 Type L

(k) Piping flexibility analysis shall be performed in accordance with para 319 using the basic

allowable stresses (Sc and Sh) equal to 414 MPa (60 ksi)

(l) Analysis of sustained loads shall be performed in accordance with para 320 using the basic

allowable stresses (Sh) equal to 414 MPa (60 ksi)

(m) Before cold stretch operation the brazed joints shall be 100 visually examined The following

conditions are not permitted

1) The presence of flux residue and unmelted filler metal

2) Excessive oxidation of the joint

3) Cracks in braze metal or base material

(n) Additional brazing is not permitted after the cold stretch operation If a braze repair is required

the following conditions shall be satisfied

1) The braze joint to be repaired shall be removed and replaced along with 150 mm (6 in)

of tube on each side of the joint

2) The piping shall receive the cold stretch operation as required in (i)

(o) The design cold stretch and repair records shall be retained by the owner for the life of the piping

B31 Code Case 217 Approval Date September 3 2021

ASME B313 Process Piping

Alternative NDE Personnel Qualification and Certification Requirements

Referenced Code ASME B313 ndash 2018 amp 2020

Inquiry May alternative personnel qualification and certification requirements be used as options to those specified in ASME B313 para 3421

Reply It is the opinion of the Committee that the personnel qualification and certification requirements below may be used as alternatives to those specified in ASME B313 para 3421 Personnel performing nondestructive examination to the requirements of this Code shall be qualified and certified for the method to be utilized in accordance with their employerrsquos written practice The written practice shall be based on the training examination and experience requirements of one of the following

(a) ASME BPVC Section V Article 1

(b) ASNT CP-189

(c) ASNT SNT-TC-1A

(d) Other national or international central certification program or standard

Page 7: B31.3 Code Cases

B31 CASE 188

Minimum Hydrostatic Test Pressure for ASME B313 Chapter IX (Para K34542)

ANNULLED

Annulment Date February 27 2015

Reason Requirements incorporated in ASME B313 Code

B31 Code Case 191 Cu-13Zn-11Ni-Si-Al Alloy Seamless Pipe and Tube ASME B313 Approval Date January 21 2015

Inquiry May precipitation-hardened (Temper Designation TF00) Cu-13Zn-11Ni-Si-Al alloy (UNS No C69100) seamless pipe and tube conforming to the requirements of ASTM B706-00 (R2011) be used under the rules of ASME B313

Reply Yes provided

(a) The maximum allowable stress values for the material shall be those given in

Table 1

(b) Welded and brazed construction is not permitted (c) The maximum use temperature shall be 204ordmC (400ordmF)

(d) Certification to the ASTM B706-00 (R2011) specification requirements shall be

mandatory

Table 1

Maximum Allowable Stress Values

For Metal Temperature Not Exceeding degF

Stress ksi

For Metal Temperature Not Exceeding degC

Stress MPa

100

150

200

250

300

350

400

200 200 200 200 200 199 195

40

65

100

125

150

175

200

225

138 138

138

138

138

137

135

132

Note The maximum use temperature for this alloy is 204ordmC (400ordmF) The value listed at 225ordmC is provided for interpolation purposes only

Case 193 Approval Date October 9 2014 Cu-55Zn-4Si Casting Alloy UNS No C87600 ASME B313 Inquiry May Cu-55Zn-4Si Casting Alloy UNS No C87600 conforming to the requirements of ASTM B584 be used for construction under the rules of ASME B313 Reply Yes provided

(a) The basic allowable stress values for the material shall be those given in Table 1 A Casting Quality Factor Ec needs to be applied

(b) The maximum use temperature shall be 177ordmC (350ordmF) (c) Separate weld procedure and performance qualifications shall apply to this

material The welding procedure qualifications shall be in accordance with ASME Section IX

Table 1 Basic Allowable Stress Values

For Metal Temperature Not Exceeding degF

Stress ksi

For Metal Temperature Not Exceeding degC

Stress MPa

100 200 40 138 150 200 65 138200 200 100 138250 200 125 138300 200 150 138350 200 175 138

200 137

Note The maximum use temperature for this alloy is 177ordmC (350ordmF) The value listed at 200ordmC is provided for interpolation purposes only

Case 196 Approval Date May 15 2015 Ductile Iron Casting UNS No F33100 ASME B313 Inquiry May Ductile Iron Castings UNS No F33100 conforming to the requirements of ASTM A536 Grade 65-45-12 be used for construction under the rules of ASME B313 Reply Yes provided

(a) The maximum allowable stress values for the material shall be those given in Table 1

(b) A casting quality factor Ec of 080 shall also be applied except as permitted in (c)

(c) The casting quality factor may be increased by performing supplementary examination(s) listed in Table 30233(c) The casting shall have first been visually examined as required by MSS SP-55 Quality Standard for Steel Castings for Valves Flanges and Fittings and other Piping Components ndash Visual Method

(d) The maximum use temperature shall be 260ordmC (500degF) (e) The minimum use temperature shall be -30degC (-20degF) (f) All other requirements of ASME B313 shall be followed

Table 1 ndash Maximum Allowable Stress Values

For Metal Temperature Not Exceeding degC

Stress MPa

For Metal Temperature Not Exceeding degF Stress ksi

40 149 100 217 65 149 150 217

100 149 200 217 125 149 250 217 150 149 300 217 175 149 350 217 200 148 400 217 225 148 450 217 250 148 500 216 275 147

Note The maximum use temperature for this alloy is 260ordmC (500ordmF) The value listed at 275ordmC is provided for interpolation purposes only

B31 Case 202 Approval Date November 14 2017 Heavy Walled FittingsASME B313 Process Piping

Inquiry What alternate calculation method for pressure design may be used to determine therequired reinforcement for a heavy wall branch connection fitting (lateral wye or tee) in accordancewith ASME B313 Para 30433

Reply It is the opinion of the Committee that the ldquopressure areardquo method1 as described hereinis an acceptable alternate calculation method to determine the required metal reinforcement for aheavy wall branch connection fitting (lateral wye or tee) in accordance with ASME B313 Para30433

Nomenclature

A = Metal areas (see Figures 1 2 and 3) mm2 (in2)

B = Metal areas (see Figures 1 and 2) mm2 (in2)

D1 = Run pipe inside diameter less corrosion allowance mm (in)

D2 = Branch pipe inside diameter less corrosion allowance mm (in)

E = Pressure areas (see Figures 1 2 and 3) mm2 (in2)

F = Pressure areas (see Figures 1 and 2) mm2 (in2)

G = The width of the lateral branch opening at the inside surface of the run pipe (see Figure 1) mm (in)

P = Design (gage) pressure kPa (psi)

S = Material allowable stress from B313 Table A-1 for the design temperature kPa (psi) (If a casting is to be qualified for pressure the material allowable stress shall be multiplied by the appropriate B313 casting quality factor)

t1 = Thickness in the fitting heel (see Figures 1 and 2) or run radial thickness in the fitting crotch (see Figure 3) mm (in)

t2 = Thickness in the fitting crotch (see Figures 1 and 2) or branch radial thickness in the fitting crotch (see Figure 3) mm (in)

trsquo1 = Nominal thickness of the matching run pipe connected to the fitting (see Figures) mm (in)

trsquo2 = Nominal thickness of the matching branch pipe connected to the fitting (see Figures) mm (in)

α = The angle between the branch pipe centerline and the fitting crotch centerline deg (see Figures 1 and 2)

β = The angle between the fitting crotch centerline and the run pipe centerline deg (see Figure 1)

1 The ldquopressure areardquo method was originally published in the 1956 revised 2nd edition of the MW KelloggDesign of Piping Systems

General Requirements

1 The fitting shall be manufactured from a single metal casting or forging

2 The fitting ends shall not be within the envelope of the metal and pressure areas used to qualifythe fitting and there shall be sufficient material beyond the envelope to make an acceptable weldend (see ASME B1625)

3 The trsquo1 and trsquo2 dimensions of the fitting shall be equal to or greater in thickness than the nominaldimensions of the matching piping If the fitting is a weaker material than the matching pipingtransition pieces may be necessary for the connected piping to match trsquo1 and trsquo2 dimensions ofthe fitting determined in accordance with the straight pipe requirements of B313 as appropriate

4 All inside and outside corners of the fittings larger than NPS 2 shall be radiused It isrecommended that inside radii be a minimum t4 and outside radii be a minimum t2 where t isthe lesser of trsquo1 and trsquo2 except that these radii shall not be less than 3 mm (18 in) and need notbe greater than 25 mm (1 in)

5 For internally and externally contoured fittings the metal and pressure areas may be representedby quadrilaterals andor triangles assembled such that they approximate the respective areas

(A) for the metal areas the areas of the largest non-overlapping quadrilaterals andor trianglesmay be summed provided all the areas lie within the areas defined by the fitting inside andoutside surfaces and side lengths defined in the appropriate figures and

(B) for the pressure areas the areas of the non-overlapping quadrilaterals andor triangles shallbe summed that totally circumscribe and cover the areas defined by the fitting crotch andpipe centerlines the fitting inside surfaces and the side lengths defined in the appropriatefigures

6 For laterals (Figure 1) with an (α + β) angle greater than or equal to 85 degs the requirementsfor the tee (Figure 3) may be used Otherwise the requirements for the lateral shall be used

7 Consideration shall be made for required examination of the pipe to fitting joint A short tangentmay improve the reading of a radiograph or facilitate the performance of ultrasonic examinationespecially if there is a significant transition from the pipe to the fitting

8 The fittingrsquos manufacturing tolerance shall be considered

Calculated Dimensions

The side length dimensions for calculating metal and pressure areas for the various fittings are asfollows

For the lateral (see Figure 1) where (α + β) $ 45 deg

Run crotch side length = G

t Cos2 22

Run heel side length = G

t Cos2 21

Branch crotch side length = D

t Cos222 2

Branch heel side length = D

t Cos212 2

For the wye (see Figure 2) where α $ 45 deg

Run heel side length = D

t Cos112 2

Branch crotch side length = D

t Cos222

Branch heel side length = D

t Cos212 2

For the tee (see Figure 3)

Run side length = D t2

22

Branch side length = D

t212

Acceptance Criteria

The following equations shall be met for both the crotch and heel sides of the fitting For the tee onlyEquation (1) need be met because of symmetry

SP E

A

A

2

1

SP F

B

B

2

2

1

B31 Code Case 208 Approval Date November 6 2018

ASME B313 Process Piping 18Cr-11Ni-Cb-N 347LN UNS S34751 Austenitic Stainless Steel Seamless Tubes Seamless and Welded Pipe Pipe Flanges Forged Fittings Valves and Parts Wrought Piping Fittings Forgings and Plate and Sheet ASME B313 Inquiry May UNS S34751 solution annealed austenitic stainless steel seamless tubes seamless and welded pipe pipe flanges valves and parts wrought piping fittings forgings plate and sheet meeting the requirements of ASTM A213A213M-17 A312A312M-17 A376A376M-17 A358A358M-15 A182A182M-17 A403A403M-16 A965A965M-14 and A240A240M-17 be used in welded construction under the rules of ASME B313 Reply Yes provided that the following additional requirements are met (a) The maximum allowable stress values shall be as given in Table 1 (b) The maximum use temperature is 677degC (1250degF) (c) The material shall be considered as P-No 8 Group 1 (d) For temperatures above 538degC (1000degF) the stress values in Table 1 may be used only if the

material has been heat treated at a temperature of 1093degC (2000degF) minimum (e) The minimum design temperature for this material shall be -200degC (-325degF) however when a

specification permits this material to be furnished without solution heat treatment or with other than a solution heat treatment the minimum design temperature shall be -29degC (-20degF) unless the material is impact tested in accordance with para 3233

(f) For post fabrication strain limits in the lower temperature range exceeding design temperature 540degC (1000degF) and forming strain of 15 and in the high temperature range exceeding 675degC (1250degF) and forming strains of 10 the minimum heat treatment temperature shall be 1040degC (1900degF)

2

Table 1 Maximum Allowable Stress Values

For Metal Temperature Not Exceeding

degC Allowable Stress [Note (1)] MPa

For Metal Temperature

Not Exceeding degF

Allowable Stress [Note (2)] ksi

40 138 100 200

65 138 200 200

100 138 300 200

125 138 400 197

150 138 500 183

175 138 600 174

200 137 650 172

225 132 700 170

250 128 750 169

275 124 800 168

300 122 850 168

325 120 900 168

350 118 950 168

375 117 1000 167

400 116 1050 166

425 116 1100 132

450 116 1150 970

475 116 1200 720

500 116 1250 545 Note (2) The fonts used are in accordance with B313 Table A‐1 Note 4a

525 115

550 115

575 111

600 845

625 641

650 489

675 383

700 289[Note (3)]

Note (1) The fonts used are in accordance with B313 Table A‐1 Note 4b

Note (3) The maximum use temperature for this alloy is 677degC (1250degF) The value listed at 700degC is provided for interpolation purposes only

B31 Code Case 209 Approval Date November 6 2018

ASME B313 Process Piping

PIPING SYSTEM STRESS ANALYSIS EXAMPLES QUESTION The results for the examples found in ASME B313-2016 Appendix S were developed using the 2006 editionrsquos code rules and material data tables How would the appendix results and affected text change when the ASME B313-2016 code rules and material data tables are applied REPLY It is the opinion of the Committee that the following pages show what Appendix S looks like with the revised new rules and data

S300 INTRODUCTION

The examples in this Appendix are intended to illustrate the application of the rules and definitions in Chapter II Part 5 flexibility and Support and the stress limits of para 30235 The loadings and conditions necessary to comply with the intent of the Code are presented

S3001 Definitions and Nomenclature

global axes these are Cartesian X Y and Z axes In this Appendix vertically upward is taken to be the +Y direction with gravity acting in the minusY direction Pj piping internal pressure see para 3012 when more than one condition exists for the piping system each is subscripted (eg P1 P2 ) Tj pipe maximum or minimum metal temperature see paras 3013 and 31931(a) when more than one condition exists for the piping system each is subscripted (eg T1 T2 ) Y+ a ldquosingle acting supportrdquo that provides support in only the vertically upward direction and is considered to be ldquoactiverdquo when the pipe exerts a downward force on the support The pipe is free to move upward ie the pipe ldquolifts offrdquo the support the support in the ldquolift-offrdquo situation is considered to be ldquoremovedrdquo from providing support ie inactive during the load condition considered

S301 EXAMPLE 1 CODE COMPLIANT PIPING SYSTEM

S3011 Example Description

This example is intended to illustrate the design of an adequately supported and sufficiently flexible piping system The piping system in Fig S3011 is fabricated from ASTM A106 Grade B seamless pipe (ie E = 100) the pipe is DN 400 (NPS 16) with a nominal wall thickness of 953 mm (0375 in) 127 mm (5 in) thickness of calcium silicate insulation and 159 mm (0063 in) corrosion allowance the fluid has a specific gravity of 10 The equivalent number of full displacement cycles expected for the piping system is fewer than 7 000 [ie f =100 in accordance with para 30235(d)] The piping system is in normal fluid service The reference modulus of elasticity used for the piping analysis is 2034 GPa (295 Msi) from Appendix C Table C-6 in accordance with paras 31932 and 31944 and Poissonrsquos ratio is 03 in accordance with para 31933 The piping internal pressures and temperatures expected during normal operation and the design conditions are listed in Table S3011 see paras 31923(b) and 31931(a) The design conditions are set sufficiently in excess of the operating conditions so as to provide additional margin on the allowable stress for pressure design as required by the owner

S3012 Design Conditions

The design conditions establish the pressure rating flange ratings component ratings and minimum required pipe wall thickness in accordance with para 30121 For example ASME B165 requires a minimum of Class 300 for ASTM A105 flanges Also the minimum required pipe wall thickness tm is determined from the design conditions by inserting eq (3a) into eq (2) terms are defined in para 30411 and Appendix J E = 10 P = design pressure = 3 800 kPa (550 psi) S = allowable stress from Appendix A Tables A-1 and A-1M = 1274 MPa (184 ksi) at design temperature 288oC (550oF) W = 10 for carbon steel at any temperature in accordance with Table 30235 Note (9) Y = 04 from Table 30411 Insert eq (3a) into eq (2)

tm = t + c =

=

159

= 599 mm + 159 mm = 758 mm (0299 in) In accordance with para 30412(a) t must be less than D6 for eq (3a) to be appropriate without considering additional factors to compute the pressure design thickness t ie t D6 or 758 mm 4064 mm6 Since 758 mm (0299 in) 677 mm (267 in) and 0030 0385 eq (3a) is applicable without special consideration of factors listed in para 30412(b) Now select a pipe schedule of adequate thickness Determine the specified minimum pipe wall thickness T from nominal pipe wall thickness ₸ considering a mill tolerance of 125 Select DN 400 (NPS 16) Schedule 30STD nominal wall thickness from ASME B3610M ₸ = 953 mm (0375 in) T = (953 mm)(100 minus 0125) = 834 mm (0328 in) Since T tm (ie 834 mm (0328 in) 758 mm (0299 in)) the selection of the nominal pipe wall thickness ₸ for Schedule 30STD pipe is acceptable The long radius elbows specified for this piping system are in accordance with ASME B169 and are specified to be for use with Schedule 30STD wall thickness pipe

S3013 Computer Model Input

Tables S30131 and S30132 list the ldquonode numbersrdquo lengths etc for each piping element displayed in Fig S3011 A bend radius of 15 times the nominal pipe diameter [ie 6096 mm (24 in)] and nominal wall thickness of 953 mm (0375 in) are used for the elbows in the computer model Generic computer program options are as follows (a) include pressure stiffening on elbows (b) exclude pressure thrust and Bourdon effects (c) use nominal section properties for the stiffnesses forces moments and deflections calculation (d) use ldquonominal less allowancesrdquo section properties for the stress due to sustained loads SL calculation (e) use nominal section properties for displacement stress range SE calculation

minimum metal temp -1oC (30oF) ambient (as-installed) temp -1oC (30oF)

S3014 Pressure Effects

For the operating sustained and displacement stress range load cases the effect of pressure stiffening on the elbows is included to determine the end reactions in accordance with Appendix D Note (6) (and ASME B31J Table 1-1 Note(4) ) The effects of pressure-induced elongation and Bourdon effects are not included as both are deemed negligible for this particular example

S3015 The Operating Load Case

The operating load case is used to determine the operating position of the piping and reaction loads for any attached equipment anchors supports guides or stops The operating load case is based on the temperature range from the ambient (as-installed) temperature of -1degC (30degF) to the maximum operating metal temperature of 260degC (500degF) in accordance with paras 31923(b) and 31931(b) Tables C-1 and C-2 values used for Row A and Row B expansion coefficients are listed below Row A = 131x10-6 mmmmoC (730x10-6 ininoF) Row B = 343 mmm (400 in100 ft) The operating load case in this example also includes the effects of internal pressure pipe weight insulation weight and fluid weight on the piping system Both pipe stiffness and displacement stress range are based on the nominal thickness of the pipe Pipe deflections and internal reaction loads for the operating load case are listed in Table S30151 Piping loads acting on the anchors and support structure are listed in Table S30152

S3016 The Sustained Load Case

Stresses due to the sustained loads such as axial forces internal pressure and intensified bending moments in this example are combined in accordance with para320 to determine SL The sustained load case excludes thermal effects and includes the effects of internal pressure [P1=3450 kPa (500 psi)] pipe weight insulation weight and fluid weight on the piping system Nominal section properties are used to generate the stiffness matrix and sustained loads for the computer model in accordance with para 31935 The nominal thickness less allowances is used to calculate the section properties for SL in accordance with para 320 A summary of the sustained load case internal reaction forces moments and stress due to sustained loads SL is provided in Table S3016 Since this example model lies in only one plane only the stress due to sustained bending moments due to the in-plane bending moment is not zero The in-plane bending moment is intensified at each elbow by the sustained in-plane moment index for an unflanged elbow Ii Note that SL for the nodes listed in Table S3016 do not exceed the 1308 MPa (190 ksi) sustained allowable stress Sh for A106 Grade B piping at the operating maximum metal temperature T1 = 260degC (500degF) from Appendix A Tables A-1 and A-1M By limiting SL to Sh in accordance with para 30235(c) the piping system is deemed adequately protected against collapse

S3017 The Displacement Stress Range Load Case

The displacement stress range SE in this example is based on the temperature range from the minimum metal (as-installed) temperature minus1degC (30degF) to maximum metal temperature for the thermal cycles under analysis [T1 = 260degC (500degF)] in accordance with paras 31923(b) and 31931(a) The displacement stress range SE for each element is calculated in accordance with eq (17) and is listed in Table S3017 along with the internal reaction loads Nominal section properties are used to generate the stiffness matrix and displacement stress ranges in the piping in accordance with para 31935 Since this example model lies in only one plane only the in-plane bending moment range is not zero The in-plane moment range is intensified at each elbow in accordance with Appendix D (and ASME B31J Table 1-1) stress intensification factor ii for an unflanged elbow For simplicity the allowable displacement stress range SA is calculated in accordance with eq (1a) Though eq (1a) is used in this example it is also acceptable to calculate SA in accordance with eq (1b) which permits SA to exceed the eq (1a) value for each piping element based on the magnitude of each elementrsquos SL The following terms are as defined in para 30235(d) and Appendix J f = 100 for 7 000 equivalent full displacement cycles from Fig 30235 or eq (1c) SA = f (125 Sc + 025 Sh) = (100)[(125)(138 MPa) + (025)(1308 MPa)] = 2052 MPa (2975 ksi) Sc = allowable stress from Appendix A Tables A-1 and A-1M = 138 MPa (200 ksi) at ambient (as-installed) temperature Sh = allowable stress from Appendix A Tables A-1 and A-1M = 1308 MPa (190 ksi) at T1 T1 = maximum metal temperature = 260degC (500degF) Note that each piping elementrsquos displacement stress range based on minimum to maximum metal temperature for the thermal cycles under analysis SE does not exceed the eq (1a) allowable SA By limiting SE to SA the piping system is deemed adequate to accommodate up to 7 000 equivalent full displacement cycles Considering both the stress due to sustained loads and displacement stress range load cases the piping system is compliant with the requirements of the Code redesign of the piping system is not required unless the sustained or operating reaction loads at either anchor data point 10 or 50 exceed the allowable loads for the attached equipment nozzle or the support structure at node 20 is overloaded The nozzle load and support structure analyses are beyond the scope of this Appendix and are not addressed

S302 EXAMPLE 2 ANTICIPATED SUSTAINED CONDITIONS CONSIDERING PIPE LIFT-OFF

S3021 Example Description

This example is intended to illustrate the analysis of a piping system in which a portion of the piping lifts off at least one Y+ support in at least one operating condition The emphasis of this example is to describe the effect this removal of support has on the determination of anticipated sustained conditions The same principles utilized for this example would also apply for guides and stops (that are single directional or gap-type) that are not engaged during any anticipated operating condition The examples in this Appendix are intended for illustration purposes only and are not intended to portray the same as either adequate or even acceptable piping geometries andor support scenarios The piping system in Fig S3021 is the same in material properties as in Example 1 see paraS3011 Note the distance from node 20 to the elbow node 30 and from nodes 120 to 130 in Example 2rsquos model is 152 m (5 ft) Note that both the design and operating conditions are well below the creep regime therefore the piping system will not develop any permanent creep-related displacements relaxation or sag

S3022 Design Conditions

The design conditions are similar to those in the Example 1 model see para S3012 and Table S3022 Note that the nominal thickness remains unchanged from Example 1 even though the design temperature and corrosion allowance have increased the corrosion allowance in this example model is 318 mm (0125 in)

S3023 Computer Model Input

Table S3023 lists the node numbers lengths etc for each piping component that is displayed in Fig S3021 The computer-based options are the same as those for the Example 1 model see para S3013

S3024 Pressure Effects

The pressure effect considerations are the same as those for Example 1 see para 3014

S3025 The Operating Load Case

The Operating Case evaluated and discussed in this example includes the effects of pipe weight insulation weight fluid weight internal pressure [P1= 3 040 kPa (440 psi)] and temperature [(T1=288oC (550oF)] Table C-1 and C-2 values used for Row A and Row B expansion coefficients are listed below Row A = 132x10-6 mmmmoC (735x10-6 ininoF) Row B = 380 mmm (45 in100 ft) An operating load case is evaluated to determine the operating position of the piping and determine the reaction loads for any attached equipment anchors supports guides or stops In particular each operating load casersquos support scenario is evaluated or assessed by the designer in order to determine whether any anticipated sustained conditions need to be evaluated with one or more Y+ supports removed Further operating load case discussion can be found in para S3015 Piping loads acting on the anchors and support structure for the operating load case are listed in Table S3025 Note that only nodes 10 through 50 are listed in the following tables this is for convenience since the model is symmetric the reactions deflections and stresses for nodes 10 through 40 are the same as for nodes 110 through 140 except that some signs may be reversed

S3026 Sustained Conditions

S30261 The Stress Due to Sustained Loads SL Calculations The stress due to (long-term) sustained loads SL is computed in accordance with para 3202 for each sustained condition that is evaluated see para S30262

S30262 Anticipated Sustained Conditions All anticipated sustained conditions utilizing all possible support scenarios should be considered The designer has identified three anticipated sustained conditions for the piping system each is listed in Table S30262 along with the support status of the node 50 Y+ support as either assessed by analysis or determined by the designer The designer has deemed the Sustained Condition 3 as both controlling the sustained design and requiring evaluation

S30263 Results for the Evaluated Sustained Condition Table S30262rsquos Sustained Conditions 1 and 2 reflect the ambient temperature support scenario Sustained Condition 3 reflects the support scenario of the Operating Case All three Sustained Conditions exclude thermal effects Sustained Conditions 2 and 3 include the effects of internal pressure [P1= 3 040 kPa (440 psi)] pipe weight insulation weight and fluid weight on the piping system A summary of the Sustained Condition 3 reactions and stresses due to sustained loads SL appear in Table S30263 In the determination of SL the sustained longitudinal force index Ia is defaulted to 10 in the absence of more applicable data in accordance with para 320 The in-plane bending moment is indexed at each elbow by the appropriate Ii calculated for this example by multiplying 075 times ii determined from Appendix D (and ASME B31J Table 1-1) See para S3016 for additional information concerning the stress due to sustained loads determination

S3027 Displacement Stress Range Load Cases

The displacement stress range load cases are not listed since they are not the subject of this example

S3028 Code Compliance mdash Satisfying the Intent of the Code

The Sustained Condition 3 results indicate that the piping system is not protected against collapse for the cycles under analysis when considering the Operating Case support scenario Note the greatest Stresses due to Sustained Loads SL are at elbow nodes 40 and 140 and ldquoLift-Offrdquo support location node 50 Therefore redesign of the piping system is required If the piping system is redesigned such that it is compliant with the intent of the Code then the piping system would require no further attention unless the sustained hydrostatic leak test or operating reaction loads at either anchor data point 10 or 110 exceed the allowable loads for the attached equipment nozzle or the support structure at either node 20 or 120 is overloaded The nozzle loads and support structure analyses are beyond the scope of this Appendix and are not addressed Although the occasional load cases are important to the design and analysis of a piping system they are not discussed in this example

S303 EXAMPLE 3 MOMENT REVERSAL

S3031 Example Description

This example is intended to illustrate the flexibility analysis required for a piping system that is designed for more than one operating condition and also experiences a ldquoreversal of momentsrdquo between any two of the anticipated operating conditions The examples in this Appendix are intended for illustration purposes only and are not intended to portray the same as either adequate or even acceptable piping geometries andor support scenarios also Both the design and operating conditions are well below the creep regime The piping system in Fig S3031 consists of two headers and two branches which are referred to as gas ldquometer runsrdquo Only one of the branches is in service (operating) at a given time the out-of-service branch is purged and at ambient (as-installed) condition The design specification calls for each of the meter run branches to alternate in and out of service five times every two weeks for the piping systemrsquos planned 30-year service life (N=3900 equivalent full displacement cycles) ie f = 115 in accordance with para 30235(d) The piping system is fabricated from ASTM A53 Grade B pipe (E=100) both piping headers are DN 600 (NPS 24) and the branches are DN 500 (NPS 20) and both branch and header are 953 mm (0375 in) thick For simplicity each piping segment or component is 1524 m (5 ft) in length The piping system is in normal fluid service The fluid is gaseous is considered to add no weight and to be neither a corrosive nor an erosive hazard ie there is no corrosion allowance The line is not insulated The ambient (as-installed) temperature is 4degC (40degF) The reference modulus of elasticity used is 2034 GPa (295 Msi) and Poissonrsquos ratio is 03 Consideration is given to the close proximity of the three tees in each header in accordance with the guidance in para 31936 and the stress intensification factors from Appendix D are considered to adequately represent the header tees for this piping system The piping internal pressure and minimum to maximum metal temperature range expected during normal operation for each meter run and the design conditions are listed in Table S3031 The design conditions are set sufficiently in excess of the operating conditions so as to provide additional margin on the allowable as required by the owner

S3032 Design Conditions

The design conditions establish the pressure rating flange ratings components ratings and minimum required pipe wall thickness ASME B165 requires a minimum of Class 300 for ASTM A105 flanges The minimum required wall thickness for both the branch and header is 44 mm (0171 in) considering a 125 mill tolerance therefore selection of the standard wall thickness of 95 mm (0375 in) is acceptable S3033 Computer Model Input

Table S3033 lists the node numbers lengths etc for each piping component that is displayed in Fig S3031 Note that flanges and valve components are not explicitly included in the model listing in Table S3033 For simplicity an entire branch (from tee centerline to tee centerline) is considered to be at the operating conditions listed in Table S3031 eg the East meter run branch from nodes 40 through 340 operates at 1 724 kPa (250 psi) and 121degC (250degF) for Operating Case 2 The computer-based options are the same as those for the Example 1 model except that pressure stiffening is not included in the analyses for this example see para S3013

S3034 Pressure Effects

Neither pressure stiffening nor Bourdon effects are included in the analyses

S3035 Operating Load Case(s)

The operating load case is used to determine the operating position of the piping and reaction loads for any attached equipment anchors supports guides or stops The owner has mandated in the design specification that the meter runs and piping be more than adequately supported Therefore the operating load case while necessary to set the limits of the strain ranges does not contribute to the emphasis of this example and its output is not included Table C-1 and C-2 values used for Row A and Row B expansion coefficients are listed below Row A = 123x10-6mmmmoC (680x10-6 ininoF) Row B = 134 mmm (168 in100 ft)

S3036 Sustained Load Case

Stresses due to the sustained loads such as axial forces internal pressure and intensified bending moments in this example are combined in accordance with para320 to determine SL For reasons similar to those expressed for the operating load case the sustained load case output is not included

S3037 Displacement Stress Range Load Cases

The displacement stress range SE is computed in accordance with para 31923(b) and 31931(a) in which the strains evaluated for the ambient temperature (which is also the as-installed and minimum metal temperature condition for this particular example) are algebraically subtracted from the strains evaluated for Operating Case 1 as listed in Table S3031 Similarly the displacement stress range SE is computed from the algebraic strain difference evaluated from the ambient (as-installed) condition to Operating Case 2 as listed in Table S3031 The individual displacement stress range SE along with the internal reaction loads is evaluated for each piping component in accordance with eq (17) is listed in Tables S30371 (Operating Case 1) and has the same results as listed in Table S30372 (Operating Case 2) with the exception that some signs differ (indicating the moment reversal range between the two conditions) The algebraic strain difference between the two resultant case evaluations discussed above produces the greatest displacement stress range for the piping system in accordance with paras 31921(d) 31923(b) and 31931(a) ie SE the ldquostress range corresponding to the total displacement strainsrdquo The resulting reactionsrsquo combination and SE for each piping component are listed in Table S30373

S3038 Code Compliance mdash Satisfying the Intent of the Code

The piping system is compliant with the sustained load requirements of the Code The displacement stress range from the ambient (as-installed) condition to each of the operating cases indicates the piping system is in compliance with the intent of the Code even when limited to the eq (1a) allowable SA But the ldquostress range corresponding to the total displacement strainsrdquo which considers the algebraic strain difference between the two operating cases indicates that the piping system is not protected against fatigue failure for the cycles under analysis even when considering the eq (1b) allowable SA Therefore redesign of the piping system is required If the piping system is redesigned such that it is compliant with the intent of the code then the piping system would require no further attention unless the sustained hydrostatic leak test or operating reaction loads at either anchor data point 10 or 310 or meter runs 130 or 230 exceeded the allowable loads for the attached equipment nozzles or support structure The meter loads nozzle loads and support structure analyses are beyond the scope of this example Although the occasional load cases are important to the design and analysis of a piping system they are not discussed in this example

B31 Code Case 214 Approval Date May 30 2019 ASME B313 Process Piping

Alternative Heat Treatments for Fabrication Processes

Proposal Code Case to allow the use of ASME B31P Standard Heat treatments for Fabrication Processes as an alternative to the preheat PWHT and PFHT required by B313

Explanation ASME B31P Standard Heat treatments for Fabrication Processes was published in May 2018 In order to allow the use of this Standard by the ASME Codes prior to changes being adopted in the next edition of the respective Codes this Code Case is being proposed to allow B31P to be used as an alternative to the rules currently in the published ASME B31 Codes A similar Code Case is currently being balloted in ASME B311 (18-2339)

Summary of Changes To allow the use of ASME B31P Standard Heat Treatments for Fabrication Processes as an alternative to the heat treatment rules specified in ASME B31 3

Referenced Code ASME B313 ndash 2016 amp 2018

Inquiry May the heat treatment requirements specified in ASME B31P be used as an alternative to the required heat treatments specified in paras 330 331 and 332 of ASME B313

Reply It is the opinion of the Committee that the heat treatments specified in ASME B31P may be used as an alternative to the respective heat treatments specified in ASME B313 for the materials referenced in ASME B31P

B31 Code Case 216 Approval Date March 29 2021 ASME B313 Process Piping

Use of Enhanced Pressure Ratings for Brazed Copper Tubes and Fittings by Cold

Stretch Process

Inquiry Under what condition may higher pressure ratings be used for ASTM B88 Type L tubes and

ASME B1622 fittings in ASME B313 construction

Reply It is the opinion of the Committee that enhanced pressure ratings may be used for ASTM B88

Type L tubes and ASME B1622 fittings in ASME B313 construction provided the following conditions are

met

(a) The tubes shall conform to ASTM B88 Type L in the H58 temper

(b) The fittings shall conform to ASME B1622

(c) The maximum design temperature is 38degC (100degF)

(d) The piping shall be limited to Category D and Normal Fluid Services

(e) External pressure is not permitted

(f) The maximum tube and fitting nominal or standard size is 3 in

(g) The joints shall be brazed The qualification of brazing procedures brazers and brazing operators shall be in accordance with para 3282 Silver brazing filler metals (BAg‐XX) with

appropriate flux shall be used in the brazing process

(h) In brazing qualification the specimen in the tension test shall break in the base metal outside of

the joint with tensile strength equal to or greater than (207 MPa) 30 ksi

(i) The piping system shall receive a cold stretch operation by hydrostatic or pneumatic pressure

test in accordance with para 345 except the minimum test pressure shall be 17 times the design pressure and the maximum test pressure shall be 18 times the design pressure The test pressure shall be

maintained for at least 20 min

(j) The internal design gage pressure P shall not exceed the pressure calculated as follows

208

Where S = 689 MPa (100 ksi)

t = minimum wall thickness for ASTM B88 Type L D = maximum outside diameter for annealed temper ASTM B88 Type L

(k) Piping flexibility analysis shall be performed in accordance with para 319 using the basic

allowable stresses (Sc and Sh) equal to 414 MPa (60 ksi)

(l) Analysis of sustained loads shall be performed in accordance with para 320 using the basic

allowable stresses (Sh) equal to 414 MPa (60 ksi)

(m) Before cold stretch operation the brazed joints shall be 100 visually examined The following

conditions are not permitted

1) The presence of flux residue and unmelted filler metal

2) Excessive oxidation of the joint

3) Cracks in braze metal or base material

(n) Additional brazing is not permitted after the cold stretch operation If a braze repair is required

the following conditions shall be satisfied

1) The braze joint to be repaired shall be removed and replaced along with 150 mm (6 in)

of tube on each side of the joint

2) The piping shall receive the cold stretch operation as required in (i)

(o) The design cold stretch and repair records shall be retained by the owner for the life of the piping

B31 Code Case 217 Approval Date September 3 2021

ASME B313 Process Piping

Alternative NDE Personnel Qualification and Certification Requirements

Referenced Code ASME B313 ndash 2018 amp 2020

Inquiry May alternative personnel qualification and certification requirements be used as options to those specified in ASME B313 para 3421

Reply It is the opinion of the Committee that the personnel qualification and certification requirements below may be used as alternatives to those specified in ASME B313 para 3421 Personnel performing nondestructive examination to the requirements of this Code shall be qualified and certified for the method to be utilized in accordance with their employerrsquos written practice The written practice shall be based on the training examination and experience requirements of one of the following

(a) ASME BPVC Section V Article 1

(b) ASNT CP-189

(c) ASNT SNT-TC-1A

(d) Other national or international central certification program or standard

Page 8: B31.3 Code Cases

B31 Code Case 191 Cu-13Zn-11Ni-Si-Al Alloy Seamless Pipe and Tube ASME B313 Approval Date January 21 2015

Inquiry May precipitation-hardened (Temper Designation TF00) Cu-13Zn-11Ni-Si-Al alloy (UNS No C69100) seamless pipe and tube conforming to the requirements of ASTM B706-00 (R2011) be used under the rules of ASME B313

Reply Yes provided

(a) The maximum allowable stress values for the material shall be those given in

Table 1

(b) Welded and brazed construction is not permitted (c) The maximum use temperature shall be 204ordmC (400ordmF)

(d) Certification to the ASTM B706-00 (R2011) specification requirements shall be

mandatory

Table 1

Maximum Allowable Stress Values

For Metal Temperature Not Exceeding degF

Stress ksi

For Metal Temperature Not Exceeding degC

Stress MPa

100

150

200

250

300

350

400

200 200 200 200 200 199 195

40

65

100

125

150

175

200

225

138 138

138

138

138

137

135

132

Note The maximum use temperature for this alloy is 204ordmC (400ordmF) The value listed at 225ordmC is provided for interpolation purposes only

Case 193 Approval Date October 9 2014 Cu-55Zn-4Si Casting Alloy UNS No C87600 ASME B313 Inquiry May Cu-55Zn-4Si Casting Alloy UNS No C87600 conforming to the requirements of ASTM B584 be used for construction under the rules of ASME B313 Reply Yes provided

(a) The basic allowable stress values for the material shall be those given in Table 1 A Casting Quality Factor Ec needs to be applied

(b) The maximum use temperature shall be 177ordmC (350ordmF) (c) Separate weld procedure and performance qualifications shall apply to this

material The welding procedure qualifications shall be in accordance with ASME Section IX

Table 1 Basic Allowable Stress Values

For Metal Temperature Not Exceeding degF

Stress ksi

For Metal Temperature Not Exceeding degC

Stress MPa

100 200 40 138 150 200 65 138200 200 100 138250 200 125 138300 200 150 138350 200 175 138

200 137

Note The maximum use temperature for this alloy is 177ordmC (350ordmF) The value listed at 200ordmC is provided for interpolation purposes only

Case 196 Approval Date May 15 2015 Ductile Iron Casting UNS No F33100 ASME B313 Inquiry May Ductile Iron Castings UNS No F33100 conforming to the requirements of ASTM A536 Grade 65-45-12 be used for construction under the rules of ASME B313 Reply Yes provided

(a) The maximum allowable stress values for the material shall be those given in Table 1

(b) A casting quality factor Ec of 080 shall also be applied except as permitted in (c)

(c) The casting quality factor may be increased by performing supplementary examination(s) listed in Table 30233(c) The casting shall have first been visually examined as required by MSS SP-55 Quality Standard for Steel Castings for Valves Flanges and Fittings and other Piping Components ndash Visual Method

(d) The maximum use temperature shall be 260ordmC (500degF) (e) The minimum use temperature shall be -30degC (-20degF) (f) All other requirements of ASME B313 shall be followed

Table 1 ndash Maximum Allowable Stress Values

For Metal Temperature Not Exceeding degC

Stress MPa

For Metal Temperature Not Exceeding degF Stress ksi

40 149 100 217 65 149 150 217

100 149 200 217 125 149 250 217 150 149 300 217 175 149 350 217 200 148 400 217 225 148 450 217 250 148 500 216 275 147

Note The maximum use temperature for this alloy is 260ordmC (500ordmF) The value listed at 275ordmC is provided for interpolation purposes only

B31 Case 202 Approval Date November 14 2017 Heavy Walled FittingsASME B313 Process Piping

Inquiry What alternate calculation method for pressure design may be used to determine therequired reinforcement for a heavy wall branch connection fitting (lateral wye or tee) in accordancewith ASME B313 Para 30433

Reply It is the opinion of the Committee that the ldquopressure areardquo method1 as described hereinis an acceptable alternate calculation method to determine the required metal reinforcement for aheavy wall branch connection fitting (lateral wye or tee) in accordance with ASME B313 Para30433

Nomenclature

A = Metal areas (see Figures 1 2 and 3) mm2 (in2)

B = Metal areas (see Figures 1 and 2) mm2 (in2)

D1 = Run pipe inside diameter less corrosion allowance mm (in)

D2 = Branch pipe inside diameter less corrosion allowance mm (in)

E = Pressure areas (see Figures 1 2 and 3) mm2 (in2)

F = Pressure areas (see Figures 1 and 2) mm2 (in2)

G = The width of the lateral branch opening at the inside surface of the run pipe (see Figure 1) mm (in)

P = Design (gage) pressure kPa (psi)

S = Material allowable stress from B313 Table A-1 for the design temperature kPa (psi) (If a casting is to be qualified for pressure the material allowable stress shall be multiplied by the appropriate B313 casting quality factor)

t1 = Thickness in the fitting heel (see Figures 1 and 2) or run radial thickness in the fitting crotch (see Figure 3) mm (in)

t2 = Thickness in the fitting crotch (see Figures 1 and 2) or branch radial thickness in the fitting crotch (see Figure 3) mm (in)

trsquo1 = Nominal thickness of the matching run pipe connected to the fitting (see Figures) mm (in)

trsquo2 = Nominal thickness of the matching branch pipe connected to the fitting (see Figures) mm (in)

α = The angle between the branch pipe centerline and the fitting crotch centerline deg (see Figures 1 and 2)

β = The angle between the fitting crotch centerline and the run pipe centerline deg (see Figure 1)

1 The ldquopressure areardquo method was originally published in the 1956 revised 2nd edition of the MW KelloggDesign of Piping Systems

General Requirements

1 The fitting shall be manufactured from a single metal casting or forging

2 The fitting ends shall not be within the envelope of the metal and pressure areas used to qualifythe fitting and there shall be sufficient material beyond the envelope to make an acceptable weldend (see ASME B1625)

3 The trsquo1 and trsquo2 dimensions of the fitting shall be equal to or greater in thickness than the nominaldimensions of the matching piping If the fitting is a weaker material than the matching pipingtransition pieces may be necessary for the connected piping to match trsquo1 and trsquo2 dimensions ofthe fitting determined in accordance with the straight pipe requirements of B313 as appropriate

4 All inside and outside corners of the fittings larger than NPS 2 shall be radiused It isrecommended that inside radii be a minimum t4 and outside radii be a minimum t2 where t isthe lesser of trsquo1 and trsquo2 except that these radii shall not be less than 3 mm (18 in) and need notbe greater than 25 mm (1 in)

5 For internally and externally contoured fittings the metal and pressure areas may be representedby quadrilaterals andor triangles assembled such that they approximate the respective areas

(A) for the metal areas the areas of the largest non-overlapping quadrilaterals andor trianglesmay be summed provided all the areas lie within the areas defined by the fitting inside andoutside surfaces and side lengths defined in the appropriate figures and

(B) for the pressure areas the areas of the non-overlapping quadrilaterals andor triangles shallbe summed that totally circumscribe and cover the areas defined by the fitting crotch andpipe centerlines the fitting inside surfaces and the side lengths defined in the appropriatefigures

6 For laterals (Figure 1) with an (α + β) angle greater than or equal to 85 degs the requirementsfor the tee (Figure 3) may be used Otherwise the requirements for the lateral shall be used

7 Consideration shall be made for required examination of the pipe to fitting joint A short tangentmay improve the reading of a radiograph or facilitate the performance of ultrasonic examinationespecially if there is a significant transition from the pipe to the fitting

8 The fittingrsquos manufacturing tolerance shall be considered

Calculated Dimensions

The side length dimensions for calculating metal and pressure areas for the various fittings are asfollows

For the lateral (see Figure 1) where (α + β) $ 45 deg

Run crotch side length = G

t Cos2 22

Run heel side length = G

t Cos2 21

Branch crotch side length = D

t Cos222 2

Branch heel side length = D

t Cos212 2

For the wye (see Figure 2) where α $ 45 deg

Run heel side length = D

t Cos112 2

Branch crotch side length = D

t Cos222

Branch heel side length = D

t Cos212 2

For the tee (see Figure 3)

Run side length = D t2

22

Branch side length = D

t212

Acceptance Criteria

The following equations shall be met for both the crotch and heel sides of the fitting For the tee onlyEquation (1) need be met because of symmetry

SP E

A

A

2

1

SP F

B

B

2

2

1

B31 Code Case 208 Approval Date November 6 2018

ASME B313 Process Piping 18Cr-11Ni-Cb-N 347LN UNS S34751 Austenitic Stainless Steel Seamless Tubes Seamless and Welded Pipe Pipe Flanges Forged Fittings Valves and Parts Wrought Piping Fittings Forgings and Plate and Sheet ASME B313 Inquiry May UNS S34751 solution annealed austenitic stainless steel seamless tubes seamless and welded pipe pipe flanges valves and parts wrought piping fittings forgings plate and sheet meeting the requirements of ASTM A213A213M-17 A312A312M-17 A376A376M-17 A358A358M-15 A182A182M-17 A403A403M-16 A965A965M-14 and A240A240M-17 be used in welded construction under the rules of ASME B313 Reply Yes provided that the following additional requirements are met (a) The maximum allowable stress values shall be as given in Table 1 (b) The maximum use temperature is 677degC (1250degF) (c) The material shall be considered as P-No 8 Group 1 (d) For temperatures above 538degC (1000degF) the stress values in Table 1 may be used only if the

material has been heat treated at a temperature of 1093degC (2000degF) minimum (e) The minimum design temperature for this material shall be -200degC (-325degF) however when a

specification permits this material to be furnished without solution heat treatment or with other than a solution heat treatment the minimum design temperature shall be -29degC (-20degF) unless the material is impact tested in accordance with para 3233

(f) For post fabrication strain limits in the lower temperature range exceeding design temperature 540degC (1000degF) and forming strain of 15 and in the high temperature range exceeding 675degC (1250degF) and forming strains of 10 the minimum heat treatment temperature shall be 1040degC (1900degF)

2

Table 1 Maximum Allowable Stress Values

For Metal Temperature Not Exceeding

degC Allowable Stress [Note (1)] MPa

For Metal Temperature

Not Exceeding degF

Allowable Stress [Note (2)] ksi

40 138 100 200

65 138 200 200

100 138 300 200

125 138 400 197

150 138 500 183

175 138 600 174

200 137 650 172

225 132 700 170

250 128 750 169

275 124 800 168

300 122 850 168

325 120 900 168

350 118 950 168

375 117 1000 167

400 116 1050 166

425 116 1100 132

450 116 1150 970

475 116 1200 720

500 116 1250 545 Note (2) The fonts used are in accordance with B313 Table A‐1 Note 4a

525 115

550 115

575 111

600 845

625 641

650 489

675 383

700 289[Note (3)]

Note (1) The fonts used are in accordance with B313 Table A‐1 Note 4b

Note (3) The maximum use temperature for this alloy is 677degC (1250degF) The value listed at 700degC is provided for interpolation purposes only

B31 Code Case 209 Approval Date November 6 2018

ASME B313 Process Piping

PIPING SYSTEM STRESS ANALYSIS EXAMPLES QUESTION The results for the examples found in ASME B313-2016 Appendix S were developed using the 2006 editionrsquos code rules and material data tables How would the appendix results and affected text change when the ASME B313-2016 code rules and material data tables are applied REPLY It is the opinion of the Committee that the following pages show what Appendix S looks like with the revised new rules and data

S300 INTRODUCTION

The examples in this Appendix are intended to illustrate the application of the rules and definitions in Chapter II Part 5 flexibility and Support and the stress limits of para 30235 The loadings and conditions necessary to comply with the intent of the Code are presented

S3001 Definitions and Nomenclature

global axes these are Cartesian X Y and Z axes In this Appendix vertically upward is taken to be the +Y direction with gravity acting in the minusY direction Pj piping internal pressure see para 3012 when more than one condition exists for the piping system each is subscripted (eg P1 P2 ) Tj pipe maximum or minimum metal temperature see paras 3013 and 31931(a) when more than one condition exists for the piping system each is subscripted (eg T1 T2 ) Y+ a ldquosingle acting supportrdquo that provides support in only the vertically upward direction and is considered to be ldquoactiverdquo when the pipe exerts a downward force on the support The pipe is free to move upward ie the pipe ldquolifts offrdquo the support the support in the ldquolift-offrdquo situation is considered to be ldquoremovedrdquo from providing support ie inactive during the load condition considered

S301 EXAMPLE 1 CODE COMPLIANT PIPING SYSTEM

S3011 Example Description

This example is intended to illustrate the design of an adequately supported and sufficiently flexible piping system The piping system in Fig S3011 is fabricated from ASTM A106 Grade B seamless pipe (ie E = 100) the pipe is DN 400 (NPS 16) with a nominal wall thickness of 953 mm (0375 in) 127 mm (5 in) thickness of calcium silicate insulation and 159 mm (0063 in) corrosion allowance the fluid has a specific gravity of 10 The equivalent number of full displacement cycles expected for the piping system is fewer than 7 000 [ie f =100 in accordance with para 30235(d)] The piping system is in normal fluid service The reference modulus of elasticity used for the piping analysis is 2034 GPa (295 Msi) from Appendix C Table C-6 in accordance with paras 31932 and 31944 and Poissonrsquos ratio is 03 in accordance with para 31933 The piping internal pressures and temperatures expected during normal operation and the design conditions are listed in Table S3011 see paras 31923(b) and 31931(a) The design conditions are set sufficiently in excess of the operating conditions so as to provide additional margin on the allowable stress for pressure design as required by the owner

S3012 Design Conditions

The design conditions establish the pressure rating flange ratings component ratings and minimum required pipe wall thickness in accordance with para 30121 For example ASME B165 requires a minimum of Class 300 for ASTM A105 flanges Also the minimum required pipe wall thickness tm is determined from the design conditions by inserting eq (3a) into eq (2) terms are defined in para 30411 and Appendix J E = 10 P = design pressure = 3 800 kPa (550 psi) S = allowable stress from Appendix A Tables A-1 and A-1M = 1274 MPa (184 ksi) at design temperature 288oC (550oF) W = 10 for carbon steel at any temperature in accordance with Table 30235 Note (9) Y = 04 from Table 30411 Insert eq (3a) into eq (2)

tm = t + c =

=

159

= 599 mm + 159 mm = 758 mm (0299 in) In accordance with para 30412(a) t must be less than D6 for eq (3a) to be appropriate without considering additional factors to compute the pressure design thickness t ie t D6 or 758 mm 4064 mm6 Since 758 mm (0299 in) 677 mm (267 in) and 0030 0385 eq (3a) is applicable without special consideration of factors listed in para 30412(b) Now select a pipe schedule of adequate thickness Determine the specified minimum pipe wall thickness T from nominal pipe wall thickness ₸ considering a mill tolerance of 125 Select DN 400 (NPS 16) Schedule 30STD nominal wall thickness from ASME B3610M ₸ = 953 mm (0375 in) T = (953 mm)(100 minus 0125) = 834 mm (0328 in) Since T tm (ie 834 mm (0328 in) 758 mm (0299 in)) the selection of the nominal pipe wall thickness ₸ for Schedule 30STD pipe is acceptable The long radius elbows specified for this piping system are in accordance with ASME B169 and are specified to be for use with Schedule 30STD wall thickness pipe

S3013 Computer Model Input

Tables S30131 and S30132 list the ldquonode numbersrdquo lengths etc for each piping element displayed in Fig S3011 A bend radius of 15 times the nominal pipe diameter [ie 6096 mm (24 in)] and nominal wall thickness of 953 mm (0375 in) are used for the elbows in the computer model Generic computer program options are as follows (a) include pressure stiffening on elbows (b) exclude pressure thrust and Bourdon effects (c) use nominal section properties for the stiffnesses forces moments and deflections calculation (d) use ldquonominal less allowancesrdquo section properties for the stress due to sustained loads SL calculation (e) use nominal section properties for displacement stress range SE calculation

minimum metal temp -1oC (30oF) ambient (as-installed) temp -1oC (30oF)

S3014 Pressure Effects

For the operating sustained and displacement stress range load cases the effect of pressure stiffening on the elbows is included to determine the end reactions in accordance with Appendix D Note (6) (and ASME B31J Table 1-1 Note(4) ) The effects of pressure-induced elongation and Bourdon effects are not included as both are deemed negligible for this particular example

S3015 The Operating Load Case

The operating load case is used to determine the operating position of the piping and reaction loads for any attached equipment anchors supports guides or stops The operating load case is based on the temperature range from the ambient (as-installed) temperature of -1degC (30degF) to the maximum operating metal temperature of 260degC (500degF) in accordance with paras 31923(b) and 31931(b) Tables C-1 and C-2 values used for Row A and Row B expansion coefficients are listed below Row A = 131x10-6 mmmmoC (730x10-6 ininoF) Row B = 343 mmm (400 in100 ft) The operating load case in this example also includes the effects of internal pressure pipe weight insulation weight and fluid weight on the piping system Both pipe stiffness and displacement stress range are based on the nominal thickness of the pipe Pipe deflections and internal reaction loads for the operating load case are listed in Table S30151 Piping loads acting on the anchors and support structure are listed in Table S30152

S3016 The Sustained Load Case

Stresses due to the sustained loads such as axial forces internal pressure and intensified bending moments in this example are combined in accordance with para320 to determine SL The sustained load case excludes thermal effects and includes the effects of internal pressure [P1=3450 kPa (500 psi)] pipe weight insulation weight and fluid weight on the piping system Nominal section properties are used to generate the stiffness matrix and sustained loads for the computer model in accordance with para 31935 The nominal thickness less allowances is used to calculate the section properties for SL in accordance with para 320 A summary of the sustained load case internal reaction forces moments and stress due to sustained loads SL is provided in Table S3016 Since this example model lies in only one plane only the stress due to sustained bending moments due to the in-plane bending moment is not zero The in-plane bending moment is intensified at each elbow by the sustained in-plane moment index for an unflanged elbow Ii Note that SL for the nodes listed in Table S3016 do not exceed the 1308 MPa (190 ksi) sustained allowable stress Sh for A106 Grade B piping at the operating maximum metal temperature T1 = 260degC (500degF) from Appendix A Tables A-1 and A-1M By limiting SL to Sh in accordance with para 30235(c) the piping system is deemed adequately protected against collapse

S3017 The Displacement Stress Range Load Case

The displacement stress range SE in this example is based on the temperature range from the minimum metal (as-installed) temperature minus1degC (30degF) to maximum metal temperature for the thermal cycles under analysis [T1 = 260degC (500degF)] in accordance with paras 31923(b) and 31931(a) The displacement stress range SE for each element is calculated in accordance with eq (17) and is listed in Table S3017 along with the internal reaction loads Nominal section properties are used to generate the stiffness matrix and displacement stress ranges in the piping in accordance with para 31935 Since this example model lies in only one plane only the in-plane bending moment range is not zero The in-plane moment range is intensified at each elbow in accordance with Appendix D (and ASME B31J Table 1-1) stress intensification factor ii for an unflanged elbow For simplicity the allowable displacement stress range SA is calculated in accordance with eq (1a) Though eq (1a) is used in this example it is also acceptable to calculate SA in accordance with eq (1b) which permits SA to exceed the eq (1a) value for each piping element based on the magnitude of each elementrsquos SL The following terms are as defined in para 30235(d) and Appendix J f = 100 for 7 000 equivalent full displacement cycles from Fig 30235 or eq (1c) SA = f (125 Sc + 025 Sh) = (100)[(125)(138 MPa) + (025)(1308 MPa)] = 2052 MPa (2975 ksi) Sc = allowable stress from Appendix A Tables A-1 and A-1M = 138 MPa (200 ksi) at ambient (as-installed) temperature Sh = allowable stress from Appendix A Tables A-1 and A-1M = 1308 MPa (190 ksi) at T1 T1 = maximum metal temperature = 260degC (500degF) Note that each piping elementrsquos displacement stress range based on minimum to maximum metal temperature for the thermal cycles under analysis SE does not exceed the eq (1a) allowable SA By limiting SE to SA the piping system is deemed adequate to accommodate up to 7 000 equivalent full displacement cycles Considering both the stress due to sustained loads and displacement stress range load cases the piping system is compliant with the requirements of the Code redesign of the piping system is not required unless the sustained or operating reaction loads at either anchor data point 10 or 50 exceed the allowable loads for the attached equipment nozzle or the support structure at node 20 is overloaded The nozzle load and support structure analyses are beyond the scope of this Appendix and are not addressed

S302 EXAMPLE 2 ANTICIPATED SUSTAINED CONDITIONS CONSIDERING PIPE LIFT-OFF

S3021 Example Description

This example is intended to illustrate the analysis of a piping system in which a portion of the piping lifts off at least one Y+ support in at least one operating condition The emphasis of this example is to describe the effect this removal of support has on the determination of anticipated sustained conditions The same principles utilized for this example would also apply for guides and stops (that are single directional or gap-type) that are not engaged during any anticipated operating condition The examples in this Appendix are intended for illustration purposes only and are not intended to portray the same as either adequate or even acceptable piping geometries andor support scenarios The piping system in Fig S3021 is the same in material properties as in Example 1 see paraS3011 Note the distance from node 20 to the elbow node 30 and from nodes 120 to 130 in Example 2rsquos model is 152 m (5 ft) Note that both the design and operating conditions are well below the creep regime therefore the piping system will not develop any permanent creep-related displacements relaxation or sag

S3022 Design Conditions

The design conditions are similar to those in the Example 1 model see para S3012 and Table S3022 Note that the nominal thickness remains unchanged from Example 1 even though the design temperature and corrosion allowance have increased the corrosion allowance in this example model is 318 mm (0125 in)

S3023 Computer Model Input

Table S3023 lists the node numbers lengths etc for each piping component that is displayed in Fig S3021 The computer-based options are the same as those for the Example 1 model see para S3013

S3024 Pressure Effects

The pressure effect considerations are the same as those for Example 1 see para 3014

S3025 The Operating Load Case

The Operating Case evaluated and discussed in this example includes the effects of pipe weight insulation weight fluid weight internal pressure [P1= 3 040 kPa (440 psi)] and temperature [(T1=288oC (550oF)] Table C-1 and C-2 values used for Row A and Row B expansion coefficients are listed below Row A = 132x10-6 mmmmoC (735x10-6 ininoF) Row B = 380 mmm (45 in100 ft) An operating load case is evaluated to determine the operating position of the piping and determine the reaction loads for any attached equipment anchors supports guides or stops In particular each operating load casersquos support scenario is evaluated or assessed by the designer in order to determine whether any anticipated sustained conditions need to be evaluated with one or more Y+ supports removed Further operating load case discussion can be found in para S3015 Piping loads acting on the anchors and support structure for the operating load case are listed in Table S3025 Note that only nodes 10 through 50 are listed in the following tables this is for convenience since the model is symmetric the reactions deflections and stresses for nodes 10 through 40 are the same as for nodes 110 through 140 except that some signs may be reversed

S3026 Sustained Conditions

S30261 The Stress Due to Sustained Loads SL Calculations The stress due to (long-term) sustained loads SL is computed in accordance with para 3202 for each sustained condition that is evaluated see para S30262

S30262 Anticipated Sustained Conditions All anticipated sustained conditions utilizing all possible support scenarios should be considered The designer has identified three anticipated sustained conditions for the piping system each is listed in Table S30262 along with the support status of the node 50 Y+ support as either assessed by analysis or determined by the designer The designer has deemed the Sustained Condition 3 as both controlling the sustained design and requiring evaluation

S30263 Results for the Evaluated Sustained Condition Table S30262rsquos Sustained Conditions 1 and 2 reflect the ambient temperature support scenario Sustained Condition 3 reflects the support scenario of the Operating Case All three Sustained Conditions exclude thermal effects Sustained Conditions 2 and 3 include the effects of internal pressure [P1= 3 040 kPa (440 psi)] pipe weight insulation weight and fluid weight on the piping system A summary of the Sustained Condition 3 reactions and stresses due to sustained loads SL appear in Table S30263 In the determination of SL the sustained longitudinal force index Ia is defaulted to 10 in the absence of more applicable data in accordance with para 320 The in-plane bending moment is indexed at each elbow by the appropriate Ii calculated for this example by multiplying 075 times ii determined from Appendix D (and ASME B31J Table 1-1) See para S3016 for additional information concerning the stress due to sustained loads determination

S3027 Displacement Stress Range Load Cases

The displacement stress range load cases are not listed since they are not the subject of this example

S3028 Code Compliance mdash Satisfying the Intent of the Code

The Sustained Condition 3 results indicate that the piping system is not protected against collapse for the cycles under analysis when considering the Operating Case support scenario Note the greatest Stresses due to Sustained Loads SL are at elbow nodes 40 and 140 and ldquoLift-Offrdquo support location node 50 Therefore redesign of the piping system is required If the piping system is redesigned such that it is compliant with the intent of the Code then the piping system would require no further attention unless the sustained hydrostatic leak test or operating reaction loads at either anchor data point 10 or 110 exceed the allowable loads for the attached equipment nozzle or the support structure at either node 20 or 120 is overloaded The nozzle loads and support structure analyses are beyond the scope of this Appendix and are not addressed Although the occasional load cases are important to the design and analysis of a piping system they are not discussed in this example

S303 EXAMPLE 3 MOMENT REVERSAL

S3031 Example Description

This example is intended to illustrate the flexibility analysis required for a piping system that is designed for more than one operating condition and also experiences a ldquoreversal of momentsrdquo between any two of the anticipated operating conditions The examples in this Appendix are intended for illustration purposes only and are not intended to portray the same as either adequate or even acceptable piping geometries andor support scenarios also Both the design and operating conditions are well below the creep regime The piping system in Fig S3031 consists of two headers and two branches which are referred to as gas ldquometer runsrdquo Only one of the branches is in service (operating) at a given time the out-of-service branch is purged and at ambient (as-installed) condition The design specification calls for each of the meter run branches to alternate in and out of service five times every two weeks for the piping systemrsquos planned 30-year service life (N=3900 equivalent full displacement cycles) ie f = 115 in accordance with para 30235(d) The piping system is fabricated from ASTM A53 Grade B pipe (E=100) both piping headers are DN 600 (NPS 24) and the branches are DN 500 (NPS 20) and both branch and header are 953 mm (0375 in) thick For simplicity each piping segment or component is 1524 m (5 ft) in length The piping system is in normal fluid service The fluid is gaseous is considered to add no weight and to be neither a corrosive nor an erosive hazard ie there is no corrosion allowance The line is not insulated The ambient (as-installed) temperature is 4degC (40degF) The reference modulus of elasticity used is 2034 GPa (295 Msi) and Poissonrsquos ratio is 03 Consideration is given to the close proximity of the three tees in each header in accordance with the guidance in para 31936 and the stress intensification factors from Appendix D are considered to adequately represent the header tees for this piping system The piping internal pressure and minimum to maximum metal temperature range expected during normal operation for each meter run and the design conditions are listed in Table S3031 The design conditions are set sufficiently in excess of the operating conditions so as to provide additional margin on the allowable as required by the owner

S3032 Design Conditions

The design conditions establish the pressure rating flange ratings components ratings and minimum required pipe wall thickness ASME B165 requires a minimum of Class 300 for ASTM A105 flanges The minimum required wall thickness for both the branch and header is 44 mm (0171 in) considering a 125 mill tolerance therefore selection of the standard wall thickness of 95 mm (0375 in) is acceptable S3033 Computer Model Input

Table S3033 lists the node numbers lengths etc for each piping component that is displayed in Fig S3031 Note that flanges and valve components are not explicitly included in the model listing in Table S3033 For simplicity an entire branch (from tee centerline to tee centerline) is considered to be at the operating conditions listed in Table S3031 eg the East meter run branch from nodes 40 through 340 operates at 1 724 kPa (250 psi) and 121degC (250degF) for Operating Case 2 The computer-based options are the same as those for the Example 1 model except that pressure stiffening is not included in the analyses for this example see para S3013

S3034 Pressure Effects

Neither pressure stiffening nor Bourdon effects are included in the analyses

S3035 Operating Load Case(s)

The operating load case is used to determine the operating position of the piping and reaction loads for any attached equipment anchors supports guides or stops The owner has mandated in the design specification that the meter runs and piping be more than adequately supported Therefore the operating load case while necessary to set the limits of the strain ranges does not contribute to the emphasis of this example and its output is not included Table C-1 and C-2 values used for Row A and Row B expansion coefficients are listed below Row A = 123x10-6mmmmoC (680x10-6 ininoF) Row B = 134 mmm (168 in100 ft)

S3036 Sustained Load Case

Stresses due to the sustained loads such as axial forces internal pressure and intensified bending moments in this example are combined in accordance with para320 to determine SL For reasons similar to those expressed for the operating load case the sustained load case output is not included

S3037 Displacement Stress Range Load Cases

The displacement stress range SE is computed in accordance with para 31923(b) and 31931(a) in which the strains evaluated for the ambient temperature (which is also the as-installed and minimum metal temperature condition for this particular example) are algebraically subtracted from the strains evaluated for Operating Case 1 as listed in Table S3031 Similarly the displacement stress range SE is computed from the algebraic strain difference evaluated from the ambient (as-installed) condition to Operating Case 2 as listed in Table S3031 The individual displacement stress range SE along with the internal reaction loads is evaluated for each piping component in accordance with eq (17) is listed in Tables S30371 (Operating Case 1) and has the same results as listed in Table S30372 (Operating Case 2) with the exception that some signs differ (indicating the moment reversal range between the two conditions) The algebraic strain difference between the two resultant case evaluations discussed above produces the greatest displacement stress range for the piping system in accordance with paras 31921(d) 31923(b) and 31931(a) ie SE the ldquostress range corresponding to the total displacement strainsrdquo The resulting reactionsrsquo combination and SE for each piping component are listed in Table S30373

S3038 Code Compliance mdash Satisfying the Intent of the Code

The piping system is compliant with the sustained load requirements of the Code The displacement stress range from the ambient (as-installed) condition to each of the operating cases indicates the piping system is in compliance with the intent of the Code even when limited to the eq (1a) allowable SA But the ldquostress range corresponding to the total displacement strainsrdquo which considers the algebraic strain difference between the two operating cases indicates that the piping system is not protected against fatigue failure for the cycles under analysis even when considering the eq (1b) allowable SA Therefore redesign of the piping system is required If the piping system is redesigned such that it is compliant with the intent of the code then the piping system would require no further attention unless the sustained hydrostatic leak test or operating reaction loads at either anchor data point 10 or 310 or meter runs 130 or 230 exceeded the allowable loads for the attached equipment nozzles or support structure The meter loads nozzle loads and support structure analyses are beyond the scope of this example Although the occasional load cases are important to the design and analysis of a piping system they are not discussed in this example

B31 Code Case 214 Approval Date May 30 2019 ASME B313 Process Piping

Alternative Heat Treatments for Fabrication Processes

Proposal Code Case to allow the use of ASME B31P Standard Heat treatments for Fabrication Processes as an alternative to the preheat PWHT and PFHT required by B313

Explanation ASME B31P Standard Heat treatments for Fabrication Processes was published in May 2018 In order to allow the use of this Standard by the ASME Codes prior to changes being adopted in the next edition of the respective Codes this Code Case is being proposed to allow B31P to be used as an alternative to the rules currently in the published ASME B31 Codes A similar Code Case is currently being balloted in ASME B311 (18-2339)

Summary of Changes To allow the use of ASME B31P Standard Heat Treatments for Fabrication Processes as an alternative to the heat treatment rules specified in ASME B31 3

Referenced Code ASME B313 ndash 2016 amp 2018

Inquiry May the heat treatment requirements specified in ASME B31P be used as an alternative to the required heat treatments specified in paras 330 331 and 332 of ASME B313

Reply It is the opinion of the Committee that the heat treatments specified in ASME B31P may be used as an alternative to the respective heat treatments specified in ASME B313 for the materials referenced in ASME B31P

B31 Code Case 216 Approval Date March 29 2021 ASME B313 Process Piping

Use of Enhanced Pressure Ratings for Brazed Copper Tubes and Fittings by Cold

Stretch Process

Inquiry Under what condition may higher pressure ratings be used for ASTM B88 Type L tubes and

ASME B1622 fittings in ASME B313 construction

Reply It is the opinion of the Committee that enhanced pressure ratings may be used for ASTM B88

Type L tubes and ASME B1622 fittings in ASME B313 construction provided the following conditions are

met

(a) The tubes shall conform to ASTM B88 Type L in the H58 temper

(b) The fittings shall conform to ASME B1622

(c) The maximum design temperature is 38degC (100degF)

(d) The piping shall be limited to Category D and Normal Fluid Services

(e) External pressure is not permitted

(f) The maximum tube and fitting nominal or standard size is 3 in

(g) The joints shall be brazed The qualification of brazing procedures brazers and brazing operators shall be in accordance with para 3282 Silver brazing filler metals (BAg‐XX) with

appropriate flux shall be used in the brazing process

(h) In brazing qualification the specimen in the tension test shall break in the base metal outside of

the joint with tensile strength equal to or greater than (207 MPa) 30 ksi

(i) The piping system shall receive a cold stretch operation by hydrostatic or pneumatic pressure

test in accordance with para 345 except the minimum test pressure shall be 17 times the design pressure and the maximum test pressure shall be 18 times the design pressure The test pressure shall be

maintained for at least 20 min

(j) The internal design gage pressure P shall not exceed the pressure calculated as follows

208

Where S = 689 MPa (100 ksi)

t = minimum wall thickness for ASTM B88 Type L D = maximum outside diameter for annealed temper ASTM B88 Type L

(k) Piping flexibility analysis shall be performed in accordance with para 319 using the basic

allowable stresses (Sc and Sh) equal to 414 MPa (60 ksi)

(l) Analysis of sustained loads shall be performed in accordance with para 320 using the basic

allowable stresses (Sh) equal to 414 MPa (60 ksi)

(m) Before cold stretch operation the brazed joints shall be 100 visually examined The following

conditions are not permitted

1) The presence of flux residue and unmelted filler metal

2) Excessive oxidation of the joint

3) Cracks in braze metal or base material

(n) Additional brazing is not permitted after the cold stretch operation If a braze repair is required

the following conditions shall be satisfied

1) The braze joint to be repaired shall be removed and replaced along with 150 mm (6 in)

of tube on each side of the joint

2) The piping shall receive the cold stretch operation as required in (i)

(o) The design cold stretch and repair records shall be retained by the owner for the life of the piping

B31 Code Case 217 Approval Date September 3 2021

ASME B313 Process Piping

Alternative NDE Personnel Qualification and Certification Requirements

Referenced Code ASME B313 ndash 2018 amp 2020

Inquiry May alternative personnel qualification and certification requirements be used as options to those specified in ASME B313 para 3421

Reply It is the opinion of the Committee that the personnel qualification and certification requirements below may be used as alternatives to those specified in ASME B313 para 3421 Personnel performing nondestructive examination to the requirements of this Code shall be qualified and certified for the method to be utilized in accordance with their employerrsquos written practice The written practice shall be based on the training examination and experience requirements of one of the following

(a) ASME BPVC Section V Article 1

(b) ASNT CP-189

(c) ASNT SNT-TC-1A

(d) Other national or international central certification program or standard

Page 9: B31.3 Code Cases

Case 193 Approval Date October 9 2014 Cu-55Zn-4Si Casting Alloy UNS No C87600 ASME B313 Inquiry May Cu-55Zn-4Si Casting Alloy UNS No C87600 conforming to the requirements of ASTM B584 be used for construction under the rules of ASME B313 Reply Yes provided

(a) The basic allowable stress values for the material shall be those given in Table 1 A Casting Quality Factor Ec needs to be applied

(b) The maximum use temperature shall be 177ordmC (350ordmF) (c) Separate weld procedure and performance qualifications shall apply to this

material The welding procedure qualifications shall be in accordance with ASME Section IX

Table 1 Basic Allowable Stress Values

For Metal Temperature Not Exceeding degF

Stress ksi

For Metal Temperature Not Exceeding degC

Stress MPa

100 200 40 138 150 200 65 138200 200 100 138250 200 125 138300 200 150 138350 200 175 138

200 137

Note The maximum use temperature for this alloy is 177ordmC (350ordmF) The value listed at 200ordmC is provided for interpolation purposes only

Case 196 Approval Date May 15 2015 Ductile Iron Casting UNS No F33100 ASME B313 Inquiry May Ductile Iron Castings UNS No F33100 conforming to the requirements of ASTM A536 Grade 65-45-12 be used for construction under the rules of ASME B313 Reply Yes provided

(a) The maximum allowable stress values for the material shall be those given in Table 1

(b) A casting quality factor Ec of 080 shall also be applied except as permitted in (c)

(c) The casting quality factor may be increased by performing supplementary examination(s) listed in Table 30233(c) The casting shall have first been visually examined as required by MSS SP-55 Quality Standard for Steel Castings for Valves Flanges and Fittings and other Piping Components ndash Visual Method

(d) The maximum use temperature shall be 260ordmC (500degF) (e) The minimum use temperature shall be -30degC (-20degF) (f) All other requirements of ASME B313 shall be followed

Table 1 ndash Maximum Allowable Stress Values

For Metal Temperature Not Exceeding degC

Stress MPa

For Metal Temperature Not Exceeding degF Stress ksi

40 149 100 217 65 149 150 217

100 149 200 217 125 149 250 217 150 149 300 217 175 149 350 217 200 148 400 217 225 148 450 217 250 148 500 216 275 147

Note The maximum use temperature for this alloy is 260ordmC (500ordmF) The value listed at 275ordmC is provided for interpolation purposes only

B31 Case 202 Approval Date November 14 2017 Heavy Walled FittingsASME B313 Process Piping

Inquiry What alternate calculation method for pressure design may be used to determine therequired reinforcement for a heavy wall branch connection fitting (lateral wye or tee) in accordancewith ASME B313 Para 30433

Reply It is the opinion of the Committee that the ldquopressure areardquo method1 as described hereinis an acceptable alternate calculation method to determine the required metal reinforcement for aheavy wall branch connection fitting (lateral wye or tee) in accordance with ASME B313 Para30433

Nomenclature

A = Metal areas (see Figures 1 2 and 3) mm2 (in2)

B = Metal areas (see Figures 1 and 2) mm2 (in2)

D1 = Run pipe inside diameter less corrosion allowance mm (in)

D2 = Branch pipe inside diameter less corrosion allowance mm (in)

E = Pressure areas (see Figures 1 2 and 3) mm2 (in2)

F = Pressure areas (see Figures 1 and 2) mm2 (in2)

G = The width of the lateral branch opening at the inside surface of the run pipe (see Figure 1) mm (in)

P = Design (gage) pressure kPa (psi)

S = Material allowable stress from B313 Table A-1 for the design temperature kPa (psi) (If a casting is to be qualified for pressure the material allowable stress shall be multiplied by the appropriate B313 casting quality factor)

t1 = Thickness in the fitting heel (see Figures 1 and 2) or run radial thickness in the fitting crotch (see Figure 3) mm (in)

t2 = Thickness in the fitting crotch (see Figures 1 and 2) or branch radial thickness in the fitting crotch (see Figure 3) mm (in)

trsquo1 = Nominal thickness of the matching run pipe connected to the fitting (see Figures) mm (in)

trsquo2 = Nominal thickness of the matching branch pipe connected to the fitting (see Figures) mm (in)

α = The angle between the branch pipe centerline and the fitting crotch centerline deg (see Figures 1 and 2)

β = The angle between the fitting crotch centerline and the run pipe centerline deg (see Figure 1)

1 The ldquopressure areardquo method was originally published in the 1956 revised 2nd edition of the MW KelloggDesign of Piping Systems

General Requirements

1 The fitting shall be manufactured from a single metal casting or forging

2 The fitting ends shall not be within the envelope of the metal and pressure areas used to qualifythe fitting and there shall be sufficient material beyond the envelope to make an acceptable weldend (see ASME B1625)

3 The trsquo1 and trsquo2 dimensions of the fitting shall be equal to or greater in thickness than the nominaldimensions of the matching piping If the fitting is a weaker material than the matching pipingtransition pieces may be necessary for the connected piping to match trsquo1 and trsquo2 dimensions ofthe fitting determined in accordance with the straight pipe requirements of B313 as appropriate

4 All inside and outside corners of the fittings larger than NPS 2 shall be radiused It isrecommended that inside radii be a minimum t4 and outside radii be a minimum t2 where t isthe lesser of trsquo1 and trsquo2 except that these radii shall not be less than 3 mm (18 in) and need notbe greater than 25 mm (1 in)

5 For internally and externally contoured fittings the metal and pressure areas may be representedby quadrilaterals andor triangles assembled such that they approximate the respective areas

(A) for the metal areas the areas of the largest non-overlapping quadrilaterals andor trianglesmay be summed provided all the areas lie within the areas defined by the fitting inside andoutside surfaces and side lengths defined in the appropriate figures and

(B) for the pressure areas the areas of the non-overlapping quadrilaterals andor triangles shallbe summed that totally circumscribe and cover the areas defined by the fitting crotch andpipe centerlines the fitting inside surfaces and the side lengths defined in the appropriatefigures

6 For laterals (Figure 1) with an (α + β) angle greater than or equal to 85 degs the requirementsfor the tee (Figure 3) may be used Otherwise the requirements for the lateral shall be used

7 Consideration shall be made for required examination of the pipe to fitting joint A short tangentmay improve the reading of a radiograph or facilitate the performance of ultrasonic examinationespecially if there is a significant transition from the pipe to the fitting

8 The fittingrsquos manufacturing tolerance shall be considered

Calculated Dimensions

The side length dimensions for calculating metal and pressure areas for the various fittings are asfollows

For the lateral (see Figure 1) where (α + β) $ 45 deg

Run crotch side length = G

t Cos2 22

Run heel side length = G

t Cos2 21

Branch crotch side length = D

t Cos222 2

Branch heel side length = D

t Cos212 2

For the wye (see Figure 2) where α $ 45 deg

Run heel side length = D

t Cos112 2

Branch crotch side length = D

t Cos222

Branch heel side length = D

t Cos212 2

For the tee (see Figure 3)

Run side length = D t2

22

Branch side length = D

t212

Acceptance Criteria

The following equations shall be met for both the crotch and heel sides of the fitting For the tee onlyEquation (1) need be met because of symmetry

SP E

A

A

2

1

SP F

B

B

2

2

1

B31 Code Case 208 Approval Date November 6 2018

ASME B313 Process Piping 18Cr-11Ni-Cb-N 347LN UNS S34751 Austenitic Stainless Steel Seamless Tubes Seamless and Welded Pipe Pipe Flanges Forged Fittings Valves and Parts Wrought Piping Fittings Forgings and Plate and Sheet ASME B313 Inquiry May UNS S34751 solution annealed austenitic stainless steel seamless tubes seamless and welded pipe pipe flanges valves and parts wrought piping fittings forgings plate and sheet meeting the requirements of ASTM A213A213M-17 A312A312M-17 A376A376M-17 A358A358M-15 A182A182M-17 A403A403M-16 A965A965M-14 and A240A240M-17 be used in welded construction under the rules of ASME B313 Reply Yes provided that the following additional requirements are met (a) The maximum allowable stress values shall be as given in Table 1 (b) The maximum use temperature is 677degC (1250degF) (c) The material shall be considered as P-No 8 Group 1 (d) For temperatures above 538degC (1000degF) the stress values in Table 1 may be used only if the

material has been heat treated at a temperature of 1093degC (2000degF) minimum (e) The minimum design temperature for this material shall be -200degC (-325degF) however when a

specification permits this material to be furnished without solution heat treatment or with other than a solution heat treatment the minimum design temperature shall be -29degC (-20degF) unless the material is impact tested in accordance with para 3233

(f) For post fabrication strain limits in the lower temperature range exceeding design temperature 540degC (1000degF) and forming strain of 15 and in the high temperature range exceeding 675degC (1250degF) and forming strains of 10 the minimum heat treatment temperature shall be 1040degC (1900degF)

2

Table 1 Maximum Allowable Stress Values

For Metal Temperature Not Exceeding

degC Allowable Stress [Note (1)] MPa

For Metal Temperature

Not Exceeding degF

Allowable Stress [Note (2)] ksi

40 138 100 200

65 138 200 200

100 138 300 200

125 138 400 197

150 138 500 183

175 138 600 174

200 137 650 172

225 132 700 170

250 128 750 169

275 124 800 168

300 122 850 168

325 120 900 168

350 118 950 168

375 117 1000 167

400 116 1050 166

425 116 1100 132

450 116 1150 970

475 116 1200 720

500 116 1250 545 Note (2) The fonts used are in accordance with B313 Table A‐1 Note 4a

525 115

550 115

575 111

600 845

625 641

650 489

675 383

700 289[Note (3)]

Note (1) The fonts used are in accordance with B313 Table A‐1 Note 4b

Note (3) The maximum use temperature for this alloy is 677degC (1250degF) The value listed at 700degC is provided for interpolation purposes only

B31 Code Case 209 Approval Date November 6 2018

ASME B313 Process Piping

PIPING SYSTEM STRESS ANALYSIS EXAMPLES QUESTION The results for the examples found in ASME B313-2016 Appendix S were developed using the 2006 editionrsquos code rules and material data tables How would the appendix results and affected text change when the ASME B313-2016 code rules and material data tables are applied REPLY It is the opinion of the Committee that the following pages show what Appendix S looks like with the revised new rules and data

S300 INTRODUCTION

The examples in this Appendix are intended to illustrate the application of the rules and definitions in Chapter II Part 5 flexibility and Support and the stress limits of para 30235 The loadings and conditions necessary to comply with the intent of the Code are presented

S3001 Definitions and Nomenclature

global axes these are Cartesian X Y and Z axes In this Appendix vertically upward is taken to be the +Y direction with gravity acting in the minusY direction Pj piping internal pressure see para 3012 when more than one condition exists for the piping system each is subscripted (eg P1 P2 ) Tj pipe maximum or minimum metal temperature see paras 3013 and 31931(a) when more than one condition exists for the piping system each is subscripted (eg T1 T2 ) Y+ a ldquosingle acting supportrdquo that provides support in only the vertically upward direction and is considered to be ldquoactiverdquo when the pipe exerts a downward force on the support The pipe is free to move upward ie the pipe ldquolifts offrdquo the support the support in the ldquolift-offrdquo situation is considered to be ldquoremovedrdquo from providing support ie inactive during the load condition considered

S301 EXAMPLE 1 CODE COMPLIANT PIPING SYSTEM

S3011 Example Description

This example is intended to illustrate the design of an adequately supported and sufficiently flexible piping system The piping system in Fig S3011 is fabricated from ASTM A106 Grade B seamless pipe (ie E = 100) the pipe is DN 400 (NPS 16) with a nominal wall thickness of 953 mm (0375 in) 127 mm (5 in) thickness of calcium silicate insulation and 159 mm (0063 in) corrosion allowance the fluid has a specific gravity of 10 The equivalent number of full displacement cycles expected for the piping system is fewer than 7 000 [ie f =100 in accordance with para 30235(d)] The piping system is in normal fluid service The reference modulus of elasticity used for the piping analysis is 2034 GPa (295 Msi) from Appendix C Table C-6 in accordance with paras 31932 and 31944 and Poissonrsquos ratio is 03 in accordance with para 31933 The piping internal pressures and temperatures expected during normal operation and the design conditions are listed in Table S3011 see paras 31923(b) and 31931(a) The design conditions are set sufficiently in excess of the operating conditions so as to provide additional margin on the allowable stress for pressure design as required by the owner

S3012 Design Conditions

The design conditions establish the pressure rating flange ratings component ratings and minimum required pipe wall thickness in accordance with para 30121 For example ASME B165 requires a minimum of Class 300 for ASTM A105 flanges Also the minimum required pipe wall thickness tm is determined from the design conditions by inserting eq (3a) into eq (2) terms are defined in para 30411 and Appendix J E = 10 P = design pressure = 3 800 kPa (550 psi) S = allowable stress from Appendix A Tables A-1 and A-1M = 1274 MPa (184 ksi) at design temperature 288oC (550oF) W = 10 for carbon steel at any temperature in accordance with Table 30235 Note (9) Y = 04 from Table 30411 Insert eq (3a) into eq (2)

tm = t + c =

=

159

= 599 mm + 159 mm = 758 mm (0299 in) In accordance with para 30412(a) t must be less than D6 for eq (3a) to be appropriate without considering additional factors to compute the pressure design thickness t ie t D6 or 758 mm 4064 mm6 Since 758 mm (0299 in) 677 mm (267 in) and 0030 0385 eq (3a) is applicable without special consideration of factors listed in para 30412(b) Now select a pipe schedule of adequate thickness Determine the specified minimum pipe wall thickness T from nominal pipe wall thickness ₸ considering a mill tolerance of 125 Select DN 400 (NPS 16) Schedule 30STD nominal wall thickness from ASME B3610M ₸ = 953 mm (0375 in) T = (953 mm)(100 minus 0125) = 834 mm (0328 in) Since T tm (ie 834 mm (0328 in) 758 mm (0299 in)) the selection of the nominal pipe wall thickness ₸ for Schedule 30STD pipe is acceptable The long radius elbows specified for this piping system are in accordance with ASME B169 and are specified to be for use with Schedule 30STD wall thickness pipe

S3013 Computer Model Input

Tables S30131 and S30132 list the ldquonode numbersrdquo lengths etc for each piping element displayed in Fig S3011 A bend radius of 15 times the nominal pipe diameter [ie 6096 mm (24 in)] and nominal wall thickness of 953 mm (0375 in) are used for the elbows in the computer model Generic computer program options are as follows (a) include pressure stiffening on elbows (b) exclude pressure thrust and Bourdon effects (c) use nominal section properties for the stiffnesses forces moments and deflections calculation (d) use ldquonominal less allowancesrdquo section properties for the stress due to sustained loads SL calculation (e) use nominal section properties for displacement stress range SE calculation

minimum metal temp -1oC (30oF) ambient (as-installed) temp -1oC (30oF)

S3014 Pressure Effects

For the operating sustained and displacement stress range load cases the effect of pressure stiffening on the elbows is included to determine the end reactions in accordance with Appendix D Note (6) (and ASME B31J Table 1-1 Note(4) ) The effects of pressure-induced elongation and Bourdon effects are not included as both are deemed negligible for this particular example

S3015 The Operating Load Case

The operating load case is used to determine the operating position of the piping and reaction loads for any attached equipment anchors supports guides or stops The operating load case is based on the temperature range from the ambient (as-installed) temperature of -1degC (30degF) to the maximum operating metal temperature of 260degC (500degF) in accordance with paras 31923(b) and 31931(b) Tables C-1 and C-2 values used for Row A and Row B expansion coefficients are listed below Row A = 131x10-6 mmmmoC (730x10-6 ininoF) Row B = 343 mmm (400 in100 ft) The operating load case in this example also includes the effects of internal pressure pipe weight insulation weight and fluid weight on the piping system Both pipe stiffness and displacement stress range are based on the nominal thickness of the pipe Pipe deflections and internal reaction loads for the operating load case are listed in Table S30151 Piping loads acting on the anchors and support structure are listed in Table S30152

S3016 The Sustained Load Case

Stresses due to the sustained loads such as axial forces internal pressure and intensified bending moments in this example are combined in accordance with para320 to determine SL The sustained load case excludes thermal effects and includes the effects of internal pressure [P1=3450 kPa (500 psi)] pipe weight insulation weight and fluid weight on the piping system Nominal section properties are used to generate the stiffness matrix and sustained loads for the computer model in accordance with para 31935 The nominal thickness less allowances is used to calculate the section properties for SL in accordance with para 320 A summary of the sustained load case internal reaction forces moments and stress due to sustained loads SL is provided in Table S3016 Since this example model lies in only one plane only the stress due to sustained bending moments due to the in-plane bending moment is not zero The in-plane bending moment is intensified at each elbow by the sustained in-plane moment index for an unflanged elbow Ii Note that SL for the nodes listed in Table S3016 do not exceed the 1308 MPa (190 ksi) sustained allowable stress Sh for A106 Grade B piping at the operating maximum metal temperature T1 = 260degC (500degF) from Appendix A Tables A-1 and A-1M By limiting SL to Sh in accordance with para 30235(c) the piping system is deemed adequately protected against collapse

S3017 The Displacement Stress Range Load Case

The displacement stress range SE in this example is based on the temperature range from the minimum metal (as-installed) temperature minus1degC (30degF) to maximum metal temperature for the thermal cycles under analysis [T1 = 260degC (500degF)] in accordance with paras 31923(b) and 31931(a) The displacement stress range SE for each element is calculated in accordance with eq (17) and is listed in Table S3017 along with the internal reaction loads Nominal section properties are used to generate the stiffness matrix and displacement stress ranges in the piping in accordance with para 31935 Since this example model lies in only one plane only the in-plane bending moment range is not zero The in-plane moment range is intensified at each elbow in accordance with Appendix D (and ASME B31J Table 1-1) stress intensification factor ii for an unflanged elbow For simplicity the allowable displacement stress range SA is calculated in accordance with eq (1a) Though eq (1a) is used in this example it is also acceptable to calculate SA in accordance with eq (1b) which permits SA to exceed the eq (1a) value for each piping element based on the magnitude of each elementrsquos SL The following terms are as defined in para 30235(d) and Appendix J f = 100 for 7 000 equivalent full displacement cycles from Fig 30235 or eq (1c) SA = f (125 Sc + 025 Sh) = (100)[(125)(138 MPa) + (025)(1308 MPa)] = 2052 MPa (2975 ksi) Sc = allowable stress from Appendix A Tables A-1 and A-1M = 138 MPa (200 ksi) at ambient (as-installed) temperature Sh = allowable stress from Appendix A Tables A-1 and A-1M = 1308 MPa (190 ksi) at T1 T1 = maximum metal temperature = 260degC (500degF) Note that each piping elementrsquos displacement stress range based on minimum to maximum metal temperature for the thermal cycles under analysis SE does not exceed the eq (1a) allowable SA By limiting SE to SA the piping system is deemed adequate to accommodate up to 7 000 equivalent full displacement cycles Considering both the stress due to sustained loads and displacement stress range load cases the piping system is compliant with the requirements of the Code redesign of the piping system is not required unless the sustained or operating reaction loads at either anchor data point 10 or 50 exceed the allowable loads for the attached equipment nozzle or the support structure at node 20 is overloaded The nozzle load and support structure analyses are beyond the scope of this Appendix and are not addressed

S302 EXAMPLE 2 ANTICIPATED SUSTAINED CONDITIONS CONSIDERING PIPE LIFT-OFF

S3021 Example Description

This example is intended to illustrate the analysis of a piping system in which a portion of the piping lifts off at least one Y+ support in at least one operating condition The emphasis of this example is to describe the effect this removal of support has on the determination of anticipated sustained conditions The same principles utilized for this example would also apply for guides and stops (that are single directional or gap-type) that are not engaged during any anticipated operating condition The examples in this Appendix are intended for illustration purposes only and are not intended to portray the same as either adequate or even acceptable piping geometries andor support scenarios The piping system in Fig S3021 is the same in material properties as in Example 1 see paraS3011 Note the distance from node 20 to the elbow node 30 and from nodes 120 to 130 in Example 2rsquos model is 152 m (5 ft) Note that both the design and operating conditions are well below the creep regime therefore the piping system will not develop any permanent creep-related displacements relaxation or sag

S3022 Design Conditions

The design conditions are similar to those in the Example 1 model see para S3012 and Table S3022 Note that the nominal thickness remains unchanged from Example 1 even though the design temperature and corrosion allowance have increased the corrosion allowance in this example model is 318 mm (0125 in)

S3023 Computer Model Input

Table S3023 lists the node numbers lengths etc for each piping component that is displayed in Fig S3021 The computer-based options are the same as those for the Example 1 model see para S3013

S3024 Pressure Effects

The pressure effect considerations are the same as those for Example 1 see para 3014

S3025 The Operating Load Case

The Operating Case evaluated and discussed in this example includes the effects of pipe weight insulation weight fluid weight internal pressure [P1= 3 040 kPa (440 psi)] and temperature [(T1=288oC (550oF)] Table C-1 and C-2 values used for Row A and Row B expansion coefficients are listed below Row A = 132x10-6 mmmmoC (735x10-6 ininoF) Row B = 380 mmm (45 in100 ft) An operating load case is evaluated to determine the operating position of the piping and determine the reaction loads for any attached equipment anchors supports guides or stops In particular each operating load casersquos support scenario is evaluated or assessed by the designer in order to determine whether any anticipated sustained conditions need to be evaluated with one or more Y+ supports removed Further operating load case discussion can be found in para S3015 Piping loads acting on the anchors and support structure for the operating load case are listed in Table S3025 Note that only nodes 10 through 50 are listed in the following tables this is for convenience since the model is symmetric the reactions deflections and stresses for nodes 10 through 40 are the same as for nodes 110 through 140 except that some signs may be reversed

S3026 Sustained Conditions

S30261 The Stress Due to Sustained Loads SL Calculations The stress due to (long-term) sustained loads SL is computed in accordance with para 3202 for each sustained condition that is evaluated see para S30262

S30262 Anticipated Sustained Conditions All anticipated sustained conditions utilizing all possible support scenarios should be considered The designer has identified three anticipated sustained conditions for the piping system each is listed in Table S30262 along with the support status of the node 50 Y+ support as either assessed by analysis or determined by the designer The designer has deemed the Sustained Condition 3 as both controlling the sustained design and requiring evaluation

S30263 Results for the Evaluated Sustained Condition Table S30262rsquos Sustained Conditions 1 and 2 reflect the ambient temperature support scenario Sustained Condition 3 reflects the support scenario of the Operating Case All three Sustained Conditions exclude thermal effects Sustained Conditions 2 and 3 include the effects of internal pressure [P1= 3 040 kPa (440 psi)] pipe weight insulation weight and fluid weight on the piping system A summary of the Sustained Condition 3 reactions and stresses due to sustained loads SL appear in Table S30263 In the determination of SL the sustained longitudinal force index Ia is defaulted to 10 in the absence of more applicable data in accordance with para 320 The in-plane bending moment is indexed at each elbow by the appropriate Ii calculated for this example by multiplying 075 times ii determined from Appendix D (and ASME B31J Table 1-1) See para S3016 for additional information concerning the stress due to sustained loads determination

S3027 Displacement Stress Range Load Cases

The displacement stress range load cases are not listed since they are not the subject of this example

S3028 Code Compliance mdash Satisfying the Intent of the Code

The Sustained Condition 3 results indicate that the piping system is not protected against collapse for the cycles under analysis when considering the Operating Case support scenario Note the greatest Stresses due to Sustained Loads SL are at elbow nodes 40 and 140 and ldquoLift-Offrdquo support location node 50 Therefore redesign of the piping system is required If the piping system is redesigned such that it is compliant with the intent of the Code then the piping system would require no further attention unless the sustained hydrostatic leak test or operating reaction loads at either anchor data point 10 or 110 exceed the allowable loads for the attached equipment nozzle or the support structure at either node 20 or 120 is overloaded The nozzle loads and support structure analyses are beyond the scope of this Appendix and are not addressed Although the occasional load cases are important to the design and analysis of a piping system they are not discussed in this example

S303 EXAMPLE 3 MOMENT REVERSAL

S3031 Example Description

This example is intended to illustrate the flexibility analysis required for a piping system that is designed for more than one operating condition and also experiences a ldquoreversal of momentsrdquo between any two of the anticipated operating conditions The examples in this Appendix are intended for illustration purposes only and are not intended to portray the same as either adequate or even acceptable piping geometries andor support scenarios also Both the design and operating conditions are well below the creep regime The piping system in Fig S3031 consists of two headers and two branches which are referred to as gas ldquometer runsrdquo Only one of the branches is in service (operating) at a given time the out-of-service branch is purged and at ambient (as-installed) condition The design specification calls for each of the meter run branches to alternate in and out of service five times every two weeks for the piping systemrsquos planned 30-year service life (N=3900 equivalent full displacement cycles) ie f = 115 in accordance with para 30235(d) The piping system is fabricated from ASTM A53 Grade B pipe (E=100) both piping headers are DN 600 (NPS 24) and the branches are DN 500 (NPS 20) and both branch and header are 953 mm (0375 in) thick For simplicity each piping segment or component is 1524 m (5 ft) in length The piping system is in normal fluid service The fluid is gaseous is considered to add no weight and to be neither a corrosive nor an erosive hazard ie there is no corrosion allowance The line is not insulated The ambient (as-installed) temperature is 4degC (40degF) The reference modulus of elasticity used is 2034 GPa (295 Msi) and Poissonrsquos ratio is 03 Consideration is given to the close proximity of the three tees in each header in accordance with the guidance in para 31936 and the stress intensification factors from Appendix D are considered to adequately represent the header tees for this piping system The piping internal pressure and minimum to maximum metal temperature range expected during normal operation for each meter run and the design conditions are listed in Table S3031 The design conditions are set sufficiently in excess of the operating conditions so as to provide additional margin on the allowable as required by the owner

S3032 Design Conditions

The design conditions establish the pressure rating flange ratings components ratings and minimum required pipe wall thickness ASME B165 requires a minimum of Class 300 for ASTM A105 flanges The minimum required wall thickness for both the branch and header is 44 mm (0171 in) considering a 125 mill tolerance therefore selection of the standard wall thickness of 95 mm (0375 in) is acceptable S3033 Computer Model Input

Table S3033 lists the node numbers lengths etc for each piping component that is displayed in Fig S3031 Note that flanges and valve components are not explicitly included in the model listing in Table S3033 For simplicity an entire branch (from tee centerline to tee centerline) is considered to be at the operating conditions listed in Table S3031 eg the East meter run branch from nodes 40 through 340 operates at 1 724 kPa (250 psi) and 121degC (250degF) for Operating Case 2 The computer-based options are the same as those for the Example 1 model except that pressure stiffening is not included in the analyses for this example see para S3013

S3034 Pressure Effects

Neither pressure stiffening nor Bourdon effects are included in the analyses

S3035 Operating Load Case(s)

The operating load case is used to determine the operating position of the piping and reaction loads for any attached equipment anchors supports guides or stops The owner has mandated in the design specification that the meter runs and piping be more than adequately supported Therefore the operating load case while necessary to set the limits of the strain ranges does not contribute to the emphasis of this example and its output is not included Table C-1 and C-2 values used for Row A and Row B expansion coefficients are listed below Row A = 123x10-6mmmmoC (680x10-6 ininoF) Row B = 134 mmm (168 in100 ft)

S3036 Sustained Load Case

Stresses due to the sustained loads such as axial forces internal pressure and intensified bending moments in this example are combined in accordance with para320 to determine SL For reasons similar to those expressed for the operating load case the sustained load case output is not included

S3037 Displacement Stress Range Load Cases

The displacement stress range SE is computed in accordance with para 31923(b) and 31931(a) in which the strains evaluated for the ambient temperature (which is also the as-installed and minimum metal temperature condition for this particular example) are algebraically subtracted from the strains evaluated for Operating Case 1 as listed in Table S3031 Similarly the displacement stress range SE is computed from the algebraic strain difference evaluated from the ambient (as-installed) condition to Operating Case 2 as listed in Table S3031 The individual displacement stress range SE along with the internal reaction loads is evaluated for each piping component in accordance with eq (17) is listed in Tables S30371 (Operating Case 1) and has the same results as listed in Table S30372 (Operating Case 2) with the exception that some signs differ (indicating the moment reversal range between the two conditions) The algebraic strain difference between the two resultant case evaluations discussed above produces the greatest displacement stress range for the piping system in accordance with paras 31921(d) 31923(b) and 31931(a) ie SE the ldquostress range corresponding to the total displacement strainsrdquo The resulting reactionsrsquo combination and SE for each piping component are listed in Table S30373

S3038 Code Compliance mdash Satisfying the Intent of the Code

The piping system is compliant with the sustained load requirements of the Code The displacement stress range from the ambient (as-installed) condition to each of the operating cases indicates the piping system is in compliance with the intent of the Code even when limited to the eq (1a) allowable SA But the ldquostress range corresponding to the total displacement strainsrdquo which considers the algebraic strain difference between the two operating cases indicates that the piping system is not protected against fatigue failure for the cycles under analysis even when considering the eq (1b) allowable SA Therefore redesign of the piping system is required If the piping system is redesigned such that it is compliant with the intent of the code then the piping system would require no further attention unless the sustained hydrostatic leak test or operating reaction loads at either anchor data point 10 or 310 or meter runs 130 or 230 exceeded the allowable loads for the attached equipment nozzles or support structure The meter loads nozzle loads and support structure analyses are beyond the scope of this example Although the occasional load cases are important to the design and analysis of a piping system they are not discussed in this example

B31 Code Case 214 Approval Date May 30 2019 ASME B313 Process Piping

Alternative Heat Treatments for Fabrication Processes

Proposal Code Case to allow the use of ASME B31P Standard Heat treatments for Fabrication Processes as an alternative to the preheat PWHT and PFHT required by B313

Explanation ASME B31P Standard Heat treatments for Fabrication Processes was published in May 2018 In order to allow the use of this Standard by the ASME Codes prior to changes being adopted in the next edition of the respective Codes this Code Case is being proposed to allow B31P to be used as an alternative to the rules currently in the published ASME B31 Codes A similar Code Case is currently being balloted in ASME B311 (18-2339)

Summary of Changes To allow the use of ASME B31P Standard Heat Treatments for Fabrication Processes as an alternative to the heat treatment rules specified in ASME B31 3

Referenced Code ASME B313 ndash 2016 amp 2018

Inquiry May the heat treatment requirements specified in ASME B31P be used as an alternative to the required heat treatments specified in paras 330 331 and 332 of ASME B313

Reply It is the opinion of the Committee that the heat treatments specified in ASME B31P may be used as an alternative to the respective heat treatments specified in ASME B313 for the materials referenced in ASME B31P

B31 Code Case 216 Approval Date March 29 2021 ASME B313 Process Piping

Use of Enhanced Pressure Ratings for Brazed Copper Tubes and Fittings by Cold

Stretch Process

Inquiry Under what condition may higher pressure ratings be used for ASTM B88 Type L tubes and

ASME B1622 fittings in ASME B313 construction

Reply It is the opinion of the Committee that enhanced pressure ratings may be used for ASTM B88

Type L tubes and ASME B1622 fittings in ASME B313 construction provided the following conditions are

met

(a) The tubes shall conform to ASTM B88 Type L in the H58 temper

(b) The fittings shall conform to ASME B1622

(c) The maximum design temperature is 38degC (100degF)

(d) The piping shall be limited to Category D and Normal Fluid Services

(e) External pressure is not permitted

(f) The maximum tube and fitting nominal or standard size is 3 in

(g) The joints shall be brazed The qualification of brazing procedures brazers and brazing operators shall be in accordance with para 3282 Silver brazing filler metals (BAg‐XX) with

appropriate flux shall be used in the brazing process

(h) In brazing qualification the specimen in the tension test shall break in the base metal outside of

the joint with tensile strength equal to or greater than (207 MPa) 30 ksi

(i) The piping system shall receive a cold stretch operation by hydrostatic or pneumatic pressure

test in accordance with para 345 except the minimum test pressure shall be 17 times the design pressure and the maximum test pressure shall be 18 times the design pressure The test pressure shall be

maintained for at least 20 min

(j) The internal design gage pressure P shall not exceed the pressure calculated as follows

208

Where S = 689 MPa (100 ksi)

t = minimum wall thickness for ASTM B88 Type L D = maximum outside diameter for annealed temper ASTM B88 Type L

(k) Piping flexibility analysis shall be performed in accordance with para 319 using the basic

allowable stresses (Sc and Sh) equal to 414 MPa (60 ksi)

(l) Analysis of sustained loads shall be performed in accordance with para 320 using the basic

allowable stresses (Sh) equal to 414 MPa (60 ksi)

(m) Before cold stretch operation the brazed joints shall be 100 visually examined The following

conditions are not permitted

1) The presence of flux residue and unmelted filler metal

2) Excessive oxidation of the joint

3) Cracks in braze metal or base material

(n) Additional brazing is not permitted after the cold stretch operation If a braze repair is required

the following conditions shall be satisfied

1) The braze joint to be repaired shall be removed and replaced along with 150 mm (6 in)

of tube on each side of the joint

2) The piping shall receive the cold stretch operation as required in (i)

(o) The design cold stretch and repair records shall be retained by the owner for the life of the piping

B31 Code Case 217 Approval Date September 3 2021

ASME B313 Process Piping

Alternative NDE Personnel Qualification and Certification Requirements

Referenced Code ASME B313 ndash 2018 amp 2020

Inquiry May alternative personnel qualification and certification requirements be used as options to those specified in ASME B313 para 3421

Reply It is the opinion of the Committee that the personnel qualification and certification requirements below may be used as alternatives to those specified in ASME B313 para 3421 Personnel performing nondestructive examination to the requirements of this Code shall be qualified and certified for the method to be utilized in accordance with their employerrsquos written practice The written practice shall be based on the training examination and experience requirements of one of the following

(a) ASME BPVC Section V Article 1

(b) ASNT CP-189

(c) ASNT SNT-TC-1A

(d) Other national or international central certification program or standard

Page 10: B31.3 Code Cases

Case 196 Approval Date May 15 2015 Ductile Iron Casting UNS No F33100 ASME B313 Inquiry May Ductile Iron Castings UNS No F33100 conforming to the requirements of ASTM A536 Grade 65-45-12 be used for construction under the rules of ASME B313 Reply Yes provided

(a) The maximum allowable stress values for the material shall be those given in Table 1

(b) A casting quality factor Ec of 080 shall also be applied except as permitted in (c)

(c) The casting quality factor may be increased by performing supplementary examination(s) listed in Table 30233(c) The casting shall have first been visually examined as required by MSS SP-55 Quality Standard for Steel Castings for Valves Flanges and Fittings and other Piping Components ndash Visual Method

(d) The maximum use temperature shall be 260ordmC (500degF) (e) The minimum use temperature shall be -30degC (-20degF) (f) All other requirements of ASME B313 shall be followed

Table 1 ndash Maximum Allowable Stress Values

For Metal Temperature Not Exceeding degC

Stress MPa

For Metal Temperature Not Exceeding degF Stress ksi

40 149 100 217 65 149 150 217

100 149 200 217 125 149 250 217 150 149 300 217 175 149 350 217 200 148 400 217 225 148 450 217 250 148 500 216 275 147

Note The maximum use temperature for this alloy is 260ordmC (500ordmF) The value listed at 275ordmC is provided for interpolation purposes only

B31 Case 202 Approval Date November 14 2017 Heavy Walled FittingsASME B313 Process Piping

Inquiry What alternate calculation method for pressure design may be used to determine therequired reinforcement for a heavy wall branch connection fitting (lateral wye or tee) in accordancewith ASME B313 Para 30433

Reply It is the opinion of the Committee that the ldquopressure areardquo method1 as described hereinis an acceptable alternate calculation method to determine the required metal reinforcement for aheavy wall branch connection fitting (lateral wye or tee) in accordance with ASME B313 Para30433

Nomenclature

A = Metal areas (see Figures 1 2 and 3) mm2 (in2)

B = Metal areas (see Figures 1 and 2) mm2 (in2)

D1 = Run pipe inside diameter less corrosion allowance mm (in)

D2 = Branch pipe inside diameter less corrosion allowance mm (in)

E = Pressure areas (see Figures 1 2 and 3) mm2 (in2)

F = Pressure areas (see Figures 1 and 2) mm2 (in2)

G = The width of the lateral branch opening at the inside surface of the run pipe (see Figure 1) mm (in)

P = Design (gage) pressure kPa (psi)

S = Material allowable stress from B313 Table A-1 for the design temperature kPa (psi) (If a casting is to be qualified for pressure the material allowable stress shall be multiplied by the appropriate B313 casting quality factor)

t1 = Thickness in the fitting heel (see Figures 1 and 2) or run radial thickness in the fitting crotch (see Figure 3) mm (in)

t2 = Thickness in the fitting crotch (see Figures 1 and 2) or branch radial thickness in the fitting crotch (see Figure 3) mm (in)

trsquo1 = Nominal thickness of the matching run pipe connected to the fitting (see Figures) mm (in)

trsquo2 = Nominal thickness of the matching branch pipe connected to the fitting (see Figures) mm (in)

α = The angle between the branch pipe centerline and the fitting crotch centerline deg (see Figures 1 and 2)

β = The angle between the fitting crotch centerline and the run pipe centerline deg (see Figure 1)

1 The ldquopressure areardquo method was originally published in the 1956 revised 2nd edition of the MW KelloggDesign of Piping Systems

General Requirements

1 The fitting shall be manufactured from a single metal casting or forging

2 The fitting ends shall not be within the envelope of the metal and pressure areas used to qualifythe fitting and there shall be sufficient material beyond the envelope to make an acceptable weldend (see ASME B1625)

3 The trsquo1 and trsquo2 dimensions of the fitting shall be equal to or greater in thickness than the nominaldimensions of the matching piping If the fitting is a weaker material than the matching pipingtransition pieces may be necessary for the connected piping to match trsquo1 and trsquo2 dimensions ofthe fitting determined in accordance with the straight pipe requirements of B313 as appropriate

4 All inside and outside corners of the fittings larger than NPS 2 shall be radiused It isrecommended that inside radii be a minimum t4 and outside radii be a minimum t2 where t isthe lesser of trsquo1 and trsquo2 except that these radii shall not be less than 3 mm (18 in) and need notbe greater than 25 mm (1 in)

5 For internally and externally contoured fittings the metal and pressure areas may be representedby quadrilaterals andor triangles assembled such that they approximate the respective areas

(A) for the metal areas the areas of the largest non-overlapping quadrilaterals andor trianglesmay be summed provided all the areas lie within the areas defined by the fitting inside andoutside surfaces and side lengths defined in the appropriate figures and

(B) for the pressure areas the areas of the non-overlapping quadrilaterals andor triangles shallbe summed that totally circumscribe and cover the areas defined by the fitting crotch andpipe centerlines the fitting inside surfaces and the side lengths defined in the appropriatefigures

6 For laterals (Figure 1) with an (α + β) angle greater than or equal to 85 degs the requirementsfor the tee (Figure 3) may be used Otherwise the requirements for the lateral shall be used

7 Consideration shall be made for required examination of the pipe to fitting joint A short tangentmay improve the reading of a radiograph or facilitate the performance of ultrasonic examinationespecially if there is a significant transition from the pipe to the fitting

8 The fittingrsquos manufacturing tolerance shall be considered

Calculated Dimensions

The side length dimensions for calculating metal and pressure areas for the various fittings are asfollows

For the lateral (see Figure 1) where (α + β) $ 45 deg

Run crotch side length = G

t Cos2 22

Run heel side length = G

t Cos2 21

Branch crotch side length = D

t Cos222 2

Branch heel side length = D

t Cos212 2

For the wye (see Figure 2) where α $ 45 deg

Run heel side length = D

t Cos112 2

Branch crotch side length = D

t Cos222

Branch heel side length = D

t Cos212 2

For the tee (see Figure 3)

Run side length = D t2

22

Branch side length = D

t212

Acceptance Criteria

The following equations shall be met for both the crotch and heel sides of the fitting For the tee onlyEquation (1) need be met because of symmetry

SP E

A

A

2

1

SP F

B

B

2

2

1

B31 Code Case 208 Approval Date November 6 2018

ASME B313 Process Piping 18Cr-11Ni-Cb-N 347LN UNS S34751 Austenitic Stainless Steel Seamless Tubes Seamless and Welded Pipe Pipe Flanges Forged Fittings Valves and Parts Wrought Piping Fittings Forgings and Plate and Sheet ASME B313 Inquiry May UNS S34751 solution annealed austenitic stainless steel seamless tubes seamless and welded pipe pipe flanges valves and parts wrought piping fittings forgings plate and sheet meeting the requirements of ASTM A213A213M-17 A312A312M-17 A376A376M-17 A358A358M-15 A182A182M-17 A403A403M-16 A965A965M-14 and A240A240M-17 be used in welded construction under the rules of ASME B313 Reply Yes provided that the following additional requirements are met (a) The maximum allowable stress values shall be as given in Table 1 (b) The maximum use temperature is 677degC (1250degF) (c) The material shall be considered as P-No 8 Group 1 (d) For temperatures above 538degC (1000degF) the stress values in Table 1 may be used only if the

material has been heat treated at a temperature of 1093degC (2000degF) minimum (e) The minimum design temperature for this material shall be -200degC (-325degF) however when a

specification permits this material to be furnished without solution heat treatment or with other than a solution heat treatment the minimum design temperature shall be -29degC (-20degF) unless the material is impact tested in accordance with para 3233

(f) For post fabrication strain limits in the lower temperature range exceeding design temperature 540degC (1000degF) and forming strain of 15 and in the high temperature range exceeding 675degC (1250degF) and forming strains of 10 the minimum heat treatment temperature shall be 1040degC (1900degF)

2

Table 1 Maximum Allowable Stress Values

For Metal Temperature Not Exceeding

degC Allowable Stress [Note (1)] MPa

For Metal Temperature

Not Exceeding degF

Allowable Stress [Note (2)] ksi

40 138 100 200

65 138 200 200

100 138 300 200

125 138 400 197

150 138 500 183

175 138 600 174

200 137 650 172

225 132 700 170

250 128 750 169

275 124 800 168

300 122 850 168

325 120 900 168

350 118 950 168

375 117 1000 167

400 116 1050 166

425 116 1100 132

450 116 1150 970

475 116 1200 720

500 116 1250 545 Note (2) The fonts used are in accordance with B313 Table A‐1 Note 4a

525 115

550 115

575 111

600 845

625 641

650 489

675 383

700 289[Note (3)]

Note (1) The fonts used are in accordance with B313 Table A‐1 Note 4b

Note (3) The maximum use temperature for this alloy is 677degC (1250degF) The value listed at 700degC is provided for interpolation purposes only

B31 Code Case 209 Approval Date November 6 2018

ASME B313 Process Piping

PIPING SYSTEM STRESS ANALYSIS EXAMPLES QUESTION The results for the examples found in ASME B313-2016 Appendix S were developed using the 2006 editionrsquos code rules and material data tables How would the appendix results and affected text change when the ASME B313-2016 code rules and material data tables are applied REPLY It is the opinion of the Committee that the following pages show what Appendix S looks like with the revised new rules and data

S300 INTRODUCTION

The examples in this Appendix are intended to illustrate the application of the rules and definitions in Chapter II Part 5 flexibility and Support and the stress limits of para 30235 The loadings and conditions necessary to comply with the intent of the Code are presented

S3001 Definitions and Nomenclature

global axes these are Cartesian X Y and Z axes In this Appendix vertically upward is taken to be the +Y direction with gravity acting in the minusY direction Pj piping internal pressure see para 3012 when more than one condition exists for the piping system each is subscripted (eg P1 P2 ) Tj pipe maximum or minimum metal temperature see paras 3013 and 31931(a) when more than one condition exists for the piping system each is subscripted (eg T1 T2 ) Y+ a ldquosingle acting supportrdquo that provides support in only the vertically upward direction and is considered to be ldquoactiverdquo when the pipe exerts a downward force on the support The pipe is free to move upward ie the pipe ldquolifts offrdquo the support the support in the ldquolift-offrdquo situation is considered to be ldquoremovedrdquo from providing support ie inactive during the load condition considered

S301 EXAMPLE 1 CODE COMPLIANT PIPING SYSTEM

S3011 Example Description

This example is intended to illustrate the design of an adequately supported and sufficiently flexible piping system The piping system in Fig S3011 is fabricated from ASTM A106 Grade B seamless pipe (ie E = 100) the pipe is DN 400 (NPS 16) with a nominal wall thickness of 953 mm (0375 in) 127 mm (5 in) thickness of calcium silicate insulation and 159 mm (0063 in) corrosion allowance the fluid has a specific gravity of 10 The equivalent number of full displacement cycles expected for the piping system is fewer than 7 000 [ie f =100 in accordance with para 30235(d)] The piping system is in normal fluid service The reference modulus of elasticity used for the piping analysis is 2034 GPa (295 Msi) from Appendix C Table C-6 in accordance with paras 31932 and 31944 and Poissonrsquos ratio is 03 in accordance with para 31933 The piping internal pressures and temperatures expected during normal operation and the design conditions are listed in Table S3011 see paras 31923(b) and 31931(a) The design conditions are set sufficiently in excess of the operating conditions so as to provide additional margin on the allowable stress for pressure design as required by the owner

S3012 Design Conditions

The design conditions establish the pressure rating flange ratings component ratings and minimum required pipe wall thickness in accordance with para 30121 For example ASME B165 requires a minimum of Class 300 for ASTM A105 flanges Also the minimum required pipe wall thickness tm is determined from the design conditions by inserting eq (3a) into eq (2) terms are defined in para 30411 and Appendix J E = 10 P = design pressure = 3 800 kPa (550 psi) S = allowable stress from Appendix A Tables A-1 and A-1M = 1274 MPa (184 ksi) at design temperature 288oC (550oF) W = 10 for carbon steel at any temperature in accordance with Table 30235 Note (9) Y = 04 from Table 30411 Insert eq (3a) into eq (2)

tm = t + c =

=

159

= 599 mm + 159 mm = 758 mm (0299 in) In accordance with para 30412(a) t must be less than D6 for eq (3a) to be appropriate without considering additional factors to compute the pressure design thickness t ie t D6 or 758 mm 4064 mm6 Since 758 mm (0299 in) 677 mm (267 in) and 0030 0385 eq (3a) is applicable without special consideration of factors listed in para 30412(b) Now select a pipe schedule of adequate thickness Determine the specified minimum pipe wall thickness T from nominal pipe wall thickness ₸ considering a mill tolerance of 125 Select DN 400 (NPS 16) Schedule 30STD nominal wall thickness from ASME B3610M ₸ = 953 mm (0375 in) T = (953 mm)(100 minus 0125) = 834 mm (0328 in) Since T tm (ie 834 mm (0328 in) 758 mm (0299 in)) the selection of the nominal pipe wall thickness ₸ for Schedule 30STD pipe is acceptable The long radius elbows specified for this piping system are in accordance with ASME B169 and are specified to be for use with Schedule 30STD wall thickness pipe

S3013 Computer Model Input

Tables S30131 and S30132 list the ldquonode numbersrdquo lengths etc for each piping element displayed in Fig S3011 A bend radius of 15 times the nominal pipe diameter [ie 6096 mm (24 in)] and nominal wall thickness of 953 mm (0375 in) are used for the elbows in the computer model Generic computer program options are as follows (a) include pressure stiffening on elbows (b) exclude pressure thrust and Bourdon effects (c) use nominal section properties for the stiffnesses forces moments and deflections calculation (d) use ldquonominal less allowancesrdquo section properties for the stress due to sustained loads SL calculation (e) use nominal section properties for displacement stress range SE calculation

minimum metal temp -1oC (30oF) ambient (as-installed) temp -1oC (30oF)

S3014 Pressure Effects

For the operating sustained and displacement stress range load cases the effect of pressure stiffening on the elbows is included to determine the end reactions in accordance with Appendix D Note (6) (and ASME B31J Table 1-1 Note(4) ) The effects of pressure-induced elongation and Bourdon effects are not included as both are deemed negligible for this particular example

S3015 The Operating Load Case

The operating load case is used to determine the operating position of the piping and reaction loads for any attached equipment anchors supports guides or stops The operating load case is based on the temperature range from the ambient (as-installed) temperature of -1degC (30degF) to the maximum operating metal temperature of 260degC (500degF) in accordance with paras 31923(b) and 31931(b) Tables C-1 and C-2 values used for Row A and Row B expansion coefficients are listed below Row A = 131x10-6 mmmmoC (730x10-6 ininoF) Row B = 343 mmm (400 in100 ft) The operating load case in this example also includes the effects of internal pressure pipe weight insulation weight and fluid weight on the piping system Both pipe stiffness and displacement stress range are based on the nominal thickness of the pipe Pipe deflections and internal reaction loads for the operating load case are listed in Table S30151 Piping loads acting on the anchors and support structure are listed in Table S30152

S3016 The Sustained Load Case

Stresses due to the sustained loads such as axial forces internal pressure and intensified bending moments in this example are combined in accordance with para320 to determine SL The sustained load case excludes thermal effects and includes the effects of internal pressure [P1=3450 kPa (500 psi)] pipe weight insulation weight and fluid weight on the piping system Nominal section properties are used to generate the stiffness matrix and sustained loads for the computer model in accordance with para 31935 The nominal thickness less allowances is used to calculate the section properties for SL in accordance with para 320 A summary of the sustained load case internal reaction forces moments and stress due to sustained loads SL is provided in Table S3016 Since this example model lies in only one plane only the stress due to sustained bending moments due to the in-plane bending moment is not zero The in-plane bending moment is intensified at each elbow by the sustained in-plane moment index for an unflanged elbow Ii Note that SL for the nodes listed in Table S3016 do not exceed the 1308 MPa (190 ksi) sustained allowable stress Sh for A106 Grade B piping at the operating maximum metal temperature T1 = 260degC (500degF) from Appendix A Tables A-1 and A-1M By limiting SL to Sh in accordance with para 30235(c) the piping system is deemed adequately protected against collapse

S3017 The Displacement Stress Range Load Case

The displacement stress range SE in this example is based on the temperature range from the minimum metal (as-installed) temperature minus1degC (30degF) to maximum metal temperature for the thermal cycles under analysis [T1 = 260degC (500degF)] in accordance with paras 31923(b) and 31931(a) The displacement stress range SE for each element is calculated in accordance with eq (17) and is listed in Table S3017 along with the internal reaction loads Nominal section properties are used to generate the stiffness matrix and displacement stress ranges in the piping in accordance with para 31935 Since this example model lies in only one plane only the in-plane bending moment range is not zero The in-plane moment range is intensified at each elbow in accordance with Appendix D (and ASME B31J Table 1-1) stress intensification factor ii for an unflanged elbow For simplicity the allowable displacement stress range SA is calculated in accordance with eq (1a) Though eq (1a) is used in this example it is also acceptable to calculate SA in accordance with eq (1b) which permits SA to exceed the eq (1a) value for each piping element based on the magnitude of each elementrsquos SL The following terms are as defined in para 30235(d) and Appendix J f = 100 for 7 000 equivalent full displacement cycles from Fig 30235 or eq (1c) SA = f (125 Sc + 025 Sh) = (100)[(125)(138 MPa) + (025)(1308 MPa)] = 2052 MPa (2975 ksi) Sc = allowable stress from Appendix A Tables A-1 and A-1M = 138 MPa (200 ksi) at ambient (as-installed) temperature Sh = allowable stress from Appendix A Tables A-1 and A-1M = 1308 MPa (190 ksi) at T1 T1 = maximum metal temperature = 260degC (500degF) Note that each piping elementrsquos displacement stress range based on minimum to maximum metal temperature for the thermal cycles under analysis SE does not exceed the eq (1a) allowable SA By limiting SE to SA the piping system is deemed adequate to accommodate up to 7 000 equivalent full displacement cycles Considering both the stress due to sustained loads and displacement stress range load cases the piping system is compliant with the requirements of the Code redesign of the piping system is not required unless the sustained or operating reaction loads at either anchor data point 10 or 50 exceed the allowable loads for the attached equipment nozzle or the support structure at node 20 is overloaded The nozzle load and support structure analyses are beyond the scope of this Appendix and are not addressed

S302 EXAMPLE 2 ANTICIPATED SUSTAINED CONDITIONS CONSIDERING PIPE LIFT-OFF

S3021 Example Description

This example is intended to illustrate the analysis of a piping system in which a portion of the piping lifts off at least one Y+ support in at least one operating condition The emphasis of this example is to describe the effect this removal of support has on the determination of anticipated sustained conditions The same principles utilized for this example would also apply for guides and stops (that are single directional or gap-type) that are not engaged during any anticipated operating condition The examples in this Appendix are intended for illustration purposes only and are not intended to portray the same as either adequate or even acceptable piping geometries andor support scenarios The piping system in Fig S3021 is the same in material properties as in Example 1 see paraS3011 Note the distance from node 20 to the elbow node 30 and from nodes 120 to 130 in Example 2rsquos model is 152 m (5 ft) Note that both the design and operating conditions are well below the creep regime therefore the piping system will not develop any permanent creep-related displacements relaxation or sag

S3022 Design Conditions

The design conditions are similar to those in the Example 1 model see para S3012 and Table S3022 Note that the nominal thickness remains unchanged from Example 1 even though the design temperature and corrosion allowance have increased the corrosion allowance in this example model is 318 mm (0125 in)

S3023 Computer Model Input

Table S3023 lists the node numbers lengths etc for each piping component that is displayed in Fig S3021 The computer-based options are the same as those for the Example 1 model see para S3013

S3024 Pressure Effects

The pressure effect considerations are the same as those for Example 1 see para 3014

S3025 The Operating Load Case

The Operating Case evaluated and discussed in this example includes the effects of pipe weight insulation weight fluid weight internal pressure [P1= 3 040 kPa (440 psi)] and temperature [(T1=288oC (550oF)] Table C-1 and C-2 values used for Row A and Row B expansion coefficients are listed below Row A = 132x10-6 mmmmoC (735x10-6 ininoF) Row B = 380 mmm (45 in100 ft) An operating load case is evaluated to determine the operating position of the piping and determine the reaction loads for any attached equipment anchors supports guides or stops In particular each operating load casersquos support scenario is evaluated or assessed by the designer in order to determine whether any anticipated sustained conditions need to be evaluated with one or more Y+ supports removed Further operating load case discussion can be found in para S3015 Piping loads acting on the anchors and support structure for the operating load case are listed in Table S3025 Note that only nodes 10 through 50 are listed in the following tables this is for convenience since the model is symmetric the reactions deflections and stresses for nodes 10 through 40 are the same as for nodes 110 through 140 except that some signs may be reversed

S3026 Sustained Conditions

S30261 The Stress Due to Sustained Loads SL Calculations The stress due to (long-term) sustained loads SL is computed in accordance with para 3202 for each sustained condition that is evaluated see para S30262

S30262 Anticipated Sustained Conditions All anticipated sustained conditions utilizing all possible support scenarios should be considered The designer has identified three anticipated sustained conditions for the piping system each is listed in Table S30262 along with the support status of the node 50 Y+ support as either assessed by analysis or determined by the designer The designer has deemed the Sustained Condition 3 as both controlling the sustained design and requiring evaluation

S30263 Results for the Evaluated Sustained Condition Table S30262rsquos Sustained Conditions 1 and 2 reflect the ambient temperature support scenario Sustained Condition 3 reflects the support scenario of the Operating Case All three Sustained Conditions exclude thermal effects Sustained Conditions 2 and 3 include the effects of internal pressure [P1= 3 040 kPa (440 psi)] pipe weight insulation weight and fluid weight on the piping system A summary of the Sustained Condition 3 reactions and stresses due to sustained loads SL appear in Table S30263 In the determination of SL the sustained longitudinal force index Ia is defaulted to 10 in the absence of more applicable data in accordance with para 320 The in-plane bending moment is indexed at each elbow by the appropriate Ii calculated for this example by multiplying 075 times ii determined from Appendix D (and ASME B31J Table 1-1) See para S3016 for additional information concerning the stress due to sustained loads determination

S3027 Displacement Stress Range Load Cases

The displacement stress range load cases are not listed since they are not the subject of this example

S3028 Code Compliance mdash Satisfying the Intent of the Code

The Sustained Condition 3 results indicate that the piping system is not protected against collapse for the cycles under analysis when considering the Operating Case support scenario Note the greatest Stresses due to Sustained Loads SL are at elbow nodes 40 and 140 and ldquoLift-Offrdquo support location node 50 Therefore redesign of the piping system is required If the piping system is redesigned such that it is compliant with the intent of the Code then the piping system would require no further attention unless the sustained hydrostatic leak test or operating reaction loads at either anchor data point 10 or 110 exceed the allowable loads for the attached equipment nozzle or the support structure at either node 20 or 120 is overloaded The nozzle loads and support structure analyses are beyond the scope of this Appendix and are not addressed Although the occasional load cases are important to the design and analysis of a piping system they are not discussed in this example

S303 EXAMPLE 3 MOMENT REVERSAL

S3031 Example Description

This example is intended to illustrate the flexibility analysis required for a piping system that is designed for more than one operating condition and also experiences a ldquoreversal of momentsrdquo between any two of the anticipated operating conditions The examples in this Appendix are intended for illustration purposes only and are not intended to portray the same as either adequate or even acceptable piping geometries andor support scenarios also Both the design and operating conditions are well below the creep regime The piping system in Fig S3031 consists of two headers and two branches which are referred to as gas ldquometer runsrdquo Only one of the branches is in service (operating) at a given time the out-of-service branch is purged and at ambient (as-installed) condition The design specification calls for each of the meter run branches to alternate in and out of service five times every two weeks for the piping systemrsquos planned 30-year service life (N=3900 equivalent full displacement cycles) ie f = 115 in accordance with para 30235(d) The piping system is fabricated from ASTM A53 Grade B pipe (E=100) both piping headers are DN 600 (NPS 24) and the branches are DN 500 (NPS 20) and both branch and header are 953 mm (0375 in) thick For simplicity each piping segment or component is 1524 m (5 ft) in length The piping system is in normal fluid service The fluid is gaseous is considered to add no weight and to be neither a corrosive nor an erosive hazard ie there is no corrosion allowance The line is not insulated The ambient (as-installed) temperature is 4degC (40degF) The reference modulus of elasticity used is 2034 GPa (295 Msi) and Poissonrsquos ratio is 03 Consideration is given to the close proximity of the three tees in each header in accordance with the guidance in para 31936 and the stress intensification factors from Appendix D are considered to adequately represent the header tees for this piping system The piping internal pressure and minimum to maximum metal temperature range expected during normal operation for each meter run and the design conditions are listed in Table S3031 The design conditions are set sufficiently in excess of the operating conditions so as to provide additional margin on the allowable as required by the owner

S3032 Design Conditions

The design conditions establish the pressure rating flange ratings components ratings and minimum required pipe wall thickness ASME B165 requires a minimum of Class 300 for ASTM A105 flanges The minimum required wall thickness for both the branch and header is 44 mm (0171 in) considering a 125 mill tolerance therefore selection of the standard wall thickness of 95 mm (0375 in) is acceptable S3033 Computer Model Input

Table S3033 lists the node numbers lengths etc for each piping component that is displayed in Fig S3031 Note that flanges and valve components are not explicitly included in the model listing in Table S3033 For simplicity an entire branch (from tee centerline to tee centerline) is considered to be at the operating conditions listed in Table S3031 eg the East meter run branch from nodes 40 through 340 operates at 1 724 kPa (250 psi) and 121degC (250degF) for Operating Case 2 The computer-based options are the same as those for the Example 1 model except that pressure stiffening is not included in the analyses for this example see para S3013

S3034 Pressure Effects

Neither pressure stiffening nor Bourdon effects are included in the analyses

S3035 Operating Load Case(s)

The operating load case is used to determine the operating position of the piping and reaction loads for any attached equipment anchors supports guides or stops The owner has mandated in the design specification that the meter runs and piping be more than adequately supported Therefore the operating load case while necessary to set the limits of the strain ranges does not contribute to the emphasis of this example and its output is not included Table C-1 and C-2 values used for Row A and Row B expansion coefficients are listed below Row A = 123x10-6mmmmoC (680x10-6 ininoF) Row B = 134 mmm (168 in100 ft)

S3036 Sustained Load Case

Stresses due to the sustained loads such as axial forces internal pressure and intensified bending moments in this example are combined in accordance with para320 to determine SL For reasons similar to those expressed for the operating load case the sustained load case output is not included

S3037 Displacement Stress Range Load Cases

The displacement stress range SE is computed in accordance with para 31923(b) and 31931(a) in which the strains evaluated for the ambient temperature (which is also the as-installed and minimum metal temperature condition for this particular example) are algebraically subtracted from the strains evaluated for Operating Case 1 as listed in Table S3031 Similarly the displacement stress range SE is computed from the algebraic strain difference evaluated from the ambient (as-installed) condition to Operating Case 2 as listed in Table S3031 The individual displacement stress range SE along with the internal reaction loads is evaluated for each piping component in accordance with eq (17) is listed in Tables S30371 (Operating Case 1) and has the same results as listed in Table S30372 (Operating Case 2) with the exception that some signs differ (indicating the moment reversal range between the two conditions) The algebraic strain difference between the two resultant case evaluations discussed above produces the greatest displacement stress range for the piping system in accordance with paras 31921(d) 31923(b) and 31931(a) ie SE the ldquostress range corresponding to the total displacement strainsrdquo The resulting reactionsrsquo combination and SE for each piping component are listed in Table S30373

S3038 Code Compliance mdash Satisfying the Intent of the Code

The piping system is compliant with the sustained load requirements of the Code The displacement stress range from the ambient (as-installed) condition to each of the operating cases indicates the piping system is in compliance with the intent of the Code even when limited to the eq (1a) allowable SA But the ldquostress range corresponding to the total displacement strainsrdquo which considers the algebraic strain difference between the two operating cases indicates that the piping system is not protected against fatigue failure for the cycles under analysis even when considering the eq (1b) allowable SA Therefore redesign of the piping system is required If the piping system is redesigned such that it is compliant with the intent of the code then the piping system would require no further attention unless the sustained hydrostatic leak test or operating reaction loads at either anchor data point 10 or 310 or meter runs 130 or 230 exceeded the allowable loads for the attached equipment nozzles or support structure The meter loads nozzle loads and support structure analyses are beyond the scope of this example Although the occasional load cases are important to the design and analysis of a piping system they are not discussed in this example

B31 Code Case 214 Approval Date May 30 2019 ASME B313 Process Piping

Alternative Heat Treatments for Fabrication Processes

Proposal Code Case to allow the use of ASME B31P Standard Heat treatments for Fabrication Processes as an alternative to the preheat PWHT and PFHT required by B313

Explanation ASME B31P Standard Heat treatments for Fabrication Processes was published in May 2018 In order to allow the use of this Standard by the ASME Codes prior to changes being adopted in the next edition of the respective Codes this Code Case is being proposed to allow B31P to be used as an alternative to the rules currently in the published ASME B31 Codes A similar Code Case is currently being balloted in ASME B311 (18-2339)

Summary of Changes To allow the use of ASME B31P Standard Heat Treatments for Fabrication Processes as an alternative to the heat treatment rules specified in ASME B31 3

Referenced Code ASME B313 ndash 2016 amp 2018

Inquiry May the heat treatment requirements specified in ASME B31P be used as an alternative to the required heat treatments specified in paras 330 331 and 332 of ASME B313

Reply It is the opinion of the Committee that the heat treatments specified in ASME B31P may be used as an alternative to the respective heat treatments specified in ASME B313 for the materials referenced in ASME B31P

B31 Code Case 216 Approval Date March 29 2021 ASME B313 Process Piping

Use of Enhanced Pressure Ratings for Brazed Copper Tubes and Fittings by Cold

Stretch Process

Inquiry Under what condition may higher pressure ratings be used for ASTM B88 Type L tubes and

ASME B1622 fittings in ASME B313 construction

Reply It is the opinion of the Committee that enhanced pressure ratings may be used for ASTM B88

Type L tubes and ASME B1622 fittings in ASME B313 construction provided the following conditions are

met

(a) The tubes shall conform to ASTM B88 Type L in the H58 temper

(b) The fittings shall conform to ASME B1622

(c) The maximum design temperature is 38degC (100degF)

(d) The piping shall be limited to Category D and Normal Fluid Services

(e) External pressure is not permitted

(f) The maximum tube and fitting nominal or standard size is 3 in

(g) The joints shall be brazed The qualification of brazing procedures brazers and brazing operators shall be in accordance with para 3282 Silver brazing filler metals (BAg‐XX) with

appropriate flux shall be used in the brazing process

(h) In brazing qualification the specimen in the tension test shall break in the base metal outside of

the joint with tensile strength equal to or greater than (207 MPa) 30 ksi

(i) The piping system shall receive a cold stretch operation by hydrostatic or pneumatic pressure

test in accordance with para 345 except the minimum test pressure shall be 17 times the design pressure and the maximum test pressure shall be 18 times the design pressure The test pressure shall be

maintained for at least 20 min

(j) The internal design gage pressure P shall not exceed the pressure calculated as follows

208

Where S = 689 MPa (100 ksi)

t = minimum wall thickness for ASTM B88 Type L D = maximum outside diameter for annealed temper ASTM B88 Type L

(k) Piping flexibility analysis shall be performed in accordance with para 319 using the basic

allowable stresses (Sc and Sh) equal to 414 MPa (60 ksi)

(l) Analysis of sustained loads shall be performed in accordance with para 320 using the basic

allowable stresses (Sh) equal to 414 MPa (60 ksi)

(m) Before cold stretch operation the brazed joints shall be 100 visually examined The following

conditions are not permitted

1) The presence of flux residue and unmelted filler metal

2) Excessive oxidation of the joint

3) Cracks in braze metal or base material

(n) Additional brazing is not permitted after the cold stretch operation If a braze repair is required

the following conditions shall be satisfied

1) The braze joint to be repaired shall be removed and replaced along with 150 mm (6 in)

of tube on each side of the joint

2) The piping shall receive the cold stretch operation as required in (i)

(o) The design cold stretch and repair records shall be retained by the owner for the life of the piping

B31 Code Case 217 Approval Date September 3 2021

ASME B313 Process Piping

Alternative NDE Personnel Qualification and Certification Requirements

Referenced Code ASME B313 ndash 2018 amp 2020

Inquiry May alternative personnel qualification and certification requirements be used as options to those specified in ASME B313 para 3421

Reply It is the opinion of the Committee that the personnel qualification and certification requirements below may be used as alternatives to those specified in ASME B313 para 3421 Personnel performing nondestructive examination to the requirements of this Code shall be qualified and certified for the method to be utilized in accordance with their employerrsquos written practice The written practice shall be based on the training examination and experience requirements of one of the following

(a) ASME BPVC Section V Article 1

(b) ASNT CP-189

(c) ASNT SNT-TC-1A

(d) Other national or international central certification program or standard

Page 11: B31.3 Code Cases

B31 Case 202 Approval Date November 14 2017 Heavy Walled FittingsASME B313 Process Piping

Inquiry What alternate calculation method for pressure design may be used to determine therequired reinforcement for a heavy wall branch connection fitting (lateral wye or tee) in accordancewith ASME B313 Para 30433

Reply It is the opinion of the Committee that the ldquopressure areardquo method1 as described hereinis an acceptable alternate calculation method to determine the required metal reinforcement for aheavy wall branch connection fitting (lateral wye or tee) in accordance with ASME B313 Para30433

Nomenclature

A = Metal areas (see Figures 1 2 and 3) mm2 (in2)

B = Metal areas (see Figures 1 and 2) mm2 (in2)

D1 = Run pipe inside diameter less corrosion allowance mm (in)

D2 = Branch pipe inside diameter less corrosion allowance mm (in)

E = Pressure areas (see Figures 1 2 and 3) mm2 (in2)

F = Pressure areas (see Figures 1 and 2) mm2 (in2)

G = The width of the lateral branch opening at the inside surface of the run pipe (see Figure 1) mm (in)

P = Design (gage) pressure kPa (psi)

S = Material allowable stress from B313 Table A-1 for the design temperature kPa (psi) (If a casting is to be qualified for pressure the material allowable stress shall be multiplied by the appropriate B313 casting quality factor)

t1 = Thickness in the fitting heel (see Figures 1 and 2) or run radial thickness in the fitting crotch (see Figure 3) mm (in)

t2 = Thickness in the fitting crotch (see Figures 1 and 2) or branch radial thickness in the fitting crotch (see Figure 3) mm (in)

trsquo1 = Nominal thickness of the matching run pipe connected to the fitting (see Figures) mm (in)

trsquo2 = Nominal thickness of the matching branch pipe connected to the fitting (see Figures) mm (in)

α = The angle between the branch pipe centerline and the fitting crotch centerline deg (see Figures 1 and 2)

β = The angle between the fitting crotch centerline and the run pipe centerline deg (see Figure 1)

1 The ldquopressure areardquo method was originally published in the 1956 revised 2nd edition of the MW KelloggDesign of Piping Systems

General Requirements

1 The fitting shall be manufactured from a single metal casting or forging

2 The fitting ends shall not be within the envelope of the metal and pressure areas used to qualifythe fitting and there shall be sufficient material beyond the envelope to make an acceptable weldend (see ASME B1625)

3 The trsquo1 and trsquo2 dimensions of the fitting shall be equal to or greater in thickness than the nominaldimensions of the matching piping If the fitting is a weaker material than the matching pipingtransition pieces may be necessary for the connected piping to match trsquo1 and trsquo2 dimensions ofthe fitting determined in accordance with the straight pipe requirements of B313 as appropriate

4 All inside and outside corners of the fittings larger than NPS 2 shall be radiused It isrecommended that inside radii be a minimum t4 and outside radii be a minimum t2 where t isthe lesser of trsquo1 and trsquo2 except that these radii shall not be less than 3 mm (18 in) and need notbe greater than 25 mm (1 in)

5 For internally and externally contoured fittings the metal and pressure areas may be representedby quadrilaterals andor triangles assembled such that they approximate the respective areas

(A) for the metal areas the areas of the largest non-overlapping quadrilaterals andor trianglesmay be summed provided all the areas lie within the areas defined by the fitting inside andoutside surfaces and side lengths defined in the appropriate figures and

(B) for the pressure areas the areas of the non-overlapping quadrilaterals andor triangles shallbe summed that totally circumscribe and cover the areas defined by the fitting crotch andpipe centerlines the fitting inside surfaces and the side lengths defined in the appropriatefigures

6 For laterals (Figure 1) with an (α + β) angle greater than or equal to 85 degs the requirementsfor the tee (Figure 3) may be used Otherwise the requirements for the lateral shall be used

7 Consideration shall be made for required examination of the pipe to fitting joint A short tangentmay improve the reading of a radiograph or facilitate the performance of ultrasonic examinationespecially if there is a significant transition from the pipe to the fitting

8 The fittingrsquos manufacturing tolerance shall be considered

Calculated Dimensions

The side length dimensions for calculating metal and pressure areas for the various fittings are asfollows

For the lateral (see Figure 1) where (α + β) $ 45 deg

Run crotch side length = G

t Cos2 22

Run heel side length = G

t Cos2 21

Branch crotch side length = D

t Cos222 2

Branch heel side length = D

t Cos212 2

For the wye (see Figure 2) where α $ 45 deg

Run heel side length = D

t Cos112 2

Branch crotch side length = D

t Cos222

Branch heel side length = D

t Cos212 2

For the tee (see Figure 3)

Run side length = D t2

22

Branch side length = D

t212

Acceptance Criteria

The following equations shall be met for both the crotch and heel sides of the fitting For the tee onlyEquation (1) need be met because of symmetry

SP E

A

A

2

1

SP F

B

B

2

2

1

B31 Code Case 208 Approval Date November 6 2018

ASME B313 Process Piping 18Cr-11Ni-Cb-N 347LN UNS S34751 Austenitic Stainless Steel Seamless Tubes Seamless and Welded Pipe Pipe Flanges Forged Fittings Valves and Parts Wrought Piping Fittings Forgings and Plate and Sheet ASME B313 Inquiry May UNS S34751 solution annealed austenitic stainless steel seamless tubes seamless and welded pipe pipe flanges valves and parts wrought piping fittings forgings plate and sheet meeting the requirements of ASTM A213A213M-17 A312A312M-17 A376A376M-17 A358A358M-15 A182A182M-17 A403A403M-16 A965A965M-14 and A240A240M-17 be used in welded construction under the rules of ASME B313 Reply Yes provided that the following additional requirements are met (a) The maximum allowable stress values shall be as given in Table 1 (b) The maximum use temperature is 677degC (1250degF) (c) The material shall be considered as P-No 8 Group 1 (d) For temperatures above 538degC (1000degF) the stress values in Table 1 may be used only if the

material has been heat treated at a temperature of 1093degC (2000degF) minimum (e) The minimum design temperature for this material shall be -200degC (-325degF) however when a

specification permits this material to be furnished without solution heat treatment or with other than a solution heat treatment the minimum design temperature shall be -29degC (-20degF) unless the material is impact tested in accordance with para 3233

(f) For post fabrication strain limits in the lower temperature range exceeding design temperature 540degC (1000degF) and forming strain of 15 and in the high temperature range exceeding 675degC (1250degF) and forming strains of 10 the minimum heat treatment temperature shall be 1040degC (1900degF)

2

Table 1 Maximum Allowable Stress Values

For Metal Temperature Not Exceeding

degC Allowable Stress [Note (1)] MPa

For Metal Temperature

Not Exceeding degF

Allowable Stress [Note (2)] ksi

40 138 100 200

65 138 200 200

100 138 300 200

125 138 400 197

150 138 500 183

175 138 600 174

200 137 650 172

225 132 700 170

250 128 750 169

275 124 800 168

300 122 850 168

325 120 900 168

350 118 950 168

375 117 1000 167

400 116 1050 166

425 116 1100 132

450 116 1150 970

475 116 1200 720

500 116 1250 545 Note (2) The fonts used are in accordance with B313 Table A‐1 Note 4a

525 115

550 115

575 111

600 845

625 641

650 489

675 383

700 289[Note (3)]

Note (1) The fonts used are in accordance with B313 Table A‐1 Note 4b

Note (3) The maximum use temperature for this alloy is 677degC (1250degF) The value listed at 700degC is provided for interpolation purposes only

B31 Code Case 209 Approval Date November 6 2018

ASME B313 Process Piping

PIPING SYSTEM STRESS ANALYSIS EXAMPLES QUESTION The results for the examples found in ASME B313-2016 Appendix S were developed using the 2006 editionrsquos code rules and material data tables How would the appendix results and affected text change when the ASME B313-2016 code rules and material data tables are applied REPLY It is the opinion of the Committee that the following pages show what Appendix S looks like with the revised new rules and data

S300 INTRODUCTION

The examples in this Appendix are intended to illustrate the application of the rules and definitions in Chapter II Part 5 flexibility and Support and the stress limits of para 30235 The loadings and conditions necessary to comply with the intent of the Code are presented

S3001 Definitions and Nomenclature

global axes these are Cartesian X Y and Z axes In this Appendix vertically upward is taken to be the +Y direction with gravity acting in the minusY direction Pj piping internal pressure see para 3012 when more than one condition exists for the piping system each is subscripted (eg P1 P2 ) Tj pipe maximum or minimum metal temperature see paras 3013 and 31931(a) when more than one condition exists for the piping system each is subscripted (eg T1 T2 ) Y+ a ldquosingle acting supportrdquo that provides support in only the vertically upward direction and is considered to be ldquoactiverdquo when the pipe exerts a downward force on the support The pipe is free to move upward ie the pipe ldquolifts offrdquo the support the support in the ldquolift-offrdquo situation is considered to be ldquoremovedrdquo from providing support ie inactive during the load condition considered

S301 EXAMPLE 1 CODE COMPLIANT PIPING SYSTEM

S3011 Example Description

This example is intended to illustrate the design of an adequately supported and sufficiently flexible piping system The piping system in Fig S3011 is fabricated from ASTM A106 Grade B seamless pipe (ie E = 100) the pipe is DN 400 (NPS 16) with a nominal wall thickness of 953 mm (0375 in) 127 mm (5 in) thickness of calcium silicate insulation and 159 mm (0063 in) corrosion allowance the fluid has a specific gravity of 10 The equivalent number of full displacement cycles expected for the piping system is fewer than 7 000 [ie f =100 in accordance with para 30235(d)] The piping system is in normal fluid service The reference modulus of elasticity used for the piping analysis is 2034 GPa (295 Msi) from Appendix C Table C-6 in accordance with paras 31932 and 31944 and Poissonrsquos ratio is 03 in accordance with para 31933 The piping internal pressures and temperatures expected during normal operation and the design conditions are listed in Table S3011 see paras 31923(b) and 31931(a) The design conditions are set sufficiently in excess of the operating conditions so as to provide additional margin on the allowable stress for pressure design as required by the owner

S3012 Design Conditions

The design conditions establish the pressure rating flange ratings component ratings and minimum required pipe wall thickness in accordance with para 30121 For example ASME B165 requires a minimum of Class 300 for ASTM A105 flanges Also the minimum required pipe wall thickness tm is determined from the design conditions by inserting eq (3a) into eq (2) terms are defined in para 30411 and Appendix J E = 10 P = design pressure = 3 800 kPa (550 psi) S = allowable stress from Appendix A Tables A-1 and A-1M = 1274 MPa (184 ksi) at design temperature 288oC (550oF) W = 10 for carbon steel at any temperature in accordance with Table 30235 Note (9) Y = 04 from Table 30411 Insert eq (3a) into eq (2)

tm = t + c =

=

159

= 599 mm + 159 mm = 758 mm (0299 in) In accordance with para 30412(a) t must be less than D6 for eq (3a) to be appropriate without considering additional factors to compute the pressure design thickness t ie t D6 or 758 mm 4064 mm6 Since 758 mm (0299 in) 677 mm (267 in) and 0030 0385 eq (3a) is applicable without special consideration of factors listed in para 30412(b) Now select a pipe schedule of adequate thickness Determine the specified minimum pipe wall thickness T from nominal pipe wall thickness ₸ considering a mill tolerance of 125 Select DN 400 (NPS 16) Schedule 30STD nominal wall thickness from ASME B3610M ₸ = 953 mm (0375 in) T = (953 mm)(100 minus 0125) = 834 mm (0328 in) Since T tm (ie 834 mm (0328 in) 758 mm (0299 in)) the selection of the nominal pipe wall thickness ₸ for Schedule 30STD pipe is acceptable The long radius elbows specified for this piping system are in accordance with ASME B169 and are specified to be for use with Schedule 30STD wall thickness pipe

S3013 Computer Model Input

Tables S30131 and S30132 list the ldquonode numbersrdquo lengths etc for each piping element displayed in Fig S3011 A bend radius of 15 times the nominal pipe diameter [ie 6096 mm (24 in)] and nominal wall thickness of 953 mm (0375 in) are used for the elbows in the computer model Generic computer program options are as follows (a) include pressure stiffening on elbows (b) exclude pressure thrust and Bourdon effects (c) use nominal section properties for the stiffnesses forces moments and deflections calculation (d) use ldquonominal less allowancesrdquo section properties for the stress due to sustained loads SL calculation (e) use nominal section properties for displacement stress range SE calculation

minimum metal temp -1oC (30oF) ambient (as-installed) temp -1oC (30oF)

S3014 Pressure Effects

For the operating sustained and displacement stress range load cases the effect of pressure stiffening on the elbows is included to determine the end reactions in accordance with Appendix D Note (6) (and ASME B31J Table 1-1 Note(4) ) The effects of pressure-induced elongation and Bourdon effects are not included as both are deemed negligible for this particular example

S3015 The Operating Load Case

The operating load case is used to determine the operating position of the piping and reaction loads for any attached equipment anchors supports guides or stops The operating load case is based on the temperature range from the ambient (as-installed) temperature of -1degC (30degF) to the maximum operating metal temperature of 260degC (500degF) in accordance with paras 31923(b) and 31931(b) Tables C-1 and C-2 values used for Row A and Row B expansion coefficients are listed below Row A = 131x10-6 mmmmoC (730x10-6 ininoF) Row B = 343 mmm (400 in100 ft) The operating load case in this example also includes the effects of internal pressure pipe weight insulation weight and fluid weight on the piping system Both pipe stiffness and displacement stress range are based on the nominal thickness of the pipe Pipe deflections and internal reaction loads for the operating load case are listed in Table S30151 Piping loads acting on the anchors and support structure are listed in Table S30152

S3016 The Sustained Load Case

Stresses due to the sustained loads such as axial forces internal pressure and intensified bending moments in this example are combined in accordance with para320 to determine SL The sustained load case excludes thermal effects and includes the effects of internal pressure [P1=3450 kPa (500 psi)] pipe weight insulation weight and fluid weight on the piping system Nominal section properties are used to generate the stiffness matrix and sustained loads for the computer model in accordance with para 31935 The nominal thickness less allowances is used to calculate the section properties for SL in accordance with para 320 A summary of the sustained load case internal reaction forces moments and stress due to sustained loads SL is provided in Table S3016 Since this example model lies in only one plane only the stress due to sustained bending moments due to the in-plane bending moment is not zero The in-plane bending moment is intensified at each elbow by the sustained in-plane moment index for an unflanged elbow Ii Note that SL for the nodes listed in Table S3016 do not exceed the 1308 MPa (190 ksi) sustained allowable stress Sh for A106 Grade B piping at the operating maximum metal temperature T1 = 260degC (500degF) from Appendix A Tables A-1 and A-1M By limiting SL to Sh in accordance with para 30235(c) the piping system is deemed adequately protected against collapse

S3017 The Displacement Stress Range Load Case

The displacement stress range SE in this example is based on the temperature range from the minimum metal (as-installed) temperature minus1degC (30degF) to maximum metal temperature for the thermal cycles under analysis [T1 = 260degC (500degF)] in accordance with paras 31923(b) and 31931(a) The displacement stress range SE for each element is calculated in accordance with eq (17) and is listed in Table S3017 along with the internal reaction loads Nominal section properties are used to generate the stiffness matrix and displacement stress ranges in the piping in accordance with para 31935 Since this example model lies in only one plane only the in-plane bending moment range is not zero The in-plane moment range is intensified at each elbow in accordance with Appendix D (and ASME B31J Table 1-1) stress intensification factor ii for an unflanged elbow For simplicity the allowable displacement stress range SA is calculated in accordance with eq (1a) Though eq (1a) is used in this example it is also acceptable to calculate SA in accordance with eq (1b) which permits SA to exceed the eq (1a) value for each piping element based on the magnitude of each elementrsquos SL The following terms are as defined in para 30235(d) and Appendix J f = 100 for 7 000 equivalent full displacement cycles from Fig 30235 or eq (1c) SA = f (125 Sc + 025 Sh) = (100)[(125)(138 MPa) + (025)(1308 MPa)] = 2052 MPa (2975 ksi) Sc = allowable stress from Appendix A Tables A-1 and A-1M = 138 MPa (200 ksi) at ambient (as-installed) temperature Sh = allowable stress from Appendix A Tables A-1 and A-1M = 1308 MPa (190 ksi) at T1 T1 = maximum metal temperature = 260degC (500degF) Note that each piping elementrsquos displacement stress range based on minimum to maximum metal temperature for the thermal cycles under analysis SE does not exceed the eq (1a) allowable SA By limiting SE to SA the piping system is deemed adequate to accommodate up to 7 000 equivalent full displacement cycles Considering both the stress due to sustained loads and displacement stress range load cases the piping system is compliant with the requirements of the Code redesign of the piping system is not required unless the sustained or operating reaction loads at either anchor data point 10 or 50 exceed the allowable loads for the attached equipment nozzle or the support structure at node 20 is overloaded The nozzle load and support structure analyses are beyond the scope of this Appendix and are not addressed

S302 EXAMPLE 2 ANTICIPATED SUSTAINED CONDITIONS CONSIDERING PIPE LIFT-OFF

S3021 Example Description

This example is intended to illustrate the analysis of a piping system in which a portion of the piping lifts off at least one Y+ support in at least one operating condition The emphasis of this example is to describe the effect this removal of support has on the determination of anticipated sustained conditions The same principles utilized for this example would also apply for guides and stops (that are single directional or gap-type) that are not engaged during any anticipated operating condition The examples in this Appendix are intended for illustration purposes only and are not intended to portray the same as either adequate or even acceptable piping geometries andor support scenarios The piping system in Fig S3021 is the same in material properties as in Example 1 see paraS3011 Note the distance from node 20 to the elbow node 30 and from nodes 120 to 130 in Example 2rsquos model is 152 m (5 ft) Note that both the design and operating conditions are well below the creep regime therefore the piping system will not develop any permanent creep-related displacements relaxation or sag

S3022 Design Conditions

The design conditions are similar to those in the Example 1 model see para S3012 and Table S3022 Note that the nominal thickness remains unchanged from Example 1 even though the design temperature and corrosion allowance have increased the corrosion allowance in this example model is 318 mm (0125 in)

S3023 Computer Model Input

Table S3023 lists the node numbers lengths etc for each piping component that is displayed in Fig S3021 The computer-based options are the same as those for the Example 1 model see para S3013

S3024 Pressure Effects

The pressure effect considerations are the same as those for Example 1 see para 3014

S3025 The Operating Load Case

The Operating Case evaluated and discussed in this example includes the effects of pipe weight insulation weight fluid weight internal pressure [P1= 3 040 kPa (440 psi)] and temperature [(T1=288oC (550oF)] Table C-1 and C-2 values used for Row A and Row B expansion coefficients are listed below Row A = 132x10-6 mmmmoC (735x10-6 ininoF) Row B = 380 mmm (45 in100 ft) An operating load case is evaluated to determine the operating position of the piping and determine the reaction loads for any attached equipment anchors supports guides or stops In particular each operating load casersquos support scenario is evaluated or assessed by the designer in order to determine whether any anticipated sustained conditions need to be evaluated with one or more Y+ supports removed Further operating load case discussion can be found in para S3015 Piping loads acting on the anchors and support structure for the operating load case are listed in Table S3025 Note that only nodes 10 through 50 are listed in the following tables this is for convenience since the model is symmetric the reactions deflections and stresses for nodes 10 through 40 are the same as for nodes 110 through 140 except that some signs may be reversed

S3026 Sustained Conditions

S30261 The Stress Due to Sustained Loads SL Calculations The stress due to (long-term) sustained loads SL is computed in accordance with para 3202 for each sustained condition that is evaluated see para S30262

S30262 Anticipated Sustained Conditions All anticipated sustained conditions utilizing all possible support scenarios should be considered The designer has identified three anticipated sustained conditions for the piping system each is listed in Table S30262 along with the support status of the node 50 Y+ support as either assessed by analysis or determined by the designer The designer has deemed the Sustained Condition 3 as both controlling the sustained design and requiring evaluation

S30263 Results for the Evaluated Sustained Condition Table S30262rsquos Sustained Conditions 1 and 2 reflect the ambient temperature support scenario Sustained Condition 3 reflects the support scenario of the Operating Case All three Sustained Conditions exclude thermal effects Sustained Conditions 2 and 3 include the effects of internal pressure [P1= 3 040 kPa (440 psi)] pipe weight insulation weight and fluid weight on the piping system A summary of the Sustained Condition 3 reactions and stresses due to sustained loads SL appear in Table S30263 In the determination of SL the sustained longitudinal force index Ia is defaulted to 10 in the absence of more applicable data in accordance with para 320 The in-plane bending moment is indexed at each elbow by the appropriate Ii calculated for this example by multiplying 075 times ii determined from Appendix D (and ASME B31J Table 1-1) See para S3016 for additional information concerning the stress due to sustained loads determination

S3027 Displacement Stress Range Load Cases

The displacement stress range load cases are not listed since they are not the subject of this example

S3028 Code Compliance mdash Satisfying the Intent of the Code

The Sustained Condition 3 results indicate that the piping system is not protected against collapse for the cycles under analysis when considering the Operating Case support scenario Note the greatest Stresses due to Sustained Loads SL are at elbow nodes 40 and 140 and ldquoLift-Offrdquo support location node 50 Therefore redesign of the piping system is required If the piping system is redesigned such that it is compliant with the intent of the Code then the piping system would require no further attention unless the sustained hydrostatic leak test or operating reaction loads at either anchor data point 10 or 110 exceed the allowable loads for the attached equipment nozzle or the support structure at either node 20 or 120 is overloaded The nozzle loads and support structure analyses are beyond the scope of this Appendix and are not addressed Although the occasional load cases are important to the design and analysis of a piping system they are not discussed in this example

S303 EXAMPLE 3 MOMENT REVERSAL

S3031 Example Description

This example is intended to illustrate the flexibility analysis required for a piping system that is designed for more than one operating condition and also experiences a ldquoreversal of momentsrdquo between any two of the anticipated operating conditions The examples in this Appendix are intended for illustration purposes only and are not intended to portray the same as either adequate or even acceptable piping geometries andor support scenarios also Both the design and operating conditions are well below the creep regime The piping system in Fig S3031 consists of two headers and two branches which are referred to as gas ldquometer runsrdquo Only one of the branches is in service (operating) at a given time the out-of-service branch is purged and at ambient (as-installed) condition The design specification calls for each of the meter run branches to alternate in and out of service five times every two weeks for the piping systemrsquos planned 30-year service life (N=3900 equivalent full displacement cycles) ie f = 115 in accordance with para 30235(d) The piping system is fabricated from ASTM A53 Grade B pipe (E=100) both piping headers are DN 600 (NPS 24) and the branches are DN 500 (NPS 20) and both branch and header are 953 mm (0375 in) thick For simplicity each piping segment or component is 1524 m (5 ft) in length The piping system is in normal fluid service The fluid is gaseous is considered to add no weight and to be neither a corrosive nor an erosive hazard ie there is no corrosion allowance The line is not insulated The ambient (as-installed) temperature is 4degC (40degF) The reference modulus of elasticity used is 2034 GPa (295 Msi) and Poissonrsquos ratio is 03 Consideration is given to the close proximity of the three tees in each header in accordance with the guidance in para 31936 and the stress intensification factors from Appendix D are considered to adequately represent the header tees for this piping system The piping internal pressure and minimum to maximum metal temperature range expected during normal operation for each meter run and the design conditions are listed in Table S3031 The design conditions are set sufficiently in excess of the operating conditions so as to provide additional margin on the allowable as required by the owner

S3032 Design Conditions

The design conditions establish the pressure rating flange ratings components ratings and minimum required pipe wall thickness ASME B165 requires a minimum of Class 300 for ASTM A105 flanges The minimum required wall thickness for both the branch and header is 44 mm (0171 in) considering a 125 mill tolerance therefore selection of the standard wall thickness of 95 mm (0375 in) is acceptable S3033 Computer Model Input

Table S3033 lists the node numbers lengths etc for each piping component that is displayed in Fig S3031 Note that flanges and valve components are not explicitly included in the model listing in Table S3033 For simplicity an entire branch (from tee centerline to tee centerline) is considered to be at the operating conditions listed in Table S3031 eg the East meter run branch from nodes 40 through 340 operates at 1 724 kPa (250 psi) and 121degC (250degF) for Operating Case 2 The computer-based options are the same as those for the Example 1 model except that pressure stiffening is not included in the analyses for this example see para S3013

S3034 Pressure Effects

Neither pressure stiffening nor Bourdon effects are included in the analyses

S3035 Operating Load Case(s)

The operating load case is used to determine the operating position of the piping and reaction loads for any attached equipment anchors supports guides or stops The owner has mandated in the design specification that the meter runs and piping be more than adequately supported Therefore the operating load case while necessary to set the limits of the strain ranges does not contribute to the emphasis of this example and its output is not included Table C-1 and C-2 values used for Row A and Row B expansion coefficients are listed below Row A = 123x10-6mmmmoC (680x10-6 ininoF) Row B = 134 mmm (168 in100 ft)

S3036 Sustained Load Case

Stresses due to the sustained loads such as axial forces internal pressure and intensified bending moments in this example are combined in accordance with para320 to determine SL For reasons similar to those expressed for the operating load case the sustained load case output is not included

S3037 Displacement Stress Range Load Cases

The displacement stress range SE is computed in accordance with para 31923(b) and 31931(a) in which the strains evaluated for the ambient temperature (which is also the as-installed and minimum metal temperature condition for this particular example) are algebraically subtracted from the strains evaluated for Operating Case 1 as listed in Table S3031 Similarly the displacement stress range SE is computed from the algebraic strain difference evaluated from the ambient (as-installed) condition to Operating Case 2 as listed in Table S3031 The individual displacement stress range SE along with the internal reaction loads is evaluated for each piping component in accordance with eq (17) is listed in Tables S30371 (Operating Case 1) and has the same results as listed in Table S30372 (Operating Case 2) with the exception that some signs differ (indicating the moment reversal range between the two conditions) The algebraic strain difference between the two resultant case evaluations discussed above produces the greatest displacement stress range for the piping system in accordance with paras 31921(d) 31923(b) and 31931(a) ie SE the ldquostress range corresponding to the total displacement strainsrdquo The resulting reactionsrsquo combination and SE for each piping component are listed in Table S30373

S3038 Code Compliance mdash Satisfying the Intent of the Code

The piping system is compliant with the sustained load requirements of the Code The displacement stress range from the ambient (as-installed) condition to each of the operating cases indicates the piping system is in compliance with the intent of the Code even when limited to the eq (1a) allowable SA But the ldquostress range corresponding to the total displacement strainsrdquo which considers the algebraic strain difference between the two operating cases indicates that the piping system is not protected against fatigue failure for the cycles under analysis even when considering the eq (1b) allowable SA Therefore redesign of the piping system is required If the piping system is redesigned such that it is compliant with the intent of the code then the piping system would require no further attention unless the sustained hydrostatic leak test or operating reaction loads at either anchor data point 10 or 310 or meter runs 130 or 230 exceeded the allowable loads for the attached equipment nozzles or support structure The meter loads nozzle loads and support structure analyses are beyond the scope of this example Although the occasional load cases are important to the design and analysis of a piping system they are not discussed in this example

B31 Code Case 214 Approval Date May 30 2019 ASME B313 Process Piping

Alternative Heat Treatments for Fabrication Processes

Proposal Code Case to allow the use of ASME B31P Standard Heat treatments for Fabrication Processes as an alternative to the preheat PWHT and PFHT required by B313

Explanation ASME B31P Standard Heat treatments for Fabrication Processes was published in May 2018 In order to allow the use of this Standard by the ASME Codes prior to changes being adopted in the next edition of the respective Codes this Code Case is being proposed to allow B31P to be used as an alternative to the rules currently in the published ASME B31 Codes A similar Code Case is currently being balloted in ASME B311 (18-2339)

Summary of Changes To allow the use of ASME B31P Standard Heat Treatments for Fabrication Processes as an alternative to the heat treatment rules specified in ASME B31 3

Referenced Code ASME B313 ndash 2016 amp 2018

Inquiry May the heat treatment requirements specified in ASME B31P be used as an alternative to the required heat treatments specified in paras 330 331 and 332 of ASME B313

Reply It is the opinion of the Committee that the heat treatments specified in ASME B31P may be used as an alternative to the respective heat treatments specified in ASME B313 for the materials referenced in ASME B31P

B31 Code Case 216 Approval Date March 29 2021 ASME B313 Process Piping

Use of Enhanced Pressure Ratings for Brazed Copper Tubes and Fittings by Cold

Stretch Process

Inquiry Under what condition may higher pressure ratings be used for ASTM B88 Type L tubes and

ASME B1622 fittings in ASME B313 construction

Reply It is the opinion of the Committee that enhanced pressure ratings may be used for ASTM B88

Type L tubes and ASME B1622 fittings in ASME B313 construction provided the following conditions are

met

(a) The tubes shall conform to ASTM B88 Type L in the H58 temper

(b) The fittings shall conform to ASME B1622

(c) The maximum design temperature is 38degC (100degF)

(d) The piping shall be limited to Category D and Normal Fluid Services

(e) External pressure is not permitted

(f) The maximum tube and fitting nominal or standard size is 3 in

(g) The joints shall be brazed The qualification of brazing procedures brazers and brazing operators shall be in accordance with para 3282 Silver brazing filler metals (BAg‐XX) with

appropriate flux shall be used in the brazing process

(h) In brazing qualification the specimen in the tension test shall break in the base metal outside of

the joint with tensile strength equal to or greater than (207 MPa) 30 ksi

(i) The piping system shall receive a cold stretch operation by hydrostatic or pneumatic pressure

test in accordance with para 345 except the minimum test pressure shall be 17 times the design pressure and the maximum test pressure shall be 18 times the design pressure The test pressure shall be

maintained for at least 20 min

(j) The internal design gage pressure P shall not exceed the pressure calculated as follows

208

Where S = 689 MPa (100 ksi)

t = minimum wall thickness for ASTM B88 Type L D = maximum outside diameter for annealed temper ASTM B88 Type L

(k) Piping flexibility analysis shall be performed in accordance with para 319 using the basic

allowable stresses (Sc and Sh) equal to 414 MPa (60 ksi)

(l) Analysis of sustained loads shall be performed in accordance with para 320 using the basic

allowable stresses (Sh) equal to 414 MPa (60 ksi)

(m) Before cold stretch operation the brazed joints shall be 100 visually examined The following

conditions are not permitted

1) The presence of flux residue and unmelted filler metal

2) Excessive oxidation of the joint

3) Cracks in braze metal or base material

(n) Additional brazing is not permitted after the cold stretch operation If a braze repair is required

the following conditions shall be satisfied

1) The braze joint to be repaired shall be removed and replaced along with 150 mm (6 in)

of tube on each side of the joint

2) The piping shall receive the cold stretch operation as required in (i)

(o) The design cold stretch and repair records shall be retained by the owner for the life of the piping

B31 Code Case 217 Approval Date September 3 2021

ASME B313 Process Piping

Alternative NDE Personnel Qualification and Certification Requirements

Referenced Code ASME B313 ndash 2018 amp 2020

Inquiry May alternative personnel qualification and certification requirements be used as options to those specified in ASME B313 para 3421

Reply It is the opinion of the Committee that the personnel qualification and certification requirements below may be used as alternatives to those specified in ASME B313 para 3421 Personnel performing nondestructive examination to the requirements of this Code shall be qualified and certified for the method to be utilized in accordance with their employerrsquos written practice The written practice shall be based on the training examination and experience requirements of one of the following

(a) ASME BPVC Section V Article 1

(b) ASNT CP-189

(c) ASNT SNT-TC-1A

(d) Other national or international central certification program or standard

Page 12: B31.3 Code Cases

General Requirements

1 The fitting shall be manufactured from a single metal casting or forging

2 The fitting ends shall not be within the envelope of the metal and pressure areas used to qualifythe fitting and there shall be sufficient material beyond the envelope to make an acceptable weldend (see ASME B1625)

3 The trsquo1 and trsquo2 dimensions of the fitting shall be equal to or greater in thickness than the nominaldimensions of the matching piping If the fitting is a weaker material than the matching pipingtransition pieces may be necessary for the connected piping to match trsquo1 and trsquo2 dimensions ofthe fitting determined in accordance with the straight pipe requirements of B313 as appropriate

4 All inside and outside corners of the fittings larger than NPS 2 shall be radiused It isrecommended that inside radii be a minimum t4 and outside radii be a minimum t2 where t isthe lesser of trsquo1 and trsquo2 except that these radii shall not be less than 3 mm (18 in) and need notbe greater than 25 mm (1 in)

5 For internally and externally contoured fittings the metal and pressure areas may be representedby quadrilaterals andor triangles assembled such that they approximate the respective areas

(A) for the metal areas the areas of the largest non-overlapping quadrilaterals andor trianglesmay be summed provided all the areas lie within the areas defined by the fitting inside andoutside surfaces and side lengths defined in the appropriate figures and

(B) for the pressure areas the areas of the non-overlapping quadrilaterals andor triangles shallbe summed that totally circumscribe and cover the areas defined by the fitting crotch andpipe centerlines the fitting inside surfaces and the side lengths defined in the appropriatefigures

6 For laterals (Figure 1) with an (α + β) angle greater than or equal to 85 degs the requirementsfor the tee (Figure 3) may be used Otherwise the requirements for the lateral shall be used

7 Consideration shall be made for required examination of the pipe to fitting joint A short tangentmay improve the reading of a radiograph or facilitate the performance of ultrasonic examinationespecially if there is a significant transition from the pipe to the fitting

8 The fittingrsquos manufacturing tolerance shall be considered

Calculated Dimensions

The side length dimensions for calculating metal and pressure areas for the various fittings are asfollows

For the lateral (see Figure 1) where (α + β) $ 45 deg

Run crotch side length = G

t Cos2 22

Run heel side length = G

t Cos2 21

Branch crotch side length = D

t Cos222 2

Branch heel side length = D

t Cos212 2

For the wye (see Figure 2) where α $ 45 deg

Run heel side length = D

t Cos112 2

Branch crotch side length = D

t Cos222

Branch heel side length = D

t Cos212 2

For the tee (see Figure 3)

Run side length = D t2

22

Branch side length = D

t212

Acceptance Criteria

The following equations shall be met for both the crotch and heel sides of the fitting For the tee onlyEquation (1) need be met because of symmetry

SP E

A

A

2

1

SP F

B

B

2

2

1

B31 Code Case 208 Approval Date November 6 2018

ASME B313 Process Piping 18Cr-11Ni-Cb-N 347LN UNS S34751 Austenitic Stainless Steel Seamless Tubes Seamless and Welded Pipe Pipe Flanges Forged Fittings Valves and Parts Wrought Piping Fittings Forgings and Plate and Sheet ASME B313 Inquiry May UNS S34751 solution annealed austenitic stainless steel seamless tubes seamless and welded pipe pipe flanges valves and parts wrought piping fittings forgings plate and sheet meeting the requirements of ASTM A213A213M-17 A312A312M-17 A376A376M-17 A358A358M-15 A182A182M-17 A403A403M-16 A965A965M-14 and A240A240M-17 be used in welded construction under the rules of ASME B313 Reply Yes provided that the following additional requirements are met (a) The maximum allowable stress values shall be as given in Table 1 (b) The maximum use temperature is 677degC (1250degF) (c) The material shall be considered as P-No 8 Group 1 (d) For temperatures above 538degC (1000degF) the stress values in Table 1 may be used only if the

material has been heat treated at a temperature of 1093degC (2000degF) minimum (e) The minimum design temperature for this material shall be -200degC (-325degF) however when a

specification permits this material to be furnished without solution heat treatment or with other than a solution heat treatment the minimum design temperature shall be -29degC (-20degF) unless the material is impact tested in accordance with para 3233

(f) For post fabrication strain limits in the lower temperature range exceeding design temperature 540degC (1000degF) and forming strain of 15 and in the high temperature range exceeding 675degC (1250degF) and forming strains of 10 the minimum heat treatment temperature shall be 1040degC (1900degF)

2

Table 1 Maximum Allowable Stress Values

For Metal Temperature Not Exceeding

degC Allowable Stress [Note (1)] MPa

For Metal Temperature

Not Exceeding degF

Allowable Stress [Note (2)] ksi

40 138 100 200

65 138 200 200

100 138 300 200

125 138 400 197

150 138 500 183

175 138 600 174

200 137 650 172

225 132 700 170

250 128 750 169

275 124 800 168

300 122 850 168

325 120 900 168

350 118 950 168

375 117 1000 167

400 116 1050 166

425 116 1100 132

450 116 1150 970

475 116 1200 720

500 116 1250 545 Note (2) The fonts used are in accordance with B313 Table A‐1 Note 4a

525 115

550 115

575 111

600 845

625 641

650 489

675 383

700 289[Note (3)]

Note (1) The fonts used are in accordance with B313 Table A‐1 Note 4b

Note (3) The maximum use temperature for this alloy is 677degC (1250degF) The value listed at 700degC is provided for interpolation purposes only

B31 Code Case 209 Approval Date November 6 2018

ASME B313 Process Piping

PIPING SYSTEM STRESS ANALYSIS EXAMPLES QUESTION The results for the examples found in ASME B313-2016 Appendix S were developed using the 2006 editionrsquos code rules and material data tables How would the appendix results and affected text change when the ASME B313-2016 code rules and material data tables are applied REPLY It is the opinion of the Committee that the following pages show what Appendix S looks like with the revised new rules and data

S300 INTRODUCTION

The examples in this Appendix are intended to illustrate the application of the rules and definitions in Chapter II Part 5 flexibility and Support and the stress limits of para 30235 The loadings and conditions necessary to comply with the intent of the Code are presented

S3001 Definitions and Nomenclature

global axes these are Cartesian X Y and Z axes In this Appendix vertically upward is taken to be the +Y direction with gravity acting in the minusY direction Pj piping internal pressure see para 3012 when more than one condition exists for the piping system each is subscripted (eg P1 P2 ) Tj pipe maximum or minimum metal temperature see paras 3013 and 31931(a) when more than one condition exists for the piping system each is subscripted (eg T1 T2 ) Y+ a ldquosingle acting supportrdquo that provides support in only the vertically upward direction and is considered to be ldquoactiverdquo when the pipe exerts a downward force on the support The pipe is free to move upward ie the pipe ldquolifts offrdquo the support the support in the ldquolift-offrdquo situation is considered to be ldquoremovedrdquo from providing support ie inactive during the load condition considered

S301 EXAMPLE 1 CODE COMPLIANT PIPING SYSTEM

S3011 Example Description

This example is intended to illustrate the design of an adequately supported and sufficiently flexible piping system The piping system in Fig S3011 is fabricated from ASTM A106 Grade B seamless pipe (ie E = 100) the pipe is DN 400 (NPS 16) with a nominal wall thickness of 953 mm (0375 in) 127 mm (5 in) thickness of calcium silicate insulation and 159 mm (0063 in) corrosion allowance the fluid has a specific gravity of 10 The equivalent number of full displacement cycles expected for the piping system is fewer than 7 000 [ie f =100 in accordance with para 30235(d)] The piping system is in normal fluid service The reference modulus of elasticity used for the piping analysis is 2034 GPa (295 Msi) from Appendix C Table C-6 in accordance with paras 31932 and 31944 and Poissonrsquos ratio is 03 in accordance with para 31933 The piping internal pressures and temperatures expected during normal operation and the design conditions are listed in Table S3011 see paras 31923(b) and 31931(a) The design conditions are set sufficiently in excess of the operating conditions so as to provide additional margin on the allowable stress for pressure design as required by the owner

S3012 Design Conditions

The design conditions establish the pressure rating flange ratings component ratings and minimum required pipe wall thickness in accordance with para 30121 For example ASME B165 requires a minimum of Class 300 for ASTM A105 flanges Also the minimum required pipe wall thickness tm is determined from the design conditions by inserting eq (3a) into eq (2) terms are defined in para 30411 and Appendix J E = 10 P = design pressure = 3 800 kPa (550 psi) S = allowable stress from Appendix A Tables A-1 and A-1M = 1274 MPa (184 ksi) at design temperature 288oC (550oF) W = 10 for carbon steel at any temperature in accordance with Table 30235 Note (9) Y = 04 from Table 30411 Insert eq (3a) into eq (2)

tm = t + c =

=

159

= 599 mm + 159 mm = 758 mm (0299 in) In accordance with para 30412(a) t must be less than D6 for eq (3a) to be appropriate without considering additional factors to compute the pressure design thickness t ie t D6 or 758 mm 4064 mm6 Since 758 mm (0299 in) 677 mm (267 in) and 0030 0385 eq (3a) is applicable without special consideration of factors listed in para 30412(b) Now select a pipe schedule of adequate thickness Determine the specified minimum pipe wall thickness T from nominal pipe wall thickness ₸ considering a mill tolerance of 125 Select DN 400 (NPS 16) Schedule 30STD nominal wall thickness from ASME B3610M ₸ = 953 mm (0375 in) T = (953 mm)(100 minus 0125) = 834 mm (0328 in) Since T tm (ie 834 mm (0328 in) 758 mm (0299 in)) the selection of the nominal pipe wall thickness ₸ for Schedule 30STD pipe is acceptable The long radius elbows specified for this piping system are in accordance with ASME B169 and are specified to be for use with Schedule 30STD wall thickness pipe

S3013 Computer Model Input

Tables S30131 and S30132 list the ldquonode numbersrdquo lengths etc for each piping element displayed in Fig S3011 A bend radius of 15 times the nominal pipe diameter [ie 6096 mm (24 in)] and nominal wall thickness of 953 mm (0375 in) are used for the elbows in the computer model Generic computer program options are as follows (a) include pressure stiffening on elbows (b) exclude pressure thrust and Bourdon effects (c) use nominal section properties for the stiffnesses forces moments and deflections calculation (d) use ldquonominal less allowancesrdquo section properties for the stress due to sustained loads SL calculation (e) use nominal section properties for displacement stress range SE calculation

minimum metal temp -1oC (30oF) ambient (as-installed) temp -1oC (30oF)

S3014 Pressure Effects

For the operating sustained and displacement stress range load cases the effect of pressure stiffening on the elbows is included to determine the end reactions in accordance with Appendix D Note (6) (and ASME B31J Table 1-1 Note(4) ) The effects of pressure-induced elongation and Bourdon effects are not included as both are deemed negligible for this particular example

S3015 The Operating Load Case

The operating load case is used to determine the operating position of the piping and reaction loads for any attached equipment anchors supports guides or stops The operating load case is based on the temperature range from the ambient (as-installed) temperature of -1degC (30degF) to the maximum operating metal temperature of 260degC (500degF) in accordance with paras 31923(b) and 31931(b) Tables C-1 and C-2 values used for Row A and Row B expansion coefficients are listed below Row A = 131x10-6 mmmmoC (730x10-6 ininoF) Row B = 343 mmm (400 in100 ft) The operating load case in this example also includes the effects of internal pressure pipe weight insulation weight and fluid weight on the piping system Both pipe stiffness and displacement stress range are based on the nominal thickness of the pipe Pipe deflections and internal reaction loads for the operating load case are listed in Table S30151 Piping loads acting on the anchors and support structure are listed in Table S30152

S3016 The Sustained Load Case

Stresses due to the sustained loads such as axial forces internal pressure and intensified bending moments in this example are combined in accordance with para320 to determine SL The sustained load case excludes thermal effects and includes the effects of internal pressure [P1=3450 kPa (500 psi)] pipe weight insulation weight and fluid weight on the piping system Nominal section properties are used to generate the stiffness matrix and sustained loads for the computer model in accordance with para 31935 The nominal thickness less allowances is used to calculate the section properties for SL in accordance with para 320 A summary of the sustained load case internal reaction forces moments and stress due to sustained loads SL is provided in Table S3016 Since this example model lies in only one plane only the stress due to sustained bending moments due to the in-plane bending moment is not zero The in-plane bending moment is intensified at each elbow by the sustained in-plane moment index for an unflanged elbow Ii Note that SL for the nodes listed in Table S3016 do not exceed the 1308 MPa (190 ksi) sustained allowable stress Sh for A106 Grade B piping at the operating maximum metal temperature T1 = 260degC (500degF) from Appendix A Tables A-1 and A-1M By limiting SL to Sh in accordance with para 30235(c) the piping system is deemed adequately protected against collapse

S3017 The Displacement Stress Range Load Case

The displacement stress range SE in this example is based on the temperature range from the minimum metal (as-installed) temperature minus1degC (30degF) to maximum metal temperature for the thermal cycles under analysis [T1 = 260degC (500degF)] in accordance with paras 31923(b) and 31931(a) The displacement stress range SE for each element is calculated in accordance with eq (17) and is listed in Table S3017 along with the internal reaction loads Nominal section properties are used to generate the stiffness matrix and displacement stress ranges in the piping in accordance with para 31935 Since this example model lies in only one plane only the in-plane bending moment range is not zero The in-plane moment range is intensified at each elbow in accordance with Appendix D (and ASME B31J Table 1-1) stress intensification factor ii for an unflanged elbow For simplicity the allowable displacement stress range SA is calculated in accordance with eq (1a) Though eq (1a) is used in this example it is also acceptable to calculate SA in accordance with eq (1b) which permits SA to exceed the eq (1a) value for each piping element based on the magnitude of each elementrsquos SL The following terms are as defined in para 30235(d) and Appendix J f = 100 for 7 000 equivalent full displacement cycles from Fig 30235 or eq (1c) SA = f (125 Sc + 025 Sh) = (100)[(125)(138 MPa) + (025)(1308 MPa)] = 2052 MPa (2975 ksi) Sc = allowable stress from Appendix A Tables A-1 and A-1M = 138 MPa (200 ksi) at ambient (as-installed) temperature Sh = allowable stress from Appendix A Tables A-1 and A-1M = 1308 MPa (190 ksi) at T1 T1 = maximum metal temperature = 260degC (500degF) Note that each piping elementrsquos displacement stress range based on minimum to maximum metal temperature for the thermal cycles under analysis SE does not exceed the eq (1a) allowable SA By limiting SE to SA the piping system is deemed adequate to accommodate up to 7 000 equivalent full displacement cycles Considering both the stress due to sustained loads and displacement stress range load cases the piping system is compliant with the requirements of the Code redesign of the piping system is not required unless the sustained or operating reaction loads at either anchor data point 10 or 50 exceed the allowable loads for the attached equipment nozzle or the support structure at node 20 is overloaded The nozzle load and support structure analyses are beyond the scope of this Appendix and are not addressed

S302 EXAMPLE 2 ANTICIPATED SUSTAINED CONDITIONS CONSIDERING PIPE LIFT-OFF

S3021 Example Description

This example is intended to illustrate the analysis of a piping system in which a portion of the piping lifts off at least one Y+ support in at least one operating condition The emphasis of this example is to describe the effect this removal of support has on the determination of anticipated sustained conditions The same principles utilized for this example would also apply for guides and stops (that are single directional or gap-type) that are not engaged during any anticipated operating condition The examples in this Appendix are intended for illustration purposes only and are not intended to portray the same as either adequate or even acceptable piping geometries andor support scenarios The piping system in Fig S3021 is the same in material properties as in Example 1 see paraS3011 Note the distance from node 20 to the elbow node 30 and from nodes 120 to 130 in Example 2rsquos model is 152 m (5 ft) Note that both the design and operating conditions are well below the creep regime therefore the piping system will not develop any permanent creep-related displacements relaxation or sag

S3022 Design Conditions

The design conditions are similar to those in the Example 1 model see para S3012 and Table S3022 Note that the nominal thickness remains unchanged from Example 1 even though the design temperature and corrosion allowance have increased the corrosion allowance in this example model is 318 mm (0125 in)

S3023 Computer Model Input

Table S3023 lists the node numbers lengths etc for each piping component that is displayed in Fig S3021 The computer-based options are the same as those for the Example 1 model see para S3013

S3024 Pressure Effects

The pressure effect considerations are the same as those for Example 1 see para 3014

S3025 The Operating Load Case

The Operating Case evaluated and discussed in this example includes the effects of pipe weight insulation weight fluid weight internal pressure [P1= 3 040 kPa (440 psi)] and temperature [(T1=288oC (550oF)] Table C-1 and C-2 values used for Row A and Row B expansion coefficients are listed below Row A = 132x10-6 mmmmoC (735x10-6 ininoF) Row B = 380 mmm (45 in100 ft) An operating load case is evaluated to determine the operating position of the piping and determine the reaction loads for any attached equipment anchors supports guides or stops In particular each operating load casersquos support scenario is evaluated or assessed by the designer in order to determine whether any anticipated sustained conditions need to be evaluated with one or more Y+ supports removed Further operating load case discussion can be found in para S3015 Piping loads acting on the anchors and support structure for the operating load case are listed in Table S3025 Note that only nodes 10 through 50 are listed in the following tables this is for convenience since the model is symmetric the reactions deflections and stresses for nodes 10 through 40 are the same as for nodes 110 through 140 except that some signs may be reversed

S3026 Sustained Conditions

S30261 The Stress Due to Sustained Loads SL Calculations The stress due to (long-term) sustained loads SL is computed in accordance with para 3202 for each sustained condition that is evaluated see para S30262

S30262 Anticipated Sustained Conditions All anticipated sustained conditions utilizing all possible support scenarios should be considered The designer has identified three anticipated sustained conditions for the piping system each is listed in Table S30262 along with the support status of the node 50 Y+ support as either assessed by analysis or determined by the designer The designer has deemed the Sustained Condition 3 as both controlling the sustained design and requiring evaluation

S30263 Results for the Evaluated Sustained Condition Table S30262rsquos Sustained Conditions 1 and 2 reflect the ambient temperature support scenario Sustained Condition 3 reflects the support scenario of the Operating Case All three Sustained Conditions exclude thermal effects Sustained Conditions 2 and 3 include the effects of internal pressure [P1= 3 040 kPa (440 psi)] pipe weight insulation weight and fluid weight on the piping system A summary of the Sustained Condition 3 reactions and stresses due to sustained loads SL appear in Table S30263 In the determination of SL the sustained longitudinal force index Ia is defaulted to 10 in the absence of more applicable data in accordance with para 320 The in-plane bending moment is indexed at each elbow by the appropriate Ii calculated for this example by multiplying 075 times ii determined from Appendix D (and ASME B31J Table 1-1) See para S3016 for additional information concerning the stress due to sustained loads determination

S3027 Displacement Stress Range Load Cases

The displacement stress range load cases are not listed since they are not the subject of this example

S3028 Code Compliance mdash Satisfying the Intent of the Code

The Sustained Condition 3 results indicate that the piping system is not protected against collapse for the cycles under analysis when considering the Operating Case support scenario Note the greatest Stresses due to Sustained Loads SL are at elbow nodes 40 and 140 and ldquoLift-Offrdquo support location node 50 Therefore redesign of the piping system is required If the piping system is redesigned such that it is compliant with the intent of the Code then the piping system would require no further attention unless the sustained hydrostatic leak test or operating reaction loads at either anchor data point 10 or 110 exceed the allowable loads for the attached equipment nozzle or the support structure at either node 20 or 120 is overloaded The nozzle loads and support structure analyses are beyond the scope of this Appendix and are not addressed Although the occasional load cases are important to the design and analysis of a piping system they are not discussed in this example

S303 EXAMPLE 3 MOMENT REVERSAL

S3031 Example Description

This example is intended to illustrate the flexibility analysis required for a piping system that is designed for more than one operating condition and also experiences a ldquoreversal of momentsrdquo between any two of the anticipated operating conditions The examples in this Appendix are intended for illustration purposes only and are not intended to portray the same as either adequate or even acceptable piping geometries andor support scenarios also Both the design and operating conditions are well below the creep regime The piping system in Fig S3031 consists of two headers and two branches which are referred to as gas ldquometer runsrdquo Only one of the branches is in service (operating) at a given time the out-of-service branch is purged and at ambient (as-installed) condition The design specification calls for each of the meter run branches to alternate in and out of service five times every two weeks for the piping systemrsquos planned 30-year service life (N=3900 equivalent full displacement cycles) ie f = 115 in accordance with para 30235(d) The piping system is fabricated from ASTM A53 Grade B pipe (E=100) both piping headers are DN 600 (NPS 24) and the branches are DN 500 (NPS 20) and both branch and header are 953 mm (0375 in) thick For simplicity each piping segment or component is 1524 m (5 ft) in length The piping system is in normal fluid service The fluid is gaseous is considered to add no weight and to be neither a corrosive nor an erosive hazard ie there is no corrosion allowance The line is not insulated The ambient (as-installed) temperature is 4degC (40degF) The reference modulus of elasticity used is 2034 GPa (295 Msi) and Poissonrsquos ratio is 03 Consideration is given to the close proximity of the three tees in each header in accordance with the guidance in para 31936 and the stress intensification factors from Appendix D are considered to adequately represent the header tees for this piping system The piping internal pressure and minimum to maximum metal temperature range expected during normal operation for each meter run and the design conditions are listed in Table S3031 The design conditions are set sufficiently in excess of the operating conditions so as to provide additional margin on the allowable as required by the owner

S3032 Design Conditions

The design conditions establish the pressure rating flange ratings components ratings and minimum required pipe wall thickness ASME B165 requires a minimum of Class 300 for ASTM A105 flanges The minimum required wall thickness for both the branch and header is 44 mm (0171 in) considering a 125 mill tolerance therefore selection of the standard wall thickness of 95 mm (0375 in) is acceptable S3033 Computer Model Input

Table S3033 lists the node numbers lengths etc for each piping component that is displayed in Fig S3031 Note that flanges and valve components are not explicitly included in the model listing in Table S3033 For simplicity an entire branch (from tee centerline to tee centerline) is considered to be at the operating conditions listed in Table S3031 eg the East meter run branch from nodes 40 through 340 operates at 1 724 kPa (250 psi) and 121degC (250degF) for Operating Case 2 The computer-based options are the same as those for the Example 1 model except that pressure stiffening is not included in the analyses for this example see para S3013

S3034 Pressure Effects

Neither pressure stiffening nor Bourdon effects are included in the analyses

S3035 Operating Load Case(s)

The operating load case is used to determine the operating position of the piping and reaction loads for any attached equipment anchors supports guides or stops The owner has mandated in the design specification that the meter runs and piping be more than adequately supported Therefore the operating load case while necessary to set the limits of the strain ranges does not contribute to the emphasis of this example and its output is not included Table C-1 and C-2 values used for Row A and Row B expansion coefficients are listed below Row A = 123x10-6mmmmoC (680x10-6 ininoF) Row B = 134 mmm (168 in100 ft)

S3036 Sustained Load Case

Stresses due to the sustained loads such as axial forces internal pressure and intensified bending moments in this example are combined in accordance with para320 to determine SL For reasons similar to those expressed for the operating load case the sustained load case output is not included

S3037 Displacement Stress Range Load Cases

The displacement stress range SE is computed in accordance with para 31923(b) and 31931(a) in which the strains evaluated for the ambient temperature (which is also the as-installed and minimum metal temperature condition for this particular example) are algebraically subtracted from the strains evaluated for Operating Case 1 as listed in Table S3031 Similarly the displacement stress range SE is computed from the algebraic strain difference evaluated from the ambient (as-installed) condition to Operating Case 2 as listed in Table S3031 The individual displacement stress range SE along with the internal reaction loads is evaluated for each piping component in accordance with eq (17) is listed in Tables S30371 (Operating Case 1) and has the same results as listed in Table S30372 (Operating Case 2) with the exception that some signs differ (indicating the moment reversal range between the two conditions) The algebraic strain difference between the two resultant case evaluations discussed above produces the greatest displacement stress range for the piping system in accordance with paras 31921(d) 31923(b) and 31931(a) ie SE the ldquostress range corresponding to the total displacement strainsrdquo The resulting reactionsrsquo combination and SE for each piping component are listed in Table S30373

S3038 Code Compliance mdash Satisfying the Intent of the Code

The piping system is compliant with the sustained load requirements of the Code The displacement stress range from the ambient (as-installed) condition to each of the operating cases indicates the piping system is in compliance with the intent of the Code even when limited to the eq (1a) allowable SA But the ldquostress range corresponding to the total displacement strainsrdquo which considers the algebraic strain difference between the two operating cases indicates that the piping system is not protected against fatigue failure for the cycles under analysis even when considering the eq (1b) allowable SA Therefore redesign of the piping system is required If the piping system is redesigned such that it is compliant with the intent of the code then the piping system would require no further attention unless the sustained hydrostatic leak test or operating reaction loads at either anchor data point 10 or 310 or meter runs 130 or 230 exceeded the allowable loads for the attached equipment nozzles or support structure The meter loads nozzle loads and support structure analyses are beyond the scope of this example Although the occasional load cases are important to the design and analysis of a piping system they are not discussed in this example

B31 Code Case 214 Approval Date May 30 2019 ASME B313 Process Piping

Alternative Heat Treatments for Fabrication Processes

Proposal Code Case to allow the use of ASME B31P Standard Heat treatments for Fabrication Processes as an alternative to the preheat PWHT and PFHT required by B313

Explanation ASME B31P Standard Heat treatments for Fabrication Processes was published in May 2018 In order to allow the use of this Standard by the ASME Codes prior to changes being adopted in the next edition of the respective Codes this Code Case is being proposed to allow B31P to be used as an alternative to the rules currently in the published ASME B31 Codes A similar Code Case is currently being balloted in ASME B311 (18-2339)

Summary of Changes To allow the use of ASME B31P Standard Heat Treatments for Fabrication Processes as an alternative to the heat treatment rules specified in ASME B31 3

Referenced Code ASME B313 ndash 2016 amp 2018

Inquiry May the heat treatment requirements specified in ASME B31P be used as an alternative to the required heat treatments specified in paras 330 331 and 332 of ASME B313

Reply It is the opinion of the Committee that the heat treatments specified in ASME B31P may be used as an alternative to the respective heat treatments specified in ASME B313 for the materials referenced in ASME B31P

B31 Code Case 216 Approval Date March 29 2021 ASME B313 Process Piping

Use of Enhanced Pressure Ratings for Brazed Copper Tubes and Fittings by Cold

Stretch Process

Inquiry Under what condition may higher pressure ratings be used for ASTM B88 Type L tubes and

ASME B1622 fittings in ASME B313 construction

Reply It is the opinion of the Committee that enhanced pressure ratings may be used for ASTM B88

Type L tubes and ASME B1622 fittings in ASME B313 construction provided the following conditions are

met

(a) The tubes shall conform to ASTM B88 Type L in the H58 temper

(b) The fittings shall conform to ASME B1622

(c) The maximum design temperature is 38degC (100degF)

(d) The piping shall be limited to Category D and Normal Fluid Services

(e) External pressure is not permitted

(f) The maximum tube and fitting nominal or standard size is 3 in

(g) The joints shall be brazed The qualification of brazing procedures brazers and brazing operators shall be in accordance with para 3282 Silver brazing filler metals (BAg‐XX) with

appropriate flux shall be used in the brazing process

(h) In brazing qualification the specimen in the tension test shall break in the base metal outside of

the joint with tensile strength equal to or greater than (207 MPa) 30 ksi

(i) The piping system shall receive a cold stretch operation by hydrostatic or pneumatic pressure

test in accordance with para 345 except the minimum test pressure shall be 17 times the design pressure and the maximum test pressure shall be 18 times the design pressure The test pressure shall be

maintained for at least 20 min

(j) The internal design gage pressure P shall not exceed the pressure calculated as follows

208

Where S = 689 MPa (100 ksi)

t = minimum wall thickness for ASTM B88 Type L D = maximum outside diameter for annealed temper ASTM B88 Type L

(k) Piping flexibility analysis shall be performed in accordance with para 319 using the basic

allowable stresses (Sc and Sh) equal to 414 MPa (60 ksi)

(l) Analysis of sustained loads shall be performed in accordance with para 320 using the basic

allowable stresses (Sh) equal to 414 MPa (60 ksi)

(m) Before cold stretch operation the brazed joints shall be 100 visually examined The following

conditions are not permitted

1) The presence of flux residue and unmelted filler metal

2) Excessive oxidation of the joint

3) Cracks in braze metal or base material

(n) Additional brazing is not permitted after the cold stretch operation If a braze repair is required

the following conditions shall be satisfied

1) The braze joint to be repaired shall be removed and replaced along with 150 mm (6 in)

of tube on each side of the joint

2) The piping shall receive the cold stretch operation as required in (i)

(o) The design cold stretch and repair records shall be retained by the owner for the life of the piping

B31 Code Case 217 Approval Date September 3 2021

ASME B313 Process Piping

Alternative NDE Personnel Qualification and Certification Requirements

Referenced Code ASME B313 ndash 2018 amp 2020

Inquiry May alternative personnel qualification and certification requirements be used as options to those specified in ASME B313 para 3421

Reply It is the opinion of the Committee that the personnel qualification and certification requirements below may be used as alternatives to those specified in ASME B313 para 3421 Personnel performing nondestructive examination to the requirements of this Code shall be qualified and certified for the method to be utilized in accordance with their employerrsquos written practice The written practice shall be based on the training examination and experience requirements of one of the following

(a) ASME BPVC Section V Article 1

(b) ASNT CP-189

(c) ASNT SNT-TC-1A

(d) Other national or international central certification program or standard

Page 13: B31.3 Code Cases

Calculated Dimensions

The side length dimensions for calculating metal and pressure areas for the various fittings are asfollows

For the lateral (see Figure 1) where (α + β) $ 45 deg

Run crotch side length = G

t Cos2 22

Run heel side length = G

t Cos2 21

Branch crotch side length = D

t Cos222 2

Branch heel side length = D

t Cos212 2

For the wye (see Figure 2) where α $ 45 deg

Run heel side length = D

t Cos112 2

Branch crotch side length = D

t Cos222

Branch heel side length = D

t Cos212 2

For the tee (see Figure 3)

Run side length = D t2

22

Branch side length = D

t212

Acceptance Criteria

The following equations shall be met for both the crotch and heel sides of the fitting For the tee onlyEquation (1) need be met because of symmetry

SP E

A

A

2

1

SP F

B

B

2

2

1

B31 Code Case 208 Approval Date November 6 2018

ASME B313 Process Piping 18Cr-11Ni-Cb-N 347LN UNS S34751 Austenitic Stainless Steel Seamless Tubes Seamless and Welded Pipe Pipe Flanges Forged Fittings Valves and Parts Wrought Piping Fittings Forgings and Plate and Sheet ASME B313 Inquiry May UNS S34751 solution annealed austenitic stainless steel seamless tubes seamless and welded pipe pipe flanges valves and parts wrought piping fittings forgings plate and sheet meeting the requirements of ASTM A213A213M-17 A312A312M-17 A376A376M-17 A358A358M-15 A182A182M-17 A403A403M-16 A965A965M-14 and A240A240M-17 be used in welded construction under the rules of ASME B313 Reply Yes provided that the following additional requirements are met (a) The maximum allowable stress values shall be as given in Table 1 (b) The maximum use temperature is 677degC (1250degF) (c) The material shall be considered as P-No 8 Group 1 (d) For temperatures above 538degC (1000degF) the stress values in Table 1 may be used only if the

material has been heat treated at a temperature of 1093degC (2000degF) minimum (e) The minimum design temperature for this material shall be -200degC (-325degF) however when a

specification permits this material to be furnished without solution heat treatment or with other than a solution heat treatment the minimum design temperature shall be -29degC (-20degF) unless the material is impact tested in accordance with para 3233

(f) For post fabrication strain limits in the lower temperature range exceeding design temperature 540degC (1000degF) and forming strain of 15 and in the high temperature range exceeding 675degC (1250degF) and forming strains of 10 the minimum heat treatment temperature shall be 1040degC (1900degF)

2

Table 1 Maximum Allowable Stress Values

For Metal Temperature Not Exceeding

degC Allowable Stress [Note (1)] MPa

For Metal Temperature

Not Exceeding degF

Allowable Stress [Note (2)] ksi

40 138 100 200

65 138 200 200

100 138 300 200

125 138 400 197

150 138 500 183

175 138 600 174

200 137 650 172

225 132 700 170

250 128 750 169

275 124 800 168

300 122 850 168

325 120 900 168

350 118 950 168

375 117 1000 167

400 116 1050 166

425 116 1100 132

450 116 1150 970

475 116 1200 720

500 116 1250 545 Note (2) The fonts used are in accordance with B313 Table A‐1 Note 4a

525 115

550 115

575 111

600 845

625 641

650 489

675 383

700 289[Note (3)]

Note (1) The fonts used are in accordance with B313 Table A‐1 Note 4b

Note (3) The maximum use temperature for this alloy is 677degC (1250degF) The value listed at 700degC is provided for interpolation purposes only

B31 Code Case 209 Approval Date November 6 2018

ASME B313 Process Piping

PIPING SYSTEM STRESS ANALYSIS EXAMPLES QUESTION The results for the examples found in ASME B313-2016 Appendix S were developed using the 2006 editionrsquos code rules and material data tables How would the appendix results and affected text change when the ASME B313-2016 code rules and material data tables are applied REPLY It is the opinion of the Committee that the following pages show what Appendix S looks like with the revised new rules and data

S300 INTRODUCTION

The examples in this Appendix are intended to illustrate the application of the rules and definitions in Chapter II Part 5 flexibility and Support and the stress limits of para 30235 The loadings and conditions necessary to comply with the intent of the Code are presented

S3001 Definitions and Nomenclature

global axes these are Cartesian X Y and Z axes In this Appendix vertically upward is taken to be the +Y direction with gravity acting in the minusY direction Pj piping internal pressure see para 3012 when more than one condition exists for the piping system each is subscripted (eg P1 P2 ) Tj pipe maximum or minimum metal temperature see paras 3013 and 31931(a) when more than one condition exists for the piping system each is subscripted (eg T1 T2 ) Y+ a ldquosingle acting supportrdquo that provides support in only the vertically upward direction and is considered to be ldquoactiverdquo when the pipe exerts a downward force on the support The pipe is free to move upward ie the pipe ldquolifts offrdquo the support the support in the ldquolift-offrdquo situation is considered to be ldquoremovedrdquo from providing support ie inactive during the load condition considered

S301 EXAMPLE 1 CODE COMPLIANT PIPING SYSTEM

S3011 Example Description

This example is intended to illustrate the design of an adequately supported and sufficiently flexible piping system The piping system in Fig S3011 is fabricated from ASTM A106 Grade B seamless pipe (ie E = 100) the pipe is DN 400 (NPS 16) with a nominal wall thickness of 953 mm (0375 in) 127 mm (5 in) thickness of calcium silicate insulation and 159 mm (0063 in) corrosion allowance the fluid has a specific gravity of 10 The equivalent number of full displacement cycles expected for the piping system is fewer than 7 000 [ie f =100 in accordance with para 30235(d)] The piping system is in normal fluid service The reference modulus of elasticity used for the piping analysis is 2034 GPa (295 Msi) from Appendix C Table C-6 in accordance with paras 31932 and 31944 and Poissonrsquos ratio is 03 in accordance with para 31933 The piping internal pressures and temperatures expected during normal operation and the design conditions are listed in Table S3011 see paras 31923(b) and 31931(a) The design conditions are set sufficiently in excess of the operating conditions so as to provide additional margin on the allowable stress for pressure design as required by the owner

S3012 Design Conditions

The design conditions establish the pressure rating flange ratings component ratings and minimum required pipe wall thickness in accordance with para 30121 For example ASME B165 requires a minimum of Class 300 for ASTM A105 flanges Also the minimum required pipe wall thickness tm is determined from the design conditions by inserting eq (3a) into eq (2) terms are defined in para 30411 and Appendix J E = 10 P = design pressure = 3 800 kPa (550 psi) S = allowable stress from Appendix A Tables A-1 and A-1M = 1274 MPa (184 ksi) at design temperature 288oC (550oF) W = 10 for carbon steel at any temperature in accordance with Table 30235 Note (9) Y = 04 from Table 30411 Insert eq (3a) into eq (2)

tm = t + c =

=

159

= 599 mm + 159 mm = 758 mm (0299 in) In accordance with para 30412(a) t must be less than D6 for eq (3a) to be appropriate without considering additional factors to compute the pressure design thickness t ie t D6 or 758 mm 4064 mm6 Since 758 mm (0299 in) 677 mm (267 in) and 0030 0385 eq (3a) is applicable without special consideration of factors listed in para 30412(b) Now select a pipe schedule of adequate thickness Determine the specified minimum pipe wall thickness T from nominal pipe wall thickness ₸ considering a mill tolerance of 125 Select DN 400 (NPS 16) Schedule 30STD nominal wall thickness from ASME B3610M ₸ = 953 mm (0375 in) T = (953 mm)(100 minus 0125) = 834 mm (0328 in) Since T tm (ie 834 mm (0328 in) 758 mm (0299 in)) the selection of the nominal pipe wall thickness ₸ for Schedule 30STD pipe is acceptable The long radius elbows specified for this piping system are in accordance with ASME B169 and are specified to be for use with Schedule 30STD wall thickness pipe

S3013 Computer Model Input

Tables S30131 and S30132 list the ldquonode numbersrdquo lengths etc for each piping element displayed in Fig S3011 A bend radius of 15 times the nominal pipe diameter [ie 6096 mm (24 in)] and nominal wall thickness of 953 mm (0375 in) are used for the elbows in the computer model Generic computer program options are as follows (a) include pressure stiffening on elbows (b) exclude pressure thrust and Bourdon effects (c) use nominal section properties for the stiffnesses forces moments and deflections calculation (d) use ldquonominal less allowancesrdquo section properties for the stress due to sustained loads SL calculation (e) use nominal section properties for displacement stress range SE calculation

minimum metal temp -1oC (30oF) ambient (as-installed) temp -1oC (30oF)

S3014 Pressure Effects

For the operating sustained and displacement stress range load cases the effect of pressure stiffening on the elbows is included to determine the end reactions in accordance with Appendix D Note (6) (and ASME B31J Table 1-1 Note(4) ) The effects of pressure-induced elongation and Bourdon effects are not included as both are deemed negligible for this particular example

S3015 The Operating Load Case

The operating load case is used to determine the operating position of the piping and reaction loads for any attached equipment anchors supports guides or stops The operating load case is based on the temperature range from the ambient (as-installed) temperature of -1degC (30degF) to the maximum operating metal temperature of 260degC (500degF) in accordance with paras 31923(b) and 31931(b) Tables C-1 and C-2 values used for Row A and Row B expansion coefficients are listed below Row A = 131x10-6 mmmmoC (730x10-6 ininoF) Row B = 343 mmm (400 in100 ft) The operating load case in this example also includes the effects of internal pressure pipe weight insulation weight and fluid weight on the piping system Both pipe stiffness and displacement stress range are based on the nominal thickness of the pipe Pipe deflections and internal reaction loads for the operating load case are listed in Table S30151 Piping loads acting on the anchors and support structure are listed in Table S30152

S3016 The Sustained Load Case

Stresses due to the sustained loads such as axial forces internal pressure and intensified bending moments in this example are combined in accordance with para320 to determine SL The sustained load case excludes thermal effects and includes the effects of internal pressure [P1=3450 kPa (500 psi)] pipe weight insulation weight and fluid weight on the piping system Nominal section properties are used to generate the stiffness matrix and sustained loads for the computer model in accordance with para 31935 The nominal thickness less allowances is used to calculate the section properties for SL in accordance with para 320 A summary of the sustained load case internal reaction forces moments and stress due to sustained loads SL is provided in Table S3016 Since this example model lies in only one plane only the stress due to sustained bending moments due to the in-plane bending moment is not zero The in-plane bending moment is intensified at each elbow by the sustained in-plane moment index for an unflanged elbow Ii Note that SL for the nodes listed in Table S3016 do not exceed the 1308 MPa (190 ksi) sustained allowable stress Sh for A106 Grade B piping at the operating maximum metal temperature T1 = 260degC (500degF) from Appendix A Tables A-1 and A-1M By limiting SL to Sh in accordance with para 30235(c) the piping system is deemed adequately protected against collapse

S3017 The Displacement Stress Range Load Case

The displacement stress range SE in this example is based on the temperature range from the minimum metal (as-installed) temperature minus1degC (30degF) to maximum metal temperature for the thermal cycles under analysis [T1 = 260degC (500degF)] in accordance with paras 31923(b) and 31931(a) The displacement stress range SE for each element is calculated in accordance with eq (17) and is listed in Table S3017 along with the internal reaction loads Nominal section properties are used to generate the stiffness matrix and displacement stress ranges in the piping in accordance with para 31935 Since this example model lies in only one plane only the in-plane bending moment range is not zero The in-plane moment range is intensified at each elbow in accordance with Appendix D (and ASME B31J Table 1-1) stress intensification factor ii for an unflanged elbow For simplicity the allowable displacement stress range SA is calculated in accordance with eq (1a) Though eq (1a) is used in this example it is also acceptable to calculate SA in accordance with eq (1b) which permits SA to exceed the eq (1a) value for each piping element based on the magnitude of each elementrsquos SL The following terms are as defined in para 30235(d) and Appendix J f = 100 for 7 000 equivalent full displacement cycles from Fig 30235 or eq (1c) SA = f (125 Sc + 025 Sh) = (100)[(125)(138 MPa) + (025)(1308 MPa)] = 2052 MPa (2975 ksi) Sc = allowable stress from Appendix A Tables A-1 and A-1M = 138 MPa (200 ksi) at ambient (as-installed) temperature Sh = allowable stress from Appendix A Tables A-1 and A-1M = 1308 MPa (190 ksi) at T1 T1 = maximum metal temperature = 260degC (500degF) Note that each piping elementrsquos displacement stress range based on minimum to maximum metal temperature for the thermal cycles under analysis SE does not exceed the eq (1a) allowable SA By limiting SE to SA the piping system is deemed adequate to accommodate up to 7 000 equivalent full displacement cycles Considering both the stress due to sustained loads and displacement stress range load cases the piping system is compliant with the requirements of the Code redesign of the piping system is not required unless the sustained or operating reaction loads at either anchor data point 10 or 50 exceed the allowable loads for the attached equipment nozzle or the support structure at node 20 is overloaded The nozzle load and support structure analyses are beyond the scope of this Appendix and are not addressed

S302 EXAMPLE 2 ANTICIPATED SUSTAINED CONDITIONS CONSIDERING PIPE LIFT-OFF

S3021 Example Description

This example is intended to illustrate the analysis of a piping system in which a portion of the piping lifts off at least one Y+ support in at least one operating condition The emphasis of this example is to describe the effect this removal of support has on the determination of anticipated sustained conditions The same principles utilized for this example would also apply for guides and stops (that are single directional or gap-type) that are not engaged during any anticipated operating condition The examples in this Appendix are intended for illustration purposes only and are not intended to portray the same as either adequate or even acceptable piping geometries andor support scenarios The piping system in Fig S3021 is the same in material properties as in Example 1 see paraS3011 Note the distance from node 20 to the elbow node 30 and from nodes 120 to 130 in Example 2rsquos model is 152 m (5 ft) Note that both the design and operating conditions are well below the creep regime therefore the piping system will not develop any permanent creep-related displacements relaxation or sag

S3022 Design Conditions

The design conditions are similar to those in the Example 1 model see para S3012 and Table S3022 Note that the nominal thickness remains unchanged from Example 1 even though the design temperature and corrosion allowance have increased the corrosion allowance in this example model is 318 mm (0125 in)

S3023 Computer Model Input

Table S3023 lists the node numbers lengths etc for each piping component that is displayed in Fig S3021 The computer-based options are the same as those for the Example 1 model see para S3013

S3024 Pressure Effects

The pressure effect considerations are the same as those for Example 1 see para 3014

S3025 The Operating Load Case

The Operating Case evaluated and discussed in this example includes the effects of pipe weight insulation weight fluid weight internal pressure [P1= 3 040 kPa (440 psi)] and temperature [(T1=288oC (550oF)] Table C-1 and C-2 values used for Row A and Row B expansion coefficients are listed below Row A = 132x10-6 mmmmoC (735x10-6 ininoF) Row B = 380 mmm (45 in100 ft) An operating load case is evaluated to determine the operating position of the piping and determine the reaction loads for any attached equipment anchors supports guides or stops In particular each operating load casersquos support scenario is evaluated or assessed by the designer in order to determine whether any anticipated sustained conditions need to be evaluated with one or more Y+ supports removed Further operating load case discussion can be found in para S3015 Piping loads acting on the anchors and support structure for the operating load case are listed in Table S3025 Note that only nodes 10 through 50 are listed in the following tables this is for convenience since the model is symmetric the reactions deflections and stresses for nodes 10 through 40 are the same as for nodes 110 through 140 except that some signs may be reversed

S3026 Sustained Conditions

S30261 The Stress Due to Sustained Loads SL Calculations The stress due to (long-term) sustained loads SL is computed in accordance with para 3202 for each sustained condition that is evaluated see para S30262

S30262 Anticipated Sustained Conditions All anticipated sustained conditions utilizing all possible support scenarios should be considered The designer has identified three anticipated sustained conditions for the piping system each is listed in Table S30262 along with the support status of the node 50 Y+ support as either assessed by analysis or determined by the designer The designer has deemed the Sustained Condition 3 as both controlling the sustained design and requiring evaluation

S30263 Results for the Evaluated Sustained Condition Table S30262rsquos Sustained Conditions 1 and 2 reflect the ambient temperature support scenario Sustained Condition 3 reflects the support scenario of the Operating Case All three Sustained Conditions exclude thermal effects Sustained Conditions 2 and 3 include the effects of internal pressure [P1= 3 040 kPa (440 psi)] pipe weight insulation weight and fluid weight on the piping system A summary of the Sustained Condition 3 reactions and stresses due to sustained loads SL appear in Table S30263 In the determination of SL the sustained longitudinal force index Ia is defaulted to 10 in the absence of more applicable data in accordance with para 320 The in-plane bending moment is indexed at each elbow by the appropriate Ii calculated for this example by multiplying 075 times ii determined from Appendix D (and ASME B31J Table 1-1) See para S3016 for additional information concerning the stress due to sustained loads determination

S3027 Displacement Stress Range Load Cases

The displacement stress range load cases are not listed since they are not the subject of this example

S3028 Code Compliance mdash Satisfying the Intent of the Code

The Sustained Condition 3 results indicate that the piping system is not protected against collapse for the cycles under analysis when considering the Operating Case support scenario Note the greatest Stresses due to Sustained Loads SL are at elbow nodes 40 and 140 and ldquoLift-Offrdquo support location node 50 Therefore redesign of the piping system is required If the piping system is redesigned such that it is compliant with the intent of the Code then the piping system would require no further attention unless the sustained hydrostatic leak test or operating reaction loads at either anchor data point 10 or 110 exceed the allowable loads for the attached equipment nozzle or the support structure at either node 20 or 120 is overloaded The nozzle loads and support structure analyses are beyond the scope of this Appendix and are not addressed Although the occasional load cases are important to the design and analysis of a piping system they are not discussed in this example

S303 EXAMPLE 3 MOMENT REVERSAL

S3031 Example Description

This example is intended to illustrate the flexibility analysis required for a piping system that is designed for more than one operating condition and also experiences a ldquoreversal of momentsrdquo between any two of the anticipated operating conditions The examples in this Appendix are intended for illustration purposes only and are not intended to portray the same as either adequate or even acceptable piping geometries andor support scenarios also Both the design and operating conditions are well below the creep regime The piping system in Fig S3031 consists of two headers and two branches which are referred to as gas ldquometer runsrdquo Only one of the branches is in service (operating) at a given time the out-of-service branch is purged and at ambient (as-installed) condition The design specification calls for each of the meter run branches to alternate in and out of service five times every two weeks for the piping systemrsquos planned 30-year service life (N=3900 equivalent full displacement cycles) ie f = 115 in accordance with para 30235(d) The piping system is fabricated from ASTM A53 Grade B pipe (E=100) both piping headers are DN 600 (NPS 24) and the branches are DN 500 (NPS 20) and both branch and header are 953 mm (0375 in) thick For simplicity each piping segment or component is 1524 m (5 ft) in length The piping system is in normal fluid service The fluid is gaseous is considered to add no weight and to be neither a corrosive nor an erosive hazard ie there is no corrosion allowance The line is not insulated The ambient (as-installed) temperature is 4degC (40degF) The reference modulus of elasticity used is 2034 GPa (295 Msi) and Poissonrsquos ratio is 03 Consideration is given to the close proximity of the three tees in each header in accordance with the guidance in para 31936 and the stress intensification factors from Appendix D are considered to adequately represent the header tees for this piping system The piping internal pressure and minimum to maximum metal temperature range expected during normal operation for each meter run and the design conditions are listed in Table S3031 The design conditions are set sufficiently in excess of the operating conditions so as to provide additional margin on the allowable as required by the owner

S3032 Design Conditions

The design conditions establish the pressure rating flange ratings components ratings and minimum required pipe wall thickness ASME B165 requires a minimum of Class 300 for ASTM A105 flanges The minimum required wall thickness for both the branch and header is 44 mm (0171 in) considering a 125 mill tolerance therefore selection of the standard wall thickness of 95 mm (0375 in) is acceptable S3033 Computer Model Input

Table S3033 lists the node numbers lengths etc for each piping component that is displayed in Fig S3031 Note that flanges and valve components are not explicitly included in the model listing in Table S3033 For simplicity an entire branch (from tee centerline to tee centerline) is considered to be at the operating conditions listed in Table S3031 eg the East meter run branch from nodes 40 through 340 operates at 1 724 kPa (250 psi) and 121degC (250degF) for Operating Case 2 The computer-based options are the same as those for the Example 1 model except that pressure stiffening is not included in the analyses for this example see para S3013

S3034 Pressure Effects

Neither pressure stiffening nor Bourdon effects are included in the analyses

S3035 Operating Load Case(s)

The operating load case is used to determine the operating position of the piping and reaction loads for any attached equipment anchors supports guides or stops The owner has mandated in the design specification that the meter runs and piping be more than adequately supported Therefore the operating load case while necessary to set the limits of the strain ranges does not contribute to the emphasis of this example and its output is not included Table C-1 and C-2 values used for Row A and Row B expansion coefficients are listed below Row A = 123x10-6mmmmoC (680x10-6 ininoF) Row B = 134 mmm (168 in100 ft)

S3036 Sustained Load Case

Stresses due to the sustained loads such as axial forces internal pressure and intensified bending moments in this example are combined in accordance with para320 to determine SL For reasons similar to those expressed for the operating load case the sustained load case output is not included

S3037 Displacement Stress Range Load Cases

The displacement stress range SE is computed in accordance with para 31923(b) and 31931(a) in which the strains evaluated for the ambient temperature (which is also the as-installed and minimum metal temperature condition for this particular example) are algebraically subtracted from the strains evaluated for Operating Case 1 as listed in Table S3031 Similarly the displacement stress range SE is computed from the algebraic strain difference evaluated from the ambient (as-installed) condition to Operating Case 2 as listed in Table S3031 The individual displacement stress range SE along with the internal reaction loads is evaluated for each piping component in accordance with eq (17) is listed in Tables S30371 (Operating Case 1) and has the same results as listed in Table S30372 (Operating Case 2) with the exception that some signs differ (indicating the moment reversal range between the two conditions) The algebraic strain difference between the two resultant case evaluations discussed above produces the greatest displacement stress range for the piping system in accordance with paras 31921(d) 31923(b) and 31931(a) ie SE the ldquostress range corresponding to the total displacement strainsrdquo The resulting reactionsrsquo combination and SE for each piping component are listed in Table S30373

S3038 Code Compliance mdash Satisfying the Intent of the Code

The piping system is compliant with the sustained load requirements of the Code The displacement stress range from the ambient (as-installed) condition to each of the operating cases indicates the piping system is in compliance with the intent of the Code even when limited to the eq (1a) allowable SA But the ldquostress range corresponding to the total displacement strainsrdquo which considers the algebraic strain difference between the two operating cases indicates that the piping system is not protected against fatigue failure for the cycles under analysis even when considering the eq (1b) allowable SA Therefore redesign of the piping system is required If the piping system is redesigned such that it is compliant with the intent of the code then the piping system would require no further attention unless the sustained hydrostatic leak test or operating reaction loads at either anchor data point 10 or 310 or meter runs 130 or 230 exceeded the allowable loads for the attached equipment nozzles or support structure The meter loads nozzle loads and support structure analyses are beyond the scope of this example Although the occasional load cases are important to the design and analysis of a piping system they are not discussed in this example

B31 Code Case 214 Approval Date May 30 2019 ASME B313 Process Piping

Alternative Heat Treatments for Fabrication Processes

Proposal Code Case to allow the use of ASME B31P Standard Heat treatments for Fabrication Processes as an alternative to the preheat PWHT and PFHT required by B313

Explanation ASME B31P Standard Heat treatments for Fabrication Processes was published in May 2018 In order to allow the use of this Standard by the ASME Codes prior to changes being adopted in the next edition of the respective Codes this Code Case is being proposed to allow B31P to be used as an alternative to the rules currently in the published ASME B31 Codes A similar Code Case is currently being balloted in ASME B311 (18-2339)

Summary of Changes To allow the use of ASME B31P Standard Heat Treatments for Fabrication Processes as an alternative to the heat treatment rules specified in ASME B31 3

Referenced Code ASME B313 ndash 2016 amp 2018

Inquiry May the heat treatment requirements specified in ASME B31P be used as an alternative to the required heat treatments specified in paras 330 331 and 332 of ASME B313

Reply It is the opinion of the Committee that the heat treatments specified in ASME B31P may be used as an alternative to the respective heat treatments specified in ASME B313 for the materials referenced in ASME B31P

B31 Code Case 216 Approval Date March 29 2021 ASME B313 Process Piping

Use of Enhanced Pressure Ratings for Brazed Copper Tubes and Fittings by Cold

Stretch Process

Inquiry Under what condition may higher pressure ratings be used for ASTM B88 Type L tubes and

ASME B1622 fittings in ASME B313 construction

Reply It is the opinion of the Committee that enhanced pressure ratings may be used for ASTM B88

Type L tubes and ASME B1622 fittings in ASME B313 construction provided the following conditions are

met

(a) The tubes shall conform to ASTM B88 Type L in the H58 temper

(b) The fittings shall conform to ASME B1622

(c) The maximum design temperature is 38degC (100degF)

(d) The piping shall be limited to Category D and Normal Fluid Services

(e) External pressure is not permitted

(f) The maximum tube and fitting nominal or standard size is 3 in

(g) The joints shall be brazed The qualification of brazing procedures brazers and brazing operators shall be in accordance with para 3282 Silver brazing filler metals (BAg‐XX) with

appropriate flux shall be used in the brazing process

(h) In brazing qualification the specimen in the tension test shall break in the base metal outside of

the joint with tensile strength equal to or greater than (207 MPa) 30 ksi

(i) The piping system shall receive a cold stretch operation by hydrostatic or pneumatic pressure

test in accordance with para 345 except the minimum test pressure shall be 17 times the design pressure and the maximum test pressure shall be 18 times the design pressure The test pressure shall be

maintained for at least 20 min

(j) The internal design gage pressure P shall not exceed the pressure calculated as follows

208

Where S = 689 MPa (100 ksi)

t = minimum wall thickness for ASTM B88 Type L D = maximum outside diameter for annealed temper ASTM B88 Type L

(k) Piping flexibility analysis shall be performed in accordance with para 319 using the basic

allowable stresses (Sc and Sh) equal to 414 MPa (60 ksi)

(l) Analysis of sustained loads shall be performed in accordance with para 320 using the basic

allowable stresses (Sh) equal to 414 MPa (60 ksi)

(m) Before cold stretch operation the brazed joints shall be 100 visually examined The following

conditions are not permitted

1) The presence of flux residue and unmelted filler metal

2) Excessive oxidation of the joint

3) Cracks in braze metal or base material

(n) Additional brazing is not permitted after the cold stretch operation If a braze repair is required

the following conditions shall be satisfied

1) The braze joint to be repaired shall be removed and replaced along with 150 mm (6 in)

of tube on each side of the joint

2) The piping shall receive the cold stretch operation as required in (i)

(o) The design cold stretch and repair records shall be retained by the owner for the life of the piping

B31 Code Case 217 Approval Date September 3 2021

ASME B313 Process Piping

Alternative NDE Personnel Qualification and Certification Requirements

Referenced Code ASME B313 ndash 2018 amp 2020

Inquiry May alternative personnel qualification and certification requirements be used as options to those specified in ASME B313 para 3421

Reply It is the opinion of the Committee that the personnel qualification and certification requirements below may be used as alternatives to those specified in ASME B313 para 3421 Personnel performing nondestructive examination to the requirements of this Code shall be qualified and certified for the method to be utilized in accordance with their employerrsquos written practice The written practice shall be based on the training examination and experience requirements of one of the following

(a) ASME BPVC Section V Article 1

(b) ASNT CP-189

(c) ASNT SNT-TC-1A

(d) Other national or international central certification program or standard

Page 14: B31.3 Code Cases

Acceptance Criteria

The following equations shall be met for both the crotch and heel sides of the fitting For the tee onlyEquation (1) need be met because of symmetry

SP E

A

A

2

1

SP F

B

B

2

2

1

B31 Code Case 208 Approval Date November 6 2018

ASME B313 Process Piping 18Cr-11Ni-Cb-N 347LN UNS S34751 Austenitic Stainless Steel Seamless Tubes Seamless and Welded Pipe Pipe Flanges Forged Fittings Valves and Parts Wrought Piping Fittings Forgings and Plate and Sheet ASME B313 Inquiry May UNS S34751 solution annealed austenitic stainless steel seamless tubes seamless and welded pipe pipe flanges valves and parts wrought piping fittings forgings plate and sheet meeting the requirements of ASTM A213A213M-17 A312A312M-17 A376A376M-17 A358A358M-15 A182A182M-17 A403A403M-16 A965A965M-14 and A240A240M-17 be used in welded construction under the rules of ASME B313 Reply Yes provided that the following additional requirements are met (a) The maximum allowable stress values shall be as given in Table 1 (b) The maximum use temperature is 677degC (1250degF) (c) The material shall be considered as P-No 8 Group 1 (d) For temperatures above 538degC (1000degF) the stress values in Table 1 may be used only if the

material has been heat treated at a temperature of 1093degC (2000degF) minimum (e) The minimum design temperature for this material shall be -200degC (-325degF) however when a

specification permits this material to be furnished without solution heat treatment or with other than a solution heat treatment the minimum design temperature shall be -29degC (-20degF) unless the material is impact tested in accordance with para 3233

(f) For post fabrication strain limits in the lower temperature range exceeding design temperature 540degC (1000degF) and forming strain of 15 and in the high temperature range exceeding 675degC (1250degF) and forming strains of 10 the minimum heat treatment temperature shall be 1040degC (1900degF)

2

Table 1 Maximum Allowable Stress Values

For Metal Temperature Not Exceeding

degC Allowable Stress [Note (1)] MPa

For Metal Temperature

Not Exceeding degF

Allowable Stress [Note (2)] ksi

40 138 100 200

65 138 200 200

100 138 300 200

125 138 400 197

150 138 500 183

175 138 600 174

200 137 650 172

225 132 700 170

250 128 750 169

275 124 800 168

300 122 850 168

325 120 900 168

350 118 950 168

375 117 1000 167

400 116 1050 166

425 116 1100 132

450 116 1150 970

475 116 1200 720

500 116 1250 545 Note (2) The fonts used are in accordance with B313 Table A‐1 Note 4a

525 115

550 115

575 111

600 845

625 641

650 489

675 383

700 289[Note (3)]

Note (1) The fonts used are in accordance with B313 Table A‐1 Note 4b

Note (3) The maximum use temperature for this alloy is 677degC (1250degF) The value listed at 700degC is provided for interpolation purposes only

B31 Code Case 209 Approval Date November 6 2018

ASME B313 Process Piping

PIPING SYSTEM STRESS ANALYSIS EXAMPLES QUESTION The results for the examples found in ASME B313-2016 Appendix S were developed using the 2006 editionrsquos code rules and material data tables How would the appendix results and affected text change when the ASME B313-2016 code rules and material data tables are applied REPLY It is the opinion of the Committee that the following pages show what Appendix S looks like with the revised new rules and data

S300 INTRODUCTION

The examples in this Appendix are intended to illustrate the application of the rules and definitions in Chapter II Part 5 flexibility and Support and the stress limits of para 30235 The loadings and conditions necessary to comply with the intent of the Code are presented

S3001 Definitions and Nomenclature

global axes these are Cartesian X Y and Z axes In this Appendix vertically upward is taken to be the +Y direction with gravity acting in the minusY direction Pj piping internal pressure see para 3012 when more than one condition exists for the piping system each is subscripted (eg P1 P2 ) Tj pipe maximum or minimum metal temperature see paras 3013 and 31931(a) when more than one condition exists for the piping system each is subscripted (eg T1 T2 ) Y+ a ldquosingle acting supportrdquo that provides support in only the vertically upward direction and is considered to be ldquoactiverdquo when the pipe exerts a downward force on the support The pipe is free to move upward ie the pipe ldquolifts offrdquo the support the support in the ldquolift-offrdquo situation is considered to be ldquoremovedrdquo from providing support ie inactive during the load condition considered

S301 EXAMPLE 1 CODE COMPLIANT PIPING SYSTEM

S3011 Example Description

This example is intended to illustrate the design of an adequately supported and sufficiently flexible piping system The piping system in Fig S3011 is fabricated from ASTM A106 Grade B seamless pipe (ie E = 100) the pipe is DN 400 (NPS 16) with a nominal wall thickness of 953 mm (0375 in) 127 mm (5 in) thickness of calcium silicate insulation and 159 mm (0063 in) corrosion allowance the fluid has a specific gravity of 10 The equivalent number of full displacement cycles expected for the piping system is fewer than 7 000 [ie f =100 in accordance with para 30235(d)] The piping system is in normal fluid service The reference modulus of elasticity used for the piping analysis is 2034 GPa (295 Msi) from Appendix C Table C-6 in accordance with paras 31932 and 31944 and Poissonrsquos ratio is 03 in accordance with para 31933 The piping internal pressures and temperatures expected during normal operation and the design conditions are listed in Table S3011 see paras 31923(b) and 31931(a) The design conditions are set sufficiently in excess of the operating conditions so as to provide additional margin on the allowable stress for pressure design as required by the owner

S3012 Design Conditions

The design conditions establish the pressure rating flange ratings component ratings and minimum required pipe wall thickness in accordance with para 30121 For example ASME B165 requires a minimum of Class 300 for ASTM A105 flanges Also the minimum required pipe wall thickness tm is determined from the design conditions by inserting eq (3a) into eq (2) terms are defined in para 30411 and Appendix J E = 10 P = design pressure = 3 800 kPa (550 psi) S = allowable stress from Appendix A Tables A-1 and A-1M = 1274 MPa (184 ksi) at design temperature 288oC (550oF) W = 10 for carbon steel at any temperature in accordance with Table 30235 Note (9) Y = 04 from Table 30411 Insert eq (3a) into eq (2)

tm = t + c =

=

159

= 599 mm + 159 mm = 758 mm (0299 in) In accordance with para 30412(a) t must be less than D6 for eq (3a) to be appropriate without considering additional factors to compute the pressure design thickness t ie t D6 or 758 mm 4064 mm6 Since 758 mm (0299 in) 677 mm (267 in) and 0030 0385 eq (3a) is applicable without special consideration of factors listed in para 30412(b) Now select a pipe schedule of adequate thickness Determine the specified minimum pipe wall thickness T from nominal pipe wall thickness ₸ considering a mill tolerance of 125 Select DN 400 (NPS 16) Schedule 30STD nominal wall thickness from ASME B3610M ₸ = 953 mm (0375 in) T = (953 mm)(100 minus 0125) = 834 mm (0328 in) Since T tm (ie 834 mm (0328 in) 758 mm (0299 in)) the selection of the nominal pipe wall thickness ₸ for Schedule 30STD pipe is acceptable The long radius elbows specified for this piping system are in accordance with ASME B169 and are specified to be for use with Schedule 30STD wall thickness pipe

S3013 Computer Model Input

Tables S30131 and S30132 list the ldquonode numbersrdquo lengths etc for each piping element displayed in Fig S3011 A bend radius of 15 times the nominal pipe diameter [ie 6096 mm (24 in)] and nominal wall thickness of 953 mm (0375 in) are used for the elbows in the computer model Generic computer program options are as follows (a) include pressure stiffening on elbows (b) exclude pressure thrust and Bourdon effects (c) use nominal section properties for the stiffnesses forces moments and deflections calculation (d) use ldquonominal less allowancesrdquo section properties for the stress due to sustained loads SL calculation (e) use nominal section properties for displacement stress range SE calculation

minimum metal temp -1oC (30oF) ambient (as-installed) temp -1oC (30oF)

S3014 Pressure Effects

For the operating sustained and displacement stress range load cases the effect of pressure stiffening on the elbows is included to determine the end reactions in accordance with Appendix D Note (6) (and ASME B31J Table 1-1 Note(4) ) The effects of pressure-induced elongation and Bourdon effects are not included as both are deemed negligible for this particular example

S3015 The Operating Load Case

The operating load case is used to determine the operating position of the piping and reaction loads for any attached equipment anchors supports guides or stops The operating load case is based on the temperature range from the ambient (as-installed) temperature of -1degC (30degF) to the maximum operating metal temperature of 260degC (500degF) in accordance with paras 31923(b) and 31931(b) Tables C-1 and C-2 values used for Row A and Row B expansion coefficients are listed below Row A = 131x10-6 mmmmoC (730x10-6 ininoF) Row B = 343 mmm (400 in100 ft) The operating load case in this example also includes the effects of internal pressure pipe weight insulation weight and fluid weight on the piping system Both pipe stiffness and displacement stress range are based on the nominal thickness of the pipe Pipe deflections and internal reaction loads for the operating load case are listed in Table S30151 Piping loads acting on the anchors and support structure are listed in Table S30152

S3016 The Sustained Load Case

Stresses due to the sustained loads such as axial forces internal pressure and intensified bending moments in this example are combined in accordance with para320 to determine SL The sustained load case excludes thermal effects and includes the effects of internal pressure [P1=3450 kPa (500 psi)] pipe weight insulation weight and fluid weight on the piping system Nominal section properties are used to generate the stiffness matrix and sustained loads for the computer model in accordance with para 31935 The nominal thickness less allowances is used to calculate the section properties for SL in accordance with para 320 A summary of the sustained load case internal reaction forces moments and stress due to sustained loads SL is provided in Table S3016 Since this example model lies in only one plane only the stress due to sustained bending moments due to the in-plane bending moment is not zero The in-plane bending moment is intensified at each elbow by the sustained in-plane moment index for an unflanged elbow Ii Note that SL for the nodes listed in Table S3016 do not exceed the 1308 MPa (190 ksi) sustained allowable stress Sh for A106 Grade B piping at the operating maximum metal temperature T1 = 260degC (500degF) from Appendix A Tables A-1 and A-1M By limiting SL to Sh in accordance with para 30235(c) the piping system is deemed adequately protected against collapse

S3017 The Displacement Stress Range Load Case

The displacement stress range SE in this example is based on the temperature range from the minimum metal (as-installed) temperature minus1degC (30degF) to maximum metal temperature for the thermal cycles under analysis [T1 = 260degC (500degF)] in accordance with paras 31923(b) and 31931(a) The displacement stress range SE for each element is calculated in accordance with eq (17) and is listed in Table S3017 along with the internal reaction loads Nominal section properties are used to generate the stiffness matrix and displacement stress ranges in the piping in accordance with para 31935 Since this example model lies in only one plane only the in-plane bending moment range is not zero The in-plane moment range is intensified at each elbow in accordance with Appendix D (and ASME B31J Table 1-1) stress intensification factor ii for an unflanged elbow For simplicity the allowable displacement stress range SA is calculated in accordance with eq (1a) Though eq (1a) is used in this example it is also acceptable to calculate SA in accordance with eq (1b) which permits SA to exceed the eq (1a) value for each piping element based on the magnitude of each elementrsquos SL The following terms are as defined in para 30235(d) and Appendix J f = 100 for 7 000 equivalent full displacement cycles from Fig 30235 or eq (1c) SA = f (125 Sc + 025 Sh) = (100)[(125)(138 MPa) + (025)(1308 MPa)] = 2052 MPa (2975 ksi) Sc = allowable stress from Appendix A Tables A-1 and A-1M = 138 MPa (200 ksi) at ambient (as-installed) temperature Sh = allowable stress from Appendix A Tables A-1 and A-1M = 1308 MPa (190 ksi) at T1 T1 = maximum metal temperature = 260degC (500degF) Note that each piping elementrsquos displacement stress range based on minimum to maximum metal temperature for the thermal cycles under analysis SE does not exceed the eq (1a) allowable SA By limiting SE to SA the piping system is deemed adequate to accommodate up to 7 000 equivalent full displacement cycles Considering both the stress due to sustained loads and displacement stress range load cases the piping system is compliant with the requirements of the Code redesign of the piping system is not required unless the sustained or operating reaction loads at either anchor data point 10 or 50 exceed the allowable loads for the attached equipment nozzle or the support structure at node 20 is overloaded The nozzle load and support structure analyses are beyond the scope of this Appendix and are not addressed

S302 EXAMPLE 2 ANTICIPATED SUSTAINED CONDITIONS CONSIDERING PIPE LIFT-OFF

S3021 Example Description

This example is intended to illustrate the analysis of a piping system in which a portion of the piping lifts off at least one Y+ support in at least one operating condition The emphasis of this example is to describe the effect this removal of support has on the determination of anticipated sustained conditions The same principles utilized for this example would also apply for guides and stops (that are single directional or gap-type) that are not engaged during any anticipated operating condition The examples in this Appendix are intended for illustration purposes only and are not intended to portray the same as either adequate or even acceptable piping geometries andor support scenarios The piping system in Fig S3021 is the same in material properties as in Example 1 see paraS3011 Note the distance from node 20 to the elbow node 30 and from nodes 120 to 130 in Example 2rsquos model is 152 m (5 ft) Note that both the design and operating conditions are well below the creep regime therefore the piping system will not develop any permanent creep-related displacements relaxation or sag

S3022 Design Conditions

The design conditions are similar to those in the Example 1 model see para S3012 and Table S3022 Note that the nominal thickness remains unchanged from Example 1 even though the design temperature and corrosion allowance have increased the corrosion allowance in this example model is 318 mm (0125 in)

S3023 Computer Model Input

Table S3023 lists the node numbers lengths etc for each piping component that is displayed in Fig S3021 The computer-based options are the same as those for the Example 1 model see para S3013

S3024 Pressure Effects

The pressure effect considerations are the same as those for Example 1 see para 3014

S3025 The Operating Load Case

The Operating Case evaluated and discussed in this example includes the effects of pipe weight insulation weight fluid weight internal pressure [P1= 3 040 kPa (440 psi)] and temperature [(T1=288oC (550oF)] Table C-1 and C-2 values used for Row A and Row B expansion coefficients are listed below Row A = 132x10-6 mmmmoC (735x10-6 ininoF) Row B = 380 mmm (45 in100 ft) An operating load case is evaluated to determine the operating position of the piping and determine the reaction loads for any attached equipment anchors supports guides or stops In particular each operating load casersquos support scenario is evaluated or assessed by the designer in order to determine whether any anticipated sustained conditions need to be evaluated with one or more Y+ supports removed Further operating load case discussion can be found in para S3015 Piping loads acting on the anchors and support structure for the operating load case are listed in Table S3025 Note that only nodes 10 through 50 are listed in the following tables this is for convenience since the model is symmetric the reactions deflections and stresses for nodes 10 through 40 are the same as for nodes 110 through 140 except that some signs may be reversed

S3026 Sustained Conditions

S30261 The Stress Due to Sustained Loads SL Calculations The stress due to (long-term) sustained loads SL is computed in accordance with para 3202 for each sustained condition that is evaluated see para S30262

S30262 Anticipated Sustained Conditions All anticipated sustained conditions utilizing all possible support scenarios should be considered The designer has identified three anticipated sustained conditions for the piping system each is listed in Table S30262 along with the support status of the node 50 Y+ support as either assessed by analysis or determined by the designer The designer has deemed the Sustained Condition 3 as both controlling the sustained design and requiring evaluation

S30263 Results for the Evaluated Sustained Condition Table S30262rsquos Sustained Conditions 1 and 2 reflect the ambient temperature support scenario Sustained Condition 3 reflects the support scenario of the Operating Case All three Sustained Conditions exclude thermal effects Sustained Conditions 2 and 3 include the effects of internal pressure [P1= 3 040 kPa (440 psi)] pipe weight insulation weight and fluid weight on the piping system A summary of the Sustained Condition 3 reactions and stresses due to sustained loads SL appear in Table S30263 In the determination of SL the sustained longitudinal force index Ia is defaulted to 10 in the absence of more applicable data in accordance with para 320 The in-plane bending moment is indexed at each elbow by the appropriate Ii calculated for this example by multiplying 075 times ii determined from Appendix D (and ASME B31J Table 1-1) See para S3016 for additional information concerning the stress due to sustained loads determination

S3027 Displacement Stress Range Load Cases

The displacement stress range load cases are not listed since they are not the subject of this example

S3028 Code Compliance mdash Satisfying the Intent of the Code

The Sustained Condition 3 results indicate that the piping system is not protected against collapse for the cycles under analysis when considering the Operating Case support scenario Note the greatest Stresses due to Sustained Loads SL are at elbow nodes 40 and 140 and ldquoLift-Offrdquo support location node 50 Therefore redesign of the piping system is required If the piping system is redesigned such that it is compliant with the intent of the Code then the piping system would require no further attention unless the sustained hydrostatic leak test or operating reaction loads at either anchor data point 10 or 110 exceed the allowable loads for the attached equipment nozzle or the support structure at either node 20 or 120 is overloaded The nozzle loads and support structure analyses are beyond the scope of this Appendix and are not addressed Although the occasional load cases are important to the design and analysis of a piping system they are not discussed in this example

S303 EXAMPLE 3 MOMENT REVERSAL

S3031 Example Description

This example is intended to illustrate the flexibility analysis required for a piping system that is designed for more than one operating condition and also experiences a ldquoreversal of momentsrdquo between any two of the anticipated operating conditions The examples in this Appendix are intended for illustration purposes only and are not intended to portray the same as either adequate or even acceptable piping geometries andor support scenarios also Both the design and operating conditions are well below the creep regime The piping system in Fig S3031 consists of two headers and two branches which are referred to as gas ldquometer runsrdquo Only one of the branches is in service (operating) at a given time the out-of-service branch is purged and at ambient (as-installed) condition The design specification calls for each of the meter run branches to alternate in and out of service five times every two weeks for the piping systemrsquos planned 30-year service life (N=3900 equivalent full displacement cycles) ie f = 115 in accordance with para 30235(d) The piping system is fabricated from ASTM A53 Grade B pipe (E=100) both piping headers are DN 600 (NPS 24) and the branches are DN 500 (NPS 20) and both branch and header are 953 mm (0375 in) thick For simplicity each piping segment or component is 1524 m (5 ft) in length The piping system is in normal fluid service The fluid is gaseous is considered to add no weight and to be neither a corrosive nor an erosive hazard ie there is no corrosion allowance The line is not insulated The ambient (as-installed) temperature is 4degC (40degF) The reference modulus of elasticity used is 2034 GPa (295 Msi) and Poissonrsquos ratio is 03 Consideration is given to the close proximity of the three tees in each header in accordance with the guidance in para 31936 and the stress intensification factors from Appendix D are considered to adequately represent the header tees for this piping system The piping internal pressure and minimum to maximum metal temperature range expected during normal operation for each meter run and the design conditions are listed in Table S3031 The design conditions are set sufficiently in excess of the operating conditions so as to provide additional margin on the allowable as required by the owner

S3032 Design Conditions

The design conditions establish the pressure rating flange ratings components ratings and minimum required pipe wall thickness ASME B165 requires a minimum of Class 300 for ASTM A105 flanges The minimum required wall thickness for both the branch and header is 44 mm (0171 in) considering a 125 mill tolerance therefore selection of the standard wall thickness of 95 mm (0375 in) is acceptable S3033 Computer Model Input

Table S3033 lists the node numbers lengths etc for each piping component that is displayed in Fig S3031 Note that flanges and valve components are not explicitly included in the model listing in Table S3033 For simplicity an entire branch (from tee centerline to tee centerline) is considered to be at the operating conditions listed in Table S3031 eg the East meter run branch from nodes 40 through 340 operates at 1 724 kPa (250 psi) and 121degC (250degF) for Operating Case 2 The computer-based options are the same as those for the Example 1 model except that pressure stiffening is not included in the analyses for this example see para S3013

S3034 Pressure Effects

Neither pressure stiffening nor Bourdon effects are included in the analyses

S3035 Operating Load Case(s)

The operating load case is used to determine the operating position of the piping and reaction loads for any attached equipment anchors supports guides or stops The owner has mandated in the design specification that the meter runs and piping be more than adequately supported Therefore the operating load case while necessary to set the limits of the strain ranges does not contribute to the emphasis of this example and its output is not included Table C-1 and C-2 values used for Row A and Row B expansion coefficients are listed below Row A = 123x10-6mmmmoC (680x10-6 ininoF) Row B = 134 mmm (168 in100 ft)

S3036 Sustained Load Case

Stresses due to the sustained loads such as axial forces internal pressure and intensified bending moments in this example are combined in accordance with para320 to determine SL For reasons similar to those expressed for the operating load case the sustained load case output is not included

S3037 Displacement Stress Range Load Cases

The displacement stress range SE is computed in accordance with para 31923(b) and 31931(a) in which the strains evaluated for the ambient temperature (which is also the as-installed and minimum metal temperature condition for this particular example) are algebraically subtracted from the strains evaluated for Operating Case 1 as listed in Table S3031 Similarly the displacement stress range SE is computed from the algebraic strain difference evaluated from the ambient (as-installed) condition to Operating Case 2 as listed in Table S3031 The individual displacement stress range SE along with the internal reaction loads is evaluated for each piping component in accordance with eq (17) is listed in Tables S30371 (Operating Case 1) and has the same results as listed in Table S30372 (Operating Case 2) with the exception that some signs differ (indicating the moment reversal range between the two conditions) The algebraic strain difference between the two resultant case evaluations discussed above produces the greatest displacement stress range for the piping system in accordance with paras 31921(d) 31923(b) and 31931(a) ie SE the ldquostress range corresponding to the total displacement strainsrdquo The resulting reactionsrsquo combination and SE for each piping component are listed in Table S30373

S3038 Code Compliance mdash Satisfying the Intent of the Code

The piping system is compliant with the sustained load requirements of the Code The displacement stress range from the ambient (as-installed) condition to each of the operating cases indicates the piping system is in compliance with the intent of the Code even when limited to the eq (1a) allowable SA But the ldquostress range corresponding to the total displacement strainsrdquo which considers the algebraic strain difference between the two operating cases indicates that the piping system is not protected against fatigue failure for the cycles under analysis even when considering the eq (1b) allowable SA Therefore redesign of the piping system is required If the piping system is redesigned such that it is compliant with the intent of the code then the piping system would require no further attention unless the sustained hydrostatic leak test or operating reaction loads at either anchor data point 10 or 310 or meter runs 130 or 230 exceeded the allowable loads for the attached equipment nozzles or support structure The meter loads nozzle loads and support structure analyses are beyond the scope of this example Although the occasional load cases are important to the design and analysis of a piping system they are not discussed in this example

B31 Code Case 214 Approval Date May 30 2019 ASME B313 Process Piping

Alternative Heat Treatments for Fabrication Processes

Proposal Code Case to allow the use of ASME B31P Standard Heat treatments for Fabrication Processes as an alternative to the preheat PWHT and PFHT required by B313

Explanation ASME B31P Standard Heat treatments for Fabrication Processes was published in May 2018 In order to allow the use of this Standard by the ASME Codes prior to changes being adopted in the next edition of the respective Codes this Code Case is being proposed to allow B31P to be used as an alternative to the rules currently in the published ASME B31 Codes A similar Code Case is currently being balloted in ASME B311 (18-2339)

Summary of Changes To allow the use of ASME B31P Standard Heat Treatments for Fabrication Processes as an alternative to the heat treatment rules specified in ASME B31 3

Referenced Code ASME B313 ndash 2016 amp 2018

Inquiry May the heat treatment requirements specified in ASME B31P be used as an alternative to the required heat treatments specified in paras 330 331 and 332 of ASME B313

Reply It is the opinion of the Committee that the heat treatments specified in ASME B31P may be used as an alternative to the respective heat treatments specified in ASME B313 for the materials referenced in ASME B31P

B31 Code Case 216 Approval Date March 29 2021 ASME B313 Process Piping

Use of Enhanced Pressure Ratings for Brazed Copper Tubes and Fittings by Cold

Stretch Process

Inquiry Under what condition may higher pressure ratings be used for ASTM B88 Type L tubes and

ASME B1622 fittings in ASME B313 construction

Reply It is the opinion of the Committee that enhanced pressure ratings may be used for ASTM B88

Type L tubes and ASME B1622 fittings in ASME B313 construction provided the following conditions are

met

(a) The tubes shall conform to ASTM B88 Type L in the H58 temper

(b) The fittings shall conform to ASME B1622

(c) The maximum design temperature is 38degC (100degF)

(d) The piping shall be limited to Category D and Normal Fluid Services

(e) External pressure is not permitted

(f) The maximum tube and fitting nominal or standard size is 3 in

(g) The joints shall be brazed The qualification of brazing procedures brazers and brazing operators shall be in accordance with para 3282 Silver brazing filler metals (BAg‐XX) with

appropriate flux shall be used in the brazing process

(h) In brazing qualification the specimen in the tension test shall break in the base metal outside of

the joint with tensile strength equal to or greater than (207 MPa) 30 ksi

(i) The piping system shall receive a cold stretch operation by hydrostatic or pneumatic pressure

test in accordance with para 345 except the minimum test pressure shall be 17 times the design pressure and the maximum test pressure shall be 18 times the design pressure The test pressure shall be

maintained for at least 20 min

(j) The internal design gage pressure P shall not exceed the pressure calculated as follows

208

Where S = 689 MPa (100 ksi)

t = minimum wall thickness for ASTM B88 Type L D = maximum outside diameter for annealed temper ASTM B88 Type L

(k) Piping flexibility analysis shall be performed in accordance with para 319 using the basic

allowable stresses (Sc and Sh) equal to 414 MPa (60 ksi)

(l) Analysis of sustained loads shall be performed in accordance with para 320 using the basic

allowable stresses (Sh) equal to 414 MPa (60 ksi)

(m) Before cold stretch operation the brazed joints shall be 100 visually examined The following

conditions are not permitted

1) The presence of flux residue and unmelted filler metal

2) Excessive oxidation of the joint

3) Cracks in braze metal or base material

(n) Additional brazing is not permitted after the cold stretch operation If a braze repair is required

the following conditions shall be satisfied

1) The braze joint to be repaired shall be removed and replaced along with 150 mm (6 in)

of tube on each side of the joint

2) The piping shall receive the cold stretch operation as required in (i)

(o) The design cold stretch and repair records shall be retained by the owner for the life of the piping

B31 Code Case 217 Approval Date September 3 2021

ASME B313 Process Piping

Alternative NDE Personnel Qualification and Certification Requirements

Referenced Code ASME B313 ndash 2018 amp 2020

Inquiry May alternative personnel qualification and certification requirements be used as options to those specified in ASME B313 para 3421

Reply It is the opinion of the Committee that the personnel qualification and certification requirements below may be used as alternatives to those specified in ASME B313 para 3421 Personnel performing nondestructive examination to the requirements of this Code shall be qualified and certified for the method to be utilized in accordance with their employerrsquos written practice The written practice shall be based on the training examination and experience requirements of one of the following

(a) ASME BPVC Section V Article 1

(b) ASNT CP-189

(c) ASNT SNT-TC-1A

(d) Other national or international central certification program or standard

Page 15: B31.3 Code Cases

1

B31 Code Case 208 Approval Date November 6 2018

ASME B313 Process Piping 18Cr-11Ni-Cb-N 347LN UNS S34751 Austenitic Stainless Steel Seamless Tubes Seamless and Welded Pipe Pipe Flanges Forged Fittings Valves and Parts Wrought Piping Fittings Forgings and Plate and Sheet ASME B313 Inquiry May UNS S34751 solution annealed austenitic stainless steel seamless tubes seamless and welded pipe pipe flanges valves and parts wrought piping fittings forgings plate and sheet meeting the requirements of ASTM A213A213M-17 A312A312M-17 A376A376M-17 A358A358M-15 A182A182M-17 A403A403M-16 A965A965M-14 and A240A240M-17 be used in welded construction under the rules of ASME B313 Reply Yes provided that the following additional requirements are met (a) The maximum allowable stress values shall be as given in Table 1 (b) The maximum use temperature is 677degC (1250degF) (c) The material shall be considered as P-No 8 Group 1 (d) For temperatures above 538degC (1000degF) the stress values in Table 1 may be used only if the

material has been heat treated at a temperature of 1093degC (2000degF) minimum (e) The minimum design temperature for this material shall be -200degC (-325degF) however when a

specification permits this material to be furnished without solution heat treatment or with other than a solution heat treatment the minimum design temperature shall be -29degC (-20degF) unless the material is impact tested in accordance with para 3233

(f) For post fabrication strain limits in the lower temperature range exceeding design temperature 540degC (1000degF) and forming strain of 15 and in the high temperature range exceeding 675degC (1250degF) and forming strains of 10 the minimum heat treatment temperature shall be 1040degC (1900degF)

2

Table 1 Maximum Allowable Stress Values

For Metal Temperature Not Exceeding

degC Allowable Stress [Note (1)] MPa

For Metal Temperature

Not Exceeding degF

Allowable Stress [Note (2)] ksi

40 138 100 200

65 138 200 200

100 138 300 200

125 138 400 197

150 138 500 183

175 138 600 174

200 137 650 172

225 132 700 170

250 128 750 169

275 124 800 168

300 122 850 168

325 120 900 168

350 118 950 168

375 117 1000 167

400 116 1050 166

425 116 1100 132

450 116 1150 970

475 116 1200 720

500 116 1250 545 Note (2) The fonts used are in accordance with B313 Table A‐1 Note 4a

525 115

550 115

575 111

600 845

625 641

650 489

675 383

700 289[Note (3)]

Note (1) The fonts used are in accordance with B313 Table A‐1 Note 4b

Note (3) The maximum use temperature for this alloy is 677degC (1250degF) The value listed at 700degC is provided for interpolation purposes only

B31 Code Case 209 Approval Date November 6 2018

ASME B313 Process Piping

PIPING SYSTEM STRESS ANALYSIS EXAMPLES QUESTION The results for the examples found in ASME B313-2016 Appendix S were developed using the 2006 editionrsquos code rules and material data tables How would the appendix results and affected text change when the ASME B313-2016 code rules and material data tables are applied REPLY It is the opinion of the Committee that the following pages show what Appendix S looks like with the revised new rules and data

S300 INTRODUCTION

The examples in this Appendix are intended to illustrate the application of the rules and definitions in Chapter II Part 5 flexibility and Support and the stress limits of para 30235 The loadings and conditions necessary to comply with the intent of the Code are presented

S3001 Definitions and Nomenclature

global axes these are Cartesian X Y and Z axes In this Appendix vertically upward is taken to be the +Y direction with gravity acting in the minusY direction Pj piping internal pressure see para 3012 when more than one condition exists for the piping system each is subscripted (eg P1 P2 ) Tj pipe maximum or minimum metal temperature see paras 3013 and 31931(a) when more than one condition exists for the piping system each is subscripted (eg T1 T2 ) Y+ a ldquosingle acting supportrdquo that provides support in only the vertically upward direction and is considered to be ldquoactiverdquo when the pipe exerts a downward force on the support The pipe is free to move upward ie the pipe ldquolifts offrdquo the support the support in the ldquolift-offrdquo situation is considered to be ldquoremovedrdquo from providing support ie inactive during the load condition considered

S301 EXAMPLE 1 CODE COMPLIANT PIPING SYSTEM

S3011 Example Description

This example is intended to illustrate the design of an adequately supported and sufficiently flexible piping system The piping system in Fig S3011 is fabricated from ASTM A106 Grade B seamless pipe (ie E = 100) the pipe is DN 400 (NPS 16) with a nominal wall thickness of 953 mm (0375 in) 127 mm (5 in) thickness of calcium silicate insulation and 159 mm (0063 in) corrosion allowance the fluid has a specific gravity of 10 The equivalent number of full displacement cycles expected for the piping system is fewer than 7 000 [ie f =100 in accordance with para 30235(d)] The piping system is in normal fluid service The reference modulus of elasticity used for the piping analysis is 2034 GPa (295 Msi) from Appendix C Table C-6 in accordance with paras 31932 and 31944 and Poissonrsquos ratio is 03 in accordance with para 31933 The piping internal pressures and temperatures expected during normal operation and the design conditions are listed in Table S3011 see paras 31923(b) and 31931(a) The design conditions are set sufficiently in excess of the operating conditions so as to provide additional margin on the allowable stress for pressure design as required by the owner

S3012 Design Conditions

The design conditions establish the pressure rating flange ratings component ratings and minimum required pipe wall thickness in accordance with para 30121 For example ASME B165 requires a minimum of Class 300 for ASTM A105 flanges Also the minimum required pipe wall thickness tm is determined from the design conditions by inserting eq (3a) into eq (2) terms are defined in para 30411 and Appendix J E = 10 P = design pressure = 3 800 kPa (550 psi) S = allowable stress from Appendix A Tables A-1 and A-1M = 1274 MPa (184 ksi) at design temperature 288oC (550oF) W = 10 for carbon steel at any temperature in accordance with Table 30235 Note (9) Y = 04 from Table 30411 Insert eq (3a) into eq (2)

tm = t + c =

=

159

= 599 mm + 159 mm = 758 mm (0299 in) In accordance with para 30412(a) t must be less than D6 for eq (3a) to be appropriate without considering additional factors to compute the pressure design thickness t ie t D6 or 758 mm 4064 mm6 Since 758 mm (0299 in) 677 mm (267 in) and 0030 0385 eq (3a) is applicable without special consideration of factors listed in para 30412(b) Now select a pipe schedule of adequate thickness Determine the specified minimum pipe wall thickness T from nominal pipe wall thickness ₸ considering a mill tolerance of 125 Select DN 400 (NPS 16) Schedule 30STD nominal wall thickness from ASME B3610M ₸ = 953 mm (0375 in) T = (953 mm)(100 minus 0125) = 834 mm (0328 in) Since T tm (ie 834 mm (0328 in) 758 mm (0299 in)) the selection of the nominal pipe wall thickness ₸ for Schedule 30STD pipe is acceptable The long radius elbows specified for this piping system are in accordance with ASME B169 and are specified to be for use with Schedule 30STD wall thickness pipe

S3013 Computer Model Input

Tables S30131 and S30132 list the ldquonode numbersrdquo lengths etc for each piping element displayed in Fig S3011 A bend radius of 15 times the nominal pipe diameter [ie 6096 mm (24 in)] and nominal wall thickness of 953 mm (0375 in) are used for the elbows in the computer model Generic computer program options are as follows (a) include pressure stiffening on elbows (b) exclude pressure thrust and Bourdon effects (c) use nominal section properties for the stiffnesses forces moments and deflections calculation (d) use ldquonominal less allowancesrdquo section properties for the stress due to sustained loads SL calculation (e) use nominal section properties for displacement stress range SE calculation

minimum metal temp -1oC (30oF) ambient (as-installed) temp -1oC (30oF)

S3014 Pressure Effects

For the operating sustained and displacement stress range load cases the effect of pressure stiffening on the elbows is included to determine the end reactions in accordance with Appendix D Note (6) (and ASME B31J Table 1-1 Note(4) ) The effects of pressure-induced elongation and Bourdon effects are not included as both are deemed negligible for this particular example

S3015 The Operating Load Case

The operating load case is used to determine the operating position of the piping and reaction loads for any attached equipment anchors supports guides or stops The operating load case is based on the temperature range from the ambient (as-installed) temperature of -1degC (30degF) to the maximum operating metal temperature of 260degC (500degF) in accordance with paras 31923(b) and 31931(b) Tables C-1 and C-2 values used for Row A and Row B expansion coefficients are listed below Row A = 131x10-6 mmmmoC (730x10-6 ininoF) Row B = 343 mmm (400 in100 ft) The operating load case in this example also includes the effects of internal pressure pipe weight insulation weight and fluid weight on the piping system Both pipe stiffness and displacement stress range are based on the nominal thickness of the pipe Pipe deflections and internal reaction loads for the operating load case are listed in Table S30151 Piping loads acting on the anchors and support structure are listed in Table S30152

S3016 The Sustained Load Case

Stresses due to the sustained loads such as axial forces internal pressure and intensified bending moments in this example are combined in accordance with para320 to determine SL The sustained load case excludes thermal effects and includes the effects of internal pressure [P1=3450 kPa (500 psi)] pipe weight insulation weight and fluid weight on the piping system Nominal section properties are used to generate the stiffness matrix and sustained loads for the computer model in accordance with para 31935 The nominal thickness less allowances is used to calculate the section properties for SL in accordance with para 320 A summary of the sustained load case internal reaction forces moments and stress due to sustained loads SL is provided in Table S3016 Since this example model lies in only one plane only the stress due to sustained bending moments due to the in-plane bending moment is not zero The in-plane bending moment is intensified at each elbow by the sustained in-plane moment index for an unflanged elbow Ii Note that SL for the nodes listed in Table S3016 do not exceed the 1308 MPa (190 ksi) sustained allowable stress Sh for A106 Grade B piping at the operating maximum metal temperature T1 = 260degC (500degF) from Appendix A Tables A-1 and A-1M By limiting SL to Sh in accordance with para 30235(c) the piping system is deemed adequately protected against collapse

S3017 The Displacement Stress Range Load Case

The displacement stress range SE in this example is based on the temperature range from the minimum metal (as-installed) temperature minus1degC (30degF) to maximum metal temperature for the thermal cycles under analysis [T1 = 260degC (500degF)] in accordance with paras 31923(b) and 31931(a) The displacement stress range SE for each element is calculated in accordance with eq (17) and is listed in Table S3017 along with the internal reaction loads Nominal section properties are used to generate the stiffness matrix and displacement stress ranges in the piping in accordance with para 31935 Since this example model lies in only one plane only the in-plane bending moment range is not zero The in-plane moment range is intensified at each elbow in accordance with Appendix D (and ASME B31J Table 1-1) stress intensification factor ii for an unflanged elbow For simplicity the allowable displacement stress range SA is calculated in accordance with eq (1a) Though eq (1a) is used in this example it is also acceptable to calculate SA in accordance with eq (1b) which permits SA to exceed the eq (1a) value for each piping element based on the magnitude of each elementrsquos SL The following terms are as defined in para 30235(d) and Appendix J f = 100 for 7 000 equivalent full displacement cycles from Fig 30235 or eq (1c) SA = f (125 Sc + 025 Sh) = (100)[(125)(138 MPa) + (025)(1308 MPa)] = 2052 MPa (2975 ksi) Sc = allowable stress from Appendix A Tables A-1 and A-1M = 138 MPa (200 ksi) at ambient (as-installed) temperature Sh = allowable stress from Appendix A Tables A-1 and A-1M = 1308 MPa (190 ksi) at T1 T1 = maximum metal temperature = 260degC (500degF) Note that each piping elementrsquos displacement stress range based on minimum to maximum metal temperature for the thermal cycles under analysis SE does not exceed the eq (1a) allowable SA By limiting SE to SA the piping system is deemed adequate to accommodate up to 7 000 equivalent full displacement cycles Considering both the stress due to sustained loads and displacement stress range load cases the piping system is compliant with the requirements of the Code redesign of the piping system is not required unless the sustained or operating reaction loads at either anchor data point 10 or 50 exceed the allowable loads for the attached equipment nozzle or the support structure at node 20 is overloaded The nozzle load and support structure analyses are beyond the scope of this Appendix and are not addressed

S302 EXAMPLE 2 ANTICIPATED SUSTAINED CONDITIONS CONSIDERING PIPE LIFT-OFF

S3021 Example Description

This example is intended to illustrate the analysis of a piping system in which a portion of the piping lifts off at least one Y+ support in at least one operating condition The emphasis of this example is to describe the effect this removal of support has on the determination of anticipated sustained conditions The same principles utilized for this example would also apply for guides and stops (that are single directional or gap-type) that are not engaged during any anticipated operating condition The examples in this Appendix are intended for illustration purposes only and are not intended to portray the same as either adequate or even acceptable piping geometries andor support scenarios The piping system in Fig S3021 is the same in material properties as in Example 1 see paraS3011 Note the distance from node 20 to the elbow node 30 and from nodes 120 to 130 in Example 2rsquos model is 152 m (5 ft) Note that both the design and operating conditions are well below the creep regime therefore the piping system will not develop any permanent creep-related displacements relaxation or sag

S3022 Design Conditions

The design conditions are similar to those in the Example 1 model see para S3012 and Table S3022 Note that the nominal thickness remains unchanged from Example 1 even though the design temperature and corrosion allowance have increased the corrosion allowance in this example model is 318 mm (0125 in)

S3023 Computer Model Input

Table S3023 lists the node numbers lengths etc for each piping component that is displayed in Fig S3021 The computer-based options are the same as those for the Example 1 model see para S3013

S3024 Pressure Effects

The pressure effect considerations are the same as those for Example 1 see para 3014

S3025 The Operating Load Case

The Operating Case evaluated and discussed in this example includes the effects of pipe weight insulation weight fluid weight internal pressure [P1= 3 040 kPa (440 psi)] and temperature [(T1=288oC (550oF)] Table C-1 and C-2 values used for Row A and Row B expansion coefficients are listed below Row A = 132x10-6 mmmmoC (735x10-6 ininoF) Row B = 380 mmm (45 in100 ft) An operating load case is evaluated to determine the operating position of the piping and determine the reaction loads for any attached equipment anchors supports guides or stops In particular each operating load casersquos support scenario is evaluated or assessed by the designer in order to determine whether any anticipated sustained conditions need to be evaluated with one or more Y+ supports removed Further operating load case discussion can be found in para S3015 Piping loads acting on the anchors and support structure for the operating load case are listed in Table S3025 Note that only nodes 10 through 50 are listed in the following tables this is for convenience since the model is symmetric the reactions deflections and stresses for nodes 10 through 40 are the same as for nodes 110 through 140 except that some signs may be reversed

S3026 Sustained Conditions

S30261 The Stress Due to Sustained Loads SL Calculations The stress due to (long-term) sustained loads SL is computed in accordance with para 3202 for each sustained condition that is evaluated see para S30262

S30262 Anticipated Sustained Conditions All anticipated sustained conditions utilizing all possible support scenarios should be considered The designer has identified three anticipated sustained conditions for the piping system each is listed in Table S30262 along with the support status of the node 50 Y+ support as either assessed by analysis or determined by the designer The designer has deemed the Sustained Condition 3 as both controlling the sustained design and requiring evaluation

S30263 Results for the Evaluated Sustained Condition Table S30262rsquos Sustained Conditions 1 and 2 reflect the ambient temperature support scenario Sustained Condition 3 reflects the support scenario of the Operating Case All three Sustained Conditions exclude thermal effects Sustained Conditions 2 and 3 include the effects of internal pressure [P1= 3 040 kPa (440 psi)] pipe weight insulation weight and fluid weight on the piping system A summary of the Sustained Condition 3 reactions and stresses due to sustained loads SL appear in Table S30263 In the determination of SL the sustained longitudinal force index Ia is defaulted to 10 in the absence of more applicable data in accordance with para 320 The in-plane bending moment is indexed at each elbow by the appropriate Ii calculated for this example by multiplying 075 times ii determined from Appendix D (and ASME B31J Table 1-1) See para S3016 for additional information concerning the stress due to sustained loads determination

S3027 Displacement Stress Range Load Cases

The displacement stress range load cases are not listed since they are not the subject of this example

S3028 Code Compliance mdash Satisfying the Intent of the Code

The Sustained Condition 3 results indicate that the piping system is not protected against collapse for the cycles under analysis when considering the Operating Case support scenario Note the greatest Stresses due to Sustained Loads SL are at elbow nodes 40 and 140 and ldquoLift-Offrdquo support location node 50 Therefore redesign of the piping system is required If the piping system is redesigned such that it is compliant with the intent of the Code then the piping system would require no further attention unless the sustained hydrostatic leak test or operating reaction loads at either anchor data point 10 or 110 exceed the allowable loads for the attached equipment nozzle or the support structure at either node 20 or 120 is overloaded The nozzle loads and support structure analyses are beyond the scope of this Appendix and are not addressed Although the occasional load cases are important to the design and analysis of a piping system they are not discussed in this example

S303 EXAMPLE 3 MOMENT REVERSAL

S3031 Example Description

This example is intended to illustrate the flexibility analysis required for a piping system that is designed for more than one operating condition and also experiences a ldquoreversal of momentsrdquo between any two of the anticipated operating conditions The examples in this Appendix are intended for illustration purposes only and are not intended to portray the same as either adequate or even acceptable piping geometries andor support scenarios also Both the design and operating conditions are well below the creep regime The piping system in Fig S3031 consists of two headers and two branches which are referred to as gas ldquometer runsrdquo Only one of the branches is in service (operating) at a given time the out-of-service branch is purged and at ambient (as-installed) condition The design specification calls for each of the meter run branches to alternate in and out of service five times every two weeks for the piping systemrsquos planned 30-year service life (N=3900 equivalent full displacement cycles) ie f = 115 in accordance with para 30235(d) The piping system is fabricated from ASTM A53 Grade B pipe (E=100) both piping headers are DN 600 (NPS 24) and the branches are DN 500 (NPS 20) and both branch and header are 953 mm (0375 in) thick For simplicity each piping segment or component is 1524 m (5 ft) in length The piping system is in normal fluid service The fluid is gaseous is considered to add no weight and to be neither a corrosive nor an erosive hazard ie there is no corrosion allowance The line is not insulated The ambient (as-installed) temperature is 4degC (40degF) The reference modulus of elasticity used is 2034 GPa (295 Msi) and Poissonrsquos ratio is 03 Consideration is given to the close proximity of the three tees in each header in accordance with the guidance in para 31936 and the stress intensification factors from Appendix D are considered to adequately represent the header tees for this piping system The piping internal pressure and minimum to maximum metal temperature range expected during normal operation for each meter run and the design conditions are listed in Table S3031 The design conditions are set sufficiently in excess of the operating conditions so as to provide additional margin on the allowable as required by the owner

S3032 Design Conditions

The design conditions establish the pressure rating flange ratings components ratings and minimum required pipe wall thickness ASME B165 requires a minimum of Class 300 for ASTM A105 flanges The minimum required wall thickness for both the branch and header is 44 mm (0171 in) considering a 125 mill tolerance therefore selection of the standard wall thickness of 95 mm (0375 in) is acceptable S3033 Computer Model Input

Table S3033 lists the node numbers lengths etc for each piping component that is displayed in Fig S3031 Note that flanges and valve components are not explicitly included in the model listing in Table S3033 For simplicity an entire branch (from tee centerline to tee centerline) is considered to be at the operating conditions listed in Table S3031 eg the East meter run branch from nodes 40 through 340 operates at 1 724 kPa (250 psi) and 121degC (250degF) for Operating Case 2 The computer-based options are the same as those for the Example 1 model except that pressure stiffening is not included in the analyses for this example see para S3013

S3034 Pressure Effects

Neither pressure stiffening nor Bourdon effects are included in the analyses

S3035 Operating Load Case(s)

The operating load case is used to determine the operating position of the piping and reaction loads for any attached equipment anchors supports guides or stops The owner has mandated in the design specification that the meter runs and piping be more than adequately supported Therefore the operating load case while necessary to set the limits of the strain ranges does not contribute to the emphasis of this example and its output is not included Table C-1 and C-2 values used for Row A and Row B expansion coefficients are listed below Row A = 123x10-6mmmmoC (680x10-6 ininoF) Row B = 134 mmm (168 in100 ft)

S3036 Sustained Load Case

Stresses due to the sustained loads such as axial forces internal pressure and intensified bending moments in this example are combined in accordance with para320 to determine SL For reasons similar to those expressed for the operating load case the sustained load case output is not included

S3037 Displacement Stress Range Load Cases

The displacement stress range SE is computed in accordance with para 31923(b) and 31931(a) in which the strains evaluated for the ambient temperature (which is also the as-installed and minimum metal temperature condition for this particular example) are algebraically subtracted from the strains evaluated for Operating Case 1 as listed in Table S3031 Similarly the displacement stress range SE is computed from the algebraic strain difference evaluated from the ambient (as-installed) condition to Operating Case 2 as listed in Table S3031 The individual displacement stress range SE along with the internal reaction loads is evaluated for each piping component in accordance with eq (17) is listed in Tables S30371 (Operating Case 1) and has the same results as listed in Table S30372 (Operating Case 2) with the exception that some signs differ (indicating the moment reversal range between the two conditions) The algebraic strain difference between the two resultant case evaluations discussed above produces the greatest displacement stress range for the piping system in accordance with paras 31921(d) 31923(b) and 31931(a) ie SE the ldquostress range corresponding to the total displacement strainsrdquo The resulting reactionsrsquo combination and SE for each piping component are listed in Table S30373

S3038 Code Compliance mdash Satisfying the Intent of the Code

The piping system is compliant with the sustained load requirements of the Code The displacement stress range from the ambient (as-installed) condition to each of the operating cases indicates the piping system is in compliance with the intent of the Code even when limited to the eq (1a) allowable SA But the ldquostress range corresponding to the total displacement strainsrdquo which considers the algebraic strain difference between the two operating cases indicates that the piping system is not protected against fatigue failure for the cycles under analysis even when considering the eq (1b) allowable SA Therefore redesign of the piping system is required If the piping system is redesigned such that it is compliant with the intent of the code then the piping system would require no further attention unless the sustained hydrostatic leak test or operating reaction loads at either anchor data point 10 or 310 or meter runs 130 or 230 exceeded the allowable loads for the attached equipment nozzles or support structure The meter loads nozzle loads and support structure analyses are beyond the scope of this example Although the occasional load cases are important to the design and analysis of a piping system they are not discussed in this example

B31 Code Case 214 Approval Date May 30 2019 ASME B313 Process Piping

Alternative Heat Treatments for Fabrication Processes

Proposal Code Case to allow the use of ASME B31P Standard Heat treatments for Fabrication Processes as an alternative to the preheat PWHT and PFHT required by B313

Explanation ASME B31P Standard Heat treatments for Fabrication Processes was published in May 2018 In order to allow the use of this Standard by the ASME Codes prior to changes being adopted in the next edition of the respective Codes this Code Case is being proposed to allow B31P to be used as an alternative to the rules currently in the published ASME B31 Codes A similar Code Case is currently being balloted in ASME B311 (18-2339)

Summary of Changes To allow the use of ASME B31P Standard Heat Treatments for Fabrication Processes as an alternative to the heat treatment rules specified in ASME B31 3

Referenced Code ASME B313 ndash 2016 amp 2018

Inquiry May the heat treatment requirements specified in ASME B31P be used as an alternative to the required heat treatments specified in paras 330 331 and 332 of ASME B313

Reply It is the opinion of the Committee that the heat treatments specified in ASME B31P may be used as an alternative to the respective heat treatments specified in ASME B313 for the materials referenced in ASME B31P

B31 Code Case 216 Approval Date March 29 2021 ASME B313 Process Piping

Use of Enhanced Pressure Ratings for Brazed Copper Tubes and Fittings by Cold

Stretch Process

Inquiry Under what condition may higher pressure ratings be used for ASTM B88 Type L tubes and

ASME B1622 fittings in ASME B313 construction

Reply It is the opinion of the Committee that enhanced pressure ratings may be used for ASTM B88

Type L tubes and ASME B1622 fittings in ASME B313 construction provided the following conditions are

met

(a) The tubes shall conform to ASTM B88 Type L in the H58 temper

(b) The fittings shall conform to ASME B1622

(c) The maximum design temperature is 38degC (100degF)

(d) The piping shall be limited to Category D and Normal Fluid Services

(e) External pressure is not permitted

(f) The maximum tube and fitting nominal or standard size is 3 in

(g) The joints shall be brazed The qualification of brazing procedures brazers and brazing operators shall be in accordance with para 3282 Silver brazing filler metals (BAg‐XX) with

appropriate flux shall be used in the brazing process

(h) In brazing qualification the specimen in the tension test shall break in the base metal outside of

the joint with tensile strength equal to or greater than (207 MPa) 30 ksi

(i) The piping system shall receive a cold stretch operation by hydrostatic or pneumatic pressure

test in accordance with para 345 except the minimum test pressure shall be 17 times the design pressure and the maximum test pressure shall be 18 times the design pressure The test pressure shall be

maintained for at least 20 min

(j) The internal design gage pressure P shall not exceed the pressure calculated as follows

208

Where S = 689 MPa (100 ksi)

t = minimum wall thickness for ASTM B88 Type L D = maximum outside diameter for annealed temper ASTM B88 Type L

(k) Piping flexibility analysis shall be performed in accordance with para 319 using the basic

allowable stresses (Sc and Sh) equal to 414 MPa (60 ksi)

(l) Analysis of sustained loads shall be performed in accordance with para 320 using the basic

allowable stresses (Sh) equal to 414 MPa (60 ksi)

(m) Before cold stretch operation the brazed joints shall be 100 visually examined The following

conditions are not permitted

1) The presence of flux residue and unmelted filler metal

2) Excessive oxidation of the joint

3) Cracks in braze metal or base material

(n) Additional brazing is not permitted after the cold stretch operation If a braze repair is required

the following conditions shall be satisfied

1) The braze joint to be repaired shall be removed and replaced along with 150 mm (6 in)

of tube on each side of the joint

2) The piping shall receive the cold stretch operation as required in (i)

(o) The design cold stretch and repair records shall be retained by the owner for the life of the piping

B31 Code Case 217 Approval Date September 3 2021

ASME B313 Process Piping

Alternative NDE Personnel Qualification and Certification Requirements

Referenced Code ASME B313 ndash 2018 amp 2020

Inquiry May alternative personnel qualification and certification requirements be used as options to those specified in ASME B313 para 3421

Reply It is the opinion of the Committee that the personnel qualification and certification requirements below may be used as alternatives to those specified in ASME B313 para 3421 Personnel performing nondestructive examination to the requirements of this Code shall be qualified and certified for the method to be utilized in accordance with their employerrsquos written practice The written practice shall be based on the training examination and experience requirements of one of the following

(a) ASME BPVC Section V Article 1

(b) ASNT CP-189

(c) ASNT SNT-TC-1A

(d) Other national or international central certification program or standard

Page 16: B31.3 Code Cases

2

Table 1 Maximum Allowable Stress Values

For Metal Temperature Not Exceeding

degC Allowable Stress [Note (1)] MPa

For Metal Temperature

Not Exceeding degF

Allowable Stress [Note (2)] ksi

40 138 100 200

65 138 200 200

100 138 300 200

125 138 400 197

150 138 500 183

175 138 600 174

200 137 650 172

225 132 700 170

250 128 750 169

275 124 800 168

300 122 850 168

325 120 900 168

350 118 950 168

375 117 1000 167

400 116 1050 166

425 116 1100 132

450 116 1150 970

475 116 1200 720

500 116 1250 545 Note (2) The fonts used are in accordance with B313 Table A‐1 Note 4a

525 115

550 115

575 111

600 845

625 641

650 489

675 383

700 289[Note (3)]

Note (1) The fonts used are in accordance with B313 Table A‐1 Note 4b

Note (3) The maximum use temperature for this alloy is 677degC (1250degF) The value listed at 700degC is provided for interpolation purposes only

B31 Code Case 209 Approval Date November 6 2018

ASME B313 Process Piping

PIPING SYSTEM STRESS ANALYSIS EXAMPLES QUESTION The results for the examples found in ASME B313-2016 Appendix S were developed using the 2006 editionrsquos code rules and material data tables How would the appendix results and affected text change when the ASME B313-2016 code rules and material data tables are applied REPLY It is the opinion of the Committee that the following pages show what Appendix S looks like with the revised new rules and data

S300 INTRODUCTION

The examples in this Appendix are intended to illustrate the application of the rules and definitions in Chapter II Part 5 flexibility and Support and the stress limits of para 30235 The loadings and conditions necessary to comply with the intent of the Code are presented

S3001 Definitions and Nomenclature

global axes these are Cartesian X Y and Z axes In this Appendix vertically upward is taken to be the +Y direction with gravity acting in the minusY direction Pj piping internal pressure see para 3012 when more than one condition exists for the piping system each is subscripted (eg P1 P2 ) Tj pipe maximum or minimum metal temperature see paras 3013 and 31931(a) when more than one condition exists for the piping system each is subscripted (eg T1 T2 ) Y+ a ldquosingle acting supportrdquo that provides support in only the vertically upward direction and is considered to be ldquoactiverdquo when the pipe exerts a downward force on the support The pipe is free to move upward ie the pipe ldquolifts offrdquo the support the support in the ldquolift-offrdquo situation is considered to be ldquoremovedrdquo from providing support ie inactive during the load condition considered

S301 EXAMPLE 1 CODE COMPLIANT PIPING SYSTEM

S3011 Example Description

This example is intended to illustrate the design of an adequately supported and sufficiently flexible piping system The piping system in Fig S3011 is fabricated from ASTM A106 Grade B seamless pipe (ie E = 100) the pipe is DN 400 (NPS 16) with a nominal wall thickness of 953 mm (0375 in) 127 mm (5 in) thickness of calcium silicate insulation and 159 mm (0063 in) corrosion allowance the fluid has a specific gravity of 10 The equivalent number of full displacement cycles expected for the piping system is fewer than 7 000 [ie f =100 in accordance with para 30235(d)] The piping system is in normal fluid service The reference modulus of elasticity used for the piping analysis is 2034 GPa (295 Msi) from Appendix C Table C-6 in accordance with paras 31932 and 31944 and Poissonrsquos ratio is 03 in accordance with para 31933 The piping internal pressures and temperatures expected during normal operation and the design conditions are listed in Table S3011 see paras 31923(b) and 31931(a) The design conditions are set sufficiently in excess of the operating conditions so as to provide additional margin on the allowable stress for pressure design as required by the owner

S3012 Design Conditions

The design conditions establish the pressure rating flange ratings component ratings and minimum required pipe wall thickness in accordance with para 30121 For example ASME B165 requires a minimum of Class 300 for ASTM A105 flanges Also the minimum required pipe wall thickness tm is determined from the design conditions by inserting eq (3a) into eq (2) terms are defined in para 30411 and Appendix J E = 10 P = design pressure = 3 800 kPa (550 psi) S = allowable stress from Appendix A Tables A-1 and A-1M = 1274 MPa (184 ksi) at design temperature 288oC (550oF) W = 10 for carbon steel at any temperature in accordance with Table 30235 Note (9) Y = 04 from Table 30411 Insert eq (3a) into eq (2)

tm = t + c =

=

159

= 599 mm + 159 mm = 758 mm (0299 in) In accordance with para 30412(a) t must be less than D6 for eq (3a) to be appropriate without considering additional factors to compute the pressure design thickness t ie t D6 or 758 mm 4064 mm6 Since 758 mm (0299 in) 677 mm (267 in) and 0030 0385 eq (3a) is applicable without special consideration of factors listed in para 30412(b) Now select a pipe schedule of adequate thickness Determine the specified minimum pipe wall thickness T from nominal pipe wall thickness ₸ considering a mill tolerance of 125 Select DN 400 (NPS 16) Schedule 30STD nominal wall thickness from ASME B3610M ₸ = 953 mm (0375 in) T = (953 mm)(100 minus 0125) = 834 mm (0328 in) Since T tm (ie 834 mm (0328 in) 758 mm (0299 in)) the selection of the nominal pipe wall thickness ₸ for Schedule 30STD pipe is acceptable The long radius elbows specified for this piping system are in accordance with ASME B169 and are specified to be for use with Schedule 30STD wall thickness pipe

S3013 Computer Model Input

Tables S30131 and S30132 list the ldquonode numbersrdquo lengths etc for each piping element displayed in Fig S3011 A bend radius of 15 times the nominal pipe diameter [ie 6096 mm (24 in)] and nominal wall thickness of 953 mm (0375 in) are used for the elbows in the computer model Generic computer program options are as follows (a) include pressure stiffening on elbows (b) exclude pressure thrust and Bourdon effects (c) use nominal section properties for the stiffnesses forces moments and deflections calculation (d) use ldquonominal less allowancesrdquo section properties for the stress due to sustained loads SL calculation (e) use nominal section properties for displacement stress range SE calculation

minimum metal temp -1oC (30oF) ambient (as-installed) temp -1oC (30oF)

S3014 Pressure Effects

For the operating sustained and displacement stress range load cases the effect of pressure stiffening on the elbows is included to determine the end reactions in accordance with Appendix D Note (6) (and ASME B31J Table 1-1 Note(4) ) The effects of pressure-induced elongation and Bourdon effects are not included as both are deemed negligible for this particular example

S3015 The Operating Load Case

The operating load case is used to determine the operating position of the piping and reaction loads for any attached equipment anchors supports guides or stops The operating load case is based on the temperature range from the ambient (as-installed) temperature of -1degC (30degF) to the maximum operating metal temperature of 260degC (500degF) in accordance with paras 31923(b) and 31931(b) Tables C-1 and C-2 values used for Row A and Row B expansion coefficients are listed below Row A = 131x10-6 mmmmoC (730x10-6 ininoF) Row B = 343 mmm (400 in100 ft) The operating load case in this example also includes the effects of internal pressure pipe weight insulation weight and fluid weight on the piping system Both pipe stiffness and displacement stress range are based on the nominal thickness of the pipe Pipe deflections and internal reaction loads for the operating load case are listed in Table S30151 Piping loads acting on the anchors and support structure are listed in Table S30152

S3016 The Sustained Load Case

Stresses due to the sustained loads such as axial forces internal pressure and intensified bending moments in this example are combined in accordance with para320 to determine SL The sustained load case excludes thermal effects and includes the effects of internal pressure [P1=3450 kPa (500 psi)] pipe weight insulation weight and fluid weight on the piping system Nominal section properties are used to generate the stiffness matrix and sustained loads for the computer model in accordance with para 31935 The nominal thickness less allowances is used to calculate the section properties for SL in accordance with para 320 A summary of the sustained load case internal reaction forces moments and stress due to sustained loads SL is provided in Table S3016 Since this example model lies in only one plane only the stress due to sustained bending moments due to the in-plane bending moment is not zero The in-plane bending moment is intensified at each elbow by the sustained in-plane moment index for an unflanged elbow Ii Note that SL for the nodes listed in Table S3016 do not exceed the 1308 MPa (190 ksi) sustained allowable stress Sh for A106 Grade B piping at the operating maximum metal temperature T1 = 260degC (500degF) from Appendix A Tables A-1 and A-1M By limiting SL to Sh in accordance with para 30235(c) the piping system is deemed adequately protected against collapse

S3017 The Displacement Stress Range Load Case

The displacement stress range SE in this example is based on the temperature range from the minimum metal (as-installed) temperature minus1degC (30degF) to maximum metal temperature for the thermal cycles under analysis [T1 = 260degC (500degF)] in accordance with paras 31923(b) and 31931(a) The displacement stress range SE for each element is calculated in accordance with eq (17) and is listed in Table S3017 along with the internal reaction loads Nominal section properties are used to generate the stiffness matrix and displacement stress ranges in the piping in accordance with para 31935 Since this example model lies in only one plane only the in-plane bending moment range is not zero The in-plane moment range is intensified at each elbow in accordance with Appendix D (and ASME B31J Table 1-1) stress intensification factor ii for an unflanged elbow For simplicity the allowable displacement stress range SA is calculated in accordance with eq (1a) Though eq (1a) is used in this example it is also acceptable to calculate SA in accordance with eq (1b) which permits SA to exceed the eq (1a) value for each piping element based on the magnitude of each elementrsquos SL The following terms are as defined in para 30235(d) and Appendix J f = 100 for 7 000 equivalent full displacement cycles from Fig 30235 or eq (1c) SA = f (125 Sc + 025 Sh) = (100)[(125)(138 MPa) + (025)(1308 MPa)] = 2052 MPa (2975 ksi) Sc = allowable stress from Appendix A Tables A-1 and A-1M = 138 MPa (200 ksi) at ambient (as-installed) temperature Sh = allowable stress from Appendix A Tables A-1 and A-1M = 1308 MPa (190 ksi) at T1 T1 = maximum metal temperature = 260degC (500degF) Note that each piping elementrsquos displacement stress range based on minimum to maximum metal temperature for the thermal cycles under analysis SE does not exceed the eq (1a) allowable SA By limiting SE to SA the piping system is deemed adequate to accommodate up to 7 000 equivalent full displacement cycles Considering both the stress due to sustained loads and displacement stress range load cases the piping system is compliant with the requirements of the Code redesign of the piping system is not required unless the sustained or operating reaction loads at either anchor data point 10 or 50 exceed the allowable loads for the attached equipment nozzle or the support structure at node 20 is overloaded The nozzle load and support structure analyses are beyond the scope of this Appendix and are not addressed

S302 EXAMPLE 2 ANTICIPATED SUSTAINED CONDITIONS CONSIDERING PIPE LIFT-OFF

S3021 Example Description

This example is intended to illustrate the analysis of a piping system in which a portion of the piping lifts off at least one Y+ support in at least one operating condition The emphasis of this example is to describe the effect this removal of support has on the determination of anticipated sustained conditions The same principles utilized for this example would also apply for guides and stops (that are single directional or gap-type) that are not engaged during any anticipated operating condition The examples in this Appendix are intended for illustration purposes only and are not intended to portray the same as either adequate or even acceptable piping geometries andor support scenarios The piping system in Fig S3021 is the same in material properties as in Example 1 see paraS3011 Note the distance from node 20 to the elbow node 30 and from nodes 120 to 130 in Example 2rsquos model is 152 m (5 ft) Note that both the design and operating conditions are well below the creep regime therefore the piping system will not develop any permanent creep-related displacements relaxation or sag

S3022 Design Conditions

The design conditions are similar to those in the Example 1 model see para S3012 and Table S3022 Note that the nominal thickness remains unchanged from Example 1 even though the design temperature and corrosion allowance have increased the corrosion allowance in this example model is 318 mm (0125 in)

S3023 Computer Model Input

Table S3023 lists the node numbers lengths etc for each piping component that is displayed in Fig S3021 The computer-based options are the same as those for the Example 1 model see para S3013

S3024 Pressure Effects

The pressure effect considerations are the same as those for Example 1 see para 3014

S3025 The Operating Load Case

The Operating Case evaluated and discussed in this example includes the effects of pipe weight insulation weight fluid weight internal pressure [P1= 3 040 kPa (440 psi)] and temperature [(T1=288oC (550oF)] Table C-1 and C-2 values used for Row A and Row B expansion coefficients are listed below Row A = 132x10-6 mmmmoC (735x10-6 ininoF) Row B = 380 mmm (45 in100 ft) An operating load case is evaluated to determine the operating position of the piping and determine the reaction loads for any attached equipment anchors supports guides or stops In particular each operating load casersquos support scenario is evaluated or assessed by the designer in order to determine whether any anticipated sustained conditions need to be evaluated with one or more Y+ supports removed Further operating load case discussion can be found in para S3015 Piping loads acting on the anchors and support structure for the operating load case are listed in Table S3025 Note that only nodes 10 through 50 are listed in the following tables this is for convenience since the model is symmetric the reactions deflections and stresses for nodes 10 through 40 are the same as for nodes 110 through 140 except that some signs may be reversed

S3026 Sustained Conditions

S30261 The Stress Due to Sustained Loads SL Calculations The stress due to (long-term) sustained loads SL is computed in accordance with para 3202 for each sustained condition that is evaluated see para S30262

S30262 Anticipated Sustained Conditions All anticipated sustained conditions utilizing all possible support scenarios should be considered The designer has identified three anticipated sustained conditions for the piping system each is listed in Table S30262 along with the support status of the node 50 Y+ support as either assessed by analysis or determined by the designer The designer has deemed the Sustained Condition 3 as both controlling the sustained design and requiring evaluation

S30263 Results for the Evaluated Sustained Condition Table S30262rsquos Sustained Conditions 1 and 2 reflect the ambient temperature support scenario Sustained Condition 3 reflects the support scenario of the Operating Case All three Sustained Conditions exclude thermal effects Sustained Conditions 2 and 3 include the effects of internal pressure [P1= 3 040 kPa (440 psi)] pipe weight insulation weight and fluid weight on the piping system A summary of the Sustained Condition 3 reactions and stresses due to sustained loads SL appear in Table S30263 In the determination of SL the sustained longitudinal force index Ia is defaulted to 10 in the absence of more applicable data in accordance with para 320 The in-plane bending moment is indexed at each elbow by the appropriate Ii calculated for this example by multiplying 075 times ii determined from Appendix D (and ASME B31J Table 1-1) See para S3016 for additional information concerning the stress due to sustained loads determination

S3027 Displacement Stress Range Load Cases

The displacement stress range load cases are not listed since they are not the subject of this example

S3028 Code Compliance mdash Satisfying the Intent of the Code

The Sustained Condition 3 results indicate that the piping system is not protected against collapse for the cycles under analysis when considering the Operating Case support scenario Note the greatest Stresses due to Sustained Loads SL are at elbow nodes 40 and 140 and ldquoLift-Offrdquo support location node 50 Therefore redesign of the piping system is required If the piping system is redesigned such that it is compliant with the intent of the Code then the piping system would require no further attention unless the sustained hydrostatic leak test or operating reaction loads at either anchor data point 10 or 110 exceed the allowable loads for the attached equipment nozzle or the support structure at either node 20 or 120 is overloaded The nozzle loads and support structure analyses are beyond the scope of this Appendix and are not addressed Although the occasional load cases are important to the design and analysis of a piping system they are not discussed in this example

S303 EXAMPLE 3 MOMENT REVERSAL

S3031 Example Description

This example is intended to illustrate the flexibility analysis required for a piping system that is designed for more than one operating condition and also experiences a ldquoreversal of momentsrdquo between any two of the anticipated operating conditions The examples in this Appendix are intended for illustration purposes only and are not intended to portray the same as either adequate or even acceptable piping geometries andor support scenarios also Both the design and operating conditions are well below the creep regime The piping system in Fig S3031 consists of two headers and two branches which are referred to as gas ldquometer runsrdquo Only one of the branches is in service (operating) at a given time the out-of-service branch is purged and at ambient (as-installed) condition The design specification calls for each of the meter run branches to alternate in and out of service five times every two weeks for the piping systemrsquos planned 30-year service life (N=3900 equivalent full displacement cycles) ie f = 115 in accordance with para 30235(d) The piping system is fabricated from ASTM A53 Grade B pipe (E=100) both piping headers are DN 600 (NPS 24) and the branches are DN 500 (NPS 20) and both branch and header are 953 mm (0375 in) thick For simplicity each piping segment or component is 1524 m (5 ft) in length The piping system is in normal fluid service The fluid is gaseous is considered to add no weight and to be neither a corrosive nor an erosive hazard ie there is no corrosion allowance The line is not insulated The ambient (as-installed) temperature is 4degC (40degF) The reference modulus of elasticity used is 2034 GPa (295 Msi) and Poissonrsquos ratio is 03 Consideration is given to the close proximity of the three tees in each header in accordance with the guidance in para 31936 and the stress intensification factors from Appendix D are considered to adequately represent the header tees for this piping system The piping internal pressure and minimum to maximum metal temperature range expected during normal operation for each meter run and the design conditions are listed in Table S3031 The design conditions are set sufficiently in excess of the operating conditions so as to provide additional margin on the allowable as required by the owner

S3032 Design Conditions

The design conditions establish the pressure rating flange ratings components ratings and minimum required pipe wall thickness ASME B165 requires a minimum of Class 300 for ASTM A105 flanges The minimum required wall thickness for both the branch and header is 44 mm (0171 in) considering a 125 mill tolerance therefore selection of the standard wall thickness of 95 mm (0375 in) is acceptable S3033 Computer Model Input

Table S3033 lists the node numbers lengths etc for each piping component that is displayed in Fig S3031 Note that flanges and valve components are not explicitly included in the model listing in Table S3033 For simplicity an entire branch (from tee centerline to tee centerline) is considered to be at the operating conditions listed in Table S3031 eg the East meter run branch from nodes 40 through 340 operates at 1 724 kPa (250 psi) and 121degC (250degF) for Operating Case 2 The computer-based options are the same as those for the Example 1 model except that pressure stiffening is not included in the analyses for this example see para S3013

S3034 Pressure Effects

Neither pressure stiffening nor Bourdon effects are included in the analyses

S3035 Operating Load Case(s)

The operating load case is used to determine the operating position of the piping and reaction loads for any attached equipment anchors supports guides or stops The owner has mandated in the design specification that the meter runs and piping be more than adequately supported Therefore the operating load case while necessary to set the limits of the strain ranges does not contribute to the emphasis of this example and its output is not included Table C-1 and C-2 values used for Row A and Row B expansion coefficients are listed below Row A = 123x10-6mmmmoC (680x10-6 ininoF) Row B = 134 mmm (168 in100 ft)

S3036 Sustained Load Case

Stresses due to the sustained loads such as axial forces internal pressure and intensified bending moments in this example are combined in accordance with para320 to determine SL For reasons similar to those expressed for the operating load case the sustained load case output is not included

S3037 Displacement Stress Range Load Cases

The displacement stress range SE is computed in accordance with para 31923(b) and 31931(a) in which the strains evaluated for the ambient temperature (which is also the as-installed and minimum metal temperature condition for this particular example) are algebraically subtracted from the strains evaluated for Operating Case 1 as listed in Table S3031 Similarly the displacement stress range SE is computed from the algebraic strain difference evaluated from the ambient (as-installed) condition to Operating Case 2 as listed in Table S3031 The individual displacement stress range SE along with the internal reaction loads is evaluated for each piping component in accordance with eq (17) is listed in Tables S30371 (Operating Case 1) and has the same results as listed in Table S30372 (Operating Case 2) with the exception that some signs differ (indicating the moment reversal range between the two conditions) The algebraic strain difference between the two resultant case evaluations discussed above produces the greatest displacement stress range for the piping system in accordance with paras 31921(d) 31923(b) and 31931(a) ie SE the ldquostress range corresponding to the total displacement strainsrdquo The resulting reactionsrsquo combination and SE for each piping component are listed in Table S30373

S3038 Code Compliance mdash Satisfying the Intent of the Code

The piping system is compliant with the sustained load requirements of the Code The displacement stress range from the ambient (as-installed) condition to each of the operating cases indicates the piping system is in compliance with the intent of the Code even when limited to the eq (1a) allowable SA But the ldquostress range corresponding to the total displacement strainsrdquo which considers the algebraic strain difference between the two operating cases indicates that the piping system is not protected against fatigue failure for the cycles under analysis even when considering the eq (1b) allowable SA Therefore redesign of the piping system is required If the piping system is redesigned such that it is compliant with the intent of the code then the piping system would require no further attention unless the sustained hydrostatic leak test or operating reaction loads at either anchor data point 10 or 310 or meter runs 130 or 230 exceeded the allowable loads for the attached equipment nozzles or support structure The meter loads nozzle loads and support structure analyses are beyond the scope of this example Although the occasional load cases are important to the design and analysis of a piping system they are not discussed in this example

B31 Code Case 214 Approval Date May 30 2019 ASME B313 Process Piping

Alternative Heat Treatments for Fabrication Processes

Proposal Code Case to allow the use of ASME B31P Standard Heat treatments for Fabrication Processes as an alternative to the preheat PWHT and PFHT required by B313

Explanation ASME B31P Standard Heat treatments for Fabrication Processes was published in May 2018 In order to allow the use of this Standard by the ASME Codes prior to changes being adopted in the next edition of the respective Codes this Code Case is being proposed to allow B31P to be used as an alternative to the rules currently in the published ASME B31 Codes A similar Code Case is currently being balloted in ASME B311 (18-2339)

Summary of Changes To allow the use of ASME B31P Standard Heat Treatments for Fabrication Processes as an alternative to the heat treatment rules specified in ASME B31 3

Referenced Code ASME B313 ndash 2016 amp 2018

Inquiry May the heat treatment requirements specified in ASME B31P be used as an alternative to the required heat treatments specified in paras 330 331 and 332 of ASME B313

Reply It is the opinion of the Committee that the heat treatments specified in ASME B31P may be used as an alternative to the respective heat treatments specified in ASME B313 for the materials referenced in ASME B31P

B31 Code Case 216 Approval Date March 29 2021 ASME B313 Process Piping

Use of Enhanced Pressure Ratings for Brazed Copper Tubes and Fittings by Cold

Stretch Process

Inquiry Under what condition may higher pressure ratings be used for ASTM B88 Type L tubes and

ASME B1622 fittings in ASME B313 construction

Reply It is the opinion of the Committee that enhanced pressure ratings may be used for ASTM B88

Type L tubes and ASME B1622 fittings in ASME B313 construction provided the following conditions are

met

(a) The tubes shall conform to ASTM B88 Type L in the H58 temper

(b) The fittings shall conform to ASME B1622

(c) The maximum design temperature is 38degC (100degF)

(d) The piping shall be limited to Category D and Normal Fluid Services

(e) External pressure is not permitted

(f) The maximum tube and fitting nominal or standard size is 3 in

(g) The joints shall be brazed The qualification of brazing procedures brazers and brazing operators shall be in accordance with para 3282 Silver brazing filler metals (BAg‐XX) with

appropriate flux shall be used in the brazing process

(h) In brazing qualification the specimen in the tension test shall break in the base metal outside of

the joint with tensile strength equal to or greater than (207 MPa) 30 ksi

(i) The piping system shall receive a cold stretch operation by hydrostatic or pneumatic pressure

test in accordance with para 345 except the minimum test pressure shall be 17 times the design pressure and the maximum test pressure shall be 18 times the design pressure The test pressure shall be

maintained for at least 20 min

(j) The internal design gage pressure P shall not exceed the pressure calculated as follows

208

Where S = 689 MPa (100 ksi)

t = minimum wall thickness for ASTM B88 Type L D = maximum outside diameter for annealed temper ASTM B88 Type L

(k) Piping flexibility analysis shall be performed in accordance with para 319 using the basic

allowable stresses (Sc and Sh) equal to 414 MPa (60 ksi)

(l) Analysis of sustained loads shall be performed in accordance with para 320 using the basic

allowable stresses (Sh) equal to 414 MPa (60 ksi)

(m) Before cold stretch operation the brazed joints shall be 100 visually examined The following

conditions are not permitted

1) The presence of flux residue and unmelted filler metal

2) Excessive oxidation of the joint

3) Cracks in braze metal or base material

(n) Additional brazing is not permitted after the cold stretch operation If a braze repair is required

the following conditions shall be satisfied

1) The braze joint to be repaired shall be removed and replaced along with 150 mm (6 in)

of tube on each side of the joint

2) The piping shall receive the cold stretch operation as required in (i)

(o) The design cold stretch and repair records shall be retained by the owner for the life of the piping

B31 Code Case 217 Approval Date September 3 2021

ASME B313 Process Piping

Alternative NDE Personnel Qualification and Certification Requirements

Referenced Code ASME B313 ndash 2018 amp 2020

Inquiry May alternative personnel qualification and certification requirements be used as options to those specified in ASME B313 para 3421

Reply It is the opinion of the Committee that the personnel qualification and certification requirements below may be used as alternatives to those specified in ASME B313 para 3421 Personnel performing nondestructive examination to the requirements of this Code shall be qualified and certified for the method to be utilized in accordance with their employerrsquos written practice The written practice shall be based on the training examination and experience requirements of one of the following

(a) ASME BPVC Section V Article 1

(b) ASNT CP-189

(c) ASNT SNT-TC-1A

(d) Other national or international central certification program or standard

Page 17: B31.3 Code Cases

B31 Code Case 209 Approval Date November 6 2018

ASME B313 Process Piping

PIPING SYSTEM STRESS ANALYSIS EXAMPLES QUESTION The results for the examples found in ASME B313-2016 Appendix S were developed using the 2006 editionrsquos code rules and material data tables How would the appendix results and affected text change when the ASME B313-2016 code rules and material data tables are applied REPLY It is the opinion of the Committee that the following pages show what Appendix S looks like with the revised new rules and data

S300 INTRODUCTION

The examples in this Appendix are intended to illustrate the application of the rules and definitions in Chapter II Part 5 flexibility and Support and the stress limits of para 30235 The loadings and conditions necessary to comply with the intent of the Code are presented

S3001 Definitions and Nomenclature

global axes these are Cartesian X Y and Z axes In this Appendix vertically upward is taken to be the +Y direction with gravity acting in the minusY direction Pj piping internal pressure see para 3012 when more than one condition exists for the piping system each is subscripted (eg P1 P2 ) Tj pipe maximum or minimum metal temperature see paras 3013 and 31931(a) when more than one condition exists for the piping system each is subscripted (eg T1 T2 ) Y+ a ldquosingle acting supportrdquo that provides support in only the vertically upward direction and is considered to be ldquoactiverdquo when the pipe exerts a downward force on the support The pipe is free to move upward ie the pipe ldquolifts offrdquo the support the support in the ldquolift-offrdquo situation is considered to be ldquoremovedrdquo from providing support ie inactive during the load condition considered

S301 EXAMPLE 1 CODE COMPLIANT PIPING SYSTEM

S3011 Example Description

This example is intended to illustrate the design of an adequately supported and sufficiently flexible piping system The piping system in Fig S3011 is fabricated from ASTM A106 Grade B seamless pipe (ie E = 100) the pipe is DN 400 (NPS 16) with a nominal wall thickness of 953 mm (0375 in) 127 mm (5 in) thickness of calcium silicate insulation and 159 mm (0063 in) corrosion allowance the fluid has a specific gravity of 10 The equivalent number of full displacement cycles expected for the piping system is fewer than 7 000 [ie f =100 in accordance with para 30235(d)] The piping system is in normal fluid service The reference modulus of elasticity used for the piping analysis is 2034 GPa (295 Msi) from Appendix C Table C-6 in accordance with paras 31932 and 31944 and Poissonrsquos ratio is 03 in accordance with para 31933 The piping internal pressures and temperatures expected during normal operation and the design conditions are listed in Table S3011 see paras 31923(b) and 31931(a) The design conditions are set sufficiently in excess of the operating conditions so as to provide additional margin on the allowable stress for pressure design as required by the owner

S3012 Design Conditions

The design conditions establish the pressure rating flange ratings component ratings and minimum required pipe wall thickness in accordance with para 30121 For example ASME B165 requires a minimum of Class 300 for ASTM A105 flanges Also the minimum required pipe wall thickness tm is determined from the design conditions by inserting eq (3a) into eq (2) terms are defined in para 30411 and Appendix J E = 10 P = design pressure = 3 800 kPa (550 psi) S = allowable stress from Appendix A Tables A-1 and A-1M = 1274 MPa (184 ksi) at design temperature 288oC (550oF) W = 10 for carbon steel at any temperature in accordance with Table 30235 Note (9) Y = 04 from Table 30411 Insert eq (3a) into eq (2)

tm = t + c =

=

159

= 599 mm + 159 mm = 758 mm (0299 in) In accordance with para 30412(a) t must be less than D6 for eq (3a) to be appropriate without considering additional factors to compute the pressure design thickness t ie t D6 or 758 mm 4064 mm6 Since 758 mm (0299 in) 677 mm (267 in) and 0030 0385 eq (3a) is applicable without special consideration of factors listed in para 30412(b) Now select a pipe schedule of adequate thickness Determine the specified minimum pipe wall thickness T from nominal pipe wall thickness ₸ considering a mill tolerance of 125 Select DN 400 (NPS 16) Schedule 30STD nominal wall thickness from ASME B3610M ₸ = 953 mm (0375 in) T = (953 mm)(100 minus 0125) = 834 mm (0328 in) Since T tm (ie 834 mm (0328 in) 758 mm (0299 in)) the selection of the nominal pipe wall thickness ₸ for Schedule 30STD pipe is acceptable The long radius elbows specified for this piping system are in accordance with ASME B169 and are specified to be for use with Schedule 30STD wall thickness pipe

S3013 Computer Model Input

Tables S30131 and S30132 list the ldquonode numbersrdquo lengths etc for each piping element displayed in Fig S3011 A bend radius of 15 times the nominal pipe diameter [ie 6096 mm (24 in)] and nominal wall thickness of 953 mm (0375 in) are used for the elbows in the computer model Generic computer program options are as follows (a) include pressure stiffening on elbows (b) exclude pressure thrust and Bourdon effects (c) use nominal section properties for the stiffnesses forces moments and deflections calculation (d) use ldquonominal less allowancesrdquo section properties for the stress due to sustained loads SL calculation (e) use nominal section properties for displacement stress range SE calculation

minimum metal temp -1oC (30oF) ambient (as-installed) temp -1oC (30oF)

S3014 Pressure Effects

For the operating sustained and displacement stress range load cases the effect of pressure stiffening on the elbows is included to determine the end reactions in accordance with Appendix D Note (6) (and ASME B31J Table 1-1 Note(4) ) The effects of pressure-induced elongation and Bourdon effects are not included as both are deemed negligible for this particular example

S3015 The Operating Load Case

The operating load case is used to determine the operating position of the piping and reaction loads for any attached equipment anchors supports guides or stops The operating load case is based on the temperature range from the ambient (as-installed) temperature of -1degC (30degF) to the maximum operating metal temperature of 260degC (500degF) in accordance with paras 31923(b) and 31931(b) Tables C-1 and C-2 values used for Row A and Row B expansion coefficients are listed below Row A = 131x10-6 mmmmoC (730x10-6 ininoF) Row B = 343 mmm (400 in100 ft) The operating load case in this example also includes the effects of internal pressure pipe weight insulation weight and fluid weight on the piping system Both pipe stiffness and displacement stress range are based on the nominal thickness of the pipe Pipe deflections and internal reaction loads for the operating load case are listed in Table S30151 Piping loads acting on the anchors and support structure are listed in Table S30152

S3016 The Sustained Load Case

Stresses due to the sustained loads such as axial forces internal pressure and intensified bending moments in this example are combined in accordance with para320 to determine SL The sustained load case excludes thermal effects and includes the effects of internal pressure [P1=3450 kPa (500 psi)] pipe weight insulation weight and fluid weight on the piping system Nominal section properties are used to generate the stiffness matrix and sustained loads for the computer model in accordance with para 31935 The nominal thickness less allowances is used to calculate the section properties for SL in accordance with para 320 A summary of the sustained load case internal reaction forces moments and stress due to sustained loads SL is provided in Table S3016 Since this example model lies in only one plane only the stress due to sustained bending moments due to the in-plane bending moment is not zero The in-plane bending moment is intensified at each elbow by the sustained in-plane moment index for an unflanged elbow Ii Note that SL for the nodes listed in Table S3016 do not exceed the 1308 MPa (190 ksi) sustained allowable stress Sh for A106 Grade B piping at the operating maximum metal temperature T1 = 260degC (500degF) from Appendix A Tables A-1 and A-1M By limiting SL to Sh in accordance with para 30235(c) the piping system is deemed adequately protected against collapse

S3017 The Displacement Stress Range Load Case

The displacement stress range SE in this example is based on the temperature range from the minimum metal (as-installed) temperature minus1degC (30degF) to maximum metal temperature for the thermal cycles under analysis [T1 = 260degC (500degF)] in accordance with paras 31923(b) and 31931(a) The displacement stress range SE for each element is calculated in accordance with eq (17) and is listed in Table S3017 along with the internal reaction loads Nominal section properties are used to generate the stiffness matrix and displacement stress ranges in the piping in accordance with para 31935 Since this example model lies in only one plane only the in-plane bending moment range is not zero The in-plane moment range is intensified at each elbow in accordance with Appendix D (and ASME B31J Table 1-1) stress intensification factor ii for an unflanged elbow For simplicity the allowable displacement stress range SA is calculated in accordance with eq (1a) Though eq (1a) is used in this example it is also acceptable to calculate SA in accordance with eq (1b) which permits SA to exceed the eq (1a) value for each piping element based on the magnitude of each elementrsquos SL The following terms are as defined in para 30235(d) and Appendix J f = 100 for 7 000 equivalent full displacement cycles from Fig 30235 or eq (1c) SA = f (125 Sc + 025 Sh) = (100)[(125)(138 MPa) + (025)(1308 MPa)] = 2052 MPa (2975 ksi) Sc = allowable stress from Appendix A Tables A-1 and A-1M = 138 MPa (200 ksi) at ambient (as-installed) temperature Sh = allowable stress from Appendix A Tables A-1 and A-1M = 1308 MPa (190 ksi) at T1 T1 = maximum metal temperature = 260degC (500degF) Note that each piping elementrsquos displacement stress range based on minimum to maximum metal temperature for the thermal cycles under analysis SE does not exceed the eq (1a) allowable SA By limiting SE to SA the piping system is deemed adequate to accommodate up to 7 000 equivalent full displacement cycles Considering both the stress due to sustained loads and displacement stress range load cases the piping system is compliant with the requirements of the Code redesign of the piping system is not required unless the sustained or operating reaction loads at either anchor data point 10 or 50 exceed the allowable loads for the attached equipment nozzle or the support structure at node 20 is overloaded The nozzle load and support structure analyses are beyond the scope of this Appendix and are not addressed

S302 EXAMPLE 2 ANTICIPATED SUSTAINED CONDITIONS CONSIDERING PIPE LIFT-OFF

S3021 Example Description

This example is intended to illustrate the analysis of a piping system in which a portion of the piping lifts off at least one Y+ support in at least one operating condition The emphasis of this example is to describe the effect this removal of support has on the determination of anticipated sustained conditions The same principles utilized for this example would also apply for guides and stops (that are single directional or gap-type) that are not engaged during any anticipated operating condition The examples in this Appendix are intended for illustration purposes only and are not intended to portray the same as either adequate or even acceptable piping geometries andor support scenarios The piping system in Fig S3021 is the same in material properties as in Example 1 see paraS3011 Note the distance from node 20 to the elbow node 30 and from nodes 120 to 130 in Example 2rsquos model is 152 m (5 ft) Note that both the design and operating conditions are well below the creep regime therefore the piping system will not develop any permanent creep-related displacements relaxation or sag

S3022 Design Conditions

The design conditions are similar to those in the Example 1 model see para S3012 and Table S3022 Note that the nominal thickness remains unchanged from Example 1 even though the design temperature and corrosion allowance have increased the corrosion allowance in this example model is 318 mm (0125 in)

S3023 Computer Model Input

Table S3023 lists the node numbers lengths etc for each piping component that is displayed in Fig S3021 The computer-based options are the same as those for the Example 1 model see para S3013

S3024 Pressure Effects

The pressure effect considerations are the same as those for Example 1 see para 3014

S3025 The Operating Load Case

The Operating Case evaluated and discussed in this example includes the effects of pipe weight insulation weight fluid weight internal pressure [P1= 3 040 kPa (440 psi)] and temperature [(T1=288oC (550oF)] Table C-1 and C-2 values used for Row A and Row B expansion coefficients are listed below Row A = 132x10-6 mmmmoC (735x10-6 ininoF) Row B = 380 mmm (45 in100 ft) An operating load case is evaluated to determine the operating position of the piping and determine the reaction loads for any attached equipment anchors supports guides or stops In particular each operating load casersquos support scenario is evaluated or assessed by the designer in order to determine whether any anticipated sustained conditions need to be evaluated with one or more Y+ supports removed Further operating load case discussion can be found in para S3015 Piping loads acting on the anchors and support structure for the operating load case are listed in Table S3025 Note that only nodes 10 through 50 are listed in the following tables this is for convenience since the model is symmetric the reactions deflections and stresses for nodes 10 through 40 are the same as for nodes 110 through 140 except that some signs may be reversed

S3026 Sustained Conditions

S30261 The Stress Due to Sustained Loads SL Calculations The stress due to (long-term) sustained loads SL is computed in accordance with para 3202 for each sustained condition that is evaluated see para S30262

S30262 Anticipated Sustained Conditions All anticipated sustained conditions utilizing all possible support scenarios should be considered The designer has identified three anticipated sustained conditions for the piping system each is listed in Table S30262 along with the support status of the node 50 Y+ support as either assessed by analysis or determined by the designer The designer has deemed the Sustained Condition 3 as both controlling the sustained design and requiring evaluation

S30263 Results for the Evaluated Sustained Condition Table S30262rsquos Sustained Conditions 1 and 2 reflect the ambient temperature support scenario Sustained Condition 3 reflects the support scenario of the Operating Case All three Sustained Conditions exclude thermal effects Sustained Conditions 2 and 3 include the effects of internal pressure [P1= 3 040 kPa (440 psi)] pipe weight insulation weight and fluid weight on the piping system A summary of the Sustained Condition 3 reactions and stresses due to sustained loads SL appear in Table S30263 In the determination of SL the sustained longitudinal force index Ia is defaulted to 10 in the absence of more applicable data in accordance with para 320 The in-plane bending moment is indexed at each elbow by the appropriate Ii calculated for this example by multiplying 075 times ii determined from Appendix D (and ASME B31J Table 1-1) See para S3016 for additional information concerning the stress due to sustained loads determination

S3027 Displacement Stress Range Load Cases

The displacement stress range load cases are not listed since they are not the subject of this example

S3028 Code Compliance mdash Satisfying the Intent of the Code

The Sustained Condition 3 results indicate that the piping system is not protected against collapse for the cycles under analysis when considering the Operating Case support scenario Note the greatest Stresses due to Sustained Loads SL are at elbow nodes 40 and 140 and ldquoLift-Offrdquo support location node 50 Therefore redesign of the piping system is required If the piping system is redesigned such that it is compliant with the intent of the Code then the piping system would require no further attention unless the sustained hydrostatic leak test or operating reaction loads at either anchor data point 10 or 110 exceed the allowable loads for the attached equipment nozzle or the support structure at either node 20 or 120 is overloaded The nozzle loads and support structure analyses are beyond the scope of this Appendix and are not addressed Although the occasional load cases are important to the design and analysis of a piping system they are not discussed in this example

S303 EXAMPLE 3 MOMENT REVERSAL

S3031 Example Description

This example is intended to illustrate the flexibility analysis required for a piping system that is designed for more than one operating condition and also experiences a ldquoreversal of momentsrdquo between any two of the anticipated operating conditions The examples in this Appendix are intended for illustration purposes only and are not intended to portray the same as either adequate or even acceptable piping geometries andor support scenarios also Both the design and operating conditions are well below the creep regime The piping system in Fig S3031 consists of two headers and two branches which are referred to as gas ldquometer runsrdquo Only one of the branches is in service (operating) at a given time the out-of-service branch is purged and at ambient (as-installed) condition The design specification calls for each of the meter run branches to alternate in and out of service five times every two weeks for the piping systemrsquos planned 30-year service life (N=3900 equivalent full displacement cycles) ie f = 115 in accordance with para 30235(d) The piping system is fabricated from ASTM A53 Grade B pipe (E=100) both piping headers are DN 600 (NPS 24) and the branches are DN 500 (NPS 20) and both branch and header are 953 mm (0375 in) thick For simplicity each piping segment or component is 1524 m (5 ft) in length The piping system is in normal fluid service The fluid is gaseous is considered to add no weight and to be neither a corrosive nor an erosive hazard ie there is no corrosion allowance The line is not insulated The ambient (as-installed) temperature is 4degC (40degF) The reference modulus of elasticity used is 2034 GPa (295 Msi) and Poissonrsquos ratio is 03 Consideration is given to the close proximity of the three tees in each header in accordance with the guidance in para 31936 and the stress intensification factors from Appendix D are considered to adequately represent the header tees for this piping system The piping internal pressure and minimum to maximum metal temperature range expected during normal operation for each meter run and the design conditions are listed in Table S3031 The design conditions are set sufficiently in excess of the operating conditions so as to provide additional margin on the allowable as required by the owner

S3032 Design Conditions

The design conditions establish the pressure rating flange ratings components ratings and minimum required pipe wall thickness ASME B165 requires a minimum of Class 300 for ASTM A105 flanges The minimum required wall thickness for both the branch and header is 44 mm (0171 in) considering a 125 mill tolerance therefore selection of the standard wall thickness of 95 mm (0375 in) is acceptable S3033 Computer Model Input

Table S3033 lists the node numbers lengths etc for each piping component that is displayed in Fig S3031 Note that flanges and valve components are not explicitly included in the model listing in Table S3033 For simplicity an entire branch (from tee centerline to tee centerline) is considered to be at the operating conditions listed in Table S3031 eg the East meter run branch from nodes 40 through 340 operates at 1 724 kPa (250 psi) and 121degC (250degF) for Operating Case 2 The computer-based options are the same as those for the Example 1 model except that pressure stiffening is not included in the analyses for this example see para S3013

S3034 Pressure Effects

Neither pressure stiffening nor Bourdon effects are included in the analyses

S3035 Operating Load Case(s)

The operating load case is used to determine the operating position of the piping and reaction loads for any attached equipment anchors supports guides or stops The owner has mandated in the design specification that the meter runs and piping be more than adequately supported Therefore the operating load case while necessary to set the limits of the strain ranges does not contribute to the emphasis of this example and its output is not included Table C-1 and C-2 values used for Row A and Row B expansion coefficients are listed below Row A = 123x10-6mmmmoC (680x10-6 ininoF) Row B = 134 mmm (168 in100 ft)

S3036 Sustained Load Case

Stresses due to the sustained loads such as axial forces internal pressure and intensified bending moments in this example are combined in accordance with para320 to determine SL For reasons similar to those expressed for the operating load case the sustained load case output is not included

S3037 Displacement Stress Range Load Cases

The displacement stress range SE is computed in accordance with para 31923(b) and 31931(a) in which the strains evaluated for the ambient temperature (which is also the as-installed and minimum metal temperature condition for this particular example) are algebraically subtracted from the strains evaluated for Operating Case 1 as listed in Table S3031 Similarly the displacement stress range SE is computed from the algebraic strain difference evaluated from the ambient (as-installed) condition to Operating Case 2 as listed in Table S3031 The individual displacement stress range SE along with the internal reaction loads is evaluated for each piping component in accordance with eq (17) is listed in Tables S30371 (Operating Case 1) and has the same results as listed in Table S30372 (Operating Case 2) with the exception that some signs differ (indicating the moment reversal range between the two conditions) The algebraic strain difference between the two resultant case evaluations discussed above produces the greatest displacement stress range for the piping system in accordance with paras 31921(d) 31923(b) and 31931(a) ie SE the ldquostress range corresponding to the total displacement strainsrdquo The resulting reactionsrsquo combination and SE for each piping component are listed in Table S30373

S3038 Code Compliance mdash Satisfying the Intent of the Code

The piping system is compliant with the sustained load requirements of the Code The displacement stress range from the ambient (as-installed) condition to each of the operating cases indicates the piping system is in compliance with the intent of the Code even when limited to the eq (1a) allowable SA But the ldquostress range corresponding to the total displacement strainsrdquo which considers the algebraic strain difference between the two operating cases indicates that the piping system is not protected against fatigue failure for the cycles under analysis even when considering the eq (1b) allowable SA Therefore redesign of the piping system is required If the piping system is redesigned such that it is compliant with the intent of the code then the piping system would require no further attention unless the sustained hydrostatic leak test or operating reaction loads at either anchor data point 10 or 310 or meter runs 130 or 230 exceeded the allowable loads for the attached equipment nozzles or support structure The meter loads nozzle loads and support structure analyses are beyond the scope of this example Although the occasional load cases are important to the design and analysis of a piping system they are not discussed in this example

B31 Code Case 214 Approval Date May 30 2019 ASME B313 Process Piping

Alternative Heat Treatments for Fabrication Processes

Proposal Code Case to allow the use of ASME B31P Standard Heat treatments for Fabrication Processes as an alternative to the preheat PWHT and PFHT required by B313

Explanation ASME B31P Standard Heat treatments for Fabrication Processes was published in May 2018 In order to allow the use of this Standard by the ASME Codes prior to changes being adopted in the next edition of the respective Codes this Code Case is being proposed to allow B31P to be used as an alternative to the rules currently in the published ASME B31 Codes A similar Code Case is currently being balloted in ASME B311 (18-2339)

Summary of Changes To allow the use of ASME B31P Standard Heat Treatments for Fabrication Processes as an alternative to the heat treatment rules specified in ASME B31 3

Referenced Code ASME B313 ndash 2016 amp 2018

Inquiry May the heat treatment requirements specified in ASME B31P be used as an alternative to the required heat treatments specified in paras 330 331 and 332 of ASME B313

Reply It is the opinion of the Committee that the heat treatments specified in ASME B31P may be used as an alternative to the respective heat treatments specified in ASME B313 for the materials referenced in ASME B31P

B31 Code Case 216 Approval Date March 29 2021 ASME B313 Process Piping

Use of Enhanced Pressure Ratings for Brazed Copper Tubes and Fittings by Cold

Stretch Process

Inquiry Under what condition may higher pressure ratings be used for ASTM B88 Type L tubes and

ASME B1622 fittings in ASME B313 construction

Reply It is the opinion of the Committee that enhanced pressure ratings may be used for ASTM B88

Type L tubes and ASME B1622 fittings in ASME B313 construction provided the following conditions are

met

(a) The tubes shall conform to ASTM B88 Type L in the H58 temper

(b) The fittings shall conform to ASME B1622

(c) The maximum design temperature is 38degC (100degF)

(d) The piping shall be limited to Category D and Normal Fluid Services

(e) External pressure is not permitted

(f) The maximum tube and fitting nominal or standard size is 3 in

(g) The joints shall be brazed The qualification of brazing procedures brazers and brazing operators shall be in accordance with para 3282 Silver brazing filler metals (BAg‐XX) with

appropriate flux shall be used in the brazing process

(h) In brazing qualification the specimen in the tension test shall break in the base metal outside of

the joint with tensile strength equal to or greater than (207 MPa) 30 ksi

(i) The piping system shall receive a cold stretch operation by hydrostatic or pneumatic pressure

test in accordance with para 345 except the minimum test pressure shall be 17 times the design pressure and the maximum test pressure shall be 18 times the design pressure The test pressure shall be

maintained for at least 20 min

(j) The internal design gage pressure P shall not exceed the pressure calculated as follows

208

Where S = 689 MPa (100 ksi)

t = minimum wall thickness for ASTM B88 Type L D = maximum outside diameter for annealed temper ASTM B88 Type L

(k) Piping flexibility analysis shall be performed in accordance with para 319 using the basic

allowable stresses (Sc and Sh) equal to 414 MPa (60 ksi)

(l) Analysis of sustained loads shall be performed in accordance with para 320 using the basic

allowable stresses (Sh) equal to 414 MPa (60 ksi)

(m) Before cold stretch operation the brazed joints shall be 100 visually examined The following

conditions are not permitted

1) The presence of flux residue and unmelted filler metal

2) Excessive oxidation of the joint

3) Cracks in braze metal or base material

(n) Additional brazing is not permitted after the cold stretch operation If a braze repair is required

the following conditions shall be satisfied

1) The braze joint to be repaired shall be removed and replaced along with 150 mm (6 in)

of tube on each side of the joint

2) The piping shall receive the cold stretch operation as required in (i)

(o) The design cold stretch and repair records shall be retained by the owner for the life of the piping

B31 Code Case 217 Approval Date September 3 2021

ASME B313 Process Piping

Alternative NDE Personnel Qualification and Certification Requirements

Referenced Code ASME B313 ndash 2018 amp 2020

Inquiry May alternative personnel qualification and certification requirements be used as options to those specified in ASME B313 para 3421

Reply It is the opinion of the Committee that the personnel qualification and certification requirements below may be used as alternatives to those specified in ASME B313 para 3421 Personnel performing nondestructive examination to the requirements of this Code shall be qualified and certified for the method to be utilized in accordance with their employerrsquos written practice The written practice shall be based on the training examination and experience requirements of one of the following

(a) ASME BPVC Section V Article 1

(b) ASNT CP-189

(c) ASNT SNT-TC-1A

(d) Other national or international central certification program or standard

Page 18: B31.3 Code Cases

S300 INTRODUCTION

The examples in this Appendix are intended to illustrate the application of the rules and definitions in Chapter II Part 5 flexibility and Support and the stress limits of para 30235 The loadings and conditions necessary to comply with the intent of the Code are presented

S3001 Definitions and Nomenclature

global axes these are Cartesian X Y and Z axes In this Appendix vertically upward is taken to be the +Y direction with gravity acting in the minusY direction Pj piping internal pressure see para 3012 when more than one condition exists for the piping system each is subscripted (eg P1 P2 ) Tj pipe maximum or minimum metal temperature see paras 3013 and 31931(a) when more than one condition exists for the piping system each is subscripted (eg T1 T2 ) Y+ a ldquosingle acting supportrdquo that provides support in only the vertically upward direction and is considered to be ldquoactiverdquo when the pipe exerts a downward force on the support The pipe is free to move upward ie the pipe ldquolifts offrdquo the support the support in the ldquolift-offrdquo situation is considered to be ldquoremovedrdquo from providing support ie inactive during the load condition considered

S301 EXAMPLE 1 CODE COMPLIANT PIPING SYSTEM

S3011 Example Description

This example is intended to illustrate the design of an adequately supported and sufficiently flexible piping system The piping system in Fig S3011 is fabricated from ASTM A106 Grade B seamless pipe (ie E = 100) the pipe is DN 400 (NPS 16) with a nominal wall thickness of 953 mm (0375 in) 127 mm (5 in) thickness of calcium silicate insulation and 159 mm (0063 in) corrosion allowance the fluid has a specific gravity of 10 The equivalent number of full displacement cycles expected for the piping system is fewer than 7 000 [ie f =100 in accordance with para 30235(d)] The piping system is in normal fluid service The reference modulus of elasticity used for the piping analysis is 2034 GPa (295 Msi) from Appendix C Table C-6 in accordance with paras 31932 and 31944 and Poissonrsquos ratio is 03 in accordance with para 31933 The piping internal pressures and temperatures expected during normal operation and the design conditions are listed in Table S3011 see paras 31923(b) and 31931(a) The design conditions are set sufficiently in excess of the operating conditions so as to provide additional margin on the allowable stress for pressure design as required by the owner

S3012 Design Conditions

The design conditions establish the pressure rating flange ratings component ratings and minimum required pipe wall thickness in accordance with para 30121 For example ASME B165 requires a minimum of Class 300 for ASTM A105 flanges Also the minimum required pipe wall thickness tm is determined from the design conditions by inserting eq (3a) into eq (2) terms are defined in para 30411 and Appendix J E = 10 P = design pressure = 3 800 kPa (550 psi) S = allowable stress from Appendix A Tables A-1 and A-1M = 1274 MPa (184 ksi) at design temperature 288oC (550oF) W = 10 for carbon steel at any temperature in accordance with Table 30235 Note (9) Y = 04 from Table 30411 Insert eq (3a) into eq (2)

tm = t + c =

=

159

= 599 mm + 159 mm = 758 mm (0299 in) In accordance with para 30412(a) t must be less than D6 for eq (3a) to be appropriate without considering additional factors to compute the pressure design thickness t ie t D6 or 758 mm 4064 mm6 Since 758 mm (0299 in) 677 mm (267 in) and 0030 0385 eq (3a) is applicable without special consideration of factors listed in para 30412(b) Now select a pipe schedule of adequate thickness Determine the specified minimum pipe wall thickness T from nominal pipe wall thickness ₸ considering a mill tolerance of 125 Select DN 400 (NPS 16) Schedule 30STD nominal wall thickness from ASME B3610M ₸ = 953 mm (0375 in) T = (953 mm)(100 minus 0125) = 834 mm (0328 in) Since T tm (ie 834 mm (0328 in) 758 mm (0299 in)) the selection of the nominal pipe wall thickness ₸ for Schedule 30STD pipe is acceptable The long radius elbows specified for this piping system are in accordance with ASME B169 and are specified to be for use with Schedule 30STD wall thickness pipe

S3013 Computer Model Input

Tables S30131 and S30132 list the ldquonode numbersrdquo lengths etc for each piping element displayed in Fig S3011 A bend radius of 15 times the nominal pipe diameter [ie 6096 mm (24 in)] and nominal wall thickness of 953 mm (0375 in) are used for the elbows in the computer model Generic computer program options are as follows (a) include pressure stiffening on elbows (b) exclude pressure thrust and Bourdon effects (c) use nominal section properties for the stiffnesses forces moments and deflections calculation (d) use ldquonominal less allowancesrdquo section properties for the stress due to sustained loads SL calculation (e) use nominal section properties for displacement stress range SE calculation

minimum metal temp -1oC (30oF) ambient (as-installed) temp -1oC (30oF)

S3014 Pressure Effects

For the operating sustained and displacement stress range load cases the effect of pressure stiffening on the elbows is included to determine the end reactions in accordance with Appendix D Note (6) (and ASME B31J Table 1-1 Note(4) ) The effects of pressure-induced elongation and Bourdon effects are not included as both are deemed negligible for this particular example

S3015 The Operating Load Case

The operating load case is used to determine the operating position of the piping and reaction loads for any attached equipment anchors supports guides or stops The operating load case is based on the temperature range from the ambient (as-installed) temperature of -1degC (30degF) to the maximum operating metal temperature of 260degC (500degF) in accordance with paras 31923(b) and 31931(b) Tables C-1 and C-2 values used for Row A and Row B expansion coefficients are listed below Row A = 131x10-6 mmmmoC (730x10-6 ininoF) Row B = 343 mmm (400 in100 ft) The operating load case in this example also includes the effects of internal pressure pipe weight insulation weight and fluid weight on the piping system Both pipe stiffness and displacement stress range are based on the nominal thickness of the pipe Pipe deflections and internal reaction loads for the operating load case are listed in Table S30151 Piping loads acting on the anchors and support structure are listed in Table S30152

S3016 The Sustained Load Case

Stresses due to the sustained loads such as axial forces internal pressure and intensified bending moments in this example are combined in accordance with para320 to determine SL The sustained load case excludes thermal effects and includes the effects of internal pressure [P1=3450 kPa (500 psi)] pipe weight insulation weight and fluid weight on the piping system Nominal section properties are used to generate the stiffness matrix and sustained loads for the computer model in accordance with para 31935 The nominal thickness less allowances is used to calculate the section properties for SL in accordance with para 320 A summary of the sustained load case internal reaction forces moments and stress due to sustained loads SL is provided in Table S3016 Since this example model lies in only one plane only the stress due to sustained bending moments due to the in-plane bending moment is not zero The in-plane bending moment is intensified at each elbow by the sustained in-plane moment index for an unflanged elbow Ii Note that SL for the nodes listed in Table S3016 do not exceed the 1308 MPa (190 ksi) sustained allowable stress Sh for A106 Grade B piping at the operating maximum metal temperature T1 = 260degC (500degF) from Appendix A Tables A-1 and A-1M By limiting SL to Sh in accordance with para 30235(c) the piping system is deemed adequately protected against collapse

S3017 The Displacement Stress Range Load Case

The displacement stress range SE in this example is based on the temperature range from the minimum metal (as-installed) temperature minus1degC (30degF) to maximum metal temperature for the thermal cycles under analysis [T1 = 260degC (500degF)] in accordance with paras 31923(b) and 31931(a) The displacement stress range SE for each element is calculated in accordance with eq (17) and is listed in Table S3017 along with the internal reaction loads Nominal section properties are used to generate the stiffness matrix and displacement stress ranges in the piping in accordance with para 31935 Since this example model lies in only one plane only the in-plane bending moment range is not zero The in-plane moment range is intensified at each elbow in accordance with Appendix D (and ASME B31J Table 1-1) stress intensification factor ii for an unflanged elbow For simplicity the allowable displacement stress range SA is calculated in accordance with eq (1a) Though eq (1a) is used in this example it is also acceptable to calculate SA in accordance with eq (1b) which permits SA to exceed the eq (1a) value for each piping element based on the magnitude of each elementrsquos SL The following terms are as defined in para 30235(d) and Appendix J f = 100 for 7 000 equivalent full displacement cycles from Fig 30235 or eq (1c) SA = f (125 Sc + 025 Sh) = (100)[(125)(138 MPa) + (025)(1308 MPa)] = 2052 MPa (2975 ksi) Sc = allowable stress from Appendix A Tables A-1 and A-1M = 138 MPa (200 ksi) at ambient (as-installed) temperature Sh = allowable stress from Appendix A Tables A-1 and A-1M = 1308 MPa (190 ksi) at T1 T1 = maximum metal temperature = 260degC (500degF) Note that each piping elementrsquos displacement stress range based on minimum to maximum metal temperature for the thermal cycles under analysis SE does not exceed the eq (1a) allowable SA By limiting SE to SA the piping system is deemed adequate to accommodate up to 7 000 equivalent full displacement cycles Considering both the stress due to sustained loads and displacement stress range load cases the piping system is compliant with the requirements of the Code redesign of the piping system is not required unless the sustained or operating reaction loads at either anchor data point 10 or 50 exceed the allowable loads for the attached equipment nozzle or the support structure at node 20 is overloaded The nozzle load and support structure analyses are beyond the scope of this Appendix and are not addressed

S302 EXAMPLE 2 ANTICIPATED SUSTAINED CONDITIONS CONSIDERING PIPE LIFT-OFF

S3021 Example Description

This example is intended to illustrate the analysis of a piping system in which a portion of the piping lifts off at least one Y+ support in at least one operating condition The emphasis of this example is to describe the effect this removal of support has on the determination of anticipated sustained conditions The same principles utilized for this example would also apply for guides and stops (that are single directional or gap-type) that are not engaged during any anticipated operating condition The examples in this Appendix are intended for illustration purposes only and are not intended to portray the same as either adequate or even acceptable piping geometries andor support scenarios The piping system in Fig S3021 is the same in material properties as in Example 1 see paraS3011 Note the distance from node 20 to the elbow node 30 and from nodes 120 to 130 in Example 2rsquos model is 152 m (5 ft) Note that both the design and operating conditions are well below the creep regime therefore the piping system will not develop any permanent creep-related displacements relaxation or sag

S3022 Design Conditions

The design conditions are similar to those in the Example 1 model see para S3012 and Table S3022 Note that the nominal thickness remains unchanged from Example 1 even though the design temperature and corrosion allowance have increased the corrosion allowance in this example model is 318 mm (0125 in)

S3023 Computer Model Input

Table S3023 lists the node numbers lengths etc for each piping component that is displayed in Fig S3021 The computer-based options are the same as those for the Example 1 model see para S3013

S3024 Pressure Effects

The pressure effect considerations are the same as those for Example 1 see para 3014

S3025 The Operating Load Case

The Operating Case evaluated and discussed in this example includes the effects of pipe weight insulation weight fluid weight internal pressure [P1= 3 040 kPa (440 psi)] and temperature [(T1=288oC (550oF)] Table C-1 and C-2 values used for Row A and Row B expansion coefficients are listed below Row A = 132x10-6 mmmmoC (735x10-6 ininoF) Row B = 380 mmm (45 in100 ft) An operating load case is evaluated to determine the operating position of the piping and determine the reaction loads for any attached equipment anchors supports guides or stops In particular each operating load casersquos support scenario is evaluated or assessed by the designer in order to determine whether any anticipated sustained conditions need to be evaluated with one or more Y+ supports removed Further operating load case discussion can be found in para S3015 Piping loads acting on the anchors and support structure for the operating load case are listed in Table S3025 Note that only nodes 10 through 50 are listed in the following tables this is for convenience since the model is symmetric the reactions deflections and stresses for nodes 10 through 40 are the same as for nodes 110 through 140 except that some signs may be reversed

S3026 Sustained Conditions

S30261 The Stress Due to Sustained Loads SL Calculations The stress due to (long-term) sustained loads SL is computed in accordance with para 3202 for each sustained condition that is evaluated see para S30262

S30262 Anticipated Sustained Conditions All anticipated sustained conditions utilizing all possible support scenarios should be considered The designer has identified three anticipated sustained conditions for the piping system each is listed in Table S30262 along with the support status of the node 50 Y+ support as either assessed by analysis or determined by the designer The designer has deemed the Sustained Condition 3 as both controlling the sustained design and requiring evaluation

S30263 Results for the Evaluated Sustained Condition Table S30262rsquos Sustained Conditions 1 and 2 reflect the ambient temperature support scenario Sustained Condition 3 reflects the support scenario of the Operating Case All three Sustained Conditions exclude thermal effects Sustained Conditions 2 and 3 include the effects of internal pressure [P1= 3 040 kPa (440 psi)] pipe weight insulation weight and fluid weight on the piping system A summary of the Sustained Condition 3 reactions and stresses due to sustained loads SL appear in Table S30263 In the determination of SL the sustained longitudinal force index Ia is defaulted to 10 in the absence of more applicable data in accordance with para 320 The in-plane bending moment is indexed at each elbow by the appropriate Ii calculated for this example by multiplying 075 times ii determined from Appendix D (and ASME B31J Table 1-1) See para S3016 for additional information concerning the stress due to sustained loads determination

S3027 Displacement Stress Range Load Cases

The displacement stress range load cases are not listed since they are not the subject of this example

S3028 Code Compliance mdash Satisfying the Intent of the Code

The Sustained Condition 3 results indicate that the piping system is not protected against collapse for the cycles under analysis when considering the Operating Case support scenario Note the greatest Stresses due to Sustained Loads SL are at elbow nodes 40 and 140 and ldquoLift-Offrdquo support location node 50 Therefore redesign of the piping system is required If the piping system is redesigned such that it is compliant with the intent of the Code then the piping system would require no further attention unless the sustained hydrostatic leak test or operating reaction loads at either anchor data point 10 or 110 exceed the allowable loads for the attached equipment nozzle or the support structure at either node 20 or 120 is overloaded The nozzle loads and support structure analyses are beyond the scope of this Appendix and are not addressed Although the occasional load cases are important to the design and analysis of a piping system they are not discussed in this example

S303 EXAMPLE 3 MOMENT REVERSAL

S3031 Example Description

This example is intended to illustrate the flexibility analysis required for a piping system that is designed for more than one operating condition and also experiences a ldquoreversal of momentsrdquo between any two of the anticipated operating conditions The examples in this Appendix are intended for illustration purposes only and are not intended to portray the same as either adequate or even acceptable piping geometries andor support scenarios also Both the design and operating conditions are well below the creep regime The piping system in Fig S3031 consists of two headers and two branches which are referred to as gas ldquometer runsrdquo Only one of the branches is in service (operating) at a given time the out-of-service branch is purged and at ambient (as-installed) condition The design specification calls for each of the meter run branches to alternate in and out of service five times every two weeks for the piping systemrsquos planned 30-year service life (N=3900 equivalent full displacement cycles) ie f = 115 in accordance with para 30235(d) The piping system is fabricated from ASTM A53 Grade B pipe (E=100) both piping headers are DN 600 (NPS 24) and the branches are DN 500 (NPS 20) and both branch and header are 953 mm (0375 in) thick For simplicity each piping segment or component is 1524 m (5 ft) in length The piping system is in normal fluid service The fluid is gaseous is considered to add no weight and to be neither a corrosive nor an erosive hazard ie there is no corrosion allowance The line is not insulated The ambient (as-installed) temperature is 4degC (40degF) The reference modulus of elasticity used is 2034 GPa (295 Msi) and Poissonrsquos ratio is 03 Consideration is given to the close proximity of the three tees in each header in accordance with the guidance in para 31936 and the stress intensification factors from Appendix D are considered to adequately represent the header tees for this piping system The piping internal pressure and minimum to maximum metal temperature range expected during normal operation for each meter run and the design conditions are listed in Table S3031 The design conditions are set sufficiently in excess of the operating conditions so as to provide additional margin on the allowable as required by the owner

S3032 Design Conditions

The design conditions establish the pressure rating flange ratings components ratings and minimum required pipe wall thickness ASME B165 requires a minimum of Class 300 for ASTM A105 flanges The minimum required wall thickness for both the branch and header is 44 mm (0171 in) considering a 125 mill tolerance therefore selection of the standard wall thickness of 95 mm (0375 in) is acceptable S3033 Computer Model Input

Table S3033 lists the node numbers lengths etc for each piping component that is displayed in Fig S3031 Note that flanges and valve components are not explicitly included in the model listing in Table S3033 For simplicity an entire branch (from tee centerline to tee centerline) is considered to be at the operating conditions listed in Table S3031 eg the East meter run branch from nodes 40 through 340 operates at 1 724 kPa (250 psi) and 121degC (250degF) for Operating Case 2 The computer-based options are the same as those for the Example 1 model except that pressure stiffening is not included in the analyses for this example see para S3013

S3034 Pressure Effects

Neither pressure stiffening nor Bourdon effects are included in the analyses

S3035 Operating Load Case(s)

The operating load case is used to determine the operating position of the piping and reaction loads for any attached equipment anchors supports guides or stops The owner has mandated in the design specification that the meter runs and piping be more than adequately supported Therefore the operating load case while necessary to set the limits of the strain ranges does not contribute to the emphasis of this example and its output is not included Table C-1 and C-2 values used for Row A and Row B expansion coefficients are listed below Row A = 123x10-6mmmmoC (680x10-6 ininoF) Row B = 134 mmm (168 in100 ft)

S3036 Sustained Load Case

Stresses due to the sustained loads such as axial forces internal pressure and intensified bending moments in this example are combined in accordance with para320 to determine SL For reasons similar to those expressed for the operating load case the sustained load case output is not included

S3037 Displacement Stress Range Load Cases

The displacement stress range SE is computed in accordance with para 31923(b) and 31931(a) in which the strains evaluated for the ambient temperature (which is also the as-installed and minimum metal temperature condition for this particular example) are algebraically subtracted from the strains evaluated for Operating Case 1 as listed in Table S3031 Similarly the displacement stress range SE is computed from the algebraic strain difference evaluated from the ambient (as-installed) condition to Operating Case 2 as listed in Table S3031 The individual displacement stress range SE along with the internal reaction loads is evaluated for each piping component in accordance with eq (17) is listed in Tables S30371 (Operating Case 1) and has the same results as listed in Table S30372 (Operating Case 2) with the exception that some signs differ (indicating the moment reversal range between the two conditions) The algebraic strain difference between the two resultant case evaluations discussed above produces the greatest displacement stress range for the piping system in accordance with paras 31921(d) 31923(b) and 31931(a) ie SE the ldquostress range corresponding to the total displacement strainsrdquo The resulting reactionsrsquo combination and SE for each piping component are listed in Table S30373

S3038 Code Compliance mdash Satisfying the Intent of the Code

The piping system is compliant with the sustained load requirements of the Code The displacement stress range from the ambient (as-installed) condition to each of the operating cases indicates the piping system is in compliance with the intent of the Code even when limited to the eq (1a) allowable SA But the ldquostress range corresponding to the total displacement strainsrdquo which considers the algebraic strain difference between the two operating cases indicates that the piping system is not protected against fatigue failure for the cycles under analysis even when considering the eq (1b) allowable SA Therefore redesign of the piping system is required If the piping system is redesigned such that it is compliant with the intent of the code then the piping system would require no further attention unless the sustained hydrostatic leak test or operating reaction loads at either anchor data point 10 or 310 or meter runs 130 or 230 exceeded the allowable loads for the attached equipment nozzles or support structure The meter loads nozzle loads and support structure analyses are beyond the scope of this example Although the occasional load cases are important to the design and analysis of a piping system they are not discussed in this example

B31 Code Case 214 Approval Date May 30 2019 ASME B313 Process Piping

Alternative Heat Treatments for Fabrication Processes

Proposal Code Case to allow the use of ASME B31P Standard Heat treatments for Fabrication Processes as an alternative to the preheat PWHT and PFHT required by B313

Explanation ASME B31P Standard Heat treatments for Fabrication Processes was published in May 2018 In order to allow the use of this Standard by the ASME Codes prior to changes being adopted in the next edition of the respective Codes this Code Case is being proposed to allow B31P to be used as an alternative to the rules currently in the published ASME B31 Codes A similar Code Case is currently being balloted in ASME B311 (18-2339)

Summary of Changes To allow the use of ASME B31P Standard Heat Treatments for Fabrication Processes as an alternative to the heat treatment rules specified in ASME B31 3

Referenced Code ASME B313 ndash 2016 amp 2018

Inquiry May the heat treatment requirements specified in ASME B31P be used as an alternative to the required heat treatments specified in paras 330 331 and 332 of ASME B313

Reply It is the opinion of the Committee that the heat treatments specified in ASME B31P may be used as an alternative to the respective heat treatments specified in ASME B313 for the materials referenced in ASME B31P

B31 Code Case 216 Approval Date March 29 2021 ASME B313 Process Piping

Use of Enhanced Pressure Ratings for Brazed Copper Tubes and Fittings by Cold

Stretch Process

Inquiry Under what condition may higher pressure ratings be used for ASTM B88 Type L tubes and

ASME B1622 fittings in ASME B313 construction

Reply It is the opinion of the Committee that enhanced pressure ratings may be used for ASTM B88

Type L tubes and ASME B1622 fittings in ASME B313 construction provided the following conditions are

met

(a) The tubes shall conform to ASTM B88 Type L in the H58 temper

(b) The fittings shall conform to ASME B1622

(c) The maximum design temperature is 38degC (100degF)

(d) The piping shall be limited to Category D and Normal Fluid Services

(e) External pressure is not permitted

(f) The maximum tube and fitting nominal or standard size is 3 in

(g) The joints shall be brazed The qualification of brazing procedures brazers and brazing operators shall be in accordance with para 3282 Silver brazing filler metals (BAg‐XX) with

appropriate flux shall be used in the brazing process

(h) In brazing qualification the specimen in the tension test shall break in the base metal outside of

the joint with tensile strength equal to or greater than (207 MPa) 30 ksi

(i) The piping system shall receive a cold stretch operation by hydrostatic or pneumatic pressure

test in accordance with para 345 except the minimum test pressure shall be 17 times the design pressure and the maximum test pressure shall be 18 times the design pressure The test pressure shall be

maintained for at least 20 min

(j) The internal design gage pressure P shall not exceed the pressure calculated as follows

208

Where S = 689 MPa (100 ksi)

t = minimum wall thickness for ASTM B88 Type L D = maximum outside diameter for annealed temper ASTM B88 Type L

(k) Piping flexibility analysis shall be performed in accordance with para 319 using the basic

allowable stresses (Sc and Sh) equal to 414 MPa (60 ksi)

(l) Analysis of sustained loads shall be performed in accordance with para 320 using the basic

allowable stresses (Sh) equal to 414 MPa (60 ksi)

(m) Before cold stretch operation the brazed joints shall be 100 visually examined The following

conditions are not permitted

1) The presence of flux residue and unmelted filler metal

2) Excessive oxidation of the joint

3) Cracks in braze metal or base material

(n) Additional brazing is not permitted after the cold stretch operation If a braze repair is required

the following conditions shall be satisfied

1) The braze joint to be repaired shall be removed and replaced along with 150 mm (6 in)

of tube on each side of the joint

2) The piping shall receive the cold stretch operation as required in (i)

(o) The design cold stretch and repair records shall be retained by the owner for the life of the piping

B31 Code Case 217 Approval Date September 3 2021

ASME B313 Process Piping

Alternative NDE Personnel Qualification and Certification Requirements

Referenced Code ASME B313 ndash 2018 amp 2020

Inquiry May alternative personnel qualification and certification requirements be used as options to those specified in ASME B313 para 3421

Reply It is the opinion of the Committee that the personnel qualification and certification requirements below may be used as alternatives to those specified in ASME B313 para 3421 Personnel performing nondestructive examination to the requirements of this Code shall be qualified and certified for the method to be utilized in accordance with their employerrsquos written practice The written practice shall be based on the training examination and experience requirements of one of the following

(a) ASME BPVC Section V Article 1

(b) ASNT CP-189

(c) ASNT SNT-TC-1A

(d) Other national or international central certification program or standard

Page 19: B31.3 Code Cases

S3012 Design Conditions

The design conditions establish the pressure rating flange ratings component ratings and minimum required pipe wall thickness in accordance with para 30121 For example ASME B165 requires a minimum of Class 300 for ASTM A105 flanges Also the minimum required pipe wall thickness tm is determined from the design conditions by inserting eq (3a) into eq (2) terms are defined in para 30411 and Appendix J E = 10 P = design pressure = 3 800 kPa (550 psi) S = allowable stress from Appendix A Tables A-1 and A-1M = 1274 MPa (184 ksi) at design temperature 288oC (550oF) W = 10 for carbon steel at any temperature in accordance with Table 30235 Note (9) Y = 04 from Table 30411 Insert eq (3a) into eq (2)

tm = t + c =

=

159

= 599 mm + 159 mm = 758 mm (0299 in) In accordance with para 30412(a) t must be less than D6 for eq (3a) to be appropriate without considering additional factors to compute the pressure design thickness t ie t D6 or 758 mm 4064 mm6 Since 758 mm (0299 in) 677 mm (267 in) and 0030 0385 eq (3a) is applicable without special consideration of factors listed in para 30412(b) Now select a pipe schedule of adequate thickness Determine the specified minimum pipe wall thickness T from nominal pipe wall thickness ₸ considering a mill tolerance of 125 Select DN 400 (NPS 16) Schedule 30STD nominal wall thickness from ASME B3610M ₸ = 953 mm (0375 in) T = (953 mm)(100 minus 0125) = 834 mm (0328 in) Since T tm (ie 834 mm (0328 in) 758 mm (0299 in)) the selection of the nominal pipe wall thickness ₸ for Schedule 30STD pipe is acceptable The long radius elbows specified for this piping system are in accordance with ASME B169 and are specified to be for use with Schedule 30STD wall thickness pipe

S3013 Computer Model Input

Tables S30131 and S30132 list the ldquonode numbersrdquo lengths etc for each piping element displayed in Fig S3011 A bend radius of 15 times the nominal pipe diameter [ie 6096 mm (24 in)] and nominal wall thickness of 953 mm (0375 in) are used for the elbows in the computer model Generic computer program options are as follows (a) include pressure stiffening on elbows (b) exclude pressure thrust and Bourdon effects (c) use nominal section properties for the stiffnesses forces moments and deflections calculation (d) use ldquonominal less allowancesrdquo section properties for the stress due to sustained loads SL calculation (e) use nominal section properties for displacement stress range SE calculation

minimum metal temp -1oC (30oF) ambient (as-installed) temp -1oC (30oF)

S3014 Pressure Effects

For the operating sustained and displacement stress range load cases the effect of pressure stiffening on the elbows is included to determine the end reactions in accordance with Appendix D Note (6) (and ASME B31J Table 1-1 Note(4) ) The effects of pressure-induced elongation and Bourdon effects are not included as both are deemed negligible for this particular example

S3015 The Operating Load Case

The operating load case is used to determine the operating position of the piping and reaction loads for any attached equipment anchors supports guides or stops The operating load case is based on the temperature range from the ambient (as-installed) temperature of -1degC (30degF) to the maximum operating metal temperature of 260degC (500degF) in accordance with paras 31923(b) and 31931(b) Tables C-1 and C-2 values used for Row A and Row B expansion coefficients are listed below Row A = 131x10-6 mmmmoC (730x10-6 ininoF) Row B = 343 mmm (400 in100 ft) The operating load case in this example also includes the effects of internal pressure pipe weight insulation weight and fluid weight on the piping system Both pipe stiffness and displacement stress range are based on the nominal thickness of the pipe Pipe deflections and internal reaction loads for the operating load case are listed in Table S30151 Piping loads acting on the anchors and support structure are listed in Table S30152

S3016 The Sustained Load Case

Stresses due to the sustained loads such as axial forces internal pressure and intensified bending moments in this example are combined in accordance with para320 to determine SL The sustained load case excludes thermal effects and includes the effects of internal pressure [P1=3450 kPa (500 psi)] pipe weight insulation weight and fluid weight on the piping system Nominal section properties are used to generate the stiffness matrix and sustained loads for the computer model in accordance with para 31935 The nominal thickness less allowances is used to calculate the section properties for SL in accordance with para 320 A summary of the sustained load case internal reaction forces moments and stress due to sustained loads SL is provided in Table S3016 Since this example model lies in only one plane only the stress due to sustained bending moments due to the in-plane bending moment is not zero The in-plane bending moment is intensified at each elbow by the sustained in-plane moment index for an unflanged elbow Ii Note that SL for the nodes listed in Table S3016 do not exceed the 1308 MPa (190 ksi) sustained allowable stress Sh for A106 Grade B piping at the operating maximum metal temperature T1 = 260degC (500degF) from Appendix A Tables A-1 and A-1M By limiting SL to Sh in accordance with para 30235(c) the piping system is deemed adequately protected against collapse

S3017 The Displacement Stress Range Load Case

The displacement stress range SE in this example is based on the temperature range from the minimum metal (as-installed) temperature minus1degC (30degF) to maximum metal temperature for the thermal cycles under analysis [T1 = 260degC (500degF)] in accordance with paras 31923(b) and 31931(a) The displacement stress range SE for each element is calculated in accordance with eq (17) and is listed in Table S3017 along with the internal reaction loads Nominal section properties are used to generate the stiffness matrix and displacement stress ranges in the piping in accordance with para 31935 Since this example model lies in only one plane only the in-plane bending moment range is not zero The in-plane moment range is intensified at each elbow in accordance with Appendix D (and ASME B31J Table 1-1) stress intensification factor ii for an unflanged elbow For simplicity the allowable displacement stress range SA is calculated in accordance with eq (1a) Though eq (1a) is used in this example it is also acceptable to calculate SA in accordance with eq (1b) which permits SA to exceed the eq (1a) value for each piping element based on the magnitude of each elementrsquos SL The following terms are as defined in para 30235(d) and Appendix J f = 100 for 7 000 equivalent full displacement cycles from Fig 30235 or eq (1c) SA = f (125 Sc + 025 Sh) = (100)[(125)(138 MPa) + (025)(1308 MPa)] = 2052 MPa (2975 ksi) Sc = allowable stress from Appendix A Tables A-1 and A-1M = 138 MPa (200 ksi) at ambient (as-installed) temperature Sh = allowable stress from Appendix A Tables A-1 and A-1M = 1308 MPa (190 ksi) at T1 T1 = maximum metal temperature = 260degC (500degF) Note that each piping elementrsquos displacement stress range based on minimum to maximum metal temperature for the thermal cycles under analysis SE does not exceed the eq (1a) allowable SA By limiting SE to SA the piping system is deemed adequate to accommodate up to 7 000 equivalent full displacement cycles Considering both the stress due to sustained loads and displacement stress range load cases the piping system is compliant with the requirements of the Code redesign of the piping system is not required unless the sustained or operating reaction loads at either anchor data point 10 or 50 exceed the allowable loads for the attached equipment nozzle or the support structure at node 20 is overloaded The nozzle load and support structure analyses are beyond the scope of this Appendix and are not addressed

S302 EXAMPLE 2 ANTICIPATED SUSTAINED CONDITIONS CONSIDERING PIPE LIFT-OFF

S3021 Example Description

This example is intended to illustrate the analysis of a piping system in which a portion of the piping lifts off at least one Y+ support in at least one operating condition The emphasis of this example is to describe the effect this removal of support has on the determination of anticipated sustained conditions The same principles utilized for this example would also apply for guides and stops (that are single directional or gap-type) that are not engaged during any anticipated operating condition The examples in this Appendix are intended for illustration purposes only and are not intended to portray the same as either adequate or even acceptable piping geometries andor support scenarios The piping system in Fig S3021 is the same in material properties as in Example 1 see paraS3011 Note the distance from node 20 to the elbow node 30 and from nodes 120 to 130 in Example 2rsquos model is 152 m (5 ft) Note that both the design and operating conditions are well below the creep regime therefore the piping system will not develop any permanent creep-related displacements relaxation or sag

S3022 Design Conditions

The design conditions are similar to those in the Example 1 model see para S3012 and Table S3022 Note that the nominal thickness remains unchanged from Example 1 even though the design temperature and corrosion allowance have increased the corrosion allowance in this example model is 318 mm (0125 in)

S3023 Computer Model Input

Table S3023 lists the node numbers lengths etc for each piping component that is displayed in Fig S3021 The computer-based options are the same as those for the Example 1 model see para S3013

S3024 Pressure Effects

The pressure effect considerations are the same as those for Example 1 see para 3014

S3025 The Operating Load Case

The Operating Case evaluated and discussed in this example includes the effects of pipe weight insulation weight fluid weight internal pressure [P1= 3 040 kPa (440 psi)] and temperature [(T1=288oC (550oF)] Table C-1 and C-2 values used for Row A and Row B expansion coefficients are listed below Row A = 132x10-6 mmmmoC (735x10-6 ininoF) Row B = 380 mmm (45 in100 ft) An operating load case is evaluated to determine the operating position of the piping and determine the reaction loads for any attached equipment anchors supports guides or stops In particular each operating load casersquos support scenario is evaluated or assessed by the designer in order to determine whether any anticipated sustained conditions need to be evaluated with one or more Y+ supports removed Further operating load case discussion can be found in para S3015 Piping loads acting on the anchors and support structure for the operating load case are listed in Table S3025 Note that only nodes 10 through 50 are listed in the following tables this is for convenience since the model is symmetric the reactions deflections and stresses for nodes 10 through 40 are the same as for nodes 110 through 140 except that some signs may be reversed

S3026 Sustained Conditions

S30261 The Stress Due to Sustained Loads SL Calculations The stress due to (long-term) sustained loads SL is computed in accordance with para 3202 for each sustained condition that is evaluated see para S30262

S30262 Anticipated Sustained Conditions All anticipated sustained conditions utilizing all possible support scenarios should be considered The designer has identified three anticipated sustained conditions for the piping system each is listed in Table S30262 along with the support status of the node 50 Y+ support as either assessed by analysis or determined by the designer The designer has deemed the Sustained Condition 3 as both controlling the sustained design and requiring evaluation

S30263 Results for the Evaluated Sustained Condition Table S30262rsquos Sustained Conditions 1 and 2 reflect the ambient temperature support scenario Sustained Condition 3 reflects the support scenario of the Operating Case All three Sustained Conditions exclude thermal effects Sustained Conditions 2 and 3 include the effects of internal pressure [P1= 3 040 kPa (440 psi)] pipe weight insulation weight and fluid weight on the piping system A summary of the Sustained Condition 3 reactions and stresses due to sustained loads SL appear in Table S30263 In the determination of SL the sustained longitudinal force index Ia is defaulted to 10 in the absence of more applicable data in accordance with para 320 The in-plane bending moment is indexed at each elbow by the appropriate Ii calculated for this example by multiplying 075 times ii determined from Appendix D (and ASME B31J Table 1-1) See para S3016 for additional information concerning the stress due to sustained loads determination

S3027 Displacement Stress Range Load Cases

The displacement stress range load cases are not listed since they are not the subject of this example

S3028 Code Compliance mdash Satisfying the Intent of the Code

The Sustained Condition 3 results indicate that the piping system is not protected against collapse for the cycles under analysis when considering the Operating Case support scenario Note the greatest Stresses due to Sustained Loads SL are at elbow nodes 40 and 140 and ldquoLift-Offrdquo support location node 50 Therefore redesign of the piping system is required If the piping system is redesigned such that it is compliant with the intent of the Code then the piping system would require no further attention unless the sustained hydrostatic leak test or operating reaction loads at either anchor data point 10 or 110 exceed the allowable loads for the attached equipment nozzle or the support structure at either node 20 or 120 is overloaded The nozzle loads and support structure analyses are beyond the scope of this Appendix and are not addressed Although the occasional load cases are important to the design and analysis of a piping system they are not discussed in this example

S303 EXAMPLE 3 MOMENT REVERSAL

S3031 Example Description

This example is intended to illustrate the flexibility analysis required for a piping system that is designed for more than one operating condition and also experiences a ldquoreversal of momentsrdquo between any two of the anticipated operating conditions The examples in this Appendix are intended for illustration purposes only and are not intended to portray the same as either adequate or even acceptable piping geometries andor support scenarios also Both the design and operating conditions are well below the creep regime The piping system in Fig S3031 consists of two headers and two branches which are referred to as gas ldquometer runsrdquo Only one of the branches is in service (operating) at a given time the out-of-service branch is purged and at ambient (as-installed) condition The design specification calls for each of the meter run branches to alternate in and out of service five times every two weeks for the piping systemrsquos planned 30-year service life (N=3900 equivalent full displacement cycles) ie f = 115 in accordance with para 30235(d) The piping system is fabricated from ASTM A53 Grade B pipe (E=100) both piping headers are DN 600 (NPS 24) and the branches are DN 500 (NPS 20) and both branch and header are 953 mm (0375 in) thick For simplicity each piping segment or component is 1524 m (5 ft) in length The piping system is in normal fluid service The fluid is gaseous is considered to add no weight and to be neither a corrosive nor an erosive hazard ie there is no corrosion allowance The line is not insulated The ambient (as-installed) temperature is 4degC (40degF) The reference modulus of elasticity used is 2034 GPa (295 Msi) and Poissonrsquos ratio is 03 Consideration is given to the close proximity of the three tees in each header in accordance with the guidance in para 31936 and the stress intensification factors from Appendix D are considered to adequately represent the header tees for this piping system The piping internal pressure and minimum to maximum metal temperature range expected during normal operation for each meter run and the design conditions are listed in Table S3031 The design conditions are set sufficiently in excess of the operating conditions so as to provide additional margin on the allowable as required by the owner

S3032 Design Conditions

The design conditions establish the pressure rating flange ratings components ratings and minimum required pipe wall thickness ASME B165 requires a minimum of Class 300 for ASTM A105 flanges The minimum required wall thickness for both the branch and header is 44 mm (0171 in) considering a 125 mill tolerance therefore selection of the standard wall thickness of 95 mm (0375 in) is acceptable S3033 Computer Model Input

Table S3033 lists the node numbers lengths etc for each piping component that is displayed in Fig S3031 Note that flanges and valve components are not explicitly included in the model listing in Table S3033 For simplicity an entire branch (from tee centerline to tee centerline) is considered to be at the operating conditions listed in Table S3031 eg the East meter run branch from nodes 40 through 340 operates at 1 724 kPa (250 psi) and 121degC (250degF) for Operating Case 2 The computer-based options are the same as those for the Example 1 model except that pressure stiffening is not included in the analyses for this example see para S3013

S3034 Pressure Effects

Neither pressure stiffening nor Bourdon effects are included in the analyses

S3035 Operating Load Case(s)

The operating load case is used to determine the operating position of the piping and reaction loads for any attached equipment anchors supports guides or stops The owner has mandated in the design specification that the meter runs and piping be more than adequately supported Therefore the operating load case while necessary to set the limits of the strain ranges does not contribute to the emphasis of this example and its output is not included Table C-1 and C-2 values used for Row A and Row B expansion coefficients are listed below Row A = 123x10-6mmmmoC (680x10-6 ininoF) Row B = 134 mmm (168 in100 ft)

S3036 Sustained Load Case

Stresses due to the sustained loads such as axial forces internal pressure and intensified bending moments in this example are combined in accordance with para320 to determine SL For reasons similar to those expressed for the operating load case the sustained load case output is not included

S3037 Displacement Stress Range Load Cases

The displacement stress range SE is computed in accordance with para 31923(b) and 31931(a) in which the strains evaluated for the ambient temperature (which is also the as-installed and minimum metal temperature condition for this particular example) are algebraically subtracted from the strains evaluated for Operating Case 1 as listed in Table S3031 Similarly the displacement stress range SE is computed from the algebraic strain difference evaluated from the ambient (as-installed) condition to Operating Case 2 as listed in Table S3031 The individual displacement stress range SE along with the internal reaction loads is evaluated for each piping component in accordance with eq (17) is listed in Tables S30371 (Operating Case 1) and has the same results as listed in Table S30372 (Operating Case 2) with the exception that some signs differ (indicating the moment reversal range between the two conditions) The algebraic strain difference between the two resultant case evaluations discussed above produces the greatest displacement stress range for the piping system in accordance with paras 31921(d) 31923(b) and 31931(a) ie SE the ldquostress range corresponding to the total displacement strainsrdquo The resulting reactionsrsquo combination and SE for each piping component are listed in Table S30373

S3038 Code Compliance mdash Satisfying the Intent of the Code

The piping system is compliant with the sustained load requirements of the Code The displacement stress range from the ambient (as-installed) condition to each of the operating cases indicates the piping system is in compliance with the intent of the Code even when limited to the eq (1a) allowable SA But the ldquostress range corresponding to the total displacement strainsrdquo which considers the algebraic strain difference between the two operating cases indicates that the piping system is not protected against fatigue failure for the cycles under analysis even when considering the eq (1b) allowable SA Therefore redesign of the piping system is required If the piping system is redesigned such that it is compliant with the intent of the code then the piping system would require no further attention unless the sustained hydrostatic leak test or operating reaction loads at either anchor data point 10 or 310 or meter runs 130 or 230 exceeded the allowable loads for the attached equipment nozzles or support structure The meter loads nozzle loads and support structure analyses are beyond the scope of this example Although the occasional load cases are important to the design and analysis of a piping system they are not discussed in this example

B31 Code Case 214 Approval Date May 30 2019 ASME B313 Process Piping

Alternative Heat Treatments for Fabrication Processes

Proposal Code Case to allow the use of ASME B31P Standard Heat treatments for Fabrication Processes as an alternative to the preheat PWHT and PFHT required by B313

Explanation ASME B31P Standard Heat treatments for Fabrication Processes was published in May 2018 In order to allow the use of this Standard by the ASME Codes prior to changes being adopted in the next edition of the respective Codes this Code Case is being proposed to allow B31P to be used as an alternative to the rules currently in the published ASME B31 Codes A similar Code Case is currently being balloted in ASME B311 (18-2339)

Summary of Changes To allow the use of ASME B31P Standard Heat Treatments for Fabrication Processes as an alternative to the heat treatment rules specified in ASME B31 3

Referenced Code ASME B313 ndash 2016 amp 2018

Inquiry May the heat treatment requirements specified in ASME B31P be used as an alternative to the required heat treatments specified in paras 330 331 and 332 of ASME B313

Reply It is the opinion of the Committee that the heat treatments specified in ASME B31P may be used as an alternative to the respective heat treatments specified in ASME B313 for the materials referenced in ASME B31P

B31 Code Case 216 Approval Date March 29 2021 ASME B313 Process Piping

Use of Enhanced Pressure Ratings for Brazed Copper Tubes and Fittings by Cold

Stretch Process

Inquiry Under what condition may higher pressure ratings be used for ASTM B88 Type L tubes and

ASME B1622 fittings in ASME B313 construction

Reply It is the opinion of the Committee that enhanced pressure ratings may be used for ASTM B88

Type L tubes and ASME B1622 fittings in ASME B313 construction provided the following conditions are

met

(a) The tubes shall conform to ASTM B88 Type L in the H58 temper

(b) The fittings shall conform to ASME B1622

(c) The maximum design temperature is 38degC (100degF)

(d) The piping shall be limited to Category D and Normal Fluid Services

(e) External pressure is not permitted

(f) The maximum tube and fitting nominal or standard size is 3 in

(g) The joints shall be brazed The qualification of brazing procedures brazers and brazing operators shall be in accordance with para 3282 Silver brazing filler metals (BAg‐XX) with

appropriate flux shall be used in the brazing process

(h) In brazing qualification the specimen in the tension test shall break in the base metal outside of

the joint with tensile strength equal to or greater than (207 MPa) 30 ksi

(i) The piping system shall receive a cold stretch operation by hydrostatic or pneumatic pressure

test in accordance with para 345 except the minimum test pressure shall be 17 times the design pressure and the maximum test pressure shall be 18 times the design pressure The test pressure shall be

maintained for at least 20 min

(j) The internal design gage pressure P shall not exceed the pressure calculated as follows

208

Where S = 689 MPa (100 ksi)

t = minimum wall thickness for ASTM B88 Type L D = maximum outside diameter for annealed temper ASTM B88 Type L

(k) Piping flexibility analysis shall be performed in accordance with para 319 using the basic

allowable stresses (Sc and Sh) equal to 414 MPa (60 ksi)

(l) Analysis of sustained loads shall be performed in accordance with para 320 using the basic

allowable stresses (Sh) equal to 414 MPa (60 ksi)

(m) Before cold stretch operation the brazed joints shall be 100 visually examined The following

conditions are not permitted

1) The presence of flux residue and unmelted filler metal

2) Excessive oxidation of the joint

3) Cracks in braze metal or base material

(n) Additional brazing is not permitted after the cold stretch operation If a braze repair is required

the following conditions shall be satisfied

1) The braze joint to be repaired shall be removed and replaced along with 150 mm (6 in)

of tube on each side of the joint

2) The piping shall receive the cold stretch operation as required in (i)

(o) The design cold stretch and repair records shall be retained by the owner for the life of the piping

B31 Code Case 217 Approval Date September 3 2021

ASME B313 Process Piping

Alternative NDE Personnel Qualification and Certification Requirements

Referenced Code ASME B313 ndash 2018 amp 2020

Inquiry May alternative personnel qualification and certification requirements be used as options to those specified in ASME B313 para 3421

Reply It is the opinion of the Committee that the personnel qualification and certification requirements below may be used as alternatives to those specified in ASME B313 para 3421 Personnel performing nondestructive examination to the requirements of this Code shall be qualified and certified for the method to be utilized in accordance with their employerrsquos written practice The written practice shall be based on the training examination and experience requirements of one of the following

(a) ASME BPVC Section V Article 1

(b) ASNT CP-189

(c) ASNT SNT-TC-1A

(d) Other national or international central certification program or standard

Page 20: B31.3 Code Cases

S3013 Computer Model Input

Tables S30131 and S30132 list the ldquonode numbersrdquo lengths etc for each piping element displayed in Fig S3011 A bend radius of 15 times the nominal pipe diameter [ie 6096 mm (24 in)] and nominal wall thickness of 953 mm (0375 in) are used for the elbows in the computer model Generic computer program options are as follows (a) include pressure stiffening on elbows (b) exclude pressure thrust and Bourdon effects (c) use nominal section properties for the stiffnesses forces moments and deflections calculation (d) use ldquonominal less allowancesrdquo section properties for the stress due to sustained loads SL calculation (e) use nominal section properties for displacement stress range SE calculation

minimum metal temp -1oC (30oF) ambient (as-installed) temp -1oC (30oF)

S3014 Pressure Effects

For the operating sustained and displacement stress range load cases the effect of pressure stiffening on the elbows is included to determine the end reactions in accordance with Appendix D Note (6) (and ASME B31J Table 1-1 Note(4) ) The effects of pressure-induced elongation and Bourdon effects are not included as both are deemed negligible for this particular example

S3015 The Operating Load Case

The operating load case is used to determine the operating position of the piping and reaction loads for any attached equipment anchors supports guides or stops The operating load case is based on the temperature range from the ambient (as-installed) temperature of -1degC (30degF) to the maximum operating metal temperature of 260degC (500degF) in accordance with paras 31923(b) and 31931(b) Tables C-1 and C-2 values used for Row A and Row B expansion coefficients are listed below Row A = 131x10-6 mmmmoC (730x10-6 ininoF) Row B = 343 mmm (400 in100 ft) The operating load case in this example also includes the effects of internal pressure pipe weight insulation weight and fluid weight on the piping system Both pipe stiffness and displacement stress range are based on the nominal thickness of the pipe Pipe deflections and internal reaction loads for the operating load case are listed in Table S30151 Piping loads acting on the anchors and support structure are listed in Table S30152

S3016 The Sustained Load Case

Stresses due to the sustained loads such as axial forces internal pressure and intensified bending moments in this example are combined in accordance with para320 to determine SL The sustained load case excludes thermal effects and includes the effects of internal pressure [P1=3450 kPa (500 psi)] pipe weight insulation weight and fluid weight on the piping system Nominal section properties are used to generate the stiffness matrix and sustained loads for the computer model in accordance with para 31935 The nominal thickness less allowances is used to calculate the section properties for SL in accordance with para 320 A summary of the sustained load case internal reaction forces moments and stress due to sustained loads SL is provided in Table S3016 Since this example model lies in only one plane only the stress due to sustained bending moments due to the in-plane bending moment is not zero The in-plane bending moment is intensified at each elbow by the sustained in-plane moment index for an unflanged elbow Ii Note that SL for the nodes listed in Table S3016 do not exceed the 1308 MPa (190 ksi) sustained allowable stress Sh for A106 Grade B piping at the operating maximum metal temperature T1 = 260degC (500degF) from Appendix A Tables A-1 and A-1M By limiting SL to Sh in accordance with para 30235(c) the piping system is deemed adequately protected against collapse

S3017 The Displacement Stress Range Load Case

The displacement stress range SE in this example is based on the temperature range from the minimum metal (as-installed) temperature minus1degC (30degF) to maximum metal temperature for the thermal cycles under analysis [T1 = 260degC (500degF)] in accordance with paras 31923(b) and 31931(a) The displacement stress range SE for each element is calculated in accordance with eq (17) and is listed in Table S3017 along with the internal reaction loads Nominal section properties are used to generate the stiffness matrix and displacement stress ranges in the piping in accordance with para 31935 Since this example model lies in only one plane only the in-plane bending moment range is not zero The in-plane moment range is intensified at each elbow in accordance with Appendix D (and ASME B31J Table 1-1) stress intensification factor ii for an unflanged elbow For simplicity the allowable displacement stress range SA is calculated in accordance with eq (1a) Though eq (1a) is used in this example it is also acceptable to calculate SA in accordance with eq (1b) which permits SA to exceed the eq (1a) value for each piping element based on the magnitude of each elementrsquos SL The following terms are as defined in para 30235(d) and Appendix J f = 100 for 7 000 equivalent full displacement cycles from Fig 30235 or eq (1c) SA = f (125 Sc + 025 Sh) = (100)[(125)(138 MPa) + (025)(1308 MPa)] = 2052 MPa (2975 ksi) Sc = allowable stress from Appendix A Tables A-1 and A-1M = 138 MPa (200 ksi) at ambient (as-installed) temperature Sh = allowable stress from Appendix A Tables A-1 and A-1M = 1308 MPa (190 ksi) at T1 T1 = maximum metal temperature = 260degC (500degF) Note that each piping elementrsquos displacement stress range based on minimum to maximum metal temperature for the thermal cycles under analysis SE does not exceed the eq (1a) allowable SA By limiting SE to SA the piping system is deemed adequate to accommodate up to 7 000 equivalent full displacement cycles Considering both the stress due to sustained loads and displacement stress range load cases the piping system is compliant with the requirements of the Code redesign of the piping system is not required unless the sustained or operating reaction loads at either anchor data point 10 or 50 exceed the allowable loads for the attached equipment nozzle or the support structure at node 20 is overloaded The nozzle load and support structure analyses are beyond the scope of this Appendix and are not addressed

S302 EXAMPLE 2 ANTICIPATED SUSTAINED CONDITIONS CONSIDERING PIPE LIFT-OFF

S3021 Example Description

This example is intended to illustrate the analysis of a piping system in which a portion of the piping lifts off at least one Y+ support in at least one operating condition The emphasis of this example is to describe the effect this removal of support has on the determination of anticipated sustained conditions The same principles utilized for this example would also apply for guides and stops (that are single directional or gap-type) that are not engaged during any anticipated operating condition The examples in this Appendix are intended for illustration purposes only and are not intended to portray the same as either adequate or even acceptable piping geometries andor support scenarios The piping system in Fig S3021 is the same in material properties as in Example 1 see paraS3011 Note the distance from node 20 to the elbow node 30 and from nodes 120 to 130 in Example 2rsquos model is 152 m (5 ft) Note that both the design and operating conditions are well below the creep regime therefore the piping system will not develop any permanent creep-related displacements relaxation or sag

S3022 Design Conditions

The design conditions are similar to those in the Example 1 model see para S3012 and Table S3022 Note that the nominal thickness remains unchanged from Example 1 even though the design temperature and corrosion allowance have increased the corrosion allowance in this example model is 318 mm (0125 in)

S3023 Computer Model Input

Table S3023 lists the node numbers lengths etc for each piping component that is displayed in Fig S3021 The computer-based options are the same as those for the Example 1 model see para S3013

S3024 Pressure Effects

The pressure effect considerations are the same as those for Example 1 see para 3014

S3025 The Operating Load Case

The Operating Case evaluated and discussed in this example includes the effects of pipe weight insulation weight fluid weight internal pressure [P1= 3 040 kPa (440 psi)] and temperature [(T1=288oC (550oF)] Table C-1 and C-2 values used for Row A and Row B expansion coefficients are listed below Row A = 132x10-6 mmmmoC (735x10-6 ininoF) Row B = 380 mmm (45 in100 ft) An operating load case is evaluated to determine the operating position of the piping and determine the reaction loads for any attached equipment anchors supports guides or stops In particular each operating load casersquos support scenario is evaluated or assessed by the designer in order to determine whether any anticipated sustained conditions need to be evaluated with one or more Y+ supports removed Further operating load case discussion can be found in para S3015 Piping loads acting on the anchors and support structure for the operating load case are listed in Table S3025 Note that only nodes 10 through 50 are listed in the following tables this is for convenience since the model is symmetric the reactions deflections and stresses for nodes 10 through 40 are the same as for nodes 110 through 140 except that some signs may be reversed

S3026 Sustained Conditions

S30261 The Stress Due to Sustained Loads SL Calculations The stress due to (long-term) sustained loads SL is computed in accordance with para 3202 for each sustained condition that is evaluated see para S30262

S30262 Anticipated Sustained Conditions All anticipated sustained conditions utilizing all possible support scenarios should be considered The designer has identified three anticipated sustained conditions for the piping system each is listed in Table S30262 along with the support status of the node 50 Y+ support as either assessed by analysis or determined by the designer The designer has deemed the Sustained Condition 3 as both controlling the sustained design and requiring evaluation

S30263 Results for the Evaluated Sustained Condition Table S30262rsquos Sustained Conditions 1 and 2 reflect the ambient temperature support scenario Sustained Condition 3 reflects the support scenario of the Operating Case All three Sustained Conditions exclude thermal effects Sustained Conditions 2 and 3 include the effects of internal pressure [P1= 3 040 kPa (440 psi)] pipe weight insulation weight and fluid weight on the piping system A summary of the Sustained Condition 3 reactions and stresses due to sustained loads SL appear in Table S30263 In the determination of SL the sustained longitudinal force index Ia is defaulted to 10 in the absence of more applicable data in accordance with para 320 The in-plane bending moment is indexed at each elbow by the appropriate Ii calculated for this example by multiplying 075 times ii determined from Appendix D (and ASME B31J Table 1-1) See para S3016 for additional information concerning the stress due to sustained loads determination

S3027 Displacement Stress Range Load Cases

The displacement stress range load cases are not listed since they are not the subject of this example

S3028 Code Compliance mdash Satisfying the Intent of the Code

The Sustained Condition 3 results indicate that the piping system is not protected against collapse for the cycles under analysis when considering the Operating Case support scenario Note the greatest Stresses due to Sustained Loads SL are at elbow nodes 40 and 140 and ldquoLift-Offrdquo support location node 50 Therefore redesign of the piping system is required If the piping system is redesigned such that it is compliant with the intent of the Code then the piping system would require no further attention unless the sustained hydrostatic leak test or operating reaction loads at either anchor data point 10 or 110 exceed the allowable loads for the attached equipment nozzle or the support structure at either node 20 or 120 is overloaded The nozzle loads and support structure analyses are beyond the scope of this Appendix and are not addressed Although the occasional load cases are important to the design and analysis of a piping system they are not discussed in this example

S303 EXAMPLE 3 MOMENT REVERSAL

S3031 Example Description

This example is intended to illustrate the flexibility analysis required for a piping system that is designed for more than one operating condition and also experiences a ldquoreversal of momentsrdquo between any two of the anticipated operating conditions The examples in this Appendix are intended for illustration purposes only and are not intended to portray the same as either adequate or even acceptable piping geometries andor support scenarios also Both the design and operating conditions are well below the creep regime The piping system in Fig S3031 consists of two headers and two branches which are referred to as gas ldquometer runsrdquo Only one of the branches is in service (operating) at a given time the out-of-service branch is purged and at ambient (as-installed) condition The design specification calls for each of the meter run branches to alternate in and out of service five times every two weeks for the piping systemrsquos planned 30-year service life (N=3900 equivalent full displacement cycles) ie f = 115 in accordance with para 30235(d) The piping system is fabricated from ASTM A53 Grade B pipe (E=100) both piping headers are DN 600 (NPS 24) and the branches are DN 500 (NPS 20) and both branch and header are 953 mm (0375 in) thick For simplicity each piping segment or component is 1524 m (5 ft) in length The piping system is in normal fluid service The fluid is gaseous is considered to add no weight and to be neither a corrosive nor an erosive hazard ie there is no corrosion allowance The line is not insulated The ambient (as-installed) temperature is 4degC (40degF) The reference modulus of elasticity used is 2034 GPa (295 Msi) and Poissonrsquos ratio is 03 Consideration is given to the close proximity of the three tees in each header in accordance with the guidance in para 31936 and the stress intensification factors from Appendix D are considered to adequately represent the header tees for this piping system The piping internal pressure and minimum to maximum metal temperature range expected during normal operation for each meter run and the design conditions are listed in Table S3031 The design conditions are set sufficiently in excess of the operating conditions so as to provide additional margin on the allowable as required by the owner

S3032 Design Conditions

The design conditions establish the pressure rating flange ratings components ratings and minimum required pipe wall thickness ASME B165 requires a minimum of Class 300 for ASTM A105 flanges The minimum required wall thickness for both the branch and header is 44 mm (0171 in) considering a 125 mill tolerance therefore selection of the standard wall thickness of 95 mm (0375 in) is acceptable S3033 Computer Model Input

Table S3033 lists the node numbers lengths etc for each piping component that is displayed in Fig S3031 Note that flanges and valve components are not explicitly included in the model listing in Table S3033 For simplicity an entire branch (from tee centerline to tee centerline) is considered to be at the operating conditions listed in Table S3031 eg the East meter run branch from nodes 40 through 340 operates at 1 724 kPa (250 psi) and 121degC (250degF) for Operating Case 2 The computer-based options are the same as those for the Example 1 model except that pressure stiffening is not included in the analyses for this example see para S3013

S3034 Pressure Effects

Neither pressure stiffening nor Bourdon effects are included in the analyses

S3035 Operating Load Case(s)

The operating load case is used to determine the operating position of the piping and reaction loads for any attached equipment anchors supports guides or stops The owner has mandated in the design specification that the meter runs and piping be more than adequately supported Therefore the operating load case while necessary to set the limits of the strain ranges does not contribute to the emphasis of this example and its output is not included Table C-1 and C-2 values used for Row A and Row B expansion coefficients are listed below Row A = 123x10-6mmmmoC (680x10-6 ininoF) Row B = 134 mmm (168 in100 ft)

S3036 Sustained Load Case

Stresses due to the sustained loads such as axial forces internal pressure and intensified bending moments in this example are combined in accordance with para320 to determine SL For reasons similar to those expressed for the operating load case the sustained load case output is not included

S3037 Displacement Stress Range Load Cases

The displacement stress range SE is computed in accordance with para 31923(b) and 31931(a) in which the strains evaluated for the ambient temperature (which is also the as-installed and minimum metal temperature condition for this particular example) are algebraically subtracted from the strains evaluated for Operating Case 1 as listed in Table S3031 Similarly the displacement stress range SE is computed from the algebraic strain difference evaluated from the ambient (as-installed) condition to Operating Case 2 as listed in Table S3031 The individual displacement stress range SE along with the internal reaction loads is evaluated for each piping component in accordance with eq (17) is listed in Tables S30371 (Operating Case 1) and has the same results as listed in Table S30372 (Operating Case 2) with the exception that some signs differ (indicating the moment reversal range between the two conditions) The algebraic strain difference between the two resultant case evaluations discussed above produces the greatest displacement stress range for the piping system in accordance with paras 31921(d) 31923(b) and 31931(a) ie SE the ldquostress range corresponding to the total displacement strainsrdquo The resulting reactionsrsquo combination and SE for each piping component are listed in Table S30373

S3038 Code Compliance mdash Satisfying the Intent of the Code

The piping system is compliant with the sustained load requirements of the Code The displacement stress range from the ambient (as-installed) condition to each of the operating cases indicates the piping system is in compliance with the intent of the Code even when limited to the eq (1a) allowable SA But the ldquostress range corresponding to the total displacement strainsrdquo which considers the algebraic strain difference between the two operating cases indicates that the piping system is not protected against fatigue failure for the cycles under analysis even when considering the eq (1b) allowable SA Therefore redesign of the piping system is required If the piping system is redesigned such that it is compliant with the intent of the code then the piping system would require no further attention unless the sustained hydrostatic leak test or operating reaction loads at either anchor data point 10 or 310 or meter runs 130 or 230 exceeded the allowable loads for the attached equipment nozzles or support structure The meter loads nozzle loads and support structure analyses are beyond the scope of this example Although the occasional load cases are important to the design and analysis of a piping system they are not discussed in this example

B31 Code Case 214 Approval Date May 30 2019 ASME B313 Process Piping

Alternative Heat Treatments for Fabrication Processes

Proposal Code Case to allow the use of ASME B31P Standard Heat treatments for Fabrication Processes as an alternative to the preheat PWHT and PFHT required by B313

Explanation ASME B31P Standard Heat treatments for Fabrication Processes was published in May 2018 In order to allow the use of this Standard by the ASME Codes prior to changes being adopted in the next edition of the respective Codes this Code Case is being proposed to allow B31P to be used as an alternative to the rules currently in the published ASME B31 Codes A similar Code Case is currently being balloted in ASME B311 (18-2339)

Summary of Changes To allow the use of ASME B31P Standard Heat Treatments for Fabrication Processes as an alternative to the heat treatment rules specified in ASME B31 3

Referenced Code ASME B313 ndash 2016 amp 2018

Inquiry May the heat treatment requirements specified in ASME B31P be used as an alternative to the required heat treatments specified in paras 330 331 and 332 of ASME B313

Reply It is the opinion of the Committee that the heat treatments specified in ASME B31P may be used as an alternative to the respective heat treatments specified in ASME B313 for the materials referenced in ASME B31P

B31 Code Case 216 Approval Date March 29 2021 ASME B313 Process Piping

Use of Enhanced Pressure Ratings for Brazed Copper Tubes and Fittings by Cold

Stretch Process

Inquiry Under what condition may higher pressure ratings be used for ASTM B88 Type L tubes and

ASME B1622 fittings in ASME B313 construction

Reply It is the opinion of the Committee that enhanced pressure ratings may be used for ASTM B88

Type L tubes and ASME B1622 fittings in ASME B313 construction provided the following conditions are

met

(a) The tubes shall conform to ASTM B88 Type L in the H58 temper

(b) The fittings shall conform to ASME B1622

(c) The maximum design temperature is 38degC (100degF)

(d) The piping shall be limited to Category D and Normal Fluid Services

(e) External pressure is not permitted

(f) The maximum tube and fitting nominal or standard size is 3 in

(g) The joints shall be brazed The qualification of brazing procedures brazers and brazing operators shall be in accordance with para 3282 Silver brazing filler metals (BAg‐XX) with

appropriate flux shall be used in the brazing process

(h) In brazing qualification the specimen in the tension test shall break in the base metal outside of

the joint with tensile strength equal to or greater than (207 MPa) 30 ksi

(i) The piping system shall receive a cold stretch operation by hydrostatic or pneumatic pressure

test in accordance with para 345 except the minimum test pressure shall be 17 times the design pressure and the maximum test pressure shall be 18 times the design pressure The test pressure shall be

maintained for at least 20 min

(j) The internal design gage pressure P shall not exceed the pressure calculated as follows

208

Where S = 689 MPa (100 ksi)

t = minimum wall thickness for ASTM B88 Type L D = maximum outside diameter for annealed temper ASTM B88 Type L

(k) Piping flexibility analysis shall be performed in accordance with para 319 using the basic

allowable stresses (Sc and Sh) equal to 414 MPa (60 ksi)

(l) Analysis of sustained loads shall be performed in accordance with para 320 using the basic

allowable stresses (Sh) equal to 414 MPa (60 ksi)

(m) Before cold stretch operation the brazed joints shall be 100 visually examined The following

conditions are not permitted

1) The presence of flux residue and unmelted filler metal

2) Excessive oxidation of the joint

3) Cracks in braze metal or base material

(n) Additional brazing is not permitted after the cold stretch operation If a braze repair is required

the following conditions shall be satisfied

1) The braze joint to be repaired shall be removed and replaced along with 150 mm (6 in)

of tube on each side of the joint

2) The piping shall receive the cold stretch operation as required in (i)

(o) The design cold stretch and repair records shall be retained by the owner for the life of the piping

B31 Code Case 217 Approval Date September 3 2021

ASME B313 Process Piping

Alternative NDE Personnel Qualification and Certification Requirements

Referenced Code ASME B313 ndash 2018 amp 2020

Inquiry May alternative personnel qualification and certification requirements be used as options to those specified in ASME B313 para 3421

Reply It is the opinion of the Committee that the personnel qualification and certification requirements below may be used as alternatives to those specified in ASME B313 para 3421 Personnel performing nondestructive examination to the requirements of this Code shall be qualified and certified for the method to be utilized in accordance with their employerrsquos written practice The written practice shall be based on the training examination and experience requirements of one of the following

(a) ASME BPVC Section V Article 1

(b) ASNT CP-189

(c) ASNT SNT-TC-1A

(d) Other national or international central certification program or standard

Page 21: B31.3 Code Cases

S3014 Pressure Effects

For the operating sustained and displacement stress range load cases the effect of pressure stiffening on the elbows is included to determine the end reactions in accordance with Appendix D Note (6) (and ASME B31J Table 1-1 Note(4) ) The effects of pressure-induced elongation and Bourdon effects are not included as both are deemed negligible for this particular example

S3015 The Operating Load Case

The operating load case is used to determine the operating position of the piping and reaction loads for any attached equipment anchors supports guides or stops The operating load case is based on the temperature range from the ambient (as-installed) temperature of -1degC (30degF) to the maximum operating metal temperature of 260degC (500degF) in accordance with paras 31923(b) and 31931(b) Tables C-1 and C-2 values used for Row A and Row B expansion coefficients are listed below Row A = 131x10-6 mmmmoC (730x10-6 ininoF) Row B = 343 mmm (400 in100 ft) The operating load case in this example also includes the effects of internal pressure pipe weight insulation weight and fluid weight on the piping system Both pipe stiffness and displacement stress range are based on the nominal thickness of the pipe Pipe deflections and internal reaction loads for the operating load case are listed in Table S30151 Piping loads acting on the anchors and support structure are listed in Table S30152

S3016 The Sustained Load Case

Stresses due to the sustained loads such as axial forces internal pressure and intensified bending moments in this example are combined in accordance with para320 to determine SL The sustained load case excludes thermal effects and includes the effects of internal pressure [P1=3450 kPa (500 psi)] pipe weight insulation weight and fluid weight on the piping system Nominal section properties are used to generate the stiffness matrix and sustained loads for the computer model in accordance with para 31935 The nominal thickness less allowances is used to calculate the section properties for SL in accordance with para 320 A summary of the sustained load case internal reaction forces moments and stress due to sustained loads SL is provided in Table S3016 Since this example model lies in only one plane only the stress due to sustained bending moments due to the in-plane bending moment is not zero The in-plane bending moment is intensified at each elbow by the sustained in-plane moment index for an unflanged elbow Ii Note that SL for the nodes listed in Table S3016 do not exceed the 1308 MPa (190 ksi) sustained allowable stress Sh for A106 Grade B piping at the operating maximum metal temperature T1 = 260degC (500degF) from Appendix A Tables A-1 and A-1M By limiting SL to Sh in accordance with para 30235(c) the piping system is deemed adequately protected against collapse

S3017 The Displacement Stress Range Load Case

The displacement stress range SE in this example is based on the temperature range from the minimum metal (as-installed) temperature minus1degC (30degF) to maximum metal temperature for the thermal cycles under analysis [T1 = 260degC (500degF)] in accordance with paras 31923(b) and 31931(a) The displacement stress range SE for each element is calculated in accordance with eq (17) and is listed in Table S3017 along with the internal reaction loads Nominal section properties are used to generate the stiffness matrix and displacement stress ranges in the piping in accordance with para 31935 Since this example model lies in only one plane only the in-plane bending moment range is not zero The in-plane moment range is intensified at each elbow in accordance with Appendix D (and ASME B31J Table 1-1) stress intensification factor ii for an unflanged elbow For simplicity the allowable displacement stress range SA is calculated in accordance with eq (1a) Though eq (1a) is used in this example it is also acceptable to calculate SA in accordance with eq (1b) which permits SA to exceed the eq (1a) value for each piping element based on the magnitude of each elementrsquos SL The following terms are as defined in para 30235(d) and Appendix J f = 100 for 7 000 equivalent full displacement cycles from Fig 30235 or eq (1c) SA = f (125 Sc + 025 Sh) = (100)[(125)(138 MPa) + (025)(1308 MPa)] = 2052 MPa (2975 ksi) Sc = allowable stress from Appendix A Tables A-1 and A-1M = 138 MPa (200 ksi) at ambient (as-installed) temperature Sh = allowable stress from Appendix A Tables A-1 and A-1M = 1308 MPa (190 ksi) at T1 T1 = maximum metal temperature = 260degC (500degF) Note that each piping elementrsquos displacement stress range based on minimum to maximum metal temperature for the thermal cycles under analysis SE does not exceed the eq (1a) allowable SA By limiting SE to SA the piping system is deemed adequate to accommodate up to 7 000 equivalent full displacement cycles Considering both the stress due to sustained loads and displacement stress range load cases the piping system is compliant with the requirements of the Code redesign of the piping system is not required unless the sustained or operating reaction loads at either anchor data point 10 or 50 exceed the allowable loads for the attached equipment nozzle or the support structure at node 20 is overloaded The nozzle load and support structure analyses are beyond the scope of this Appendix and are not addressed

S302 EXAMPLE 2 ANTICIPATED SUSTAINED CONDITIONS CONSIDERING PIPE LIFT-OFF

S3021 Example Description

This example is intended to illustrate the analysis of a piping system in which a portion of the piping lifts off at least one Y+ support in at least one operating condition The emphasis of this example is to describe the effect this removal of support has on the determination of anticipated sustained conditions The same principles utilized for this example would also apply for guides and stops (that are single directional or gap-type) that are not engaged during any anticipated operating condition The examples in this Appendix are intended for illustration purposes only and are not intended to portray the same as either adequate or even acceptable piping geometries andor support scenarios The piping system in Fig S3021 is the same in material properties as in Example 1 see paraS3011 Note the distance from node 20 to the elbow node 30 and from nodes 120 to 130 in Example 2rsquos model is 152 m (5 ft) Note that both the design and operating conditions are well below the creep regime therefore the piping system will not develop any permanent creep-related displacements relaxation or sag

S3022 Design Conditions

The design conditions are similar to those in the Example 1 model see para S3012 and Table S3022 Note that the nominal thickness remains unchanged from Example 1 even though the design temperature and corrosion allowance have increased the corrosion allowance in this example model is 318 mm (0125 in)

S3023 Computer Model Input

Table S3023 lists the node numbers lengths etc for each piping component that is displayed in Fig S3021 The computer-based options are the same as those for the Example 1 model see para S3013

S3024 Pressure Effects

The pressure effect considerations are the same as those for Example 1 see para 3014

S3025 The Operating Load Case

The Operating Case evaluated and discussed in this example includes the effects of pipe weight insulation weight fluid weight internal pressure [P1= 3 040 kPa (440 psi)] and temperature [(T1=288oC (550oF)] Table C-1 and C-2 values used for Row A and Row B expansion coefficients are listed below Row A = 132x10-6 mmmmoC (735x10-6 ininoF) Row B = 380 mmm (45 in100 ft) An operating load case is evaluated to determine the operating position of the piping and determine the reaction loads for any attached equipment anchors supports guides or stops In particular each operating load casersquos support scenario is evaluated or assessed by the designer in order to determine whether any anticipated sustained conditions need to be evaluated with one or more Y+ supports removed Further operating load case discussion can be found in para S3015 Piping loads acting on the anchors and support structure for the operating load case are listed in Table S3025 Note that only nodes 10 through 50 are listed in the following tables this is for convenience since the model is symmetric the reactions deflections and stresses for nodes 10 through 40 are the same as for nodes 110 through 140 except that some signs may be reversed

S3026 Sustained Conditions

S30261 The Stress Due to Sustained Loads SL Calculations The stress due to (long-term) sustained loads SL is computed in accordance with para 3202 for each sustained condition that is evaluated see para S30262

S30262 Anticipated Sustained Conditions All anticipated sustained conditions utilizing all possible support scenarios should be considered The designer has identified three anticipated sustained conditions for the piping system each is listed in Table S30262 along with the support status of the node 50 Y+ support as either assessed by analysis or determined by the designer The designer has deemed the Sustained Condition 3 as both controlling the sustained design and requiring evaluation

S30263 Results for the Evaluated Sustained Condition Table S30262rsquos Sustained Conditions 1 and 2 reflect the ambient temperature support scenario Sustained Condition 3 reflects the support scenario of the Operating Case All three Sustained Conditions exclude thermal effects Sustained Conditions 2 and 3 include the effects of internal pressure [P1= 3 040 kPa (440 psi)] pipe weight insulation weight and fluid weight on the piping system A summary of the Sustained Condition 3 reactions and stresses due to sustained loads SL appear in Table S30263 In the determination of SL the sustained longitudinal force index Ia is defaulted to 10 in the absence of more applicable data in accordance with para 320 The in-plane bending moment is indexed at each elbow by the appropriate Ii calculated for this example by multiplying 075 times ii determined from Appendix D (and ASME B31J Table 1-1) See para S3016 for additional information concerning the stress due to sustained loads determination

S3027 Displacement Stress Range Load Cases

The displacement stress range load cases are not listed since they are not the subject of this example

S3028 Code Compliance mdash Satisfying the Intent of the Code

The Sustained Condition 3 results indicate that the piping system is not protected against collapse for the cycles under analysis when considering the Operating Case support scenario Note the greatest Stresses due to Sustained Loads SL are at elbow nodes 40 and 140 and ldquoLift-Offrdquo support location node 50 Therefore redesign of the piping system is required If the piping system is redesigned such that it is compliant with the intent of the Code then the piping system would require no further attention unless the sustained hydrostatic leak test or operating reaction loads at either anchor data point 10 or 110 exceed the allowable loads for the attached equipment nozzle or the support structure at either node 20 or 120 is overloaded The nozzle loads and support structure analyses are beyond the scope of this Appendix and are not addressed Although the occasional load cases are important to the design and analysis of a piping system they are not discussed in this example

S303 EXAMPLE 3 MOMENT REVERSAL

S3031 Example Description

This example is intended to illustrate the flexibility analysis required for a piping system that is designed for more than one operating condition and also experiences a ldquoreversal of momentsrdquo between any two of the anticipated operating conditions The examples in this Appendix are intended for illustration purposes only and are not intended to portray the same as either adequate or even acceptable piping geometries andor support scenarios also Both the design and operating conditions are well below the creep regime The piping system in Fig S3031 consists of two headers and two branches which are referred to as gas ldquometer runsrdquo Only one of the branches is in service (operating) at a given time the out-of-service branch is purged and at ambient (as-installed) condition The design specification calls for each of the meter run branches to alternate in and out of service five times every two weeks for the piping systemrsquos planned 30-year service life (N=3900 equivalent full displacement cycles) ie f = 115 in accordance with para 30235(d) The piping system is fabricated from ASTM A53 Grade B pipe (E=100) both piping headers are DN 600 (NPS 24) and the branches are DN 500 (NPS 20) and both branch and header are 953 mm (0375 in) thick For simplicity each piping segment or component is 1524 m (5 ft) in length The piping system is in normal fluid service The fluid is gaseous is considered to add no weight and to be neither a corrosive nor an erosive hazard ie there is no corrosion allowance The line is not insulated The ambient (as-installed) temperature is 4degC (40degF) The reference modulus of elasticity used is 2034 GPa (295 Msi) and Poissonrsquos ratio is 03 Consideration is given to the close proximity of the three tees in each header in accordance with the guidance in para 31936 and the stress intensification factors from Appendix D are considered to adequately represent the header tees for this piping system The piping internal pressure and minimum to maximum metal temperature range expected during normal operation for each meter run and the design conditions are listed in Table S3031 The design conditions are set sufficiently in excess of the operating conditions so as to provide additional margin on the allowable as required by the owner

S3032 Design Conditions

The design conditions establish the pressure rating flange ratings components ratings and minimum required pipe wall thickness ASME B165 requires a minimum of Class 300 for ASTM A105 flanges The minimum required wall thickness for both the branch and header is 44 mm (0171 in) considering a 125 mill tolerance therefore selection of the standard wall thickness of 95 mm (0375 in) is acceptable S3033 Computer Model Input

Table S3033 lists the node numbers lengths etc for each piping component that is displayed in Fig S3031 Note that flanges and valve components are not explicitly included in the model listing in Table S3033 For simplicity an entire branch (from tee centerline to tee centerline) is considered to be at the operating conditions listed in Table S3031 eg the East meter run branch from nodes 40 through 340 operates at 1 724 kPa (250 psi) and 121degC (250degF) for Operating Case 2 The computer-based options are the same as those for the Example 1 model except that pressure stiffening is not included in the analyses for this example see para S3013

S3034 Pressure Effects

Neither pressure stiffening nor Bourdon effects are included in the analyses

S3035 Operating Load Case(s)

The operating load case is used to determine the operating position of the piping and reaction loads for any attached equipment anchors supports guides or stops The owner has mandated in the design specification that the meter runs and piping be more than adequately supported Therefore the operating load case while necessary to set the limits of the strain ranges does not contribute to the emphasis of this example and its output is not included Table C-1 and C-2 values used for Row A and Row B expansion coefficients are listed below Row A = 123x10-6mmmmoC (680x10-6 ininoF) Row B = 134 mmm (168 in100 ft)

S3036 Sustained Load Case

Stresses due to the sustained loads such as axial forces internal pressure and intensified bending moments in this example are combined in accordance with para320 to determine SL For reasons similar to those expressed for the operating load case the sustained load case output is not included

S3037 Displacement Stress Range Load Cases

The displacement stress range SE is computed in accordance with para 31923(b) and 31931(a) in which the strains evaluated for the ambient temperature (which is also the as-installed and minimum metal temperature condition for this particular example) are algebraically subtracted from the strains evaluated for Operating Case 1 as listed in Table S3031 Similarly the displacement stress range SE is computed from the algebraic strain difference evaluated from the ambient (as-installed) condition to Operating Case 2 as listed in Table S3031 The individual displacement stress range SE along with the internal reaction loads is evaluated for each piping component in accordance with eq (17) is listed in Tables S30371 (Operating Case 1) and has the same results as listed in Table S30372 (Operating Case 2) with the exception that some signs differ (indicating the moment reversal range between the two conditions) The algebraic strain difference between the two resultant case evaluations discussed above produces the greatest displacement stress range for the piping system in accordance with paras 31921(d) 31923(b) and 31931(a) ie SE the ldquostress range corresponding to the total displacement strainsrdquo The resulting reactionsrsquo combination and SE for each piping component are listed in Table S30373

S3038 Code Compliance mdash Satisfying the Intent of the Code

The piping system is compliant with the sustained load requirements of the Code The displacement stress range from the ambient (as-installed) condition to each of the operating cases indicates the piping system is in compliance with the intent of the Code even when limited to the eq (1a) allowable SA But the ldquostress range corresponding to the total displacement strainsrdquo which considers the algebraic strain difference between the two operating cases indicates that the piping system is not protected against fatigue failure for the cycles under analysis even when considering the eq (1b) allowable SA Therefore redesign of the piping system is required If the piping system is redesigned such that it is compliant with the intent of the code then the piping system would require no further attention unless the sustained hydrostatic leak test or operating reaction loads at either anchor data point 10 or 310 or meter runs 130 or 230 exceeded the allowable loads for the attached equipment nozzles or support structure The meter loads nozzle loads and support structure analyses are beyond the scope of this example Although the occasional load cases are important to the design and analysis of a piping system they are not discussed in this example

B31 Code Case 214 Approval Date May 30 2019 ASME B313 Process Piping

Alternative Heat Treatments for Fabrication Processes

Proposal Code Case to allow the use of ASME B31P Standard Heat treatments for Fabrication Processes as an alternative to the preheat PWHT and PFHT required by B313

Explanation ASME B31P Standard Heat treatments for Fabrication Processes was published in May 2018 In order to allow the use of this Standard by the ASME Codes prior to changes being adopted in the next edition of the respective Codes this Code Case is being proposed to allow B31P to be used as an alternative to the rules currently in the published ASME B31 Codes A similar Code Case is currently being balloted in ASME B311 (18-2339)

Summary of Changes To allow the use of ASME B31P Standard Heat Treatments for Fabrication Processes as an alternative to the heat treatment rules specified in ASME B31 3

Referenced Code ASME B313 ndash 2016 amp 2018

Inquiry May the heat treatment requirements specified in ASME B31P be used as an alternative to the required heat treatments specified in paras 330 331 and 332 of ASME B313

Reply It is the opinion of the Committee that the heat treatments specified in ASME B31P may be used as an alternative to the respective heat treatments specified in ASME B313 for the materials referenced in ASME B31P

B31 Code Case 216 Approval Date March 29 2021 ASME B313 Process Piping

Use of Enhanced Pressure Ratings for Brazed Copper Tubes and Fittings by Cold

Stretch Process

Inquiry Under what condition may higher pressure ratings be used for ASTM B88 Type L tubes and

ASME B1622 fittings in ASME B313 construction

Reply It is the opinion of the Committee that enhanced pressure ratings may be used for ASTM B88

Type L tubes and ASME B1622 fittings in ASME B313 construction provided the following conditions are

met

(a) The tubes shall conform to ASTM B88 Type L in the H58 temper

(b) The fittings shall conform to ASME B1622

(c) The maximum design temperature is 38degC (100degF)

(d) The piping shall be limited to Category D and Normal Fluid Services

(e) External pressure is not permitted

(f) The maximum tube and fitting nominal or standard size is 3 in

(g) The joints shall be brazed The qualification of brazing procedures brazers and brazing operators shall be in accordance with para 3282 Silver brazing filler metals (BAg‐XX) with

appropriate flux shall be used in the brazing process

(h) In brazing qualification the specimen in the tension test shall break in the base metal outside of

the joint with tensile strength equal to or greater than (207 MPa) 30 ksi

(i) The piping system shall receive a cold stretch operation by hydrostatic or pneumatic pressure

test in accordance with para 345 except the minimum test pressure shall be 17 times the design pressure and the maximum test pressure shall be 18 times the design pressure The test pressure shall be

maintained for at least 20 min

(j) The internal design gage pressure P shall not exceed the pressure calculated as follows

208

Where S = 689 MPa (100 ksi)

t = minimum wall thickness for ASTM B88 Type L D = maximum outside diameter for annealed temper ASTM B88 Type L

(k) Piping flexibility analysis shall be performed in accordance with para 319 using the basic

allowable stresses (Sc and Sh) equal to 414 MPa (60 ksi)

(l) Analysis of sustained loads shall be performed in accordance with para 320 using the basic

allowable stresses (Sh) equal to 414 MPa (60 ksi)

(m) Before cold stretch operation the brazed joints shall be 100 visually examined The following

conditions are not permitted

1) The presence of flux residue and unmelted filler metal

2) Excessive oxidation of the joint

3) Cracks in braze metal or base material

(n) Additional brazing is not permitted after the cold stretch operation If a braze repair is required

the following conditions shall be satisfied

1) The braze joint to be repaired shall be removed and replaced along with 150 mm (6 in)

of tube on each side of the joint

2) The piping shall receive the cold stretch operation as required in (i)

(o) The design cold stretch and repair records shall be retained by the owner for the life of the piping

B31 Code Case 217 Approval Date September 3 2021

ASME B313 Process Piping

Alternative NDE Personnel Qualification and Certification Requirements

Referenced Code ASME B313 ndash 2018 amp 2020

Inquiry May alternative personnel qualification and certification requirements be used as options to those specified in ASME B313 para 3421

Reply It is the opinion of the Committee that the personnel qualification and certification requirements below may be used as alternatives to those specified in ASME B313 para 3421 Personnel performing nondestructive examination to the requirements of this Code shall be qualified and certified for the method to be utilized in accordance with their employerrsquos written practice The written practice shall be based on the training examination and experience requirements of one of the following

(a) ASME BPVC Section V Article 1

(b) ASNT CP-189

(c) ASNT SNT-TC-1A

(d) Other national or international central certification program or standard

Page 22: B31.3 Code Cases

S3016 The Sustained Load Case

Stresses due to the sustained loads such as axial forces internal pressure and intensified bending moments in this example are combined in accordance with para320 to determine SL The sustained load case excludes thermal effects and includes the effects of internal pressure [P1=3450 kPa (500 psi)] pipe weight insulation weight and fluid weight on the piping system Nominal section properties are used to generate the stiffness matrix and sustained loads for the computer model in accordance with para 31935 The nominal thickness less allowances is used to calculate the section properties for SL in accordance with para 320 A summary of the sustained load case internal reaction forces moments and stress due to sustained loads SL is provided in Table S3016 Since this example model lies in only one plane only the stress due to sustained bending moments due to the in-plane bending moment is not zero The in-plane bending moment is intensified at each elbow by the sustained in-plane moment index for an unflanged elbow Ii Note that SL for the nodes listed in Table S3016 do not exceed the 1308 MPa (190 ksi) sustained allowable stress Sh for A106 Grade B piping at the operating maximum metal temperature T1 = 260degC (500degF) from Appendix A Tables A-1 and A-1M By limiting SL to Sh in accordance with para 30235(c) the piping system is deemed adequately protected against collapse

S3017 The Displacement Stress Range Load Case

The displacement stress range SE in this example is based on the temperature range from the minimum metal (as-installed) temperature minus1degC (30degF) to maximum metal temperature for the thermal cycles under analysis [T1 = 260degC (500degF)] in accordance with paras 31923(b) and 31931(a) The displacement stress range SE for each element is calculated in accordance with eq (17) and is listed in Table S3017 along with the internal reaction loads Nominal section properties are used to generate the stiffness matrix and displacement stress ranges in the piping in accordance with para 31935 Since this example model lies in only one plane only the in-plane bending moment range is not zero The in-plane moment range is intensified at each elbow in accordance with Appendix D (and ASME B31J Table 1-1) stress intensification factor ii for an unflanged elbow For simplicity the allowable displacement stress range SA is calculated in accordance with eq (1a) Though eq (1a) is used in this example it is also acceptable to calculate SA in accordance with eq (1b) which permits SA to exceed the eq (1a) value for each piping element based on the magnitude of each elementrsquos SL The following terms are as defined in para 30235(d) and Appendix J f = 100 for 7 000 equivalent full displacement cycles from Fig 30235 or eq (1c) SA = f (125 Sc + 025 Sh) = (100)[(125)(138 MPa) + (025)(1308 MPa)] = 2052 MPa (2975 ksi) Sc = allowable stress from Appendix A Tables A-1 and A-1M = 138 MPa (200 ksi) at ambient (as-installed) temperature Sh = allowable stress from Appendix A Tables A-1 and A-1M = 1308 MPa (190 ksi) at T1 T1 = maximum metal temperature = 260degC (500degF) Note that each piping elementrsquos displacement stress range based on minimum to maximum metal temperature for the thermal cycles under analysis SE does not exceed the eq (1a) allowable SA By limiting SE to SA the piping system is deemed adequate to accommodate up to 7 000 equivalent full displacement cycles Considering both the stress due to sustained loads and displacement stress range load cases the piping system is compliant with the requirements of the Code redesign of the piping system is not required unless the sustained or operating reaction loads at either anchor data point 10 or 50 exceed the allowable loads for the attached equipment nozzle or the support structure at node 20 is overloaded The nozzle load and support structure analyses are beyond the scope of this Appendix and are not addressed

S302 EXAMPLE 2 ANTICIPATED SUSTAINED CONDITIONS CONSIDERING PIPE LIFT-OFF

S3021 Example Description

This example is intended to illustrate the analysis of a piping system in which a portion of the piping lifts off at least one Y+ support in at least one operating condition The emphasis of this example is to describe the effect this removal of support has on the determination of anticipated sustained conditions The same principles utilized for this example would also apply for guides and stops (that are single directional or gap-type) that are not engaged during any anticipated operating condition The examples in this Appendix are intended for illustration purposes only and are not intended to portray the same as either adequate or even acceptable piping geometries andor support scenarios The piping system in Fig S3021 is the same in material properties as in Example 1 see paraS3011 Note the distance from node 20 to the elbow node 30 and from nodes 120 to 130 in Example 2rsquos model is 152 m (5 ft) Note that both the design and operating conditions are well below the creep regime therefore the piping system will not develop any permanent creep-related displacements relaxation or sag

S3022 Design Conditions

The design conditions are similar to those in the Example 1 model see para S3012 and Table S3022 Note that the nominal thickness remains unchanged from Example 1 even though the design temperature and corrosion allowance have increased the corrosion allowance in this example model is 318 mm (0125 in)

S3023 Computer Model Input

Table S3023 lists the node numbers lengths etc for each piping component that is displayed in Fig S3021 The computer-based options are the same as those for the Example 1 model see para S3013

S3024 Pressure Effects

The pressure effect considerations are the same as those for Example 1 see para 3014

S3025 The Operating Load Case

The Operating Case evaluated and discussed in this example includes the effects of pipe weight insulation weight fluid weight internal pressure [P1= 3 040 kPa (440 psi)] and temperature [(T1=288oC (550oF)] Table C-1 and C-2 values used for Row A and Row B expansion coefficients are listed below Row A = 132x10-6 mmmmoC (735x10-6 ininoF) Row B = 380 mmm (45 in100 ft) An operating load case is evaluated to determine the operating position of the piping and determine the reaction loads for any attached equipment anchors supports guides or stops In particular each operating load casersquos support scenario is evaluated or assessed by the designer in order to determine whether any anticipated sustained conditions need to be evaluated with one or more Y+ supports removed Further operating load case discussion can be found in para S3015 Piping loads acting on the anchors and support structure for the operating load case are listed in Table S3025 Note that only nodes 10 through 50 are listed in the following tables this is for convenience since the model is symmetric the reactions deflections and stresses for nodes 10 through 40 are the same as for nodes 110 through 140 except that some signs may be reversed

S3026 Sustained Conditions

S30261 The Stress Due to Sustained Loads SL Calculations The stress due to (long-term) sustained loads SL is computed in accordance with para 3202 for each sustained condition that is evaluated see para S30262

S30262 Anticipated Sustained Conditions All anticipated sustained conditions utilizing all possible support scenarios should be considered The designer has identified three anticipated sustained conditions for the piping system each is listed in Table S30262 along with the support status of the node 50 Y+ support as either assessed by analysis or determined by the designer The designer has deemed the Sustained Condition 3 as both controlling the sustained design and requiring evaluation

S30263 Results for the Evaluated Sustained Condition Table S30262rsquos Sustained Conditions 1 and 2 reflect the ambient temperature support scenario Sustained Condition 3 reflects the support scenario of the Operating Case All three Sustained Conditions exclude thermal effects Sustained Conditions 2 and 3 include the effects of internal pressure [P1= 3 040 kPa (440 psi)] pipe weight insulation weight and fluid weight on the piping system A summary of the Sustained Condition 3 reactions and stresses due to sustained loads SL appear in Table S30263 In the determination of SL the sustained longitudinal force index Ia is defaulted to 10 in the absence of more applicable data in accordance with para 320 The in-plane bending moment is indexed at each elbow by the appropriate Ii calculated for this example by multiplying 075 times ii determined from Appendix D (and ASME B31J Table 1-1) See para S3016 for additional information concerning the stress due to sustained loads determination

S3027 Displacement Stress Range Load Cases

The displacement stress range load cases are not listed since they are not the subject of this example

S3028 Code Compliance mdash Satisfying the Intent of the Code

The Sustained Condition 3 results indicate that the piping system is not protected against collapse for the cycles under analysis when considering the Operating Case support scenario Note the greatest Stresses due to Sustained Loads SL are at elbow nodes 40 and 140 and ldquoLift-Offrdquo support location node 50 Therefore redesign of the piping system is required If the piping system is redesigned such that it is compliant with the intent of the Code then the piping system would require no further attention unless the sustained hydrostatic leak test or operating reaction loads at either anchor data point 10 or 110 exceed the allowable loads for the attached equipment nozzle or the support structure at either node 20 or 120 is overloaded The nozzle loads and support structure analyses are beyond the scope of this Appendix and are not addressed Although the occasional load cases are important to the design and analysis of a piping system they are not discussed in this example

S303 EXAMPLE 3 MOMENT REVERSAL

S3031 Example Description

This example is intended to illustrate the flexibility analysis required for a piping system that is designed for more than one operating condition and also experiences a ldquoreversal of momentsrdquo between any two of the anticipated operating conditions The examples in this Appendix are intended for illustration purposes only and are not intended to portray the same as either adequate or even acceptable piping geometries andor support scenarios also Both the design and operating conditions are well below the creep regime The piping system in Fig S3031 consists of two headers and two branches which are referred to as gas ldquometer runsrdquo Only one of the branches is in service (operating) at a given time the out-of-service branch is purged and at ambient (as-installed) condition The design specification calls for each of the meter run branches to alternate in and out of service five times every two weeks for the piping systemrsquos planned 30-year service life (N=3900 equivalent full displacement cycles) ie f = 115 in accordance with para 30235(d) The piping system is fabricated from ASTM A53 Grade B pipe (E=100) both piping headers are DN 600 (NPS 24) and the branches are DN 500 (NPS 20) and both branch and header are 953 mm (0375 in) thick For simplicity each piping segment or component is 1524 m (5 ft) in length The piping system is in normal fluid service The fluid is gaseous is considered to add no weight and to be neither a corrosive nor an erosive hazard ie there is no corrosion allowance The line is not insulated The ambient (as-installed) temperature is 4degC (40degF) The reference modulus of elasticity used is 2034 GPa (295 Msi) and Poissonrsquos ratio is 03 Consideration is given to the close proximity of the three tees in each header in accordance with the guidance in para 31936 and the stress intensification factors from Appendix D are considered to adequately represent the header tees for this piping system The piping internal pressure and minimum to maximum metal temperature range expected during normal operation for each meter run and the design conditions are listed in Table S3031 The design conditions are set sufficiently in excess of the operating conditions so as to provide additional margin on the allowable as required by the owner

S3032 Design Conditions

The design conditions establish the pressure rating flange ratings components ratings and minimum required pipe wall thickness ASME B165 requires a minimum of Class 300 for ASTM A105 flanges The minimum required wall thickness for both the branch and header is 44 mm (0171 in) considering a 125 mill tolerance therefore selection of the standard wall thickness of 95 mm (0375 in) is acceptable S3033 Computer Model Input

Table S3033 lists the node numbers lengths etc for each piping component that is displayed in Fig S3031 Note that flanges and valve components are not explicitly included in the model listing in Table S3033 For simplicity an entire branch (from tee centerline to tee centerline) is considered to be at the operating conditions listed in Table S3031 eg the East meter run branch from nodes 40 through 340 operates at 1 724 kPa (250 psi) and 121degC (250degF) for Operating Case 2 The computer-based options are the same as those for the Example 1 model except that pressure stiffening is not included in the analyses for this example see para S3013

S3034 Pressure Effects

Neither pressure stiffening nor Bourdon effects are included in the analyses

S3035 Operating Load Case(s)

The operating load case is used to determine the operating position of the piping and reaction loads for any attached equipment anchors supports guides or stops The owner has mandated in the design specification that the meter runs and piping be more than adequately supported Therefore the operating load case while necessary to set the limits of the strain ranges does not contribute to the emphasis of this example and its output is not included Table C-1 and C-2 values used for Row A and Row B expansion coefficients are listed below Row A = 123x10-6mmmmoC (680x10-6 ininoF) Row B = 134 mmm (168 in100 ft)

S3036 Sustained Load Case

Stresses due to the sustained loads such as axial forces internal pressure and intensified bending moments in this example are combined in accordance with para320 to determine SL For reasons similar to those expressed for the operating load case the sustained load case output is not included

S3037 Displacement Stress Range Load Cases

The displacement stress range SE is computed in accordance with para 31923(b) and 31931(a) in which the strains evaluated for the ambient temperature (which is also the as-installed and minimum metal temperature condition for this particular example) are algebraically subtracted from the strains evaluated for Operating Case 1 as listed in Table S3031 Similarly the displacement stress range SE is computed from the algebraic strain difference evaluated from the ambient (as-installed) condition to Operating Case 2 as listed in Table S3031 The individual displacement stress range SE along with the internal reaction loads is evaluated for each piping component in accordance with eq (17) is listed in Tables S30371 (Operating Case 1) and has the same results as listed in Table S30372 (Operating Case 2) with the exception that some signs differ (indicating the moment reversal range between the two conditions) The algebraic strain difference between the two resultant case evaluations discussed above produces the greatest displacement stress range for the piping system in accordance with paras 31921(d) 31923(b) and 31931(a) ie SE the ldquostress range corresponding to the total displacement strainsrdquo The resulting reactionsrsquo combination and SE for each piping component are listed in Table S30373

S3038 Code Compliance mdash Satisfying the Intent of the Code

The piping system is compliant with the sustained load requirements of the Code The displacement stress range from the ambient (as-installed) condition to each of the operating cases indicates the piping system is in compliance with the intent of the Code even when limited to the eq (1a) allowable SA But the ldquostress range corresponding to the total displacement strainsrdquo which considers the algebraic strain difference between the two operating cases indicates that the piping system is not protected against fatigue failure for the cycles under analysis even when considering the eq (1b) allowable SA Therefore redesign of the piping system is required If the piping system is redesigned such that it is compliant with the intent of the code then the piping system would require no further attention unless the sustained hydrostatic leak test or operating reaction loads at either anchor data point 10 or 310 or meter runs 130 or 230 exceeded the allowable loads for the attached equipment nozzles or support structure The meter loads nozzle loads and support structure analyses are beyond the scope of this example Although the occasional load cases are important to the design and analysis of a piping system they are not discussed in this example

B31 Code Case 214 Approval Date May 30 2019 ASME B313 Process Piping

Alternative Heat Treatments for Fabrication Processes

Proposal Code Case to allow the use of ASME B31P Standard Heat treatments for Fabrication Processes as an alternative to the preheat PWHT and PFHT required by B313

Explanation ASME B31P Standard Heat treatments for Fabrication Processes was published in May 2018 In order to allow the use of this Standard by the ASME Codes prior to changes being adopted in the next edition of the respective Codes this Code Case is being proposed to allow B31P to be used as an alternative to the rules currently in the published ASME B31 Codes A similar Code Case is currently being balloted in ASME B311 (18-2339)

Summary of Changes To allow the use of ASME B31P Standard Heat Treatments for Fabrication Processes as an alternative to the heat treatment rules specified in ASME B31 3

Referenced Code ASME B313 ndash 2016 amp 2018

Inquiry May the heat treatment requirements specified in ASME B31P be used as an alternative to the required heat treatments specified in paras 330 331 and 332 of ASME B313

Reply It is the opinion of the Committee that the heat treatments specified in ASME B31P may be used as an alternative to the respective heat treatments specified in ASME B313 for the materials referenced in ASME B31P

B31 Code Case 216 Approval Date March 29 2021 ASME B313 Process Piping

Use of Enhanced Pressure Ratings for Brazed Copper Tubes and Fittings by Cold

Stretch Process

Inquiry Under what condition may higher pressure ratings be used for ASTM B88 Type L tubes and

ASME B1622 fittings in ASME B313 construction

Reply It is the opinion of the Committee that enhanced pressure ratings may be used for ASTM B88

Type L tubes and ASME B1622 fittings in ASME B313 construction provided the following conditions are

met

(a) The tubes shall conform to ASTM B88 Type L in the H58 temper

(b) The fittings shall conform to ASME B1622

(c) The maximum design temperature is 38degC (100degF)

(d) The piping shall be limited to Category D and Normal Fluid Services

(e) External pressure is not permitted

(f) The maximum tube and fitting nominal or standard size is 3 in

(g) The joints shall be brazed The qualification of brazing procedures brazers and brazing operators shall be in accordance with para 3282 Silver brazing filler metals (BAg‐XX) with

appropriate flux shall be used in the brazing process

(h) In brazing qualification the specimen in the tension test shall break in the base metal outside of

the joint with tensile strength equal to or greater than (207 MPa) 30 ksi

(i) The piping system shall receive a cold stretch operation by hydrostatic or pneumatic pressure

test in accordance with para 345 except the minimum test pressure shall be 17 times the design pressure and the maximum test pressure shall be 18 times the design pressure The test pressure shall be

maintained for at least 20 min

(j) The internal design gage pressure P shall not exceed the pressure calculated as follows

208

Where S = 689 MPa (100 ksi)

t = minimum wall thickness for ASTM B88 Type L D = maximum outside diameter for annealed temper ASTM B88 Type L

(k) Piping flexibility analysis shall be performed in accordance with para 319 using the basic

allowable stresses (Sc and Sh) equal to 414 MPa (60 ksi)

(l) Analysis of sustained loads shall be performed in accordance with para 320 using the basic

allowable stresses (Sh) equal to 414 MPa (60 ksi)

(m) Before cold stretch operation the brazed joints shall be 100 visually examined The following

conditions are not permitted

1) The presence of flux residue and unmelted filler metal

2) Excessive oxidation of the joint

3) Cracks in braze metal or base material

(n) Additional brazing is not permitted after the cold stretch operation If a braze repair is required

the following conditions shall be satisfied

1) The braze joint to be repaired shall be removed and replaced along with 150 mm (6 in)

of tube on each side of the joint

2) The piping shall receive the cold stretch operation as required in (i)

(o) The design cold stretch and repair records shall be retained by the owner for the life of the piping

B31 Code Case 217 Approval Date September 3 2021

ASME B313 Process Piping

Alternative NDE Personnel Qualification and Certification Requirements

Referenced Code ASME B313 ndash 2018 amp 2020

Inquiry May alternative personnel qualification and certification requirements be used as options to those specified in ASME B313 para 3421

Reply It is the opinion of the Committee that the personnel qualification and certification requirements below may be used as alternatives to those specified in ASME B313 para 3421 Personnel performing nondestructive examination to the requirements of this Code shall be qualified and certified for the method to be utilized in accordance with their employerrsquos written practice The written practice shall be based on the training examination and experience requirements of one of the following

(a) ASME BPVC Section V Article 1

(b) ASNT CP-189

(c) ASNT SNT-TC-1A

(d) Other national or international central certification program or standard

Page 23: B31.3 Code Cases

S3017 The Displacement Stress Range Load Case

The displacement stress range SE in this example is based on the temperature range from the minimum metal (as-installed) temperature minus1degC (30degF) to maximum metal temperature for the thermal cycles under analysis [T1 = 260degC (500degF)] in accordance with paras 31923(b) and 31931(a) The displacement stress range SE for each element is calculated in accordance with eq (17) and is listed in Table S3017 along with the internal reaction loads Nominal section properties are used to generate the stiffness matrix and displacement stress ranges in the piping in accordance with para 31935 Since this example model lies in only one plane only the in-plane bending moment range is not zero The in-plane moment range is intensified at each elbow in accordance with Appendix D (and ASME B31J Table 1-1) stress intensification factor ii for an unflanged elbow For simplicity the allowable displacement stress range SA is calculated in accordance with eq (1a) Though eq (1a) is used in this example it is also acceptable to calculate SA in accordance with eq (1b) which permits SA to exceed the eq (1a) value for each piping element based on the magnitude of each elementrsquos SL The following terms are as defined in para 30235(d) and Appendix J f = 100 for 7 000 equivalent full displacement cycles from Fig 30235 or eq (1c) SA = f (125 Sc + 025 Sh) = (100)[(125)(138 MPa) + (025)(1308 MPa)] = 2052 MPa (2975 ksi) Sc = allowable stress from Appendix A Tables A-1 and A-1M = 138 MPa (200 ksi) at ambient (as-installed) temperature Sh = allowable stress from Appendix A Tables A-1 and A-1M = 1308 MPa (190 ksi) at T1 T1 = maximum metal temperature = 260degC (500degF) Note that each piping elementrsquos displacement stress range based on minimum to maximum metal temperature for the thermal cycles under analysis SE does not exceed the eq (1a) allowable SA By limiting SE to SA the piping system is deemed adequate to accommodate up to 7 000 equivalent full displacement cycles Considering both the stress due to sustained loads and displacement stress range load cases the piping system is compliant with the requirements of the Code redesign of the piping system is not required unless the sustained or operating reaction loads at either anchor data point 10 or 50 exceed the allowable loads for the attached equipment nozzle or the support structure at node 20 is overloaded The nozzle load and support structure analyses are beyond the scope of this Appendix and are not addressed

S302 EXAMPLE 2 ANTICIPATED SUSTAINED CONDITIONS CONSIDERING PIPE LIFT-OFF

S3021 Example Description

This example is intended to illustrate the analysis of a piping system in which a portion of the piping lifts off at least one Y+ support in at least one operating condition The emphasis of this example is to describe the effect this removal of support has on the determination of anticipated sustained conditions The same principles utilized for this example would also apply for guides and stops (that are single directional or gap-type) that are not engaged during any anticipated operating condition The examples in this Appendix are intended for illustration purposes only and are not intended to portray the same as either adequate or even acceptable piping geometries andor support scenarios The piping system in Fig S3021 is the same in material properties as in Example 1 see paraS3011 Note the distance from node 20 to the elbow node 30 and from nodes 120 to 130 in Example 2rsquos model is 152 m (5 ft) Note that both the design and operating conditions are well below the creep regime therefore the piping system will not develop any permanent creep-related displacements relaxation or sag

S3022 Design Conditions

The design conditions are similar to those in the Example 1 model see para S3012 and Table S3022 Note that the nominal thickness remains unchanged from Example 1 even though the design temperature and corrosion allowance have increased the corrosion allowance in this example model is 318 mm (0125 in)

S3023 Computer Model Input

Table S3023 lists the node numbers lengths etc for each piping component that is displayed in Fig S3021 The computer-based options are the same as those for the Example 1 model see para S3013

S3024 Pressure Effects

The pressure effect considerations are the same as those for Example 1 see para 3014

S3025 The Operating Load Case

The Operating Case evaluated and discussed in this example includes the effects of pipe weight insulation weight fluid weight internal pressure [P1= 3 040 kPa (440 psi)] and temperature [(T1=288oC (550oF)] Table C-1 and C-2 values used for Row A and Row B expansion coefficients are listed below Row A = 132x10-6 mmmmoC (735x10-6 ininoF) Row B = 380 mmm (45 in100 ft) An operating load case is evaluated to determine the operating position of the piping and determine the reaction loads for any attached equipment anchors supports guides or stops In particular each operating load casersquos support scenario is evaluated or assessed by the designer in order to determine whether any anticipated sustained conditions need to be evaluated with one or more Y+ supports removed Further operating load case discussion can be found in para S3015 Piping loads acting on the anchors and support structure for the operating load case are listed in Table S3025 Note that only nodes 10 through 50 are listed in the following tables this is for convenience since the model is symmetric the reactions deflections and stresses for nodes 10 through 40 are the same as for nodes 110 through 140 except that some signs may be reversed

S3026 Sustained Conditions

S30261 The Stress Due to Sustained Loads SL Calculations The stress due to (long-term) sustained loads SL is computed in accordance with para 3202 for each sustained condition that is evaluated see para S30262

S30262 Anticipated Sustained Conditions All anticipated sustained conditions utilizing all possible support scenarios should be considered The designer has identified three anticipated sustained conditions for the piping system each is listed in Table S30262 along with the support status of the node 50 Y+ support as either assessed by analysis or determined by the designer The designer has deemed the Sustained Condition 3 as both controlling the sustained design and requiring evaluation

S30263 Results for the Evaluated Sustained Condition Table S30262rsquos Sustained Conditions 1 and 2 reflect the ambient temperature support scenario Sustained Condition 3 reflects the support scenario of the Operating Case All three Sustained Conditions exclude thermal effects Sustained Conditions 2 and 3 include the effects of internal pressure [P1= 3 040 kPa (440 psi)] pipe weight insulation weight and fluid weight on the piping system A summary of the Sustained Condition 3 reactions and stresses due to sustained loads SL appear in Table S30263 In the determination of SL the sustained longitudinal force index Ia is defaulted to 10 in the absence of more applicable data in accordance with para 320 The in-plane bending moment is indexed at each elbow by the appropriate Ii calculated for this example by multiplying 075 times ii determined from Appendix D (and ASME B31J Table 1-1) See para S3016 for additional information concerning the stress due to sustained loads determination

S3027 Displacement Stress Range Load Cases

The displacement stress range load cases are not listed since they are not the subject of this example

S3028 Code Compliance mdash Satisfying the Intent of the Code

The Sustained Condition 3 results indicate that the piping system is not protected against collapse for the cycles under analysis when considering the Operating Case support scenario Note the greatest Stresses due to Sustained Loads SL are at elbow nodes 40 and 140 and ldquoLift-Offrdquo support location node 50 Therefore redesign of the piping system is required If the piping system is redesigned such that it is compliant with the intent of the Code then the piping system would require no further attention unless the sustained hydrostatic leak test or operating reaction loads at either anchor data point 10 or 110 exceed the allowable loads for the attached equipment nozzle or the support structure at either node 20 or 120 is overloaded The nozzle loads and support structure analyses are beyond the scope of this Appendix and are not addressed Although the occasional load cases are important to the design and analysis of a piping system they are not discussed in this example

S303 EXAMPLE 3 MOMENT REVERSAL

S3031 Example Description

This example is intended to illustrate the flexibility analysis required for a piping system that is designed for more than one operating condition and also experiences a ldquoreversal of momentsrdquo between any two of the anticipated operating conditions The examples in this Appendix are intended for illustration purposes only and are not intended to portray the same as either adequate or even acceptable piping geometries andor support scenarios also Both the design and operating conditions are well below the creep regime The piping system in Fig S3031 consists of two headers and two branches which are referred to as gas ldquometer runsrdquo Only one of the branches is in service (operating) at a given time the out-of-service branch is purged and at ambient (as-installed) condition The design specification calls for each of the meter run branches to alternate in and out of service five times every two weeks for the piping systemrsquos planned 30-year service life (N=3900 equivalent full displacement cycles) ie f = 115 in accordance with para 30235(d) The piping system is fabricated from ASTM A53 Grade B pipe (E=100) both piping headers are DN 600 (NPS 24) and the branches are DN 500 (NPS 20) and both branch and header are 953 mm (0375 in) thick For simplicity each piping segment or component is 1524 m (5 ft) in length The piping system is in normal fluid service The fluid is gaseous is considered to add no weight and to be neither a corrosive nor an erosive hazard ie there is no corrosion allowance The line is not insulated The ambient (as-installed) temperature is 4degC (40degF) The reference modulus of elasticity used is 2034 GPa (295 Msi) and Poissonrsquos ratio is 03 Consideration is given to the close proximity of the three tees in each header in accordance with the guidance in para 31936 and the stress intensification factors from Appendix D are considered to adequately represent the header tees for this piping system The piping internal pressure and minimum to maximum metal temperature range expected during normal operation for each meter run and the design conditions are listed in Table S3031 The design conditions are set sufficiently in excess of the operating conditions so as to provide additional margin on the allowable as required by the owner

S3032 Design Conditions

The design conditions establish the pressure rating flange ratings components ratings and minimum required pipe wall thickness ASME B165 requires a minimum of Class 300 for ASTM A105 flanges The minimum required wall thickness for both the branch and header is 44 mm (0171 in) considering a 125 mill tolerance therefore selection of the standard wall thickness of 95 mm (0375 in) is acceptable S3033 Computer Model Input

Table S3033 lists the node numbers lengths etc for each piping component that is displayed in Fig S3031 Note that flanges and valve components are not explicitly included in the model listing in Table S3033 For simplicity an entire branch (from tee centerline to tee centerline) is considered to be at the operating conditions listed in Table S3031 eg the East meter run branch from nodes 40 through 340 operates at 1 724 kPa (250 psi) and 121degC (250degF) for Operating Case 2 The computer-based options are the same as those for the Example 1 model except that pressure stiffening is not included in the analyses for this example see para S3013

S3034 Pressure Effects

Neither pressure stiffening nor Bourdon effects are included in the analyses

S3035 Operating Load Case(s)

The operating load case is used to determine the operating position of the piping and reaction loads for any attached equipment anchors supports guides or stops The owner has mandated in the design specification that the meter runs and piping be more than adequately supported Therefore the operating load case while necessary to set the limits of the strain ranges does not contribute to the emphasis of this example and its output is not included Table C-1 and C-2 values used for Row A and Row B expansion coefficients are listed below Row A = 123x10-6mmmmoC (680x10-6 ininoF) Row B = 134 mmm (168 in100 ft)

S3036 Sustained Load Case

Stresses due to the sustained loads such as axial forces internal pressure and intensified bending moments in this example are combined in accordance with para320 to determine SL For reasons similar to those expressed for the operating load case the sustained load case output is not included

S3037 Displacement Stress Range Load Cases

The displacement stress range SE is computed in accordance with para 31923(b) and 31931(a) in which the strains evaluated for the ambient temperature (which is also the as-installed and minimum metal temperature condition for this particular example) are algebraically subtracted from the strains evaluated for Operating Case 1 as listed in Table S3031 Similarly the displacement stress range SE is computed from the algebraic strain difference evaluated from the ambient (as-installed) condition to Operating Case 2 as listed in Table S3031 The individual displacement stress range SE along with the internal reaction loads is evaluated for each piping component in accordance with eq (17) is listed in Tables S30371 (Operating Case 1) and has the same results as listed in Table S30372 (Operating Case 2) with the exception that some signs differ (indicating the moment reversal range between the two conditions) The algebraic strain difference between the two resultant case evaluations discussed above produces the greatest displacement stress range for the piping system in accordance with paras 31921(d) 31923(b) and 31931(a) ie SE the ldquostress range corresponding to the total displacement strainsrdquo The resulting reactionsrsquo combination and SE for each piping component are listed in Table S30373

S3038 Code Compliance mdash Satisfying the Intent of the Code

The piping system is compliant with the sustained load requirements of the Code The displacement stress range from the ambient (as-installed) condition to each of the operating cases indicates the piping system is in compliance with the intent of the Code even when limited to the eq (1a) allowable SA But the ldquostress range corresponding to the total displacement strainsrdquo which considers the algebraic strain difference between the two operating cases indicates that the piping system is not protected against fatigue failure for the cycles under analysis even when considering the eq (1b) allowable SA Therefore redesign of the piping system is required If the piping system is redesigned such that it is compliant with the intent of the code then the piping system would require no further attention unless the sustained hydrostatic leak test or operating reaction loads at either anchor data point 10 or 310 or meter runs 130 or 230 exceeded the allowable loads for the attached equipment nozzles or support structure The meter loads nozzle loads and support structure analyses are beyond the scope of this example Although the occasional load cases are important to the design and analysis of a piping system they are not discussed in this example

B31 Code Case 214 Approval Date May 30 2019 ASME B313 Process Piping

Alternative Heat Treatments for Fabrication Processes

Proposal Code Case to allow the use of ASME B31P Standard Heat treatments for Fabrication Processes as an alternative to the preheat PWHT and PFHT required by B313

Explanation ASME B31P Standard Heat treatments for Fabrication Processes was published in May 2018 In order to allow the use of this Standard by the ASME Codes prior to changes being adopted in the next edition of the respective Codes this Code Case is being proposed to allow B31P to be used as an alternative to the rules currently in the published ASME B31 Codes A similar Code Case is currently being balloted in ASME B311 (18-2339)

Summary of Changes To allow the use of ASME B31P Standard Heat Treatments for Fabrication Processes as an alternative to the heat treatment rules specified in ASME B31 3

Referenced Code ASME B313 ndash 2016 amp 2018

Inquiry May the heat treatment requirements specified in ASME B31P be used as an alternative to the required heat treatments specified in paras 330 331 and 332 of ASME B313

Reply It is the opinion of the Committee that the heat treatments specified in ASME B31P may be used as an alternative to the respective heat treatments specified in ASME B313 for the materials referenced in ASME B31P

B31 Code Case 216 Approval Date March 29 2021 ASME B313 Process Piping

Use of Enhanced Pressure Ratings for Brazed Copper Tubes and Fittings by Cold

Stretch Process

Inquiry Under what condition may higher pressure ratings be used for ASTM B88 Type L tubes and

ASME B1622 fittings in ASME B313 construction

Reply It is the opinion of the Committee that enhanced pressure ratings may be used for ASTM B88

Type L tubes and ASME B1622 fittings in ASME B313 construction provided the following conditions are

met

(a) The tubes shall conform to ASTM B88 Type L in the H58 temper

(b) The fittings shall conform to ASME B1622

(c) The maximum design temperature is 38degC (100degF)

(d) The piping shall be limited to Category D and Normal Fluid Services

(e) External pressure is not permitted

(f) The maximum tube and fitting nominal or standard size is 3 in

(g) The joints shall be brazed The qualification of brazing procedures brazers and brazing operators shall be in accordance with para 3282 Silver brazing filler metals (BAg‐XX) with

appropriate flux shall be used in the brazing process

(h) In brazing qualification the specimen in the tension test shall break in the base metal outside of

the joint with tensile strength equal to or greater than (207 MPa) 30 ksi

(i) The piping system shall receive a cold stretch operation by hydrostatic or pneumatic pressure

test in accordance with para 345 except the minimum test pressure shall be 17 times the design pressure and the maximum test pressure shall be 18 times the design pressure The test pressure shall be

maintained for at least 20 min

(j) The internal design gage pressure P shall not exceed the pressure calculated as follows

208

Where S = 689 MPa (100 ksi)

t = minimum wall thickness for ASTM B88 Type L D = maximum outside diameter for annealed temper ASTM B88 Type L

(k) Piping flexibility analysis shall be performed in accordance with para 319 using the basic

allowable stresses (Sc and Sh) equal to 414 MPa (60 ksi)

(l) Analysis of sustained loads shall be performed in accordance with para 320 using the basic

allowable stresses (Sh) equal to 414 MPa (60 ksi)

(m) Before cold stretch operation the brazed joints shall be 100 visually examined The following

conditions are not permitted

1) The presence of flux residue and unmelted filler metal

2) Excessive oxidation of the joint

3) Cracks in braze metal or base material

(n) Additional brazing is not permitted after the cold stretch operation If a braze repair is required

the following conditions shall be satisfied

1) The braze joint to be repaired shall be removed and replaced along with 150 mm (6 in)

of tube on each side of the joint

2) The piping shall receive the cold stretch operation as required in (i)

(o) The design cold stretch and repair records shall be retained by the owner for the life of the piping

B31 Code Case 217 Approval Date September 3 2021

ASME B313 Process Piping

Alternative NDE Personnel Qualification and Certification Requirements

Referenced Code ASME B313 ndash 2018 amp 2020

Inquiry May alternative personnel qualification and certification requirements be used as options to those specified in ASME B313 para 3421

Reply It is the opinion of the Committee that the personnel qualification and certification requirements below may be used as alternatives to those specified in ASME B313 para 3421 Personnel performing nondestructive examination to the requirements of this Code shall be qualified and certified for the method to be utilized in accordance with their employerrsquos written practice The written practice shall be based on the training examination and experience requirements of one of the following

(a) ASME BPVC Section V Article 1

(b) ASNT CP-189

(c) ASNT SNT-TC-1A

(d) Other national or international central certification program or standard

Page 24: B31.3 Code Cases

S302 EXAMPLE 2 ANTICIPATED SUSTAINED CONDITIONS CONSIDERING PIPE LIFT-OFF

S3021 Example Description

This example is intended to illustrate the analysis of a piping system in which a portion of the piping lifts off at least one Y+ support in at least one operating condition The emphasis of this example is to describe the effect this removal of support has on the determination of anticipated sustained conditions The same principles utilized for this example would also apply for guides and stops (that are single directional or gap-type) that are not engaged during any anticipated operating condition The examples in this Appendix are intended for illustration purposes only and are not intended to portray the same as either adequate or even acceptable piping geometries andor support scenarios The piping system in Fig S3021 is the same in material properties as in Example 1 see paraS3011 Note the distance from node 20 to the elbow node 30 and from nodes 120 to 130 in Example 2rsquos model is 152 m (5 ft) Note that both the design and operating conditions are well below the creep regime therefore the piping system will not develop any permanent creep-related displacements relaxation or sag

S3022 Design Conditions

The design conditions are similar to those in the Example 1 model see para S3012 and Table S3022 Note that the nominal thickness remains unchanged from Example 1 even though the design temperature and corrosion allowance have increased the corrosion allowance in this example model is 318 mm (0125 in)

S3023 Computer Model Input

Table S3023 lists the node numbers lengths etc for each piping component that is displayed in Fig S3021 The computer-based options are the same as those for the Example 1 model see para S3013

S3024 Pressure Effects

The pressure effect considerations are the same as those for Example 1 see para 3014

S3025 The Operating Load Case

The Operating Case evaluated and discussed in this example includes the effects of pipe weight insulation weight fluid weight internal pressure [P1= 3 040 kPa (440 psi)] and temperature [(T1=288oC (550oF)] Table C-1 and C-2 values used for Row A and Row B expansion coefficients are listed below Row A = 132x10-6 mmmmoC (735x10-6 ininoF) Row B = 380 mmm (45 in100 ft) An operating load case is evaluated to determine the operating position of the piping and determine the reaction loads for any attached equipment anchors supports guides or stops In particular each operating load casersquos support scenario is evaluated or assessed by the designer in order to determine whether any anticipated sustained conditions need to be evaluated with one or more Y+ supports removed Further operating load case discussion can be found in para S3015 Piping loads acting on the anchors and support structure for the operating load case are listed in Table S3025 Note that only nodes 10 through 50 are listed in the following tables this is for convenience since the model is symmetric the reactions deflections and stresses for nodes 10 through 40 are the same as for nodes 110 through 140 except that some signs may be reversed

S3026 Sustained Conditions

S30261 The Stress Due to Sustained Loads SL Calculations The stress due to (long-term) sustained loads SL is computed in accordance with para 3202 for each sustained condition that is evaluated see para S30262

S30262 Anticipated Sustained Conditions All anticipated sustained conditions utilizing all possible support scenarios should be considered The designer has identified three anticipated sustained conditions for the piping system each is listed in Table S30262 along with the support status of the node 50 Y+ support as either assessed by analysis or determined by the designer The designer has deemed the Sustained Condition 3 as both controlling the sustained design and requiring evaluation

S30263 Results for the Evaluated Sustained Condition Table S30262rsquos Sustained Conditions 1 and 2 reflect the ambient temperature support scenario Sustained Condition 3 reflects the support scenario of the Operating Case All three Sustained Conditions exclude thermal effects Sustained Conditions 2 and 3 include the effects of internal pressure [P1= 3 040 kPa (440 psi)] pipe weight insulation weight and fluid weight on the piping system A summary of the Sustained Condition 3 reactions and stresses due to sustained loads SL appear in Table S30263 In the determination of SL the sustained longitudinal force index Ia is defaulted to 10 in the absence of more applicable data in accordance with para 320 The in-plane bending moment is indexed at each elbow by the appropriate Ii calculated for this example by multiplying 075 times ii determined from Appendix D (and ASME B31J Table 1-1) See para S3016 for additional information concerning the stress due to sustained loads determination

S3027 Displacement Stress Range Load Cases

The displacement stress range load cases are not listed since they are not the subject of this example

S3028 Code Compliance mdash Satisfying the Intent of the Code

The Sustained Condition 3 results indicate that the piping system is not protected against collapse for the cycles under analysis when considering the Operating Case support scenario Note the greatest Stresses due to Sustained Loads SL are at elbow nodes 40 and 140 and ldquoLift-Offrdquo support location node 50 Therefore redesign of the piping system is required If the piping system is redesigned such that it is compliant with the intent of the Code then the piping system would require no further attention unless the sustained hydrostatic leak test or operating reaction loads at either anchor data point 10 or 110 exceed the allowable loads for the attached equipment nozzle or the support structure at either node 20 or 120 is overloaded The nozzle loads and support structure analyses are beyond the scope of this Appendix and are not addressed Although the occasional load cases are important to the design and analysis of a piping system they are not discussed in this example

S303 EXAMPLE 3 MOMENT REVERSAL

S3031 Example Description

This example is intended to illustrate the flexibility analysis required for a piping system that is designed for more than one operating condition and also experiences a ldquoreversal of momentsrdquo between any two of the anticipated operating conditions The examples in this Appendix are intended for illustration purposes only and are not intended to portray the same as either adequate or even acceptable piping geometries andor support scenarios also Both the design and operating conditions are well below the creep regime The piping system in Fig S3031 consists of two headers and two branches which are referred to as gas ldquometer runsrdquo Only one of the branches is in service (operating) at a given time the out-of-service branch is purged and at ambient (as-installed) condition The design specification calls for each of the meter run branches to alternate in and out of service five times every two weeks for the piping systemrsquos planned 30-year service life (N=3900 equivalent full displacement cycles) ie f = 115 in accordance with para 30235(d) The piping system is fabricated from ASTM A53 Grade B pipe (E=100) both piping headers are DN 600 (NPS 24) and the branches are DN 500 (NPS 20) and both branch and header are 953 mm (0375 in) thick For simplicity each piping segment or component is 1524 m (5 ft) in length The piping system is in normal fluid service The fluid is gaseous is considered to add no weight and to be neither a corrosive nor an erosive hazard ie there is no corrosion allowance The line is not insulated The ambient (as-installed) temperature is 4degC (40degF) The reference modulus of elasticity used is 2034 GPa (295 Msi) and Poissonrsquos ratio is 03 Consideration is given to the close proximity of the three tees in each header in accordance with the guidance in para 31936 and the stress intensification factors from Appendix D are considered to adequately represent the header tees for this piping system The piping internal pressure and minimum to maximum metal temperature range expected during normal operation for each meter run and the design conditions are listed in Table S3031 The design conditions are set sufficiently in excess of the operating conditions so as to provide additional margin on the allowable as required by the owner

S3032 Design Conditions

The design conditions establish the pressure rating flange ratings components ratings and minimum required pipe wall thickness ASME B165 requires a minimum of Class 300 for ASTM A105 flanges The minimum required wall thickness for both the branch and header is 44 mm (0171 in) considering a 125 mill tolerance therefore selection of the standard wall thickness of 95 mm (0375 in) is acceptable S3033 Computer Model Input

Table S3033 lists the node numbers lengths etc for each piping component that is displayed in Fig S3031 Note that flanges and valve components are not explicitly included in the model listing in Table S3033 For simplicity an entire branch (from tee centerline to tee centerline) is considered to be at the operating conditions listed in Table S3031 eg the East meter run branch from nodes 40 through 340 operates at 1 724 kPa (250 psi) and 121degC (250degF) for Operating Case 2 The computer-based options are the same as those for the Example 1 model except that pressure stiffening is not included in the analyses for this example see para S3013

S3034 Pressure Effects

Neither pressure stiffening nor Bourdon effects are included in the analyses

S3035 Operating Load Case(s)

The operating load case is used to determine the operating position of the piping and reaction loads for any attached equipment anchors supports guides or stops The owner has mandated in the design specification that the meter runs and piping be more than adequately supported Therefore the operating load case while necessary to set the limits of the strain ranges does not contribute to the emphasis of this example and its output is not included Table C-1 and C-2 values used for Row A and Row B expansion coefficients are listed below Row A = 123x10-6mmmmoC (680x10-6 ininoF) Row B = 134 mmm (168 in100 ft)

S3036 Sustained Load Case

Stresses due to the sustained loads such as axial forces internal pressure and intensified bending moments in this example are combined in accordance with para320 to determine SL For reasons similar to those expressed for the operating load case the sustained load case output is not included

S3037 Displacement Stress Range Load Cases

The displacement stress range SE is computed in accordance with para 31923(b) and 31931(a) in which the strains evaluated for the ambient temperature (which is also the as-installed and minimum metal temperature condition for this particular example) are algebraically subtracted from the strains evaluated for Operating Case 1 as listed in Table S3031 Similarly the displacement stress range SE is computed from the algebraic strain difference evaluated from the ambient (as-installed) condition to Operating Case 2 as listed in Table S3031 The individual displacement stress range SE along with the internal reaction loads is evaluated for each piping component in accordance with eq (17) is listed in Tables S30371 (Operating Case 1) and has the same results as listed in Table S30372 (Operating Case 2) with the exception that some signs differ (indicating the moment reversal range between the two conditions) The algebraic strain difference between the two resultant case evaluations discussed above produces the greatest displacement stress range for the piping system in accordance with paras 31921(d) 31923(b) and 31931(a) ie SE the ldquostress range corresponding to the total displacement strainsrdquo The resulting reactionsrsquo combination and SE for each piping component are listed in Table S30373

S3038 Code Compliance mdash Satisfying the Intent of the Code

The piping system is compliant with the sustained load requirements of the Code The displacement stress range from the ambient (as-installed) condition to each of the operating cases indicates the piping system is in compliance with the intent of the Code even when limited to the eq (1a) allowable SA But the ldquostress range corresponding to the total displacement strainsrdquo which considers the algebraic strain difference between the two operating cases indicates that the piping system is not protected against fatigue failure for the cycles under analysis even when considering the eq (1b) allowable SA Therefore redesign of the piping system is required If the piping system is redesigned such that it is compliant with the intent of the code then the piping system would require no further attention unless the sustained hydrostatic leak test or operating reaction loads at either anchor data point 10 or 310 or meter runs 130 or 230 exceeded the allowable loads for the attached equipment nozzles or support structure The meter loads nozzle loads and support structure analyses are beyond the scope of this example Although the occasional load cases are important to the design and analysis of a piping system they are not discussed in this example

B31 Code Case 214 Approval Date May 30 2019 ASME B313 Process Piping

Alternative Heat Treatments for Fabrication Processes

Proposal Code Case to allow the use of ASME B31P Standard Heat treatments for Fabrication Processes as an alternative to the preheat PWHT and PFHT required by B313

Explanation ASME B31P Standard Heat treatments for Fabrication Processes was published in May 2018 In order to allow the use of this Standard by the ASME Codes prior to changes being adopted in the next edition of the respective Codes this Code Case is being proposed to allow B31P to be used as an alternative to the rules currently in the published ASME B31 Codes A similar Code Case is currently being balloted in ASME B311 (18-2339)

Summary of Changes To allow the use of ASME B31P Standard Heat Treatments for Fabrication Processes as an alternative to the heat treatment rules specified in ASME B31 3

Referenced Code ASME B313 ndash 2016 amp 2018

Inquiry May the heat treatment requirements specified in ASME B31P be used as an alternative to the required heat treatments specified in paras 330 331 and 332 of ASME B313

Reply It is the opinion of the Committee that the heat treatments specified in ASME B31P may be used as an alternative to the respective heat treatments specified in ASME B313 for the materials referenced in ASME B31P

B31 Code Case 216 Approval Date March 29 2021 ASME B313 Process Piping

Use of Enhanced Pressure Ratings for Brazed Copper Tubes and Fittings by Cold

Stretch Process

Inquiry Under what condition may higher pressure ratings be used for ASTM B88 Type L tubes and

ASME B1622 fittings in ASME B313 construction

Reply It is the opinion of the Committee that enhanced pressure ratings may be used for ASTM B88

Type L tubes and ASME B1622 fittings in ASME B313 construction provided the following conditions are

met

(a) The tubes shall conform to ASTM B88 Type L in the H58 temper

(b) The fittings shall conform to ASME B1622

(c) The maximum design temperature is 38degC (100degF)

(d) The piping shall be limited to Category D and Normal Fluid Services

(e) External pressure is not permitted

(f) The maximum tube and fitting nominal or standard size is 3 in

(g) The joints shall be brazed The qualification of brazing procedures brazers and brazing operators shall be in accordance with para 3282 Silver brazing filler metals (BAg‐XX) with

appropriate flux shall be used in the brazing process

(h) In brazing qualification the specimen in the tension test shall break in the base metal outside of

the joint with tensile strength equal to or greater than (207 MPa) 30 ksi

(i) The piping system shall receive a cold stretch operation by hydrostatic or pneumatic pressure

test in accordance with para 345 except the minimum test pressure shall be 17 times the design pressure and the maximum test pressure shall be 18 times the design pressure The test pressure shall be

maintained for at least 20 min

(j) The internal design gage pressure P shall not exceed the pressure calculated as follows

208

Where S = 689 MPa (100 ksi)

t = minimum wall thickness for ASTM B88 Type L D = maximum outside diameter for annealed temper ASTM B88 Type L

(k) Piping flexibility analysis shall be performed in accordance with para 319 using the basic

allowable stresses (Sc and Sh) equal to 414 MPa (60 ksi)

(l) Analysis of sustained loads shall be performed in accordance with para 320 using the basic

allowable stresses (Sh) equal to 414 MPa (60 ksi)

(m) Before cold stretch operation the brazed joints shall be 100 visually examined The following

conditions are not permitted

1) The presence of flux residue and unmelted filler metal

2) Excessive oxidation of the joint

3) Cracks in braze metal or base material

(n) Additional brazing is not permitted after the cold stretch operation If a braze repair is required

the following conditions shall be satisfied

1) The braze joint to be repaired shall be removed and replaced along with 150 mm (6 in)

of tube on each side of the joint

2) The piping shall receive the cold stretch operation as required in (i)

(o) The design cold stretch and repair records shall be retained by the owner for the life of the piping

B31 Code Case 217 Approval Date September 3 2021

ASME B313 Process Piping

Alternative NDE Personnel Qualification and Certification Requirements

Referenced Code ASME B313 ndash 2018 amp 2020

Inquiry May alternative personnel qualification and certification requirements be used as options to those specified in ASME B313 para 3421

Reply It is the opinion of the Committee that the personnel qualification and certification requirements below may be used as alternatives to those specified in ASME B313 para 3421 Personnel performing nondestructive examination to the requirements of this Code shall be qualified and certified for the method to be utilized in accordance with their employerrsquos written practice The written practice shall be based on the training examination and experience requirements of one of the following

(a) ASME BPVC Section V Article 1

(b) ASNT CP-189

(c) ASNT SNT-TC-1A

(d) Other national or international central certification program or standard

Page 25: B31.3 Code Cases

S3023 Computer Model Input

Table S3023 lists the node numbers lengths etc for each piping component that is displayed in Fig S3021 The computer-based options are the same as those for the Example 1 model see para S3013

S3024 Pressure Effects

The pressure effect considerations are the same as those for Example 1 see para 3014

S3025 The Operating Load Case

The Operating Case evaluated and discussed in this example includes the effects of pipe weight insulation weight fluid weight internal pressure [P1= 3 040 kPa (440 psi)] and temperature [(T1=288oC (550oF)] Table C-1 and C-2 values used for Row A and Row B expansion coefficients are listed below Row A = 132x10-6 mmmmoC (735x10-6 ininoF) Row B = 380 mmm (45 in100 ft) An operating load case is evaluated to determine the operating position of the piping and determine the reaction loads for any attached equipment anchors supports guides or stops In particular each operating load casersquos support scenario is evaluated or assessed by the designer in order to determine whether any anticipated sustained conditions need to be evaluated with one or more Y+ supports removed Further operating load case discussion can be found in para S3015 Piping loads acting on the anchors and support structure for the operating load case are listed in Table S3025 Note that only nodes 10 through 50 are listed in the following tables this is for convenience since the model is symmetric the reactions deflections and stresses for nodes 10 through 40 are the same as for nodes 110 through 140 except that some signs may be reversed

S3026 Sustained Conditions

S30261 The Stress Due to Sustained Loads SL Calculations The stress due to (long-term) sustained loads SL is computed in accordance with para 3202 for each sustained condition that is evaluated see para S30262

S30262 Anticipated Sustained Conditions All anticipated sustained conditions utilizing all possible support scenarios should be considered The designer has identified three anticipated sustained conditions for the piping system each is listed in Table S30262 along with the support status of the node 50 Y+ support as either assessed by analysis or determined by the designer The designer has deemed the Sustained Condition 3 as both controlling the sustained design and requiring evaluation

S30263 Results for the Evaluated Sustained Condition Table S30262rsquos Sustained Conditions 1 and 2 reflect the ambient temperature support scenario Sustained Condition 3 reflects the support scenario of the Operating Case All three Sustained Conditions exclude thermal effects Sustained Conditions 2 and 3 include the effects of internal pressure [P1= 3 040 kPa (440 psi)] pipe weight insulation weight and fluid weight on the piping system A summary of the Sustained Condition 3 reactions and stresses due to sustained loads SL appear in Table S30263 In the determination of SL the sustained longitudinal force index Ia is defaulted to 10 in the absence of more applicable data in accordance with para 320 The in-plane bending moment is indexed at each elbow by the appropriate Ii calculated for this example by multiplying 075 times ii determined from Appendix D (and ASME B31J Table 1-1) See para S3016 for additional information concerning the stress due to sustained loads determination

S3027 Displacement Stress Range Load Cases

The displacement stress range load cases are not listed since they are not the subject of this example

S3028 Code Compliance mdash Satisfying the Intent of the Code

The Sustained Condition 3 results indicate that the piping system is not protected against collapse for the cycles under analysis when considering the Operating Case support scenario Note the greatest Stresses due to Sustained Loads SL are at elbow nodes 40 and 140 and ldquoLift-Offrdquo support location node 50 Therefore redesign of the piping system is required If the piping system is redesigned such that it is compliant with the intent of the Code then the piping system would require no further attention unless the sustained hydrostatic leak test or operating reaction loads at either anchor data point 10 or 110 exceed the allowable loads for the attached equipment nozzle or the support structure at either node 20 or 120 is overloaded The nozzle loads and support structure analyses are beyond the scope of this Appendix and are not addressed Although the occasional load cases are important to the design and analysis of a piping system they are not discussed in this example

S303 EXAMPLE 3 MOMENT REVERSAL

S3031 Example Description

This example is intended to illustrate the flexibility analysis required for a piping system that is designed for more than one operating condition and also experiences a ldquoreversal of momentsrdquo between any two of the anticipated operating conditions The examples in this Appendix are intended for illustration purposes only and are not intended to portray the same as either adequate or even acceptable piping geometries andor support scenarios also Both the design and operating conditions are well below the creep regime The piping system in Fig S3031 consists of two headers and two branches which are referred to as gas ldquometer runsrdquo Only one of the branches is in service (operating) at a given time the out-of-service branch is purged and at ambient (as-installed) condition The design specification calls for each of the meter run branches to alternate in and out of service five times every two weeks for the piping systemrsquos planned 30-year service life (N=3900 equivalent full displacement cycles) ie f = 115 in accordance with para 30235(d) The piping system is fabricated from ASTM A53 Grade B pipe (E=100) both piping headers are DN 600 (NPS 24) and the branches are DN 500 (NPS 20) and both branch and header are 953 mm (0375 in) thick For simplicity each piping segment or component is 1524 m (5 ft) in length The piping system is in normal fluid service The fluid is gaseous is considered to add no weight and to be neither a corrosive nor an erosive hazard ie there is no corrosion allowance The line is not insulated The ambient (as-installed) temperature is 4degC (40degF) The reference modulus of elasticity used is 2034 GPa (295 Msi) and Poissonrsquos ratio is 03 Consideration is given to the close proximity of the three tees in each header in accordance with the guidance in para 31936 and the stress intensification factors from Appendix D are considered to adequately represent the header tees for this piping system The piping internal pressure and minimum to maximum metal temperature range expected during normal operation for each meter run and the design conditions are listed in Table S3031 The design conditions are set sufficiently in excess of the operating conditions so as to provide additional margin on the allowable as required by the owner

S3032 Design Conditions

The design conditions establish the pressure rating flange ratings components ratings and minimum required pipe wall thickness ASME B165 requires a minimum of Class 300 for ASTM A105 flanges The minimum required wall thickness for both the branch and header is 44 mm (0171 in) considering a 125 mill tolerance therefore selection of the standard wall thickness of 95 mm (0375 in) is acceptable S3033 Computer Model Input

Table S3033 lists the node numbers lengths etc for each piping component that is displayed in Fig S3031 Note that flanges and valve components are not explicitly included in the model listing in Table S3033 For simplicity an entire branch (from tee centerline to tee centerline) is considered to be at the operating conditions listed in Table S3031 eg the East meter run branch from nodes 40 through 340 operates at 1 724 kPa (250 psi) and 121degC (250degF) for Operating Case 2 The computer-based options are the same as those for the Example 1 model except that pressure stiffening is not included in the analyses for this example see para S3013

S3034 Pressure Effects

Neither pressure stiffening nor Bourdon effects are included in the analyses

S3035 Operating Load Case(s)

The operating load case is used to determine the operating position of the piping and reaction loads for any attached equipment anchors supports guides or stops The owner has mandated in the design specification that the meter runs and piping be more than adequately supported Therefore the operating load case while necessary to set the limits of the strain ranges does not contribute to the emphasis of this example and its output is not included Table C-1 and C-2 values used for Row A and Row B expansion coefficients are listed below Row A = 123x10-6mmmmoC (680x10-6 ininoF) Row B = 134 mmm (168 in100 ft)

S3036 Sustained Load Case

Stresses due to the sustained loads such as axial forces internal pressure and intensified bending moments in this example are combined in accordance with para320 to determine SL For reasons similar to those expressed for the operating load case the sustained load case output is not included

S3037 Displacement Stress Range Load Cases

The displacement stress range SE is computed in accordance with para 31923(b) and 31931(a) in which the strains evaluated for the ambient temperature (which is also the as-installed and minimum metal temperature condition for this particular example) are algebraically subtracted from the strains evaluated for Operating Case 1 as listed in Table S3031 Similarly the displacement stress range SE is computed from the algebraic strain difference evaluated from the ambient (as-installed) condition to Operating Case 2 as listed in Table S3031 The individual displacement stress range SE along with the internal reaction loads is evaluated for each piping component in accordance with eq (17) is listed in Tables S30371 (Operating Case 1) and has the same results as listed in Table S30372 (Operating Case 2) with the exception that some signs differ (indicating the moment reversal range between the two conditions) The algebraic strain difference between the two resultant case evaluations discussed above produces the greatest displacement stress range for the piping system in accordance with paras 31921(d) 31923(b) and 31931(a) ie SE the ldquostress range corresponding to the total displacement strainsrdquo The resulting reactionsrsquo combination and SE for each piping component are listed in Table S30373

S3038 Code Compliance mdash Satisfying the Intent of the Code

The piping system is compliant with the sustained load requirements of the Code The displacement stress range from the ambient (as-installed) condition to each of the operating cases indicates the piping system is in compliance with the intent of the Code even when limited to the eq (1a) allowable SA But the ldquostress range corresponding to the total displacement strainsrdquo which considers the algebraic strain difference between the two operating cases indicates that the piping system is not protected against fatigue failure for the cycles under analysis even when considering the eq (1b) allowable SA Therefore redesign of the piping system is required If the piping system is redesigned such that it is compliant with the intent of the code then the piping system would require no further attention unless the sustained hydrostatic leak test or operating reaction loads at either anchor data point 10 or 310 or meter runs 130 or 230 exceeded the allowable loads for the attached equipment nozzles or support structure The meter loads nozzle loads and support structure analyses are beyond the scope of this example Although the occasional load cases are important to the design and analysis of a piping system they are not discussed in this example

B31 Code Case 214 Approval Date May 30 2019 ASME B313 Process Piping

Alternative Heat Treatments for Fabrication Processes

Proposal Code Case to allow the use of ASME B31P Standard Heat treatments for Fabrication Processes as an alternative to the preheat PWHT and PFHT required by B313

Explanation ASME B31P Standard Heat treatments for Fabrication Processes was published in May 2018 In order to allow the use of this Standard by the ASME Codes prior to changes being adopted in the next edition of the respective Codes this Code Case is being proposed to allow B31P to be used as an alternative to the rules currently in the published ASME B31 Codes A similar Code Case is currently being balloted in ASME B311 (18-2339)

Summary of Changes To allow the use of ASME B31P Standard Heat Treatments for Fabrication Processes as an alternative to the heat treatment rules specified in ASME B31 3

Referenced Code ASME B313 ndash 2016 amp 2018

Inquiry May the heat treatment requirements specified in ASME B31P be used as an alternative to the required heat treatments specified in paras 330 331 and 332 of ASME B313

Reply It is the opinion of the Committee that the heat treatments specified in ASME B31P may be used as an alternative to the respective heat treatments specified in ASME B313 for the materials referenced in ASME B31P

B31 Code Case 216 Approval Date March 29 2021 ASME B313 Process Piping

Use of Enhanced Pressure Ratings for Brazed Copper Tubes and Fittings by Cold

Stretch Process

Inquiry Under what condition may higher pressure ratings be used for ASTM B88 Type L tubes and

ASME B1622 fittings in ASME B313 construction

Reply It is the opinion of the Committee that enhanced pressure ratings may be used for ASTM B88

Type L tubes and ASME B1622 fittings in ASME B313 construction provided the following conditions are

met

(a) The tubes shall conform to ASTM B88 Type L in the H58 temper

(b) The fittings shall conform to ASME B1622

(c) The maximum design temperature is 38degC (100degF)

(d) The piping shall be limited to Category D and Normal Fluid Services

(e) External pressure is not permitted

(f) The maximum tube and fitting nominal or standard size is 3 in

(g) The joints shall be brazed The qualification of brazing procedures brazers and brazing operators shall be in accordance with para 3282 Silver brazing filler metals (BAg‐XX) with

appropriate flux shall be used in the brazing process

(h) In brazing qualification the specimen in the tension test shall break in the base metal outside of

the joint with tensile strength equal to or greater than (207 MPa) 30 ksi

(i) The piping system shall receive a cold stretch operation by hydrostatic or pneumatic pressure

test in accordance with para 345 except the minimum test pressure shall be 17 times the design pressure and the maximum test pressure shall be 18 times the design pressure The test pressure shall be

maintained for at least 20 min

(j) The internal design gage pressure P shall not exceed the pressure calculated as follows

208

Where S = 689 MPa (100 ksi)

t = minimum wall thickness for ASTM B88 Type L D = maximum outside diameter for annealed temper ASTM B88 Type L

(k) Piping flexibility analysis shall be performed in accordance with para 319 using the basic

allowable stresses (Sc and Sh) equal to 414 MPa (60 ksi)

(l) Analysis of sustained loads shall be performed in accordance with para 320 using the basic

allowable stresses (Sh) equal to 414 MPa (60 ksi)

(m) Before cold stretch operation the brazed joints shall be 100 visually examined The following

conditions are not permitted

1) The presence of flux residue and unmelted filler metal

2) Excessive oxidation of the joint

3) Cracks in braze metal or base material

(n) Additional brazing is not permitted after the cold stretch operation If a braze repair is required

the following conditions shall be satisfied

1) The braze joint to be repaired shall be removed and replaced along with 150 mm (6 in)

of tube on each side of the joint

2) The piping shall receive the cold stretch operation as required in (i)

(o) The design cold stretch and repair records shall be retained by the owner for the life of the piping

B31 Code Case 217 Approval Date September 3 2021

ASME B313 Process Piping

Alternative NDE Personnel Qualification and Certification Requirements

Referenced Code ASME B313 ndash 2018 amp 2020

Inquiry May alternative personnel qualification and certification requirements be used as options to those specified in ASME B313 para 3421

Reply It is the opinion of the Committee that the personnel qualification and certification requirements below may be used as alternatives to those specified in ASME B313 para 3421 Personnel performing nondestructive examination to the requirements of this Code shall be qualified and certified for the method to be utilized in accordance with their employerrsquos written practice The written practice shall be based on the training examination and experience requirements of one of the following

(a) ASME BPVC Section V Article 1

(b) ASNT CP-189

(c) ASNT SNT-TC-1A

(d) Other national or international central certification program or standard

Page 26: B31.3 Code Cases

S3026 Sustained Conditions

S30261 The Stress Due to Sustained Loads SL Calculations The stress due to (long-term) sustained loads SL is computed in accordance with para 3202 for each sustained condition that is evaluated see para S30262

S30262 Anticipated Sustained Conditions All anticipated sustained conditions utilizing all possible support scenarios should be considered The designer has identified three anticipated sustained conditions for the piping system each is listed in Table S30262 along with the support status of the node 50 Y+ support as either assessed by analysis or determined by the designer The designer has deemed the Sustained Condition 3 as both controlling the sustained design and requiring evaluation

S30263 Results for the Evaluated Sustained Condition Table S30262rsquos Sustained Conditions 1 and 2 reflect the ambient temperature support scenario Sustained Condition 3 reflects the support scenario of the Operating Case All three Sustained Conditions exclude thermal effects Sustained Conditions 2 and 3 include the effects of internal pressure [P1= 3 040 kPa (440 psi)] pipe weight insulation weight and fluid weight on the piping system A summary of the Sustained Condition 3 reactions and stresses due to sustained loads SL appear in Table S30263 In the determination of SL the sustained longitudinal force index Ia is defaulted to 10 in the absence of more applicable data in accordance with para 320 The in-plane bending moment is indexed at each elbow by the appropriate Ii calculated for this example by multiplying 075 times ii determined from Appendix D (and ASME B31J Table 1-1) See para S3016 for additional information concerning the stress due to sustained loads determination

S3027 Displacement Stress Range Load Cases

The displacement stress range load cases are not listed since they are not the subject of this example

S3028 Code Compliance mdash Satisfying the Intent of the Code

The Sustained Condition 3 results indicate that the piping system is not protected against collapse for the cycles under analysis when considering the Operating Case support scenario Note the greatest Stresses due to Sustained Loads SL are at elbow nodes 40 and 140 and ldquoLift-Offrdquo support location node 50 Therefore redesign of the piping system is required If the piping system is redesigned such that it is compliant with the intent of the Code then the piping system would require no further attention unless the sustained hydrostatic leak test or operating reaction loads at either anchor data point 10 or 110 exceed the allowable loads for the attached equipment nozzle or the support structure at either node 20 or 120 is overloaded The nozzle loads and support structure analyses are beyond the scope of this Appendix and are not addressed Although the occasional load cases are important to the design and analysis of a piping system they are not discussed in this example

S303 EXAMPLE 3 MOMENT REVERSAL

S3031 Example Description

This example is intended to illustrate the flexibility analysis required for a piping system that is designed for more than one operating condition and also experiences a ldquoreversal of momentsrdquo between any two of the anticipated operating conditions The examples in this Appendix are intended for illustration purposes only and are not intended to portray the same as either adequate or even acceptable piping geometries andor support scenarios also Both the design and operating conditions are well below the creep regime The piping system in Fig S3031 consists of two headers and two branches which are referred to as gas ldquometer runsrdquo Only one of the branches is in service (operating) at a given time the out-of-service branch is purged and at ambient (as-installed) condition The design specification calls for each of the meter run branches to alternate in and out of service five times every two weeks for the piping systemrsquos planned 30-year service life (N=3900 equivalent full displacement cycles) ie f = 115 in accordance with para 30235(d) The piping system is fabricated from ASTM A53 Grade B pipe (E=100) both piping headers are DN 600 (NPS 24) and the branches are DN 500 (NPS 20) and both branch and header are 953 mm (0375 in) thick For simplicity each piping segment or component is 1524 m (5 ft) in length The piping system is in normal fluid service The fluid is gaseous is considered to add no weight and to be neither a corrosive nor an erosive hazard ie there is no corrosion allowance The line is not insulated The ambient (as-installed) temperature is 4degC (40degF) The reference modulus of elasticity used is 2034 GPa (295 Msi) and Poissonrsquos ratio is 03 Consideration is given to the close proximity of the three tees in each header in accordance with the guidance in para 31936 and the stress intensification factors from Appendix D are considered to adequately represent the header tees for this piping system The piping internal pressure and minimum to maximum metal temperature range expected during normal operation for each meter run and the design conditions are listed in Table S3031 The design conditions are set sufficiently in excess of the operating conditions so as to provide additional margin on the allowable as required by the owner

S3032 Design Conditions

The design conditions establish the pressure rating flange ratings components ratings and minimum required pipe wall thickness ASME B165 requires a minimum of Class 300 for ASTM A105 flanges The minimum required wall thickness for both the branch and header is 44 mm (0171 in) considering a 125 mill tolerance therefore selection of the standard wall thickness of 95 mm (0375 in) is acceptable S3033 Computer Model Input

Table S3033 lists the node numbers lengths etc for each piping component that is displayed in Fig S3031 Note that flanges and valve components are not explicitly included in the model listing in Table S3033 For simplicity an entire branch (from tee centerline to tee centerline) is considered to be at the operating conditions listed in Table S3031 eg the East meter run branch from nodes 40 through 340 operates at 1 724 kPa (250 psi) and 121degC (250degF) for Operating Case 2 The computer-based options are the same as those for the Example 1 model except that pressure stiffening is not included in the analyses for this example see para S3013

S3034 Pressure Effects

Neither pressure stiffening nor Bourdon effects are included in the analyses

S3035 Operating Load Case(s)

The operating load case is used to determine the operating position of the piping and reaction loads for any attached equipment anchors supports guides or stops The owner has mandated in the design specification that the meter runs and piping be more than adequately supported Therefore the operating load case while necessary to set the limits of the strain ranges does not contribute to the emphasis of this example and its output is not included Table C-1 and C-2 values used for Row A and Row B expansion coefficients are listed below Row A = 123x10-6mmmmoC (680x10-6 ininoF) Row B = 134 mmm (168 in100 ft)

S3036 Sustained Load Case

Stresses due to the sustained loads such as axial forces internal pressure and intensified bending moments in this example are combined in accordance with para320 to determine SL For reasons similar to those expressed for the operating load case the sustained load case output is not included

S3037 Displacement Stress Range Load Cases

The displacement stress range SE is computed in accordance with para 31923(b) and 31931(a) in which the strains evaluated for the ambient temperature (which is also the as-installed and minimum metal temperature condition for this particular example) are algebraically subtracted from the strains evaluated for Operating Case 1 as listed in Table S3031 Similarly the displacement stress range SE is computed from the algebraic strain difference evaluated from the ambient (as-installed) condition to Operating Case 2 as listed in Table S3031 The individual displacement stress range SE along with the internal reaction loads is evaluated for each piping component in accordance with eq (17) is listed in Tables S30371 (Operating Case 1) and has the same results as listed in Table S30372 (Operating Case 2) with the exception that some signs differ (indicating the moment reversal range between the two conditions) The algebraic strain difference between the two resultant case evaluations discussed above produces the greatest displacement stress range for the piping system in accordance with paras 31921(d) 31923(b) and 31931(a) ie SE the ldquostress range corresponding to the total displacement strainsrdquo The resulting reactionsrsquo combination and SE for each piping component are listed in Table S30373

S3038 Code Compliance mdash Satisfying the Intent of the Code

The piping system is compliant with the sustained load requirements of the Code The displacement stress range from the ambient (as-installed) condition to each of the operating cases indicates the piping system is in compliance with the intent of the Code even when limited to the eq (1a) allowable SA But the ldquostress range corresponding to the total displacement strainsrdquo which considers the algebraic strain difference between the two operating cases indicates that the piping system is not protected against fatigue failure for the cycles under analysis even when considering the eq (1b) allowable SA Therefore redesign of the piping system is required If the piping system is redesigned such that it is compliant with the intent of the code then the piping system would require no further attention unless the sustained hydrostatic leak test or operating reaction loads at either anchor data point 10 or 310 or meter runs 130 or 230 exceeded the allowable loads for the attached equipment nozzles or support structure The meter loads nozzle loads and support structure analyses are beyond the scope of this example Although the occasional load cases are important to the design and analysis of a piping system they are not discussed in this example

B31 Code Case 214 Approval Date May 30 2019 ASME B313 Process Piping

Alternative Heat Treatments for Fabrication Processes

Proposal Code Case to allow the use of ASME B31P Standard Heat treatments for Fabrication Processes as an alternative to the preheat PWHT and PFHT required by B313

Explanation ASME B31P Standard Heat treatments for Fabrication Processes was published in May 2018 In order to allow the use of this Standard by the ASME Codes prior to changes being adopted in the next edition of the respective Codes this Code Case is being proposed to allow B31P to be used as an alternative to the rules currently in the published ASME B31 Codes A similar Code Case is currently being balloted in ASME B311 (18-2339)

Summary of Changes To allow the use of ASME B31P Standard Heat Treatments for Fabrication Processes as an alternative to the heat treatment rules specified in ASME B31 3

Referenced Code ASME B313 ndash 2016 amp 2018

Inquiry May the heat treatment requirements specified in ASME B31P be used as an alternative to the required heat treatments specified in paras 330 331 and 332 of ASME B313

Reply It is the opinion of the Committee that the heat treatments specified in ASME B31P may be used as an alternative to the respective heat treatments specified in ASME B313 for the materials referenced in ASME B31P

B31 Code Case 216 Approval Date March 29 2021 ASME B313 Process Piping

Use of Enhanced Pressure Ratings for Brazed Copper Tubes and Fittings by Cold

Stretch Process

Inquiry Under what condition may higher pressure ratings be used for ASTM B88 Type L tubes and

ASME B1622 fittings in ASME B313 construction

Reply It is the opinion of the Committee that enhanced pressure ratings may be used for ASTM B88

Type L tubes and ASME B1622 fittings in ASME B313 construction provided the following conditions are

met

(a) The tubes shall conform to ASTM B88 Type L in the H58 temper

(b) The fittings shall conform to ASME B1622

(c) The maximum design temperature is 38degC (100degF)

(d) The piping shall be limited to Category D and Normal Fluid Services

(e) External pressure is not permitted

(f) The maximum tube and fitting nominal or standard size is 3 in

(g) The joints shall be brazed The qualification of brazing procedures brazers and brazing operators shall be in accordance with para 3282 Silver brazing filler metals (BAg‐XX) with

appropriate flux shall be used in the brazing process

(h) In brazing qualification the specimen in the tension test shall break in the base metal outside of

the joint with tensile strength equal to or greater than (207 MPa) 30 ksi

(i) The piping system shall receive a cold stretch operation by hydrostatic or pneumatic pressure

test in accordance with para 345 except the minimum test pressure shall be 17 times the design pressure and the maximum test pressure shall be 18 times the design pressure The test pressure shall be

maintained for at least 20 min

(j) The internal design gage pressure P shall not exceed the pressure calculated as follows

208

Where S = 689 MPa (100 ksi)

t = minimum wall thickness for ASTM B88 Type L D = maximum outside diameter for annealed temper ASTM B88 Type L

(k) Piping flexibility analysis shall be performed in accordance with para 319 using the basic

allowable stresses (Sc and Sh) equal to 414 MPa (60 ksi)

(l) Analysis of sustained loads shall be performed in accordance with para 320 using the basic

allowable stresses (Sh) equal to 414 MPa (60 ksi)

(m) Before cold stretch operation the brazed joints shall be 100 visually examined The following

conditions are not permitted

1) The presence of flux residue and unmelted filler metal

2) Excessive oxidation of the joint

3) Cracks in braze metal or base material

(n) Additional brazing is not permitted after the cold stretch operation If a braze repair is required

the following conditions shall be satisfied

1) The braze joint to be repaired shall be removed and replaced along with 150 mm (6 in)

of tube on each side of the joint

2) The piping shall receive the cold stretch operation as required in (i)

(o) The design cold stretch and repair records shall be retained by the owner for the life of the piping

B31 Code Case 217 Approval Date September 3 2021

ASME B313 Process Piping

Alternative NDE Personnel Qualification and Certification Requirements

Referenced Code ASME B313 ndash 2018 amp 2020

Inquiry May alternative personnel qualification and certification requirements be used as options to those specified in ASME B313 para 3421

Reply It is the opinion of the Committee that the personnel qualification and certification requirements below may be used as alternatives to those specified in ASME B313 para 3421 Personnel performing nondestructive examination to the requirements of this Code shall be qualified and certified for the method to be utilized in accordance with their employerrsquos written practice The written practice shall be based on the training examination and experience requirements of one of the following

(a) ASME BPVC Section V Article 1

(b) ASNT CP-189

(c) ASNT SNT-TC-1A

(d) Other national or international central certification program or standard

Page 27: B31.3 Code Cases

S3027 Displacement Stress Range Load Cases

The displacement stress range load cases are not listed since they are not the subject of this example

S3028 Code Compliance mdash Satisfying the Intent of the Code

The Sustained Condition 3 results indicate that the piping system is not protected against collapse for the cycles under analysis when considering the Operating Case support scenario Note the greatest Stresses due to Sustained Loads SL are at elbow nodes 40 and 140 and ldquoLift-Offrdquo support location node 50 Therefore redesign of the piping system is required If the piping system is redesigned such that it is compliant with the intent of the Code then the piping system would require no further attention unless the sustained hydrostatic leak test or operating reaction loads at either anchor data point 10 or 110 exceed the allowable loads for the attached equipment nozzle or the support structure at either node 20 or 120 is overloaded The nozzle loads and support structure analyses are beyond the scope of this Appendix and are not addressed Although the occasional load cases are important to the design and analysis of a piping system they are not discussed in this example

S303 EXAMPLE 3 MOMENT REVERSAL

S3031 Example Description

This example is intended to illustrate the flexibility analysis required for a piping system that is designed for more than one operating condition and also experiences a ldquoreversal of momentsrdquo between any two of the anticipated operating conditions The examples in this Appendix are intended for illustration purposes only and are not intended to portray the same as either adequate or even acceptable piping geometries andor support scenarios also Both the design and operating conditions are well below the creep regime The piping system in Fig S3031 consists of two headers and two branches which are referred to as gas ldquometer runsrdquo Only one of the branches is in service (operating) at a given time the out-of-service branch is purged and at ambient (as-installed) condition The design specification calls for each of the meter run branches to alternate in and out of service five times every two weeks for the piping systemrsquos planned 30-year service life (N=3900 equivalent full displacement cycles) ie f = 115 in accordance with para 30235(d) The piping system is fabricated from ASTM A53 Grade B pipe (E=100) both piping headers are DN 600 (NPS 24) and the branches are DN 500 (NPS 20) and both branch and header are 953 mm (0375 in) thick For simplicity each piping segment or component is 1524 m (5 ft) in length The piping system is in normal fluid service The fluid is gaseous is considered to add no weight and to be neither a corrosive nor an erosive hazard ie there is no corrosion allowance The line is not insulated The ambient (as-installed) temperature is 4degC (40degF) The reference modulus of elasticity used is 2034 GPa (295 Msi) and Poissonrsquos ratio is 03 Consideration is given to the close proximity of the three tees in each header in accordance with the guidance in para 31936 and the stress intensification factors from Appendix D are considered to adequately represent the header tees for this piping system The piping internal pressure and minimum to maximum metal temperature range expected during normal operation for each meter run and the design conditions are listed in Table S3031 The design conditions are set sufficiently in excess of the operating conditions so as to provide additional margin on the allowable as required by the owner

S3032 Design Conditions

The design conditions establish the pressure rating flange ratings components ratings and minimum required pipe wall thickness ASME B165 requires a minimum of Class 300 for ASTM A105 flanges The minimum required wall thickness for both the branch and header is 44 mm (0171 in) considering a 125 mill tolerance therefore selection of the standard wall thickness of 95 mm (0375 in) is acceptable S3033 Computer Model Input

Table S3033 lists the node numbers lengths etc for each piping component that is displayed in Fig S3031 Note that flanges and valve components are not explicitly included in the model listing in Table S3033 For simplicity an entire branch (from tee centerline to tee centerline) is considered to be at the operating conditions listed in Table S3031 eg the East meter run branch from nodes 40 through 340 operates at 1 724 kPa (250 psi) and 121degC (250degF) for Operating Case 2 The computer-based options are the same as those for the Example 1 model except that pressure stiffening is not included in the analyses for this example see para S3013

S3034 Pressure Effects

Neither pressure stiffening nor Bourdon effects are included in the analyses

S3035 Operating Load Case(s)

The operating load case is used to determine the operating position of the piping and reaction loads for any attached equipment anchors supports guides or stops The owner has mandated in the design specification that the meter runs and piping be more than adequately supported Therefore the operating load case while necessary to set the limits of the strain ranges does not contribute to the emphasis of this example and its output is not included Table C-1 and C-2 values used for Row A and Row B expansion coefficients are listed below Row A = 123x10-6mmmmoC (680x10-6 ininoF) Row B = 134 mmm (168 in100 ft)

S3036 Sustained Load Case

Stresses due to the sustained loads such as axial forces internal pressure and intensified bending moments in this example are combined in accordance with para320 to determine SL For reasons similar to those expressed for the operating load case the sustained load case output is not included

S3037 Displacement Stress Range Load Cases

The displacement stress range SE is computed in accordance with para 31923(b) and 31931(a) in which the strains evaluated for the ambient temperature (which is also the as-installed and minimum metal temperature condition for this particular example) are algebraically subtracted from the strains evaluated for Operating Case 1 as listed in Table S3031 Similarly the displacement stress range SE is computed from the algebraic strain difference evaluated from the ambient (as-installed) condition to Operating Case 2 as listed in Table S3031 The individual displacement stress range SE along with the internal reaction loads is evaluated for each piping component in accordance with eq (17) is listed in Tables S30371 (Operating Case 1) and has the same results as listed in Table S30372 (Operating Case 2) with the exception that some signs differ (indicating the moment reversal range between the two conditions) The algebraic strain difference between the two resultant case evaluations discussed above produces the greatest displacement stress range for the piping system in accordance with paras 31921(d) 31923(b) and 31931(a) ie SE the ldquostress range corresponding to the total displacement strainsrdquo The resulting reactionsrsquo combination and SE for each piping component are listed in Table S30373

S3038 Code Compliance mdash Satisfying the Intent of the Code

The piping system is compliant with the sustained load requirements of the Code The displacement stress range from the ambient (as-installed) condition to each of the operating cases indicates the piping system is in compliance with the intent of the Code even when limited to the eq (1a) allowable SA But the ldquostress range corresponding to the total displacement strainsrdquo which considers the algebraic strain difference between the two operating cases indicates that the piping system is not protected against fatigue failure for the cycles under analysis even when considering the eq (1b) allowable SA Therefore redesign of the piping system is required If the piping system is redesigned such that it is compliant with the intent of the code then the piping system would require no further attention unless the sustained hydrostatic leak test or operating reaction loads at either anchor data point 10 or 310 or meter runs 130 or 230 exceeded the allowable loads for the attached equipment nozzles or support structure The meter loads nozzle loads and support structure analyses are beyond the scope of this example Although the occasional load cases are important to the design and analysis of a piping system they are not discussed in this example

B31 Code Case 214 Approval Date May 30 2019 ASME B313 Process Piping

Alternative Heat Treatments for Fabrication Processes

Proposal Code Case to allow the use of ASME B31P Standard Heat treatments for Fabrication Processes as an alternative to the preheat PWHT and PFHT required by B313

Explanation ASME B31P Standard Heat treatments for Fabrication Processes was published in May 2018 In order to allow the use of this Standard by the ASME Codes prior to changes being adopted in the next edition of the respective Codes this Code Case is being proposed to allow B31P to be used as an alternative to the rules currently in the published ASME B31 Codes A similar Code Case is currently being balloted in ASME B311 (18-2339)

Summary of Changes To allow the use of ASME B31P Standard Heat Treatments for Fabrication Processes as an alternative to the heat treatment rules specified in ASME B31 3

Referenced Code ASME B313 ndash 2016 amp 2018

Inquiry May the heat treatment requirements specified in ASME B31P be used as an alternative to the required heat treatments specified in paras 330 331 and 332 of ASME B313

Reply It is the opinion of the Committee that the heat treatments specified in ASME B31P may be used as an alternative to the respective heat treatments specified in ASME B313 for the materials referenced in ASME B31P

B31 Code Case 216 Approval Date March 29 2021 ASME B313 Process Piping

Use of Enhanced Pressure Ratings for Brazed Copper Tubes and Fittings by Cold

Stretch Process

Inquiry Under what condition may higher pressure ratings be used for ASTM B88 Type L tubes and

ASME B1622 fittings in ASME B313 construction

Reply It is the opinion of the Committee that enhanced pressure ratings may be used for ASTM B88

Type L tubes and ASME B1622 fittings in ASME B313 construction provided the following conditions are

met

(a) The tubes shall conform to ASTM B88 Type L in the H58 temper

(b) The fittings shall conform to ASME B1622

(c) The maximum design temperature is 38degC (100degF)

(d) The piping shall be limited to Category D and Normal Fluid Services

(e) External pressure is not permitted

(f) The maximum tube and fitting nominal or standard size is 3 in

(g) The joints shall be brazed The qualification of brazing procedures brazers and brazing operators shall be in accordance with para 3282 Silver brazing filler metals (BAg‐XX) with

appropriate flux shall be used in the brazing process

(h) In brazing qualification the specimen in the tension test shall break in the base metal outside of

the joint with tensile strength equal to or greater than (207 MPa) 30 ksi

(i) The piping system shall receive a cold stretch operation by hydrostatic or pneumatic pressure

test in accordance with para 345 except the minimum test pressure shall be 17 times the design pressure and the maximum test pressure shall be 18 times the design pressure The test pressure shall be

maintained for at least 20 min

(j) The internal design gage pressure P shall not exceed the pressure calculated as follows

208

Where S = 689 MPa (100 ksi)

t = minimum wall thickness for ASTM B88 Type L D = maximum outside diameter for annealed temper ASTM B88 Type L

(k) Piping flexibility analysis shall be performed in accordance with para 319 using the basic

allowable stresses (Sc and Sh) equal to 414 MPa (60 ksi)

(l) Analysis of sustained loads shall be performed in accordance with para 320 using the basic

allowable stresses (Sh) equal to 414 MPa (60 ksi)

(m) Before cold stretch operation the brazed joints shall be 100 visually examined The following

conditions are not permitted

1) The presence of flux residue and unmelted filler metal

2) Excessive oxidation of the joint

3) Cracks in braze metal or base material

(n) Additional brazing is not permitted after the cold stretch operation If a braze repair is required

the following conditions shall be satisfied

1) The braze joint to be repaired shall be removed and replaced along with 150 mm (6 in)

of tube on each side of the joint

2) The piping shall receive the cold stretch operation as required in (i)

(o) The design cold stretch and repair records shall be retained by the owner for the life of the piping

B31 Code Case 217 Approval Date September 3 2021

ASME B313 Process Piping

Alternative NDE Personnel Qualification and Certification Requirements

Referenced Code ASME B313 ndash 2018 amp 2020

Inquiry May alternative personnel qualification and certification requirements be used as options to those specified in ASME B313 para 3421

Reply It is the opinion of the Committee that the personnel qualification and certification requirements below may be used as alternatives to those specified in ASME B313 para 3421 Personnel performing nondestructive examination to the requirements of this Code shall be qualified and certified for the method to be utilized in accordance with their employerrsquos written practice The written practice shall be based on the training examination and experience requirements of one of the following

(a) ASME BPVC Section V Article 1

(b) ASNT CP-189

(c) ASNT SNT-TC-1A

(d) Other national or international central certification program or standard

Page 28: B31.3 Code Cases

S303 EXAMPLE 3 MOMENT REVERSAL

S3031 Example Description

This example is intended to illustrate the flexibility analysis required for a piping system that is designed for more than one operating condition and also experiences a ldquoreversal of momentsrdquo between any two of the anticipated operating conditions The examples in this Appendix are intended for illustration purposes only and are not intended to portray the same as either adequate or even acceptable piping geometries andor support scenarios also Both the design and operating conditions are well below the creep regime The piping system in Fig S3031 consists of two headers and two branches which are referred to as gas ldquometer runsrdquo Only one of the branches is in service (operating) at a given time the out-of-service branch is purged and at ambient (as-installed) condition The design specification calls for each of the meter run branches to alternate in and out of service five times every two weeks for the piping systemrsquos planned 30-year service life (N=3900 equivalent full displacement cycles) ie f = 115 in accordance with para 30235(d) The piping system is fabricated from ASTM A53 Grade B pipe (E=100) both piping headers are DN 600 (NPS 24) and the branches are DN 500 (NPS 20) and both branch and header are 953 mm (0375 in) thick For simplicity each piping segment or component is 1524 m (5 ft) in length The piping system is in normal fluid service The fluid is gaseous is considered to add no weight and to be neither a corrosive nor an erosive hazard ie there is no corrosion allowance The line is not insulated The ambient (as-installed) temperature is 4degC (40degF) The reference modulus of elasticity used is 2034 GPa (295 Msi) and Poissonrsquos ratio is 03 Consideration is given to the close proximity of the three tees in each header in accordance with the guidance in para 31936 and the stress intensification factors from Appendix D are considered to adequately represent the header tees for this piping system The piping internal pressure and minimum to maximum metal temperature range expected during normal operation for each meter run and the design conditions are listed in Table S3031 The design conditions are set sufficiently in excess of the operating conditions so as to provide additional margin on the allowable as required by the owner

S3032 Design Conditions

The design conditions establish the pressure rating flange ratings components ratings and minimum required pipe wall thickness ASME B165 requires a minimum of Class 300 for ASTM A105 flanges The minimum required wall thickness for both the branch and header is 44 mm (0171 in) considering a 125 mill tolerance therefore selection of the standard wall thickness of 95 mm (0375 in) is acceptable S3033 Computer Model Input

Table S3033 lists the node numbers lengths etc for each piping component that is displayed in Fig S3031 Note that flanges and valve components are not explicitly included in the model listing in Table S3033 For simplicity an entire branch (from tee centerline to tee centerline) is considered to be at the operating conditions listed in Table S3031 eg the East meter run branch from nodes 40 through 340 operates at 1 724 kPa (250 psi) and 121degC (250degF) for Operating Case 2 The computer-based options are the same as those for the Example 1 model except that pressure stiffening is not included in the analyses for this example see para S3013

S3034 Pressure Effects

Neither pressure stiffening nor Bourdon effects are included in the analyses

S3035 Operating Load Case(s)

The operating load case is used to determine the operating position of the piping and reaction loads for any attached equipment anchors supports guides or stops The owner has mandated in the design specification that the meter runs and piping be more than adequately supported Therefore the operating load case while necessary to set the limits of the strain ranges does not contribute to the emphasis of this example and its output is not included Table C-1 and C-2 values used for Row A and Row B expansion coefficients are listed below Row A = 123x10-6mmmmoC (680x10-6 ininoF) Row B = 134 mmm (168 in100 ft)

S3036 Sustained Load Case

Stresses due to the sustained loads such as axial forces internal pressure and intensified bending moments in this example are combined in accordance with para320 to determine SL For reasons similar to those expressed for the operating load case the sustained load case output is not included

S3037 Displacement Stress Range Load Cases

The displacement stress range SE is computed in accordance with para 31923(b) and 31931(a) in which the strains evaluated for the ambient temperature (which is also the as-installed and minimum metal temperature condition for this particular example) are algebraically subtracted from the strains evaluated for Operating Case 1 as listed in Table S3031 Similarly the displacement stress range SE is computed from the algebraic strain difference evaluated from the ambient (as-installed) condition to Operating Case 2 as listed in Table S3031 The individual displacement stress range SE along with the internal reaction loads is evaluated for each piping component in accordance with eq (17) is listed in Tables S30371 (Operating Case 1) and has the same results as listed in Table S30372 (Operating Case 2) with the exception that some signs differ (indicating the moment reversal range between the two conditions) The algebraic strain difference between the two resultant case evaluations discussed above produces the greatest displacement stress range for the piping system in accordance with paras 31921(d) 31923(b) and 31931(a) ie SE the ldquostress range corresponding to the total displacement strainsrdquo The resulting reactionsrsquo combination and SE for each piping component are listed in Table S30373

S3038 Code Compliance mdash Satisfying the Intent of the Code

The piping system is compliant with the sustained load requirements of the Code The displacement stress range from the ambient (as-installed) condition to each of the operating cases indicates the piping system is in compliance with the intent of the Code even when limited to the eq (1a) allowable SA But the ldquostress range corresponding to the total displacement strainsrdquo which considers the algebraic strain difference between the two operating cases indicates that the piping system is not protected against fatigue failure for the cycles under analysis even when considering the eq (1b) allowable SA Therefore redesign of the piping system is required If the piping system is redesigned such that it is compliant with the intent of the code then the piping system would require no further attention unless the sustained hydrostatic leak test or operating reaction loads at either anchor data point 10 or 310 or meter runs 130 or 230 exceeded the allowable loads for the attached equipment nozzles or support structure The meter loads nozzle loads and support structure analyses are beyond the scope of this example Although the occasional load cases are important to the design and analysis of a piping system they are not discussed in this example

B31 Code Case 214 Approval Date May 30 2019 ASME B313 Process Piping

Alternative Heat Treatments for Fabrication Processes

Proposal Code Case to allow the use of ASME B31P Standard Heat treatments for Fabrication Processes as an alternative to the preheat PWHT and PFHT required by B313

Explanation ASME B31P Standard Heat treatments for Fabrication Processes was published in May 2018 In order to allow the use of this Standard by the ASME Codes prior to changes being adopted in the next edition of the respective Codes this Code Case is being proposed to allow B31P to be used as an alternative to the rules currently in the published ASME B31 Codes A similar Code Case is currently being balloted in ASME B311 (18-2339)

Summary of Changes To allow the use of ASME B31P Standard Heat Treatments for Fabrication Processes as an alternative to the heat treatment rules specified in ASME B31 3

Referenced Code ASME B313 ndash 2016 amp 2018

Inquiry May the heat treatment requirements specified in ASME B31P be used as an alternative to the required heat treatments specified in paras 330 331 and 332 of ASME B313

Reply It is the opinion of the Committee that the heat treatments specified in ASME B31P may be used as an alternative to the respective heat treatments specified in ASME B313 for the materials referenced in ASME B31P

B31 Code Case 216 Approval Date March 29 2021 ASME B313 Process Piping

Use of Enhanced Pressure Ratings for Brazed Copper Tubes and Fittings by Cold

Stretch Process

Inquiry Under what condition may higher pressure ratings be used for ASTM B88 Type L tubes and

ASME B1622 fittings in ASME B313 construction

Reply It is the opinion of the Committee that enhanced pressure ratings may be used for ASTM B88

Type L tubes and ASME B1622 fittings in ASME B313 construction provided the following conditions are

met

(a) The tubes shall conform to ASTM B88 Type L in the H58 temper

(b) The fittings shall conform to ASME B1622

(c) The maximum design temperature is 38degC (100degF)

(d) The piping shall be limited to Category D and Normal Fluid Services

(e) External pressure is not permitted

(f) The maximum tube and fitting nominal or standard size is 3 in

(g) The joints shall be brazed The qualification of brazing procedures brazers and brazing operators shall be in accordance with para 3282 Silver brazing filler metals (BAg‐XX) with

appropriate flux shall be used in the brazing process

(h) In brazing qualification the specimen in the tension test shall break in the base metal outside of

the joint with tensile strength equal to or greater than (207 MPa) 30 ksi

(i) The piping system shall receive a cold stretch operation by hydrostatic or pneumatic pressure

test in accordance with para 345 except the minimum test pressure shall be 17 times the design pressure and the maximum test pressure shall be 18 times the design pressure The test pressure shall be

maintained for at least 20 min

(j) The internal design gage pressure P shall not exceed the pressure calculated as follows

208

Where S = 689 MPa (100 ksi)

t = minimum wall thickness for ASTM B88 Type L D = maximum outside diameter for annealed temper ASTM B88 Type L

(k) Piping flexibility analysis shall be performed in accordance with para 319 using the basic

allowable stresses (Sc and Sh) equal to 414 MPa (60 ksi)

(l) Analysis of sustained loads shall be performed in accordance with para 320 using the basic

allowable stresses (Sh) equal to 414 MPa (60 ksi)

(m) Before cold stretch operation the brazed joints shall be 100 visually examined The following

conditions are not permitted

1) The presence of flux residue and unmelted filler metal

2) Excessive oxidation of the joint

3) Cracks in braze metal or base material

(n) Additional brazing is not permitted after the cold stretch operation If a braze repair is required

the following conditions shall be satisfied

1) The braze joint to be repaired shall be removed and replaced along with 150 mm (6 in)

of tube on each side of the joint

2) The piping shall receive the cold stretch operation as required in (i)

(o) The design cold stretch and repair records shall be retained by the owner for the life of the piping

B31 Code Case 217 Approval Date September 3 2021

ASME B313 Process Piping

Alternative NDE Personnel Qualification and Certification Requirements

Referenced Code ASME B313 ndash 2018 amp 2020

Inquiry May alternative personnel qualification and certification requirements be used as options to those specified in ASME B313 para 3421

Reply It is the opinion of the Committee that the personnel qualification and certification requirements below may be used as alternatives to those specified in ASME B313 para 3421 Personnel performing nondestructive examination to the requirements of this Code shall be qualified and certified for the method to be utilized in accordance with their employerrsquos written practice The written practice shall be based on the training examination and experience requirements of one of the following

(a) ASME BPVC Section V Article 1

(b) ASNT CP-189

(c) ASNT SNT-TC-1A

(d) Other national or international central certification program or standard

Page 29: B31.3 Code Cases

S3032 Design Conditions

The design conditions establish the pressure rating flange ratings components ratings and minimum required pipe wall thickness ASME B165 requires a minimum of Class 300 for ASTM A105 flanges The minimum required wall thickness for both the branch and header is 44 mm (0171 in) considering a 125 mill tolerance therefore selection of the standard wall thickness of 95 mm (0375 in) is acceptable S3033 Computer Model Input

Table S3033 lists the node numbers lengths etc for each piping component that is displayed in Fig S3031 Note that flanges and valve components are not explicitly included in the model listing in Table S3033 For simplicity an entire branch (from tee centerline to tee centerline) is considered to be at the operating conditions listed in Table S3031 eg the East meter run branch from nodes 40 through 340 operates at 1 724 kPa (250 psi) and 121degC (250degF) for Operating Case 2 The computer-based options are the same as those for the Example 1 model except that pressure stiffening is not included in the analyses for this example see para S3013

S3034 Pressure Effects

Neither pressure stiffening nor Bourdon effects are included in the analyses

S3035 Operating Load Case(s)

The operating load case is used to determine the operating position of the piping and reaction loads for any attached equipment anchors supports guides or stops The owner has mandated in the design specification that the meter runs and piping be more than adequately supported Therefore the operating load case while necessary to set the limits of the strain ranges does not contribute to the emphasis of this example and its output is not included Table C-1 and C-2 values used for Row A and Row B expansion coefficients are listed below Row A = 123x10-6mmmmoC (680x10-6 ininoF) Row B = 134 mmm (168 in100 ft)

S3036 Sustained Load Case

Stresses due to the sustained loads such as axial forces internal pressure and intensified bending moments in this example are combined in accordance with para320 to determine SL For reasons similar to those expressed for the operating load case the sustained load case output is not included

S3037 Displacement Stress Range Load Cases

The displacement stress range SE is computed in accordance with para 31923(b) and 31931(a) in which the strains evaluated for the ambient temperature (which is also the as-installed and minimum metal temperature condition for this particular example) are algebraically subtracted from the strains evaluated for Operating Case 1 as listed in Table S3031 Similarly the displacement stress range SE is computed from the algebraic strain difference evaluated from the ambient (as-installed) condition to Operating Case 2 as listed in Table S3031 The individual displacement stress range SE along with the internal reaction loads is evaluated for each piping component in accordance with eq (17) is listed in Tables S30371 (Operating Case 1) and has the same results as listed in Table S30372 (Operating Case 2) with the exception that some signs differ (indicating the moment reversal range between the two conditions) The algebraic strain difference between the two resultant case evaluations discussed above produces the greatest displacement stress range for the piping system in accordance with paras 31921(d) 31923(b) and 31931(a) ie SE the ldquostress range corresponding to the total displacement strainsrdquo The resulting reactionsrsquo combination and SE for each piping component are listed in Table S30373

S3038 Code Compliance mdash Satisfying the Intent of the Code

The piping system is compliant with the sustained load requirements of the Code The displacement stress range from the ambient (as-installed) condition to each of the operating cases indicates the piping system is in compliance with the intent of the Code even when limited to the eq (1a) allowable SA But the ldquostress range corresponding to the total displacement strainsrdquo which considers the algebraic strain difference between the two operating cases indicates that the piping system is not protected against fatigue failure for the cycles under analysis even when considering the eq (1b) allowable SA Therefore redesign of the piping system is required If the piping system is redesigned such that it is compliant with the intent of the code then the piping system would require no further attention unless the sustained hydrostatic leak test or operating reaction loads at either anchor data point 10 or 310 or meter runs 130 or 230 exceeded the allowable loads for the attached equipment nozzles or support structure The meter loads nozzle loads and support structure analyses are beyond the scope of this example Although the occasional load cases are important to the design and analysis of a piping system they are not discussed in this example

B31 Code Case 214 Approval Date May 30 2019 ASME B313 Process Piping

Alternative Heat Treatments for Fabrication Processes

Proposal Code Case to allow the use of ASME B31P Standard Heat treatments for Fabrication Processes as an alternative to the preheat PWHT and PFHT required by B313

Explanation ASME B31P Standard Heat treatments for Fabrication Processes was published in May 2018 In order to allow the use of this Standard by the ASME Codes prior to changes being adopted in the next edition of the respective Codes this Code Case is being proposed to allow B31P to be used as an alternative to the rules currently in the published ASME B31 Codes A similar Code Case is currently being balloted in ASME B311 (18-2339)

Summary of Changes To allow the use of ASME B31P Standard Heat Treatments for Fabrication Processes as an alternative to the heat treatment rules specified in ASME B31 3

Referenced Code ASME B313 ndash 2016 amp 2018

Inquiry May the heat treatment requirements specified in ASME B31P be used as an alternative to the required heat treatments specified in paras 330 331 and 332 of ASME B313

Reply It is the opinion of the Committee that the heat treatments specified in ASME B31P may be used as an alternative to the respective heat treatments specified in ASME B313 for the materials referenced in ASME B31P

B31 Code Case 216 Approval Date March 29 2021 ASME B313 Process Piping

Use of Enhanced Pressure Ratings for Brazed Copper Tubes and Fittings by Cold

Stretch Process

Inquiry Under what condition may higher pressure ratings be used for ASTM B88 Type L tubes and

ASME B1622 fittings in ASME B313 construction

Reply It is the opinion of the Committee that enhanced pressure ratings may be used for ASTM B88

Type L tubes and ASME B1622 fittings in ASME B313 construction provided the following conditions are

met

(a) The tubes shall conform to ASTM B88 Type L in the H58 temper

(b) The fittings shall conform to ASME B1622

(c) The maximum design temperature is 38degC (100degF)

(d) The piping shall be limited to Category D and Normal Fluid Services

(e) External pressure is not permitted

(f) The maximum tube and fitting nominal or standard size is 3 in

(g) The joints shall be brazed The qualification of brazing procedures brazers and brazing operators shall be in accordance with para 3282 Silver brazing filler metals (BAg‐XX) with

appropriate flux shall be used in the brazing process

(h) In brazing qualification the specimen in the tension test shall break in the base metal outside of

the joint with tensile strength equal to or greater than (207 MPa) 30 ksi

(i) The piping system shall receive a cold stretch operation by hydrostatic or pneumatic pressure

test in accordance with para 345 except the minimum test pressure shall be 17 times the design pressure and the maximum test pressure shall be 18 times the design pressure The test pressure shall be

maintained for at least 20 min

(j) The internal design gage pressure P shall not exceed the pressure calculated as follows

208

Where S = 689 MPa (100 ksi)

t = minimum wall thickness for ASTM B88 Type L D = maximum outside diameter for annealed temper ASTM B88 Type L

(k) Piping flexibility analysis shall be performed in accordance with para 319 using the basic

allowable stresses (Sc and Sh) equal to 414 MPa (60 ksi)

(l) Analysis of sustained loads shall be performed in accordance with para 320 using the basic

allowable stresses (Sh) equal to 414 MPa (60 ksi)

(m) Before cold stretch operation the brazed joints shall be 100 visually examined The following

conditions are not permitted

1) The presence of flux residue and unmelted filler metal

2) Excessive oxidation of the joint

3) Cracks in braze metal or base material

(n) Additional brazing is not permitted after the cold stretch operation If a braze repair is required

the following conditions shall be satisfied

1) The braze joint to be repaired shall be removed and replaced along with 150 mm (6 in)

of tube on each side of the joint

2) The piping shall receive the cold stretch operation as required in (i)

(o) The design cold stretch and repair records shall be retained by the owner for the life of the piping

B31 Code Case 217 Approval Date September 3 2021

ASME B313 Process Piping

Alternative NDE Personnel Qualification and Certification Requirements

Referenced Code ASME B313 ndash 2018 amp 2020

Inquiry May alternative personnel qualification and certification requirements be used as options to those specified in ASME B313 para 3421

Reply It is the opinion of the Committee that the personnel qualification and certification requirements below may be used as alternatives to those specified in ASME B313 para 3421 Personnel performing nondestructive examination to the requirements of this Code shall be qualified and certified for the method to be utilized in accordance with their employerrsquos written practice The written practice shall be based on the training examination and experience requirements of one of the following

(a) ASME BPVC Section V Article 1

(b) ASNT CP-189

(c) ASNT SNT-TC-1A

(d) Other national or international central certification program or standard

Page 30: B31.3 Code Cases

S3034 Pressure Effects

Neither pressure stiffening nor Bourdon effects are included in the analyses

S3035 Operating Load Case(s)

The operating load case is used to determine the operating position of the piping and reaction loads for any attached equipment anchors supports guides or stops The owner has mandated in the design specification that the meter runs and piping be more than adequately supported Therefore the operating load case while necessary to set the limits of the strain ranges does not contribute to the emphasis of this example and its output is not included Table C-1 and C-2 values used for Row A and Row B expansion coefficients are listed below Row A = 123x10-6mmmmoC (680x10-6 ininoF) Row B = 134 mmm (168 in100 ft)

S3036 Sustained Load Case

Stresses due to the sustained loads such as axial forces internal pressure and intensified bending moments in this example are combined in accordance with para320 to determine SL For reasons similar to those expressed for the operating load case the sustained load case output is not included

S3037 Displacement Stress Range Load Cases

The displacement stress range SE is computed in accordance with para 31923(b) and 31931(a) in which the strains evaluated for the ambient temperature (which is also the as-installed and minimum metal temperature condition for this particular example) are algebraically subtracted from the strains evaluated for Operating Case 1 as listed in Table S3031 Similarly the displacement stress range SE is computed from the algebraic strain difference evaluated from the ambient (as-installed) condition to Operating Case 2 as listed in Table S3031 The individual displacement stress range SE along with the internal reaction loads is evaluated for each piping component in accordance with eq (17) is listed in Tables S30371 (Operating Case 1) and has the same results as listed in Table S30372 (Operating Case 2) with the exception that some signs differ (indicating the moment reversal range between the two conditions) The algebraic strain difference between the two resultant case evaluations discussed above produces the greatest displacement stress range for the piping system in accordance with paras 31921(d) 31923(b) and 31931(a) ie SE the ldquostress range corresponding to the total displacement strainsrdquo The resulting reactionsrsquo combination and SE for each piping component are listed in Table S30373

S3038 Code Compliance mdash Satisfying the Intent of the Code

The piping system is compliant with the sustained load requirements of the Code The displacement stress range from the ambient (as-installed) condition to each of the operating cases indicates the piping system is in compliance with the intent of the Code even when limited to the eq (1a) allowable SA But the ldquostress range corresponding to the total displacement strainsrdquo which considers the algebraic strain difference between the two operating cases indicates that the piping system is not protected against fatigue failure for the cycles under analysis even when considering the eq (1b) allowable SA Therefore redesign of the piping system is required If the piping system is redesigned such that it is compliant with the intent of the code then the piping system would require no further attention unless the sustained hydrostatic leak test or operating reaction loads at either anchor data point 10 or 310 or meter runs 130 or 230 exceeded the allowable loads for the attached equipment nozzles or support structure The meter loads nozzle loads and support structure analyses are beyond the scope of this example Although the occasional load cases are important to the design and analysis of a piping system they are not discussed in this example

B31 Code Case 214 Approval Date May 30 2019 ASME B313 Process Piping

Alternative Heat Treatments for Fabrication Processes

Proposal Code Case to allow the use of ASME B31P Standard Heat treatments for Fabrication Processes as an alternative to the preheat PWHT and PFHT required by B313

Explanation ASME B31P Standard Heat treatments for Fabrication Processes was published in May 2018 In order to allow the use of this Standard by the ASME Codes prior to changes being adopted in the next edition of the respective Codes this Code Case is being proposed to allow B31P to be used as an alternative to the rules currently in the published ASME B31 Codes A similar Code Case is currently being balloted in ASME B311 (18-2339)

Summary of Changes To allow the use of ASME B31P Standard Heat Treatments for Fabrication Processes as an alternative to the heat treatment rules specified in ASME B31 3

Referenced Code ASME B313 ndash 2016 amp 2018

Inquiry May the heat treatment requirements specified in ASME B31P be used as an alternative to the required heat treatments specified in paras 330 331 and 332 of ASME B313

Reply It is the opinion of the Committee that the heat treatments specified in ASME B31P may be used as an alternative to the respective heat treatments specified in ASME B313 for the materials referenced in ASME B31P

B31 Code Case 216 Approval Date March 29 2021 ASME B313 Process Piping

Use of Enhanced Pressure Ratings for Brazed Copper Tubes and Fittings by Cold

Stretch Process

Inquiry Under what condition may higher pressure ratings be used for ASTM B88 Type L tubes and

ASME B1622 fittings in ASME B313 construction

Reply It is the opinion of the Committee that enhanced pressure ratings may be used for ASTM B88

Type L tubes and ASME B1622 fittings in ASME B313 construction provided the following conditions are

met

(a) The tubes shall conform to ASTM B88 Type L in the H58 temper

(b) The fittings shall conform to ASME B1622

(c) The maximum design temperature is 38degC (100degF)

(d) The piping shall be limited to Category D and Normal Fluid Services

(e) External pressure is not permitted

(f) The maximum tube and fitting nominal or standard size is 3 in

(g) The joints shall be brazed The qualification of brazing procedures brazers and brazing operators shall be in accordance with para 3282 Silver brazing filler metals (BAg‐XX) with

appropriate flux shall be used in the brazing process

(h) In brazing qualification the specimen in the tension test shall break in the base metal outside of

the joint with tensile strength equal to or greater than (207 MPa) 30 ksi

(i) The piping system shall receive a cold stretch operation by hydrostatic or pneumatic pressure

test in accordance with para 345 except the minimum test pressure shall be 17 times the design pressure and the maximum test pressure shall be 18 times the design pressure The test pressure shall be

maintained for at least 20 min

(j) The internal design gage pressure P shall not exceed the pressure calculated as follows

208

Where S = 689 MPa (100 ksi)

t = minimum wall thickness for ASTM B88 Type L D = maximum outside diameter for annealed temper ASTM B88 Type L

(k) Piping flexibility analysis shall be performed in accordance with para 319 using the basic

allowable stresses (Sc and Sh) equal to 414 MPa (60 ksi)

(l) Analysis of sustained loads shall be performed in accordance with para 320 using the basic

allowable stresses (Sh) equal to 414 MPa (60 ksi)

(m) Before cold stretch operation the brazed joints shall be 100 visually examined The following

conditions are not permitted

1) The presence of flux residue and unmelted filler metal

2) Excessive oxidation of the joint

3) Cracks in braze metal or base material

(n) Additional brazing is not permitted after the cold stretch operation If a braze repair is required

the following conditions shall be satisfied

1) The braze joint to be repaired shall be removed and replaced along with 150 mm (6 in)

of tube on each side of the joint

2) The piping shall receive the cold stretch operation as required in (i)

(o) The design cold stretch and repair records shall be retained by the owner for the life of the piping

B31 Code Case 217 Approval Date September 3 2021

ASME B313 Process Piping

Alternative NDE Personnel Qualification and Certification Requirements

Referenced Code ASME B313 ndash 2018 amp 2020

Inquiry May alternative personnel qualification and certification requirements be used as options to those specified in ASME B313 para 3421

Reply It is the opinion of the Committee that the personnel qualification and certification requirements below may be used as alternatives to those specified in ASME B313 para 3421 Personnel performing nondestructive examination to the requirements of this Code shall be qualified and certified for the method to be utilized in accordance with their employerrsquos written practice The written practice shall be based on the training examination and experience requirements of one of the following

(a) ASME BPVC Section V Article 1

(b) ASNT CP-189

(c) ASNT SNT-TC-1A

(d) Other national or international central certification program or standard

Page 31: B31.3 Code Cases

S3038 Code Compliance mdash Satisfying the Intent of the Code

The piping system is compliant with the sustained load requirements of the Code The displacement stress range from the ambient (as-installed) condition to each of the operating cases indicates the piping system is in compliance with the intent of the Code even when limited to the eq (1a) allowable SA But the ldquostress range corresponding to the total displacement strainsrdquo which considers the algebraic strain difference between the two operating cases indicates that the piping system is not protected against fatigue failure for the cycles under analysis even when considering the eq (1b) allowable SA Therefore redesign of the piping system is required If the piping system is redesigned such that it is compliant with the intent of the code then the piping system would require no further attention unless the sustained hydrostatic leak test or operating reaction loads at either anchor data point 10 or 310 or meter runs 130 or 230 exceeded the allowable loads for the attached equipment nozzles or support structure The meter loads nozzle loads and support structure analyses are beyond the scope of this example Although the occasional load cases are important to the design and analysis of a piping system they are not discussed in this example

B31 Code Case 214 Approval Date May 30 2019 ASME B313 Process Piping

Alternative Heat Treatments for Fabrication Processes

Proposal Code Case to allow the use of ASME B31P Standard Heat treatments for Fabrication Processes as an alternative to the preheat PWHT and PFHT required by B313

Explanation ASME B31P Standard Heat treatments for Fabrication Processes was published in May 2018 In order to allow the use of this Standard by the ASME Codes prior to changes being adopted in the next edition of the respective Codes this Code Case is being proposed to allow B31P to be used as an alternative to the rules currently in the published ASME B31 Codes A similar Code Case is currently being balloted in ASME B311 (18-2339)

Summary of Changes To allow the use of ASME B31P Standard Heat Treatments for Fabrication Processes as an alternative to the heat treatment rules specified in ASME B31 3

Referenced Code ASME B313 ndash 2016 amp 2018

Inquiry May the heat treatment requirements specified in ASME B31P be used as an alternative to the required heat treatments specified in paras 330 331 and 332 of ASME B313

Reply It is the opinion of the Committee that the heat treatments specified in ASME B31P may be used as an alternative to the respective heat treatments specified in ASME B313 for the materials referenced in ASME B31P

B31 Code Case 216 Approval Date March 29 2021 ASME B313 Process Piping

Use of Enhanced Pressure Ratings for Brazed Copper Tubes and Fittings by Cold

Stretch Process

Inquiry Under what condition may higher pressure ratings be used for ASTM B88 Type L tubes and

ASME B1622 fittings in ASME B313 construction

Reply It is the opinion of the Committee that enhanced pressure ratings may be used for ASTM B88

Type L tubes and ASME B1622 fittings in ASME B313 construction provided the following conditions are

met

(a) The tubes shall conform to ASTM B88 Type L in the H58 temper

(b) The fittings shall conform to ASME B1622

(c) The maximum design temperature is 38degC (100degF)

(d) The piping shall be limited to Category D and Normal Fluid Services

(e) External pressure is not permitted

(f) The maximum tube and fitting nominal or standard size is 3 in

(g) The joints shall be brazed The qualification of brazing procedures brazers and brazing operators shall be in accordance with para 3282 Silver brazing filler metals (BAg‐XX) with

appropriate flux shall be used in the brazing process

(h) In brazing qualification the specimen in the tension test shall break in the base metal outside of

the joint with tensile strength equal to or greater than (207 MPa) 30 ksi

(i) The piping system shall receive a cold stretch operation by hydrostatic or pneumatic pressure

test in accordance with para 345 except the minimum test pressure shall be 17 times the design pressure and the maximum test pressure shall be 18 times the design pressure The test pressure shall be

maintained for at least 20 min

(j) The internal design gage pressure P shall not exceed the pressure calculated as follows

208

Where S = 689 MPa (100 ksi)

t = minimum wall thickness for ASTM B88 Type L D = maximum outside diameter for annealed temper ASTM B88 Type L

(k) Piping flexibility analysis shall be performed in accordance with para 319 using the basic

allowable stresses (Sc and Sh) equal to 414 MPa (60 ksi)

(l) Analysis of sustained loads shall be performed in accordance with para 320 using the basic

allowable stresses (Sh) equal to 414 MPa (60 ksi)

(m) Before cold stretch operation the brazed joints shall be 100 visually examined The following

conditions are not permitted

1) The presence of flux residue and unmelted filler metal

2) Excessive oxidation of the joint

3) Cracks in braze metal or base material

(n) Additional brazing is not permitted after the cold stretch operation If a braze repair is required

the following conditions shall be satisfied

1) The braze joint to be repaired shall be removed and replaced along with 150 mm (6 in)

of tube on each side of the joint

2) The piping shall receive the cold stretch operation as required in (i)

(o) The design cold stretch and repair records shall be retained by the owner for the life of the piping

B31 Code Case 217 Approval Date September 3 2021

ASME B313 Process Piping

Alternative NDE Personnel Qualification and Certification Requirements

Referenced Code ASME B313 ndash 2018 amp 2020

Inquiry May alternative personnel qualification and certification requirements be used as options to those specified in ASME B313 para 3421

Reply It is the opinion of the Committee that the personnel qualification and certification requirements below may be used as alternatives to those specified in ASME B313 para 3421 Personnel performing nondestructive examination to the requirements of this Code shall be qualified and certified for the method to be utilized in accordance with their employerrsquos written practice The written practice shall be based on the training examination and experience requirements of one of the following

(a) ASME BPVC Section V Article 1

(b) ASNT CP-189

(c) ASNT SNT-TC-1A

(d) Other national or international central certification program or standard

Page 32: B31.3 Code Cases

B31 Code Case 214 Approval Date May 30 2019 ASME B313 Process Piping

Alternative Heat Treatments for Fabrication Processes

Proposal Code Case to allow the use of ASME B31P Standard Heat treatments for Fabrication Processes as an alternative to the preheat PWHT and PFHT required by B313

Explanation ASME B31P Standard Heat treatments for Fabrication Processes was published in May 2018 In order to allow the use of this Standard by the ASME Codes prior to changes being adopted in the next edition of the respective Codes this Code Case is being proposed to allow B31P to be used as an alternative to the rules currently in the published ASME B31 Codes A similar Code Case is currently being balloted in ASME B311 (18-2339)

Summary of Changes To allow the use of ASME B31P Standard Heat Treatments for Fabrication Processes as an alternative to the heat treatment rules specified in ASME B31 3

Referenced Code ASME B313 ndash 2016 amp 2018

Inquiry May the heat treatment requirements specified in ASME B31P be used as an alternative to the required heat treatments specified in paras 330 331 and 332 of ASME B313

Reply It is the opinion of the Committee that the heat treatments specified in ASME B31P may be used as an alternative to the respective heat treatments specified in ASME B313 for the materials referenced in ASME B31P

B31 Code Case 216 Approval Date March 29 2021 ASME B313 Process Piping

Use of Enhanced Pressure Ratings for Brazed Copper Tubes and Fittings by Cold

Stretch Process

Inquiry Under what condition may higher pressure ratings be used for ASTM B88 Type L tubes and

ASME B1622 fittings in ASME B313 construction

Reply It is the opinion of the Committee that enhanced pressure ratings may be used for ASTM B88

Type L tubes and ASME B1622 fittings in ASME B313 construction provided the following conditions are

met

(a) The tubes shall conform to ASTM B88 Type L in the H58 temper

(b) The fittings shall conform to ASME B1622

(c) The maximum design temperature is 38degC (100degF)

(d) The piping shall be limited to Category D and Normal Fluid Services

(e) External pressure is not permitted

(f) The maximum tube and fitting nominal or standard size is 3 in

(g) The joints shall be brazed The qualification of brazing procedures brazers and brazing operators shall be in accordance with para 3282 Silver brazing filler metals (BAg‐XX) with

appropriate flux shall be used in the brazing process

(h) In brazing qualification the specimen in the tension test shall break in the base metal outside of

the joint with tensile strength equal to or greater than (207 MPa) 30 ksi

(i) The piping system shall receive a cold stretch operation by hydrostatic or pneumatic pressure

test in accordance with para 345 except the minimum test pressure shall be 17 times the design pressure and the maximum test pressure shall be 18 times the design pressure The test pressure shall be

maintained for at least 20 min

(j) The internal design gage pressure P shall not exceed the pressure calculated as follows

208

Where S = 689 MPa (100 ksi)

t = minimum wall thickness for ASTM B88 Type L D = maximum outside diameter for annealed temper ASTM B88 Type L

(k) Piping flexibility analysis shall be performed in accordance with para 319 using the basic

allowable stresses (Sc and Sh) equal to 414 MPa (60 ksi)

(l) Analysis of sustained loads shall be performed in accordance with para 320 using the basic

allowable stresses (Sh) equal to 414 MPa (60 ksi)

(m) Before cold stretch operation the brazed joints shall be 100 visually examined The following

conditions are not permitted

1) The presence of flux residue and unmelted filler metal

2) Excessive oxidation of the joint

3) Cracks in braze metal or base material

(n) Additional brazing is not permitted after the cold stretch operation If a braze repair is required

the following conditions shall be satisfied

1) The braze joint to be repaired shall be removed and replaced along with 150 mm (6 in)

of tube on each side of the joint

2) The piping shall receive the cold stretch operation as required in (i)

(o) The design cold stretch and repair records shall be retained by the owner for the life of the piping

B31 Code Case 217 Approval Date September 3 2021

ASME B313 Process Piping

Alternative NDE Personnel Qualification and Certification Requirements

Referenced Code ASME B313 ndash 2018 amp 2020

Inquiry May alternative personnel qualification and certification requirements be used as options to those specified in ASME B313 para 3421

Reply It is the opinion of the Committee that the personnel qualification and certification requirements below may be used as alternatives to those specified in ASME B313 para 3421 Personnel performing nondestructive examination to the requirements of this Code shall be qualified and certified for the method to be utilized in accordance with their employerrsquos written practice The written practice shall be based on the training examination and experience requirements of one of the following

(a) ASME BPVC Section V Article 1

(b) ASNT CP-189

(c) ASNT SNT-TC-1A

(d) Other national or international central certification program or standard

Page 33: B31.3 Code Cases

B31 Code Case 216 Approval Date March 29 2021 ASME B313 Process Piping

Use of Enhanced Pressure Ratings for Brazed Copper Tubes and Fittings by Cold

Stretch Process

Inquiry Under what condition may higher pressure ratings be used for ASTM B88 Type L tubes and

ASME B1622 fittings in ASME B313 construction

Reply It is the opinion of the Committee that enhanced pressure ratings may be used for ASTM B88

Type L tubes and ASME B1622 fittings in ASME B313 construction provided the following conditions are

met

(a) The tubes shall conform to ASTM B88 Type L in the H58 temper

(b) The fittings shall conform to ASME B1622

(c) The maximum design temperature is 38degC (100degF)

(d) The piping shall be limited to Category D and Normal Fluid Services

(e) External pressure is not permitted

(f) The maximum tube and fitting nominal or standard size is 3 in

(g) The joints shall be brazed The qualification of brazing procedures brazers and brazing operators shall be in accordance with para 3282 Silver brazing filler metals (BAg‐XX) with

appropriate flux shall be used in the brazing process

(h) In brazing qualification the specimen in the tension test shall break in the base metal outside of

the joint with tensile strength equal to or greater than (207 MPa) 30 ksi

(i) The piping system shall receive a cold stretch operation by hydrostatic or pneumatic pressure

test in accordance with para 345 except the minimum test pressure shall be 17 times the design pressure and the maximum test pressure shall be 18 times the design pressure The test pressure shall be

maintained for at least 20 min

(j) The internal design gage pressure P shall not exceed the pressure calculated as follows

208

Where S = 689 MPa (100 ksi)

t = minimum wall thickness for ASTM B88 Type L D = maximum outside diameter for annealed temper ASTM B88 Type L

(k) Piping flexibility analysis shall be performed in accordance with para 319 using the basic

allowable stresses (Sc and Sh) equal to 414 MPa (60 ksi)

(l) Analysis of sustained loads shall be performed in accordance with para 320 using the basic

allowable stresses (Sh) equal to 414 MPa (60 ksi)

(m) Before cold stretch operation the brazed joints shall be 100 visually examined The following

conditions are not permitted

1) The presence of flux residue and unmelted filler metal

2) Excessive oxidation of the joint

3) Cracks in braze metal or base material

(n) Additional brazing is not permitted after the cold stretch operation If a braze repair is required

the following conditions shall be satisfied

1) The braze joint to be repaired shall be removed and replaced along with 150 mm (6 in)

of tube on each side of the joint

2) The piping shall receive the cold stretch operation as required in (i)

(o) The design cold stretch and repair records shall be retained by the owner for the life of the piping

B31 Code Case 217 Approval Date September 3 2021

ASME B313 Process Piping

Alternative NDE Personnel Qualification and Certification Requirements

Referenced Code ASME B313 ndash 2018 amp 2020

Inquiry May alternative personnel qualification and certification requirements be used as options to those specified in ASME B313 para 3421

Reply It is the opinion of the Committee that the personnel qualification and certification requirements below may be used as alternatives to those specified in ASME B313 para 3421 Personnel performing nondestructive examination to the requirements of this Code shall be qualified and certified for the method to be utilized in accordance with their employerrsquos written practice The written practice shall be based on the training examination and experience requirements of one of the following

(a) ASME BPVC Section V Article 1

(b) ASNT CP-189

(c) ASNT SNT-TC-1A

(d) Other national or international central certification program or standard

Page 34: B31.3 Code Cases

(n) Additional brazing is not permitted after the cold stretch operation If a braze repair is required

the following conditions shall be satisfied

1) The braze joint to be repaired shall be removed and replaced along with 150 mm (6 in)

of tube on each side of the joint

2) The piping shall receive the cold stretch operation as required in (i)

(o) The design cold stretch and repair records shall be retained by the owner for the life of the piping

B31 Code Case 217 Approval Date September 3 2021

ASME B313 Process Piping

Alternative NDE Personnel Qualification and Certification Requirements

Referenced Code ASME B313 ndash 2018 amp 2020

Inquiry May alternative personnel qualification and certification requirements be used as options to those specified in ASME B313 para 3421

Reply It is the opinion of the Committee that the personnel qualification and certification requirements below may be used as alternatives to those specified in ASME B313 para 3421 Personnel performing nondestructive examination to the requirements of this Code shall be qualified and certified for the method to be utilized in accordance with their employerrsquos written practice The written practice shall be based on the training examination and experience requirements of one of the following

(a) ASME BPVC Section V Article 1

(b) ASNT CP-189

(c) ASNT SNT-TC-1A

(d) Other national or international central certification program or standard

Page 35: B31.3 Code Cases

B31 Code Case 217 Approval Date September 3 2021

ASME B313 Process Piping

Alternative NDE Personnel Qualification and Certification Requirements

Referenced Code ASME B313 ndash 2018 amp 2020

Inquiry May alternative personnel qualification and certification requirements be used as options to those specified in ASME B313 para 3421

Reply It is the opinion of the Committee that the personnel qualification and certification requirements below may be used as alternatives to those specified in ASME B313 para 3421 Personnel performing nondestructive examination to the requirements of this Code shall be qualified and certified for the method to be utilized in accordance with their employerrsquos written practice The written practice shall be based on the training examination and experience requirements of one of the following

(a) ASME BPVC Section V Article 1

(b) ASNT CP-189

(c) ASNT SNT-TC-1A

(d) Other national or international central certification program or standard